The American universal geography, or, A view of the present state of all the empires, kingdoms, states, and republics in the known world, and of the United States of America in particular. In two parts. ... The whole comprehending a complete and improved system of modern geography. Calculated for Americans. : Illustrated with maps of the countries described. / By Jedidiah Morse, A.M. ; Published according to act of Congress. ; Part I[-II]. ...

GRAND DIVISIONS OF THE UNITED STATES.

THE AMERICAN REPUBLIC, of which we have given a general ac∣count, consists of three grand divisions, denominated the Northern, more properly Eastern, Middle and Southern States.

The first division, (the Northern or Eastern States) comprehends

• VERMONT
• NEW HAMPSHIRE
• DISTRICT of MAINE (belonging to Massachusetts)
• MASSACHUSETTS
• RHODE ISLAND
• CONNECTICUT

These are called the New England States, and comprehend that part of America, which, since the year 1614, has been known by the name of NEW ENGLAND.

The second division (the Middle States) comprehends

• NEW YORK
• NEW JERSEY
• PENNSYLVANIA
• DELAWARE
• TERRITORY N. W. of OHIO

The third division (the Southern States) comprehends

• MARYLAND
• VIRGINIA
• KENTUCKY
• NORTH CAROLINA
• TERRITORY S. of OHIO.
• SOUTH CAROLINA
• GEORGIA

Of these we shall treat in their order.

NEW ENGLAND, OR NORTHERN OR EASTERN STATES.

SITUATION AND BOUNDARIES.

NEW-ENGLAND lies between 41 and 46 degrees N. Lat. and between 1 degree 30 minutes and 8 degrees E. Lon. from Philadelphia; and is bounded north, by Lower Canada; east, by the Province of New Brunswick, and the Atlantic O∣cean; south, by the same ocean, and Long Island Sound; west, by the state of New York. It lies in the form of a quarter of a circle. Its west line, beginning at the mouth of Byram river, which empties into Long Island Sound at the south west corner of Connecticut, lat. 41°, runs a little east of north, until it strikes the 45th degree of lat∣itude, and then curves to the eastward almost to the Gulf of St. Law∣rence.

CLIMATE AND DISEASES.] New England has a very healthful climate, as is evinced by the longevity of the inhabitants. It is esti∣mated that about one in seven of the inhabitants live to the age of 70 years; and about one in thirteen or fourteen to 80 years a••••••∣wards.

North west, west, and south west winds are the most prevalent. East and north east winds, which are unelastic and disagreeable, are frequent at certain seasons of the year, particularly in April and May, on the sea coasts. The ••••••ther is less variable than in the middle and especially the southern states, and more so than in Canada. The ex∣tremes of heat and cold according ••o Farenheit's thermometer, are from 20° below, to 100° above 0. The medium is from 48° to 5••°. The inhabitants of New England, on account of the dryness of their atmosphere, can endure, without inconvenience, a greater degree of heat than the inhabitants of a moister climate. It is supposed by some philosophers, that the difference of moisture in the atmosphere in Pennsylvania and New England is such, as that a person might hear at least ten degrees of heat more in the latter than in the former.

The quantity of rain which falls in England annually, is computed to be 24 inches; in France 18 inches, and in New England from 46 to 50 inches▪ and yet in New England they suffer more from drought than in either of the forementioned countries, although they have more than double the quantity of rain. These facts evince the re∣markable dryness of the atmosphere, in this eastern division of the United States, and in part account for its singular healthfulness. Win∣ter commonly commences, in its seventy, about the middle of Decem∣ber—sometimes earlier, and sometimes not till Christmas. Cattle are fed or housed, in the northern parts of New England, from about the 20th of November to the 20th of May—In the southern parts not

quite so long. There have been frosts in almost every month in the year, though not in the same year; but not very injurious.

The diseases most prevalent in New England are the following, viz.

Alvine fluxes	Inflammatory	Fevers
St. Anthony's Fire	Slow nervous, and
Asthma	Mixed
Atrophy	Pulmonary Consumption
Catarrh	Quinsy
Colic	Rheumatism

These disorders, of which the pulmonary consumption is much the most destructive, are commonly the effect of imprudent exposures to cold and rainy weather, evening air, and the wearing of damp linen; or from frequent excesses in the use of strong liquors, especially of fresh distilled rum, which in too many instances proves the bane of morals, and the ruin of families.

The small pox, which is a specific, infectious disease, is not allowed at present to be communicated by inoculation, except in hospitals erected for the purpose, in bye places, and in cases where there is a probability of a general spread of the infection in a town. Nor is this disease permitted to be communicated generally by inoculation, in any of the United States, except New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware and South Carolina.

In populous towns, the prevalent diseases are more numerous and complicated, owing to want of fresh air and exercise, and to luxurious and fashionable living.

A late writer* 1.1 has observed that "in other countries, men are divid∣ed according to their wealth or indigence, into three classes; the opu∣lent, the middling and the poor; the idleness, luxuries and debaucheries of the first, and the misery and too frequent intemperance of the last, destroy the greater proportion of these two. The intermediate class is below those indulgencies which prove fatal to the rich, and above these sufferings to which the unfortunate poor fall victims: This is therefore the happiest division of the three. Of the rich and poor, the American Republic, furnishes a much smaller proportion than any other district of the known world. In Connecticut particularly, the distribution of wealth and its concomitants is more equal than else∣where, and therefore, as far as excess or want of wealth may prove destructive or salutary to life, the inhabitants of this state may plead▪ exception from diseases." What this writer says of Connecticut in particular, will, with very few exceptions, apply to New England at large.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, MOUNTAINS, &c.] New England is a high, hilly, and in some parts a mountainous country, formed by na∣ture to be inhabited by a hardy race of free, independent republicans. The mountains are comparatively small, running nearly north and south in ridges parallel to each other. Between these ridges, flow the great rivers in majestic meanders, receiving the innumerable rivu∣lets and larger streams which proceed from the mountains on each side. To a spectator on the top of a neighbouring mountain, the vales be∣tween the ridges, while in a state of nature, exhibit a romantic appear∣ance. They seem an ocean of woods, swelled and depressed in its

surface like that of the great ocean itself. A richer, though less ro∣mantic view is presented, when the valleys, by industrious husband∣men, have been cleared of their natural growth; and the fruit of their labour appears in loaded orchards, extensive meadows, covered with large herds of sheep and neat cattle, and rich fields, of flax, corn and the various kinds of grain.

These valleys are of various breadths, from two to twenty miles; and by the annual inundations of the rivers and smaller streams, which flow through them, there is frequently an accumulation of rich, fat soil, left upon their surface when the waters retire.

There are three principal ranges of mountains, passing nearly from southwest, to northeast, through New England. These consist of a multitude of parallel ridges, each having many spurs, deviating from the course of the general range; which spurs are again broken into irregular, hilly land. The main ridges commence, in high bluff heads, near the sea coast; and sometimes by a gradual assent in the interior part of the country. One of the main ranges runs between Connecticut and Hudson's rivers. This range branches, and bounds the vales through which flows the Housatonick river.

In Lyme, on the east side of the mouth of Connecticut river, anoth∣er range of mountains commences, forming the eastern boundary of Connecticut vale. This range runs northerly, at the distance, gener∣ally, of about ten or twelve miles east from the river, and passes through Massachusetts, from where the range takes the name of Chicabee Moun∣tain; thence crossing into New Hampshire, at the distance of about twen∣ty miles from the Massachusetts line, it runs up into a very high p••••k, called Monadnock, which terminates this ridge of the range. A west∣ern ridge continues▪ and in about latitude 43° 20′, runs up into 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mountains. About 50 miles further, in the same ridge, is Mo••••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mountain.

A third range begins near Stonington in Connecticut. It takes its course northeasterly, and is sometimes broken and discontinued; it th•••• rises again, and ranges in the same direction into New Hampshire.

These ranges of mountains are full of springs of water, that give rise to numberless streams of various sizes, which, interlocking each other in every direction, and falling over the rocks in romantic cas∣cades, flow meandering into the rivers below. No country on the globe is better watered than New England.

On the sea coast the land is low, and in many parts level and sandy. In the valleys, between the forementioned ranges of mountains, the land is generally broken, and in many places rocky, but of a strong rich soil, capable of being cultivated to good advantage, which also is the case with many spots even on the tops of the mountains.

RIVERS.] The principal rivers in New England are Penobscot, Kenne∣beck, Androscogin, or Ameriscoggin, Saco, (pronounced Sawco) Merri∣mack, Connecticut, Housatonick and Onion Rivers; besides many small∣er ones.

FLOWERING SHRUBS AND PLANTS.] Dr. Cutler has furnished the following catalogue of flowering shrubs and plants in New Eng∣land, which, from the attention he has paid to natural history, we have reason to rely upon as accurate.

Blue Flag (his virginica)—Globe Flower (Cephalanthus occident••lis)—Pigeonberry (Cissus sicyo••des)—Cornel (Cornus canadensis)—American Honeysuckle (Azalea viscosa)—American Tea (Ceanothus Americanus)—Cherry Honeysuckle (Lonicera diervilla)—Great Convolvulus (〈◊〉〈◊〉

—Stag's horn Sumach (Rhus typhinum)—Mealtree (V••∣••••••n lantana)—White flowered Elder (Sambucus nigra)—Red berried Elder (Sambucus canadensis.)—Meadow Blue Bells (Gentiana ciliata)—Lillies, several species (Litrum)—Bethlem Star (Ormth••••ulum luteum)—American Senna (Rhodora canadensis)—Great Laurel (Kalmta lat••folta)—Dwarf Laurel (Kalmia angustesolia)—White Pepper Bush (Andro∣••••••e arborea)—Bog Evergreen (Andromeda calyculata)—Sweet Pepper bush (Clethra alnifolia)—Mountain Laurel, or Sorbus tree Sorbus ancu∣po••t ••)—Meadow-Sweet (Spiroea salicisolia)—Queen of the Meadows (Spiroea tormentosa)—Service Tree (Mespulus canadensts)—Wild Rose (Ro∣se carolina)—Superb Raspberry (Rubus odoratus)—Bancherry (Aclea spi∣••••••••)—Side saddle flower (Sarracena purpurea)—Red Columbine (Aqui∣••••gin c••••••densis)—Anemone, several species (anemone hepatica, sylvestris a ••••irosa)—Traveller's Joy (Clematis virginica)—Dragon's Head (Dr••cocephalum virginicum)—Snap Dragon (Antirrhinum canadensis)—A∣merican Cardamine (Cardamine virginica)—Lupin (Lupinus angustrsolia)—Locust (Robinia pseud-acacia)—Beach Pea (Pisum maritimum)—Pied 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (Pisum ochrus)—Wood Pea (Orobus sylvaticus)—Variegated Pea (L••••thyrus heterophyllus)—Meadow Sunflower (Ageratum ciliare)—Amer∣ican Amaranthus (Gnaphalium helian themifolium)—New-England Aster (〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••o-anglicum)—Smooth leaved Golden rod (Solida ••o allissima)—New England Sunflower (Helianthus divaricalus)—American Pride (〈◊〉〈◊〉 cardinalis.)—Ladies Plume (Orchis pycodes)—Ladies Slipper (Cypri∣•••••••• calceolus)—Blue-eye (Sisyrinchium bermudiauna)—Swamp Willow, or Dog-wood (Salix cinerea?)—Red flowered Maple (Acerubrum.)—

PRODUCTIONS FROM CULTURE.] New England, generally speak∣ing, is better adapted for grazing than for grain, though a sufficient quantity of the latter is raised for home consumption, if we except wheat, which is imported in considerable quantities from the middle and southern states. Indian corn, rye, oats, barely, buck wheat, flax and hemp, generally succeed very well. Wheat is cultivated to ad∣vantage in many parts of the interior country, but on the sea coast it i•• subject to blast. This has been attributed to various causes, but the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one probably is, the sudden, cold, easterly winds, after a hot day, which cause a stagnation and extravasation of the juices of the stalk. Apples are common, and in general plenty in New England, and ci∣der constitutes the principal drink of the inhabitants. Peaches do on thrive as well as formerly. The other common fruits are more or less cultivated in different parts.

New England is a fine grazing country; the valleys, between the hills, are generally intersected with brooks of water, the banks of which are lined with a tract of rich meadow or intervale land. The high and rocky ground is, in many parts, covered with clover, and gen∣erally affords the finest of pasture. It will not be a matter of wonder, therefore, that New England boasts of raising some of the finest cat∣tle in the world; nor will she be envied, when the labour of raising their is taken into view. Two months of the hottest season in the year, the farmers are employed in procuring food for their cattle; and the cold winter is spent in dealing it out to them. The pleasure and profit of doing this, is however a satisfying compensation to the hon∣est and industrious farmer. Butter and cheese are made for exporta∣tion Considerable attention has lately been paid to the raising of sheep.

POPULATION, CHARACTER AND DIVERSIONS.] New England is the most populous part of the United States. It contains, according

to the census of 1790, 1,009,523 souls. The great body of these are landholders and cultivators of the soil. As they possess, in see sim∣ple, the farms which they cultivate, they are naturally all attached to their country; the cultivation of the soil makes them robust and healthy, and enables them to defend it.

New England may, with propriety, be called a nursery of men, whence are annually transplanted, into other parts of the United States, thousands of its natives. Vast numbers of them, since the war, have emigrated into the northern parts of New York, into Kentucky and the Western Territory, and into Georgia; and some are scattered into every State, and every town of note in the union.

The inhabitants of New England are almost universally of English descent; and it is owing to this circumstance, and to the great and general attention that has been paid to education, that the English language has been preserved among them so free of corruption.

The New Englanders are generally tall, stout, and well built. Their education, laws and situation, serve to inspire them with high notions of liberty. Their jealousy is awakened at the first motion towards an invasion of their rights. They are indeed often jealous to excess; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 circumstance which is a fruitful source of imaginary grievances, and of groundless suspicions and complaints against government. But these ebullitions of jealousy, though censurable, and productive of some political evils, shew that the essence of true liberty exists in New England; for jealousy is a guardian of liberty, and a characteristic of free republicans. A chief foundation of liberty and equality in the New England States, is a law by which intestate estates dese••••d to all the children, or other heirs, in equal proportions, except to the eldest son, who has two shares. In 1789 Massachusetts abolished this exception. In consequence of these laws, the people of New Eng∣land enjoy an equality of condition unknown in any other part of the world: And it is in this way that the people have preserved that hap∣py mediocrity among themselves, which, by inducing economy and industry, removes from them temptations to luxury, and forms them to habits of sobriety and temperance. At the same time, their indus∣try and frugality exempt them from want, and from the necessity of submitting to any encroachments on their liberties.

In New England, learning is more generally diffused among all ranks of people than in any other part of the globe; arising from the ex∣cellent establishment of schools in almost every township.

In these schools, which are generally supported by a public tax, and under the direction of a school committee, are taught the elements of reading, writing and arithmetic, and in the more wealthy towns, they are beginning to introduce the higher branches of grammar, geogra∣phy, &c.

A very valuable source of information to the people is the Newspa∣pers, of which not less than thirty thousand are printed every week in New England, and circulate in almost every town and village in the country.* 1.2

A person of mature age, who cannot both read and write, is rarely to be found. By means of this general establishment of schools, the extensive circulation of Newspapers, and the consequent spread of learning, every township throughout the country, is furnished with

men capable of conducting the affairs of their town with judgment and discretion. These men are the channels of political information to the lower class of people; if such a class may be said to exist in New England, where every man thinks himself at least as good as his neighbour, and believes that all mankind are, or ought to be equal. The people, from their childhood, form habits of canvassing public af∣fairs, and commence politicians. This naturally leads them to be ve∣ry inquisitive. It is with knowledge as with riches, the more a man has, the more he wishes to obtain; his desire has no bound. This desire after knowledge, in a greater or less degree, prevails throughout all classes of people in New England; and from their various modes of expressing it, some of which are blunt and familiar, bordering on impertinence, strangers have been induced to mention impertinent inqui∣sitiveness as a distinguishing characteristic of New England people. But this is true only with regard to that class of people who have confined themselves to domestic life, and have not had opportunity of mingling with the world; and such people are not peculiar to New England; they compose a great part of the citizens of every state and country.

Before the late war, which introduced into New England a flood of corruptions, with many improvements, the Sabbath was observed with great strictness; no unnecessary travelling, no secular business, no vi∣siting, no diversions were permitted on that sacred day. They con∣sidered it as consecrated to divine worship, and were generally punctual and serious in their attendance upon it. Their laws were strict in guarding the sabbath against every innovation. The supposed severity with which these laws were composed and executed, together with some other traits in their religious character, have acquired for the New Englanders, the name of a superstitious, bigotted people. But superstition and bigotry are so indefinite in their significations, and so variously applied by persons of different principles and educations, that it is not easy to determine whether they ever deserved that char∣acter. Leaving every person to enjoy his own opinion in regard to this matter, we will only observe, that, since the war, a catholic tole∣rant spirit, occasioned by a more enlarged intercourse with mankind, has greatly increased, and is becoming universal; and if they do not break the proper bound, and liberalize away all true religion, of which there is very great danger, they will counteract that strong propensity in human nature, which leads men to vibrate from one extreme to its opposite.

There is one distinguishing characteristic in the religious character of this people, which we must not omit to mention; and that is, the custom of annually celebrating Fasts and Thanksgivings. In the spring, the governours of the several New England states, except Rhode Island, issue their proclamations, appointing a day to be relig¦iously observed in fasting, humiliation and prayer throughout then respective states, in which the predominating vices, that particularly call for humiliation, are enumerated. In autumn, after harvest, that gladsome era in the husbandman's life, the governors again issue their proclamations, appointing a day of public thanksgiving, enume∣rating the public blessings received in the course of the foregoing year.

This pious custom originated with their venerable ancestors, the first settlers of New England; and has been handed down as sacred, through the successive generations of their posterity. A custom so

rational, and so happily calculated to cherish in the minds of the peo∣ple, a sense of their dependence on the GREAT BENEFACTOR of the world for all their blessings, it is hoped will ever be sacredly pre∣served.

The people of New England, generally obtain their estates by hard and persevering labour: They of consequence know their value, and spend with frugality. Yet in no country do the indigent and unfor∣tunate fare better. Their laws oblige every town to provide a compe∣tent maintainance for their poor, and the necessitous stranger is pro∣tected, and relieved by their humane institutions. It may in truth be said, that in no part of the world are the people happier, better fur∣nished with the necessaries and conveniences of life, or more indepen∣dent than the farmers in New England. As the great body of the people are hardy, independent freeholders, their manners are, as they ought to be, congenial to their employment, plain, simple, and unpol∣ished. Strangers are received and entertained among them with a great deal of artless sincerity, and friendly, unformal hospitality. Their children, those imitative creatures, to whose education particu∣lar attention is paid, early imbibe the manners and habits of those a∣round them; and the stranger, with pleasure, notices the honest and decent respect that is paid him by the children as he passes through the country.

As the people, by representation, make their own laws and appoint their own officers, they cannot be oppressed; and living under govern∣ments, which have few lucrative places, they have few motives to ••••••i∣bery, corrupt canvassings or intrigue. Real abilities and a moral character unblemished, are the qualifications requisite in the view of most people, for officers of public trust. The expression of a wish to be promoted, is, in some parts of New England, the direct way 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be disappointed.

The inhabitants, in some parts of New England, are generally fond of the arts and sciences, and have cultivated them with great success. Their colleges have flourished. The illustrious characters they have produced, who have distinguished themselves in politics, law, divinity, the mathematics and philosophy, natural and civil history, and in the fine arts, particularly poetry, evince the truth of these observations.

Many of the women in New England are handsome. They gene∣rally have fair, fresh and healthful countenances, mingled with much female softness and delicacy. Those who have had the advantages of a good education (and they are numerous) are genteel, easy, and agree∣able in their manners, and are sprightly and sensible in conversation. They are early taught to manage domestic concerns with neatness and economy. Ladies of the first rank and fortune, make it a part of their daily business to superintend the affairs of the family. Employ∣ment at the needle, in cookery, and at the spinning wheel, with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is honourable. Idleness, even in those of independent fortunes, is ••••••••∣versally disreputable. The women in country towns, manufacture 〈◊〉〈◊〉 greatest part of the clothing of their families. Their linen and wo••••∣len cloths are strong and decent. Their butter and cheese is not infe∣rior to any in the world.

Dancing is the principal and favourite amusement in New England▪ and of this the young people of both sexes are extremely 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Gaming is practised by none but those who cannot, or rather 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not find a reputable employment. The gamester, the horse 〈◊〉〈◊〉

and the knave, are equally despised, and their company is avoided by all who would sustain fair and irreproachable characters.

The athletic and healthy diversions of cricket, foot ball, quoits, wrestling, jumping, hopping, foot races, and prison bass, are universal∣ly practised in the country, and some of them in the most populous places, and by people of almost all ranks.

HISTORY.] New England owes its first settlement to religious persecution. Soon after the commencement of the reformation* 1.3 in England, which was not until the year 1534, the Protestants were di∣vided into two parties, one the followers of Luther, and the other of Calvin. The former had chosen gradually, and almost imperceptibly, to recede from the church of Rome; while the latter, more zealous, and convinced of the importance of a thorough reformation, and at the same time possessing much firmness and high notions of religious liberty, was for effecting a thorough change at once. Their conse∣quent endeavours to expunge from the church all the inventions which had been brought into it since the days of the Apostles, and to intro∣duce the "Scripture purity," derived for them the name of PURI∣TANS. From these the inhabitants of New England descended.

The first company that came to New England, planted themselves at Plymouth. They were a part of the Rev. Mr. Robinson's con∣gregation, which for 12 years before, had lived in Holland, for the sake of enjoying liberty of conscience. They came over in the year 1620.

It was their intention to have settled at the mouth of Hudson's riv∣er; but the Dutch, intending to plant a colony there of their own, privately hired the master of the ship to contrive delays in Eng∣land, and then to conduct them to these northern coasts, and there, under pretence of shoals and winter, to discourage them from ventur∣ing to the place of destination. This is confidently asserted by the historians of that time. Although Cape Cod harbour, in which they first anchored, was good, the country around was sandy and barren. These were discouraging circumstances; but the season being far ad∣vanced, they prudently determined to make the best of their present situation.

As they were not within the limits of their patent, and consequent∣ly not under the jurisdiction of the Virginia company, they conclud∣ed it necessary to establish a separate government for themselves. Ac∣cordingly,

before they landed, having on their knees devoutly given thanks to God for their safe arrival, they formed themselves into a body politic, by a solemn contract,* 1.4 to which they all subscribed, thereby making it the basis of their government. They chose Mr. John Carver, a gentleman of piety and approved abilities, to be their gov∣ernor for the first year. This was on the 11th of November, 1620.

Their next object was to fix on a convenient place for settlement. In doing this they were obliged to encounter numerous difficulties, and to suffer incredible hardships. Many of them were sick in consequence of the fatigues of a long voyage: Their provisions were bad—the sea∣son was uncommonly cold—the Indians, though afterwards friendly, were now hostile—and they were unacquainted with the coast. These difficulties they surmounted, and on the 31st of December they were all safely landed at a place, which, in grateful commemoration of Plymouth in England, the town which they last left in their native land, they called Plymouth. This is the first English town that was settled in New England.

In some of their excursions in search of a suitable place for settle∣ment, they found buried several baskets of Indian corn, to the a∣mount of ten bushels, which fortunately served them for planting the next spring, and perhaps was the means of preserving them from per∣ishing with hunger. They made diligent enquiry for the owners, whom they found, and afterwards paid the full value of the corn.

Before the end of November, Susanna, the wife of William White, was delivered of a son, whom they called Peregrine. He is sup∣posed to have been the first child of European extract, born in New-England.

The whole company that landed consisted of but 101 souls, Their situation was distressing, and their prospect truly dismal and discourag∣ing. Their nearest neighbours, except the natives, were a French set∣tlement at Port Royal, and one of the English at Virginia. The near∣est of these was five hundred miles from them, and utterly incapable of affording them relief in a time of famine or danger. Wherever they turned their eyes, distress was before them. Persecuted for their religion in their native land—grieved for the profanation of the ho∣ly Sabbath, and other licentiousness, in Holland—satigued by their long and boisterous voyage—disappointed through the treachery of their commander of their expected country—forced on a dangerous and un∣known shore, in the advance of a cold winter—surrounded with hos∣tile

barbarians, without any hope of human succour—denied the aid or favour of the court of England—without a patent—without a pub∣lic promise of a peaceable enjoyment of their religious liberties—worn out with toil and sufferings—without convenient shelter from the rig∣ours of the weather.—Such were the prospects, and such the situation of these pious solitary christians; and to add to their distresses, a gener∣al and very mortal sickness prevailed among them, which swept off for∣ty six of their number before the opening of the next spring. To sup∣port them under these trials, they had need of all the aids and comforts which christianity affords; and these were sufficient. The free and un∣molested enjoyment of their religion, reconciled them to their humble and lonely situation—They bore their hardships with unexampled patience, and persevered in their pilgrimage of almost unparalleled trials, with such resignation and calmness, as gave proof of great piety and unconquer∣able virtue.

On the 3d of November, 1620, king James signed a patent, incor∣porating the duke of Lenox, the marquisses of Buckingham and Ham∣ilton, the earls of Arundel and Warwick, Sir Francis Gorges, with thirty four others, and their successors, stiling them▪ The council es∣tablished in Plymouth, in the county of Devon, for the planting, ruling ordering and governing of New England in America. To this coun∣cil he granted all that part of America which lies between the 40th and 48th degrees of north latitude. This patent is the great civil basis of all the grants and patents by which New England was afterwards divided.

The Plymouth council retained the power vested in them by the crown, until the year 1635, when they resigned their charter. Previous to this, however, the council had made several grants of land to ad∣venturers, who proposed to settle in New England.—They granted New Hampshire to Capt John Mason in 1621—the Province of Main, to Sir R. Gorges in 1622, and Massachusetts Bay to Sir Henry Ros∣well and five others, in 1627.

As early as March, 1621, Masassoit,* 1.5 one of the most powerful Sag∣a••••res of the neighbouring Indians, with sixty attendants, made a vine to the Plymouth settlers and entered into a formal and very friendly treaty with them, wherein they agreed to avoid injuries on both sides—to punish offenders—to restore stolen goods—to assist each other in all justifiable wars—to promote peace among their neighbours, &c—Masassoit and his successors for fifty years, inviolably observed this treaty. The English are much indebted to him for his friendship; and his memory will ever be respected in New England.

The Narragansets, disliking the conduct of Masassoit, declared war against him, which occasioned much confusion and fighting among the Indians. The Plymouth colony interposed in favour of Masassoit, their good ally, and terminated the dispute, to the terror of their ene∣mies. Even Canon••us himself, the terrific Sachem of the Narragan∣sets, fued for peace.

The prudent, friendly and upright conduct of the Plymouth col∣ony toward their neighbours, the Indians, secured their friendship and alliance. On the 13th of September 1621, no less than nine Sach∣ems declared allegiance to king James; and Masassoit, with many of his Sub-Sachems, who lived around the bays of Patuxent and Mas∣sachusetts, subscribed a writing, acknowledging the king of England

their master. These transactions are so many proofs of the peaceful and benevolent disposition of the Plymouth settlers; for had they been otherwise disposed they never could have introduced and maintained a friendly intercourse with the natives.

On the 10th of Sept. this year, the king granted to Sir William A∣lexander a patent of all the tract of country bounded by a line drawn from Cape Sables to the Bay of St. Mary; thence to the river St. Croix; thence north to Canada river—down the river to Gachep••; thence southeast to Cape Breton Island and Cape Breton; thence round to Cape Sables; with all seas and islands within six leagues of the western and eastern parts, and within forty leagues southward of Cape Breton and Cape Sables; to be called Nova Scotia.

The first duel in New England, was fought with sword and dagger between two servants. Neither of them was killed, but both were wounded. For this disgraceful offence, they were formally tried before the whole company, and sentenced to have 'their heads and feet tied together, and so to be twenty four hours without meal or drink.'

This year (1622) died Squanto, the friend of the English, who merits to have his name perpetuated in history. Squanto was one of the twenty Indians whom Hunt perfidiously carried to Spain;* 1.6 whence he came to London, and afterwards to his native country with the Ply∣mouth colony. Forgetting the perfidy of those who made him a captive, he became a warm friend to the English, and continued so to the day of his death. A few days before he died, he desired the gov∣ernour to pray that he might go to the Englishman's God in heaven.

In March 1624, Mr. Winslow, agent for the colony, arrived, and together with a good supply of clothing, brought a bull and three heis••••s which were the first cattle of the kind in this part of America. From these, and others that were afterwards brought over from England, sprang the present multitude of cattle in the northern states. None of the domestic animals were found in America by the first European settlers.

At the close of this year, (1624) the plantation at New-Plymouth, consisted of 180 persons, who lived in thirty two dwelling houses. Their stock was a few cattle and goats, and a plenty of swine and poultry. Their town was impaled about half a mile in compass. On a high mount in the town, they had erected a fort of wood, lime and stone, and a handsome watch tower.

The year 1625 is distinguished by the death of the Rev. Mr. Rob∣inson. He died at Leyden in March, in the 50th year of his age. He was truly a great and good man, and lived in great love and harmony with his people. He was held in high estimation by all his acqu••••••••∣ance, for his learning, piety, moderation and excellent accomplish∣ments. His death was lamented as a public loss, and felt by none more than by his beloved and far distant people at Plymouth. His son 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ac came over to Plymouth, where he lived to the age of 90 years. His descendants still live in Barnstable county, in Massachusetts.

After the death of Mr. Robinson, the remaining part of his con∣gregation were extremely desirous of coming over to their friends 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Plymouth, and measures were taken for the purpose; yet it was not until the year 1629, that they effected their design.

From this time New England began to flourish. Sir Henry Ros∣well and others, had received a patent of Massachusetts from the council of New England. Settlements were successfully enterprized at Salem, Charlestown, Boston, Dorchester and other places, so that in forty years from this time (1629) 120 towns were settled, and forty churches were gathered.

The Laudian persecution was conducted with unrelenting severity; and while it caused the destruction of thousands in England, proved to be a principle of life and vigor to the infant settlements in Amer∣ica. Several men of eminence in England, who were the friends and protectors of the Puritans, entertained a design of settling in New England, if they should fail in the measures they were pursuing for the establishment of the liberty, and the reformation of the religion of their own country. They solicited and obtained grants in New England, and were at great pains in settling them. Among these patentees were the Lords Brook, Say and Seal, the Pelhams, the Hampdens and the Pyms; names which afterwards appeared with great eclat. Sir Matthew Boynton, Sir William Constable, Sir A••∣••••ur Haslerig, and Oliver Cromwell, were actually upon the point of embarking for New England, when Archbishop Laud, unwilling that so many objects of his hatred should be removed out of the reach of his power, applied for, and obtained, an order from the court to put a stop to these transportations. However, he was not able to prevail so far as to hinder New England from receiving vast additions, as well of the clergy, who were silenced and deprived of their living, for non-conformity, as of the laity who adhered to their opin∣ions.

The colony of Plymouth remained without a charter, until they were incorporated with Massachusetts in 1691 or 1692. Notwithstanding 〈◊〉〈◊〉, it was a government de fact••, and considered as such by king Charles in his letters and orders, which were sent them at various times previ∣ous to their incorporation with Massachusetts.

It was in the spring of 1630, that the GREAT CONSPIRACY was en∣tered into by the Indians in all parts, from the Narragansets round 〈◊〉〈◊〉 eastward, to extirpate the English. The colony at Plymouth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the principal object of this conspiracy. They well knew that if 〈◊〉〈◊〉 could effect the destruction of Plymouth, the infant settlement at Massachusetts would fall an easy sacrifice. They laid their plan with much art. Under colour of having some diversion at Plymouth, they i••••••ded to have fallen upon the inhabitants, and thus to have effected their design. But their plot was disclosed to the people at Charles∣town, by John Saga••ore, an Indian, who had always been a great friend 〈◊〉〈◊〉 English. This treacherous design of the Indians alarmed the English, and induced them to erect forts and maintain guards, to prevent 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fatal surprize in future. These preparations, and the firing of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 guns, so terrified the Indians that they dispersed, relinquish∣ed their design, and declared themselves the friends of the Eng∣land.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 was the vast increase of inhabitants in New England by natu∣re regulation, and particularly by emigrations from Great Britain▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 few years, besides the settlements in Plymouth and Massa∣chusetts, very flourishing colonies were planted in Rhode Island, Con∣necticut, New Haven, and New Hampshire. The dangers to which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were exposed from the surrounding Indians, as well as

from the Dutch, who, although very friendly to the infant colony at Plymouth, were now likely to prove troublesome neighbours, first in∣duced them to think of an alliance and confederacy for their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 defence. Accordingly in 1643, the four colonies of Plymouth, Mas∣sachusetts, Connecticut and New Haven, agreed upon articles of con∣federation, whereby a congress was formed, consisting of two com∣missioners from each colony, who were chosen annually, and when met were considered as the representatives of "The United Colonies of New England." The powers delegated to the commissioners, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 much the same as those vested in Congress by the articles of confede∣ration, agreed upon by the United States in 1778. The colony 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rhode Island would gladly have joined in this confederacy, but Mas∣sachusetts, for particular reasons, refused to admit their commissioners. This union subsisted, with some few alterations, until the year 〈◊〉〈◊〉, when all the charters, except that of Connecticut, were in effect vova∣cated by a commission from James the II.

The reader will obtain the best knowledge of the history of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 England by consulting Hutchinson's History of Massachusetts▪ Hazard's Historical Collections, 4 to, 2 vols. the 2d vol. not yet pub∣lished, but ready for the press—Belknap's History of New Hamp∣shire—The first letter in Dr. Gordon's History of the American Revo∣lution—Gov. Winthrop's Journal—Chalmer's Political Annals—〈◊〉〈◊〉 Gookins' Historical Collections of the Indians in New England, pub∣lished in Boston, by the Historical Society, in the American Apollo. 17••••.

VERMONT.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 150 Miles.	between	42° 44′ and 45° N. Lat.
Breadth 70 Miles.	1° 35′ and 3° 30′ E. Long. from 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Lower Canada; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by Connecticut River, which divides it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 New Hampshire; south, by Massachusetts; west, by New York.

DIVISIONS.] Vermont is naturally divided by the Green Moun∣tain, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from south to north, and divides the state nearly in the middle. Its civil divisions are as follows.

Counties	Towns
W. of the Moun.	BENNINGTON	BENNINGTON
RUTLAND	RUTLAND
ADDISON	ADDISON
CHITIENDON	COLCHESTER
E. of the Moun.	ORANGE	NEWBURY
WINDSOR	WINDSOR
WINDHAM	NEW••••••••
P••T••••Y

These counties are divided into upwards of 200 townships, which are generally six miles square. In every township is a reserve of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rights of land, of 350 acres each, one to be appropriated for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 port of public schools; the other to be given in fee to the first ••••••••∣ister who settles in the township. A part of the townships 〈◊〉〈◊〉 granted by the governour of New Hampshire, and the other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that of Vermont. In those townships granted by the former, a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of land is reserved for the support of the gospel in foreign parts 〈◊〉〈◊〉 those granted by the latter, a college right, and a right for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉

port of county grammar schools, are reserved. In these reservations, liberal provision is made for the support of the gospel, and for the p••••cation of common and collegiate education.

RIVERS.] The principal rivers in this state are Michiscoui, La∣••••••, Onion, and Otter Creek rivers, which run from east to west in∣to Lake Champlain; West, Sexton's▪ Black, Waterquechee, White, ••••••••panoosuck, Weld's, Wait's, Passumsick, and several smaller rivers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from west to east, into Connecticut river. Over the river ••••••••ille is a natural stone bridge 7 or 8 rods in length. Otter Creek i•• navigable for boats 50 miles. Its banks are excellent land, being ••••••ally overflowed, and enriched. White river takes its name from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 peculiar whiteness of its water, caused by the clear white stones and gravel which constitute the bed of this river quite to its source. This peculiarity deceives people in regard to its depth. It rises in ••••••••••ter of the state, flows through a rich tract of country free from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and empties into the Connecticut 4 miles below Dartmouth Col∣••••••, and is from 100 to 150 yards wide, some distance from its mouth. ••••••••panoosuck is a short, furious river, not more than 40 or 50 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wide, emptying into the Connecticut at Norwich. Weld's is al∣•••••• short and rapid river, 40 yards across. Passumsick is 100 yards 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and noted for the quantity and quality of the salmon it produces. In this river, which is settled 20 miles up, are some of the best Town∣ships in the state.

LAKES AND SPRINGS.] Memphremagog is the largest lake in this 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It is the reservoir of three considerable streams, Black, Barton, and Clyde rivers. One of these rises in Willoughby Lake, and forms a communication between that and lake St. Peter's, in the river St. Lawrence. Issuing from Willoughby's Lake, it empties into Mem∣phremagog, and thence, by the name of St. Francis, empties into the St. Peter. This river is not all the way navigable; otherwise it would afford a communication of very great importance to the north∣ern part of this state, as the settlers might transport their produce with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ease to Montreal or Quebec. Willoughby's Lake furnishes fish ••••••••ling bass, of an excellent flavour, weighing from 10 to 30 pounds. They form a most delicious feast for the new settlers. People travel 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles to this lake, to procure a winter's stock of this fish. Lake ••••••••zon, in the county of Rutland, gives rise to a branch of Poult∣ing river, on which iron works have been erected in the township of for Haven.

In some low lands, over against the great Ox Bow, a remarkable spring was discovered, about 20 years since, which dries up once in two or three years, and bursts out in another place. It has a strong smell of sulphur, and throws up continually a peculiar kind of white sand. A thick yellow scum rises upon the water when settled. Ponds and oth∣er collections of water in this state are remarkably clear and transpar∣ent, and afford abundance of trout and perch.

MOUNTAINS.] The principal mountain in this state is the one we 〈◊〉〈◊〉 already mentioned, which divides the state nearly in the center, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Connecticut river and Lake Champlain. The ascent from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 east to the top of this mountain is much easier than from the west, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you get to Onion river, where the mountain terminates. The ••••ight of land is generally from 20 to 30 miles from the river, and a∣•••••• the same distance from the New York line. The natural growth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this mountain, is hemlock, pine, spruce, and other evergreens;

hence it has always a green appearance, and on this account has ob∣tained the descriptive name of Ver Mons, Green Mountain. On some high parts of this mountain, snow lies till May, and sometimes till June. This chain of mountains passes through Massachusetts and Connecti∣cut, and terminates in New Haven.

The other noted mountains is Aschutney, bordering on Connecticut river, in the townships of Windsor and Weathersfield, and Upper Great Monadnock, quite in the N. E. corner of the State.

It is remarkable that the hills and mountains are generally cover∣ed on the east sides with what is called hard wood, such as 〈◊〉〈◊〉, beach, maple, ash, elm, and butternut; the west side is generally covered with evergreens.

CLIMATE.] During the winter season, which commonly lasts from the beginning of November to the middle of April, the inhabitants enjoy a serene sky, and a keen cold air. Snow begins to fall, com∣monly, by the first of November; but the permanent snows do not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 till about the 10th of December, which prevent the ground fre•••••••••• any considerable depth. In April the snow is gradually dissolved by the warm influences of the sun, which moistens and enriches the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and vegetation advances with surprising rapidity.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL, PRODUCTIONS, &c.} This state, generally speak•••• is hilly but not rocky. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the mountain, from the county of Rutland northward to the Cana∣da line, is a flat country well adapted for tillage. The state at la••g•••• well watered, and affords the best of pasturage for cattle. Some of the finest beef cattle in the world are driven from this state. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 also are raised for exportation. The natural growth upon the rivers, i•• white pines of several kinds, intermingled with low intervales of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, elm and white oak. Back from the rivers, the land is thickly ••••••∣bered with birch, sugar maple, ash, butternut and white oak of an ex∣cellent quality. The soil is natural for wheat, rye, barley, oats, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hemp, &c. Indian corn, back from the river, is frequently 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the frost; but on the river it is raised in as great perfection 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any part of New England, owing in a great measure to the fogs, ••••••∣ing from the river, which either prevent or extract the frost. Th•••• fogs begin as soon as the corn is in danger from frosts, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 till cold weather commences. Fruit tro••s, in the northern counti•••••• not prosper.

TRADE AND MANUFACTURES.] The inhabitants of this state, trade principally with Boston▪ New York and Hartford. The articles of export are pot and pearl ashes, chiefly, beef, horses, grain, some ••••••∣ter and cheese, lumber, &c. The inhabitants generally manufacture their own clothing, in the family way. Grain has been raised in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 plenty within a few years past, that the inhabitants have been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to attempt the manufacture of corn spirits. For this purpose six or sev∣en stills have already been erected, which yield a sufficient supply 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the people, and a profit to the owners. Vast quantities of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pearl ashes are made in every part of the state. But one of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 important manufactures, in this state, is that of maple sugar. It 〈◊〉〈◊〉 been estimated by a competent judge that the average quantity 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for every family back of Connecticut river, is 200lbs. a year, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 man, with but ordinary advantages, in one month, made 550lbs, of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quality equal to imported brown sugar. In two towns, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 county, containing no more than 40 families, 13 ••00lbs. of sugar 〈◊〉〈◊〉

made in the year 1791. The probability is that in a few years, maple su∣gar will become an article of export. In some parts of the state, the in∣habitants are beginning to line the roads with maple trees. And it would certainly be a wise measure if this practice should become gen∣eral throughout the states. Orchards of these trees, planted on sloping hills, so as to render it easy to collect the juice, might be attended with peculiar advantages to the owners.

POPULATION, RELIGION AND CHARACTER.} In 1790, according to the census then taken, this state contained 85,539 inhabitants, consisting chiefly of emigrants from Connecticut and Mas∣sachusetts, and their descendants. Two townships in Orange county are settled principally by Scotch people. The body of the people, are O••••••gregationalists. The other denominations are Presbyterians, Baptists and Episcopalians. This state is rapidly peopling. Five years age, the township of Danville, in the county of Orange, was a wildor∣•••••• without so much as a single family. Now they have two con∣siderable companies of militia; besides a company of light in∣••••try, dressed in uniform.

The inhabitants of this state are an assemblage of people from va∣•••••• places, of different sentiments, manners and habits. They have not lived together long enough to assimilate and form a general character. Assemble together in imagination, a number of individu∣al of different nations—consider them as living together amicably, and ••••••ing each other through the toils and difficulties of life; and yet r••••••ously opposed in particular religious and political tenets; jea∣•••••• of their rulers, and tenacious of their liberties—dispositions which originate naturally from the dread of experienced oppression, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of living under a free government—and you have a pretty just 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the character of the people of Vermont. Indolence is never ••••••••acteristical feature of the settlers of a new country. Emigrants 〈◊〉〈◊〉 general are active and industrious. The opposite characters have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 spirit nor inclination to quit their native spot. The inference 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that Vermont is peopled with an active, industrious, hardy, frugal 〈◊〉〈◊〉; as is really the case. And as it is a maxim that the inhabitants of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 new countries grow virtuous before they degenerate, it will most probably be so in Vermont.

MILITARY STRENGTH.] In 1788, there were upwards of 17,000 man upon the militia rolls of this state. These consisted of two divi∣••••nt one on the west, the other on the east side of the mountain. In these two divisions were 7 brigades, consisting of 22 regiments. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Vermonteers, or Green Mountain boys, is proverbial.

LITERATURE AND IMPROVEMENTS.] Much cannot be said in fa∣•••••• of the present State of literature in this state; but their pros∣•••••• in this regard are good. In every charter of a town, as we 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mentioned, provision is made for schools, by reserving a certain 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of land solely for their support. The assembly of this State, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 October session in 1791, passed an act for the establishment of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the town of Burlington, on lake Champlain, on the south 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Onion river, and appointed ••o Trustees. General Ira Allen, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Trustees, on certain conditions, offers lands, &c. to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of £4000 towards this establishment.

The expediency of opening a communication between the waters of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Champlain and Hudson's river; and of rendering the naviga∣tion 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Connecticut river more easy and advantageous, has been dis∣cussed

by the legislature of this State; and measures have been adopted to effect the latter, by incorporating a company for the purpose of locking Bellows' falls, who are to complete the work within 4 years from the passing of the act, and to receive a toll for all boats that p••••s; the toll to be a subject of regulation. The works are already began, and when completed will be of great advantage to the state, by ••••••∣itating the exportation of their produce. The other proposed canal between Lake Champlain and Hudson's river, would also be impor∣tant, but it is doubtful whether it will, at present, be accompli••••••••.

CHIEF TOWNS.] In a new and interior country, large, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 towns are not to be expected. Bennington, situated near the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 west corner of the state, is one of the largest. It contains about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inhabitants, a number of handsome houses, a congregational 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a court house and goal. A famous battle was fought in or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 town, during the late war, in 1777, between Brigadier General States, at the head of 800 undisciplined militia, and a detachment of ••••••∣eral Burgoyne's army, commanded by Col. Baum. In this action, and the one that succeeded it in the same place, and on the same day, be∣tween a reinforcement of the British, under Col. Breymen, and ••••••∣eral Starke, who was reinforced by Col. Warner, with a conti•••••• regiment, were taken, 4 brass field pieces, and other military stores, and 700 prisoners. The overthrow of these detachments was the first 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in a grand chain of causes, which finally proved the ruin of the ••••∣al army. This is one of the oldest towns in the state, being first ••••••∣tled about the year 1764, and is a thriving town, and has been, till ••••••∣ly, the seat of government.

Windsor and Rutland, by a late act of the legislature, are alternate∣ly to be the seat of government for 8 years. The former is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on Connecticut river, and contains about 1600 inhabitants; the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lies upon Otter Creek, and contains upwards of 1400 inhabitants. Both are flourishing towns. Guildford, Brattleborough, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Westminster, Weathersfield, Hartland, Norwich and Newbur•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considerable towns, lying from south to north, on Connecticut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Newbury is the shire town or Orange county, which comprehend•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 three eights of the whole state, and contains about 900 inhabitants. It has a court house, and a very elegant meeting house for cong••••••∣tionalists, with a steeple, the first erected in the state. The celeb•••••• Coos meadows or intervales, commence about 9 miles below this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Newbury court house stands on the high lands back from the river and commands a fine view of what is called the great Ox Bo••••, which is formed by a curious bend in the river. It is one of the most ••••••∣riful and fertile meadows in New England. The circumference of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Bow, is about 4½ miles; its greatest depth is seven eighths of a mile, con∣taining about 450 acres. At the season when nature is dressed in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 green attire, a view of this meadow from the high lands is truly ••••••∣uriant.

••••••aftsbury, Pownal, Manchester, Clarendon, Poultney, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Danby and Charlotte, are considerable and flourishing towns 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the mountain. In the town of Orwell is Mount Independent 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the southern extremity of Lake Champlain, opposite to which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 conderoga, in the state of New York.

* 1.7

CURIOSITIES.] There is a very remarkable ledge of rocks in the town of Bradford, in the county of Orange. It lies on the west bank of Connecticut river, and is as much as 200 feet high. It appears to ••••ng over and threaten the traveller as he passes. The space between this ledge and the river, is scarcely wide enough for a road.* 1.8

In the township of Tinmouth, on the side of a small hill, is a ve∣ry curious cave. The chasm, at its entrance, is about four feet in circumference. Entering this you descend 104 feet, and then opens a spacious room, 20 feet in breadth, and 100 feet in length. The angle of descent is about 45 degrees. The roof of this cavern is of rock, through which the water is continually percolating. The stalactites which bang from the roof appear like icicles on the eves of houses, and are continually increasing in number and magnitude. The bot∣tom and sides are daily incrusting with sparr and other mineral sub∣stances. On the sides of this subterraneous hall, are tables, chairs, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c. which appear to have been artificially carved. This 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ornamented room, when illuminated with the candles of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, has an enchanting effect upon the eye of the spectator. If we might be indulged in assigning the general cause of these astonishing appearances, we should conclude from the various circumstances ac∣companying them, that they arise from water filtrating slowly through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incumbent strata; and taking up in its passage a variety of mine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 substances, and becoming thus saturated with metallic particles, gradually exsuding on the surface of the caverns and fissures, in a qui∣escent state, the aqueous particles evaporate, and leave the mineral substances to unite according to their affinities.

At the end of this cave is a circular hole, 15 feet deep, apparently have out, in a conical form, enlarging gradually as you descend, in the form of a sugar loaf. At the bottom is a spring of fresh water, in continual motion, like the boiling of a pot. Its depth has never been founded.

CONSTITUTION.] The inhabitants of Vermont, by their repre∣sentatives in convention, at Windsor, on the 25th of December, 1777, declared that the territory called Vermont, was, and of right ought to be, a free and independent state; and for the purpose of maintaining regular government in the same, they made a solemn declaration of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rights, and ratified a constitution, of which the following is an ••••••••ract.

Their declaration, which makes a part of their constitution, asserts 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all men are born equally free—with equal rights, and ought to en∣•••••• liberty of conscience—freedom of the press—trial by jury—pow∣er 〈◊〉〈◊〉 form new states in vacant countries, and to regulate their own internal police—that all elections ought to be free—that all power is originally in the people—that government ought to be instituted for the common benefit of the community—and that the community have a right to reform or abolish government—that every member of soci∣ety

hath a right to protection of life, liberty and property—and in re∣turn is bound to contribute his proportion of the expense of that pro∣tection, and yield his personal service when necessary—that he shall not be obliged to give evidence against himself—that the people have a right to bear arms—but no standing armies shall be maintained in time of peace—that the people have a right to hold themselves, their houses, papers, and possessions, free from search or seizure—and there∣fore warrants without oaths first made, affording sufficient foundation for them, are contrary to that right and ought not to be granted—that no person shall be liable to be transported out of this state for trial for any offence committed within this state, &c.

By the frame of government, the supreme legislative power is vest∣ed in a house of representatives of the freemen of the state of Ver∣mont, to be chosen annually by the freemen on the first Tuesday in September, and to meet the second Thursday of the succeeding Octo∣ber—This body is vested with all the powers necessary for the legislature of a free state—Two thirds of the whole number of representativ•••• ••••∣lected, make a quorum.

Each inhabited town throughout the state, has a right to send one representative to the assembly.

The supreme executive power is vested in a governour, lieutenant governour, and twelve counsellors, to be chosen annually in the same manner, and vested with the same powers as in Connecticut.

Every person of the age of 21 years, who has resided in the state one whole year next before the election of representatives, and is of a quiet, peaceable behaviour, and will bind himself by his oath, to do what he shall in conscience judge to be most conducive to the best good of the state, shall be entitled to all the privileges of a freeman of this state.

Each member of the house of representatives, before he takes his seat, must declare his belief in one God—in future rewards and pun∣ishments, and in the divinity of the scriptures of the Old and New Testament, and must profess the protestant religion.

Courts of justice are to be established in every county throughout the state.

The supreme court, and the several courts of common pleas of this state, besides the powers usually exercised by such courts, have the powers of a court of chancery, so far as relates to perpetuating testi∣mony, obtaining evidence from places not within the state, and the care of the persons and estates of those who are non compotes mentis, &c. All prosecutions are to be commenced in the name, and by the authority of the freemen of the state of Vermont. The legislature are to regulate entails so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to prevent perpetuities.

All field and staff officers, and commissioned officers of the army, and all general officers of the militia, shall be chosen by the general assembly; and be commissioned by the governour.

Every seventh year, beginning with the year 1785, thirteen persons (none of whom are to be of the council or assembly) shall be chosen by the freemen, and be called 'the council of censors,' whose duty it shall be to enquire whether the constitution has been preserved inviolate in every part—whether the legislative and executive powers have been properly exercised—taxes justly laid and collected—the public monies rightly disposed of—and the laws duly executed.—For these purposes they shall have power to send for persons, papers, &c.—to pass public

censures—to order impeachments, and to recommend the repeal of all laws enacted contrary to the principles of the constitution. They are to be vested with these powers for one year only, after the day of their election.

The council of censors, when necessary, may call a convention, to meet two years after their sitting—to alter the constitution—the pro∣posed alterations to be published at least six months before the elec∣tion of delegates to such convention.

HISTORY.] The tract of country called Vermont, before the late war, was claimed both by New York and New Hampshire; and these interfering claims have been the occasion of much warm altercation, the particulars of which it would be neither entertaining nor useful to detail. They were not finally adjusted till since the peace. When hostilities commenced between Great Britain and her colonies, the inhabitants of this district, considering themselves as in a state of na∣ture, and not within the jurisdiction either of New York or New Hampshire, associated and formed for themselves the constitution, of which we have given an abstract. Under this constitution they have continued to exercise all the powers of an independent state, and have been prospered. On the fourth of March, 1791, agreeably to act of Congress of December 6th, 1790, this state became one of the United States, and constitutes the fourteenth, and not the least respectable Pil∣lar in the American Union.

NEW HAMPSHIRE.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 168 Miles.	between	42° 41′ and 45° 11′ N. Lat.
Breadth 60 Miles.	4° 30′ and 6° 17′ E. Long.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by the Province of Low∣er Canada; east, by the District of Main and the Atlantic Ocean; south, by Massachusetts; west, by the western bank of Connecticut river; containing 9,491 squaremiles, or 6,074,240 acres; of which at least 100,000 acres are water. The shape of New Hampshire resembles an open fan; Connecticut river makes the curve, the southern line the shortest, the eastern line the longest side.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] This state is divided into 5 counties, which are subdivided into townships, most of which are about 6 miles square.

Counties	Townships	Inhabitants	Chief Towns	No. Inhab.
Rockingham	46	43,169	Portsmouth, Lat. 43° 5′	4,720
Exeter	1,722
Concord	1,747
Strafford	24 & 3 lo∣cations	23,601	Dover	1,998
Durham	1,247
Hillsborough	37 & 3 lo∣cations	28,772	Amherst	2,369
Cheshire	34	32,871	Keen	1,314
Charlestown	1,09••
Grafton	50 & 17 lo∣cations	13,472	Haverhill	552
Plymouth	625
Total	214	141,885

CLIMATE.] See New England.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY.] This state has but about 18 miles of sea∣coast, at its southeast corner. In this distance there are several coves for fishing vessels; but the only harbour for ships is the entrance of Piscataqua river, the shores of which are rocky. The shore is mostly a sandy beach, adjoining which are salt marshes, intersected by creeks. From the sea no remarkable high lands in New Hampshire appear, nearer than 20 or 30 miles. The first ridge, by the name of the Blue Hills, passes through Rochester, Barrington, and Nottingham, and the several summits are distinguished by different names. Be∣yond these are several higher, detached mountains. Farther back, the mountains rise still higher, and among this third range, Choco∣rua, Ossapy and Kyarsarge, are the principal. Beyond these is the lofty ridge which divides the branches of Connecticut and Merrimack rivers, denominated The Height of Land. In this ridge is the cele∣brated Monadnock mountain. Thirty miles north of which is S••••••∣pee, and 42 miles further, in the same direction, is Moosehillock moun∣tain. The ridge is then continued northerly, dividing the waters of the river Connecticut from those of Saco, and Ameriscoggin. Here the mountains rise ••uch higher, and the most elevated summits in this range, are the White Mountains. The lands west of this last men∣tioned range of mountains, bordering on Connecticut river, are in∣terspersed with extensive meadows or intervales, rich and well watered.

MOUNTAINS.] We have already named the most considerable mountains in this state. Several of them require a particular descrip∣tion. We begin with the Monadnock, which lies 10 miles north of the southern boundary of the state, and 22 miles east of Connecticut river. The elevation of this mountain above the level of the sea, as measured by James Winthrop, Esq 1780, is 3254 feet. The base of this mountain is about 5 miles in diameter, from north to south, and 3 from east to west. Its summit is a bald rock; and on the sides are some appearances of the explosion of subterraneous fires. In West∣river mountain, adjoining Connecticut river, in the township of Ches∣terfield, appearances of a similar nature are more visible. About the year 1730, the garrison of Fort Dummer, 4 miles distant, was alarmed with frequent explosions of fire and smoke emitted from the moun∣tain. The like appearances have been observed since.

Ossapy mountain lies adjoining the town of Moultonborough, on the north east. In this town it is observed, than in a N. E. storm, the wind falls over the mountain, like water over a dam; and with such force, as frequently to unroof houses.

Moosehillock mountain, is the highest of this chain, the White mountains excepted. It takes its name from the circumstance of its being a remarkable range for Moose. This mountain is about 70 miles westward of the White mountains. From its N. W. side flows Bak∣er's river, a branch of Pemigewasset. On this mountain snow has been seen, from the town of Newbury, on the 30th of June and 31st of August; and on the mountains intervening, called Franconia and Lincoln mountains, snow, it is said, lies through the year.

People who live near these mountains, by noticing the various movements of attracted vapours, can form a pretty accurate judg∣ment of the weather; and they hence style these mountains their Al∣manack. If a cloud is attracted by a mountain, and hovers on its top, they predict rain; and if after rain, the mountain continues capped, they expect a repetition of showers. A storm is preceded for several

hours, by a roaring of the mountain, which may be heard 10 or 12 miles.

But the White Mountains are by far the most stupendous of any in this state or in New England, and perhaps are the most remarka∣ble of any within the United States. They therefore merit particular notice. The Rev. Dr. Belknap elegantly describes them as follows.—

"They are undoubtedly the highest land in New England, and in clear weather, are discovered before any other land, by vessels coming in to the eastern coast; but by reason of their white appearance, are frequently mistaken for clouds. They are visible on the land at the distance of eighty miles, on the south and southeast sides; they appear higher when viewed from the northeast, and it is said, they are seen from the neighbourhood of Chamble and Quebec. The Indians gave them the name of Agiocochook: They had a very ancient tradi∣tion that their country was once drowned, with all its inhabitants, except one Powaw and his wife, who, foreseeing the flood, fled to these mountains, where they were preserved, and that from them the country was re-peopled.* 1.9 They had a superstitious veneration for the summit, as the habitation of invisible beings; they never venture to ascend it, and always endeavour to dissuade every one from the attempt. From them, and the captives, whom they sometimes led to Canada, through the passes of these mountains, many fictions have been propa∣gated, which have given rise to marvellous and incredible stories; particularly, it has been reported, that at immense and inaccessible heights, there have been seen carbuncles, which are supposed to ap∣pear luminous in the night. Some writers, who have attempted to given an account of these mountains, have ascribed the whiteness of them, to shining rocks, or a kind of white moss; and the highest summit has been deemed inaccessible, on account of the extreme cold, which threatens to freeze the traveller, in the midst of summer.

Nature has, indeed, in that region, formed her works on a large scale, and presented to view many objects which do not ordinarily oc∣cur. A person who is unacquainted with a mountainous country, can∣not, upon his first coming into it, make an adequate judgement of heights and distances; he will imagine every thing to be nearer and less than it really is, until, by experience, he learns to correct his ap∣prehensions, and accommodate his eye to the magnitude and situation of the objects around him. When amazement is excited by the gran∣deur and sublimity of the scenes presented to view, it is necessary to curb the imagination, and exercise judgement with mathematical pre∣cision; or the temptation to romance will be invincible.

The White Mountains are the most elevated part of a ridge, which extends N. E. and S. W. to an immense distance. The area of their base, is an irregular figure, the whole circuit of which, is not less than sixty miles. The number of summits within this area, cannot at present be ascertained, the country around them being a thick wilder∣ness. The greatest number which can be seen at once, is at Dartmouth, on the N. W. side, where seven summits appear at one view, of which four are bald. Of these the three highest are the most distant, be∣ing on the eastern side of the cluster; one of these is the mountain which makes so majestic an appearance all along the shore of the eastern counties of Massachusetts: It has lately been distinguished by the name of MOUNT WASHINGTON.

To arrive at the foot of this mountain, there is a continual ascent

of twelve miles, from the plain of Pigwacket, which brings the trav∣eller to the height of land, between Saco and Ameriscoggin rivers. At this height there is a level of about a mile square, part of which is a meadow, formerly a beaver pond, with a dam at each end. Here, though elevated more than three thousand feet above the level of the sea, the traveller finds himself in a deep valley. On the east is a steep mountain, out of which issue several springs, one of which is the fountain of Ellis river, a branch of Saco. which runs south; another, of Peabody river, a branch of Amariscoggin, which runs north. From this meadow, towards the west, there is an uninterrupted as∣cent on a ridge between two deep gullies, to the summit of Mount Washington.

The lower part of the mountain is shaded by a thick growth of spruce and fin. The surface is composed of rocks, covered with ve∣ry long, green moss, which extends from one rock to another, and is, in many places, so thick and strong, as to bear a man's weight. This immense bed of moss, serves as a sponge, to retain the moisture brought by the clouds and vapours, which are frequently rising and gathering round the mountains; the thick growth of wood, prevents the rays of the sun from penetrating to exhale it; so that there is a constant supply of water deposited in the crevices of the rocks, and issuing in the form of springs, from every part of the mountain.

The rocks which compose the surface of the mountain, are, in some parts, state, in others flint; some specimens of rock chrystal have been found, but of no great value. No lime stone has yet been dis∣covered, though the most likely rocks have been tried with aqua fortis. There is one precipice, on the eastern side, not only completely per∣pendicular, but composed of square stones, as regular as a piece of masonry; it is about five feet high, and from fifteen to twenty in length. The uppermost rocks of the mountain, are the common quartz, of a dark grey colour; when broken, they shew very small shining specks, but there is no such appearance on the exterior part. The eastern side of the mountain, rises in an angle of 45 degrees, and requires six or seven hours of hard labour to ascend it. Many of the precipices are so sleep as to oblige the traveller to use his hands, as well as his feet, and to hold by the trees, which diminish in size, till they de∣generate into shrubs and bushes; above these, are low vines, some bearing red, and others blue berries, and the uppermost vegetation is a species of grass, called winter-grass, mixed with the moss of the rocks.

Having surmounted the upper and steepest precipice, there is a large area, called the plain. It is a dry health, composed of rocks covered with moss, and bearing the appearances of a pasture, in the beginning of the winter season. In some openings, between the rocks, there are springs of water, in others, dry gravel. Here the grous or heath bird resorts, and is generally out of danger. The sugar loaf, which stands on this plain, is a pyramidal heap of grey rocks, which, in some places, are formed like winding steps. This pinnacle has been ascended in an hour and a half. The traveller having gain∣ed the summit, is recompensed for his toil, if the sky be serene, with a most noble and extensive prospect. On the S. E. side, there is a view of the Atlantic ocean, the nearest part of which, is sixty five miles, in a direct line. On the W. and N. the prospect is bounded by the high lands, which separate the waters of Connecticut and Ameris∣coggin rivers, from those of Lake Champlain and St. Lawrence▪

On the south, it extends to the southernmost mountains of New Hampshire, comprehending a view of the Lake Winipiseogee. On every side of these mountains, are long winding gullies, beginning at the precipice below the plain, and deepening in the descent. In winter, the snow lodges in these gullies; and being driven, by the N. W. and N. E. wind, from the top, is deepest in those which are situated on the southerly side. It is observed to lie longer in the spring on the south, than on the N. W. side, which is the case with many other hills in New Hampshire.

During the period of nine or ten months, the mountains exhibit more or less of that bright appearance, from which they are denomi∣nated white. In the spring, when the snow is partly dissolved, they appear of a pale blue, streaked with white; and after it is wholly gone, at the distance of 60 miles, they are altogether of the same pale blue, near∣ly approaching a sky colour; while at the same time, viewed at the dist∣ance of eight miles or less, they appear of the proper colour of the rock. These changes are observed by people who live within constant view of them; and from these facts and observations, it may with certainty be concluded, that the whiteness of them is wholly caused by the snow, and not by any other white substance, for in fact, there is none.

A company of gentlemen visited these mountains in July, 1784, with a view to make particular observations on the several phenomena which might occur. It happened unfortunately, that thick clouds covered the mountains almost the whole time, so that some of the in∣struments, which, with much labour, they had carried up, were ren∣dered useless.

The height of the mountain was computed, in round numbers, at five thousand and five hundred feet above the meadow, in the valley below and nearly ten thousand feet above the level of the sea.* 1.10

These vast and irregular heights, being copiously replenished with water, exhibit a great variety of beautiful cascades; some of which, fall in a perpendicular sheet or spout, others are winding and sloping, others spread, and form a bason in the rock, and them gush in a cataract 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its edge. A poetic fancy may find full gratification amidst these wild and rugged scenes, if its ardor be not checked by the fatigue of the approach. Almost every thing in nature, which can be supposed capable of inspiring ideas of the sublime and beautiful, is here realized. Aged mountains, stupendous elevations, rolling clouds, impending ••eks, verdant woods, chrystal streams, the gentle till, and the roar∣ing torrent, all conspire to amaze, to soothe and to enrapture.

On the western part of these mountains is a pass, commonly called the notch, which, in the narrowest part, moa••••••res but twenty-two feet, between two perpendicular rocks. From the height above it, a brook descends, and meanders through a meadow, formerly a beaver pond. It is surrounded by rocks, which, on one side, are perpendicular, and on the others, rise in an angle of forty-five degrees—a strikingly picturesque scene! This defile was known to the Indians, who for∣merly led their captives through it to Canada; but it had been for∣••••••ten or neglected, till the year 1771, when two hunters passed through it, and from their report, the proprietors of lands, on the northern

parts of Connecticut river, formed the plan of a road through it, to the Upper Coos, from which it is distant twenty-five miles. Along the eastern side of the meadow, under the perpendicular roch, is a causeway, of large logs, sunk into the mud by rocks, blown with gun powder, from the mountain. On this foundation, is con∣structed a road which passes through the narrow defile at the south end of the meadow, leaving a passage for the rivulet, which glides a∣long the western side. This rivulet, is the head of the river Saco; and on the north side of the meadow, at a little distance, is another brook, which is the head of Amonoosuck, a large branch of Connect∣icut river. The latitude of this place, is 44° 12′, N.

The rivulet, which gives rise to Saco, descends towards the south; and at a little distance from the defile, its waters are augmented by two streams from the left, one of which descends in a trench of two feet wide, and is called the flume, from the near resemblance which it bears to an artificial flume. Over these are thrown strong bridges; and the whole construction of this road, is firm and durable; much la∣bour has been expended upon it, and the neat proceeds of a confiscated estate, were applied to defray the expense. In the descent, the pass wid∣ens, and the stream increases; but for eight or ten miles from the north, the mountains on each side are so near, as to leave room only for the river and its intervales; which are not more than half a mile wide. In the course of this descent, several curious objects present themselves to view. On the side of one mountain, is a projection, resembling a shelf, on which stand four large square rocks, in a form resembling as many huge folio volumes. In two or three places, at immense heights, and perfectly inaccessible, appear rocks of a white and red hue, the surface of which is polished, like a mirror, by the constant trickling of water over them. These being exposed to the west and south, are capable, in the night, of reflecting the moon and star beans to the wondering traveller in the deep, dark valley below, and by the help of imagination, are sufficient to give rise to the fiction of carbun∣cles.

To encompass these mountains as the roads are laid out, through the eastern and western passes, and round the northern side of the whole cluster, it is necessary to travel more then seventy miles, and to send eight considerable rivers, beside many smaller streams. The distance between the heads of rivers, which pursue such different courses, from this immense elevation, and which fall into the sea, so many hundred miles asunder, is so small, that a traveller may, in the course of one day, drink the waters, of Saco, Ameriscoggin and Connecticut rivers. These waters are all perfectly limpid and sweet, excepting one brook, on the eastern side of Mount Washington, which has a saponac•••••• taste; and is covered with a very thick and strong froth. It is said that there is a part of the mountain where the magnetic needle refuses to traverse; this is probably caused by a body of iron one. It is also 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that a mineral, supposed to be lead, had been discovered, near the east∣ern pass; but that the spot cannot now be found. What stores the bowels of these mountains contain, time must unfold; all searches for subterraneous treasures, having hitherto proved fruitless. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 certain riches which they yield, are the freshets, which bring down the soil, to the intervales below, and form a fine mould, producing, by the aid of cultivation, corn and herbage, in the most luxuriant plen∣ty.* 1.11

RIVERS.] Five of the largest streams in New England, receive more of less of their waters from this state. These are Connecticut, Ameriscoggin, Saco, Merrimack and Piscataqua rivers.

Connecticut river rises in the Highlands which separate the United States from the British Province of Lower Canada. It has been sur∣veyed about 25 miles beyond the 45th degree of latitude, to the head spring of its northwestern branch. It is settled all the way nearly to its source. Its general course is about S. S. W. It extends along the western side of New Hampshire, about 170 miles, and then passes into Massachusetts. The rivers which it receives from Vermont, on the western side, have been already mentioned. Besides smaller streams, it receives from New Hampshire, Upper Amonoosuck, which passes through excellent meadows: Israel river, a romantic stream, border∣ed with fine land, as is John's river, a deep, muddy stream, 25 or 30 yards wide, 6 miles below Israel river. This country is called Upper Coos. Just above the town of Haverhill in Lower Coos, falls in Great of Lower Amonoosuck, 100 yards wide—and which, 2 miles from its mouth, receives Wild Amonoosuck, 40 yards wide, from Franconia and Lincoln mountains. Two or three hours heavy rain rises the water in this river several feet, and occasions a current so furious, as to put in motion stones of a foot in diameter; but its violence soon subsides. As you proceed south to the Massachusetts line you pass Sugar, Cold and Ashuelot rivers.

Connecticut river, in its course between New Hampshire and Ver∣mont, has two considerable falls; the first are called Fifteen Mile Falls, between Upper and Lower Coos—The river is rapid for 20 miles. At walpole is a second remarkable fall, formerly known by the name of the Great Fall, now denominated Bellows' Falls. The breadth of the river above them, is, in some places 22, in others not above 16 rods. The depth of the channel is about 25 feet and commonly runs full of water. In Sept. 1792, however, owing to the severe drought, the water of the river, it is said, "passed within the space of 12 feet wide and 2½ feet deep." A large rock divides the stream into two chan∣••••••, ••••ch about 90 feet wide. When the water is low, the eastern ••••••••nel is dry, being crossed by a bar of solid rock, and the whole stream falls into the western channel, where it is contracted to the ••••••dth of 16 feet, and flows with astonishing rapidity. The per∣pendicular height of this fall has not been ascertained, not the depth of the water below it. There are several pitches one above another, in the length of half a mile, the largest of which is that where the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divides the stream. Notwithstanding the velocity of the current, the salmon pass up the fall, and are taken many miles above; but the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 proceed no farther. This is the famous fall which is so extrava gently and ludicrously described in an anonymous publication, fill∣•••• with such extravagant falsehoods, commonly known by the title of "Peters' history of Connecticut."

On the steep sides of the island rock, hang several arm chairs, fastened ••••ladders, and secured by a counterpoise, in which fishermen set to catch 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with dipping nets. In 1784, a bridge of timber, constructed by Col. Hale, was projected over this fall, 365 feet long▪ and supported in the middle by the great rock, under which the highest floods pass without detriment. This is the first and only bridge that has been erected upon this river, but it is in contemplation to erect another, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles above, at the middle 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Agar falls, where the passage

for the water between the rocks is about 100 feet wide. This place is in the township of Lebanon, two miles below Dartmouth College. This beautiful river, in its whole length, is lined on each side, with a great number of the most flourishing and pleasant towns in the United States. In its whole course it preserves a distance of from 80 to 100 miles from the sea coast.

Merrimack river is formed by the confluence of Pemigewassat and Winnipiseogee rivers; the former is a very rapid river, and springs from a white mountain, west of the noted mountains of that name; and before its junction with the Winnipiseogee branch, it receives from the west, Baker's river, a pleasant stream, forty miles in length, and several smaller streams. The Winnipiseogee branch, rises from the Lake of the same name. The stream which issues from the take is small, and in its course passes through a bay 12 miles long, and from 3 to five broad. A few miles from its entrance into the Pemi∣gewasset, is a place called the Wares, remarkable for the number of sal∣mon and shad which are here caught. The river is wide, and so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 low that the fishermen turn the course of the river, in a short time or compress it into a narrow channel, where they fix their Gillnets, and take the fish as they pass up the stream. After the Pemigewassge re∣ceives the waters of Winnipiseogee, it takes the name of ••••••∣mack; and after a course of about 90 miles, first in a southerly, and then in an easterly direction, and passing over Hookset, Amu••••••••, and Pantacket Falls, empties into the sea at Newburyport•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the west it receives, Blackwater, Contoocook, Piscataquoag, S••••••••∣gan Nashua, and Concord rivers; from the east, Bowcook, Su•••••••• Cohas, Beaver, Spicket and Powow rivers. Contoocook heads 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Monadnock mountain, is very rapid, and 10 to 12 miles from its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is 100 yards wide, just before its entrance into the Merrimack it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and forms a beautiful island of about 5 or 6 acres. This island remarkable as being the spot where a Mrs. Duston performed an 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ordinary exploit. This woman had been taken by a party of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Haverhill in Massachusetts, and carried to this island. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 8 or 10 in number, fatigued, and thinking themselves secure, fall•••••••• She improved this opportunity to make her escape, and that she 〈◊〉〈◊〉 effect it without danger of being pursued, she, with one of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tomahawks killed them all, and scalped them, and took their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and returned down the river to Haverhill, and carried the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Boston, where she was generously rewarded.

A bridge has lately been projected over Amuskeag falls, 556 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in length, and 80 feet wide, supported by 5 piers, and an ••••••••∣ment on each side; the top of the bridge is 30 feet from the bottom the river. In the construction of the wood work, 2,000 tons ••••••••∣ber were used. And what is remarkable, this bridge was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 passable for travellers, in 57 days, after it was begun. Two other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are building over this river, in Massachusetts.

"The Piscataqua is the only large river whose whole cour•••••• New Hampshire. Its head is a pond in the N. E. corner of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Wakefield, and its general course thence, to the sea, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 about 40 miles. It divides New Hampshire from York 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the District of Main, and is called Salmon-fall river, from its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the lower falls at Berwick; where it assumes the name of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wichawannock, which it bears till it meets with Cochecho rivers, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 comes from Dover, when both run together in one channel, ••••••∣ton's

point, where the western branch meets it. From this junction to the sea, the river is so rapid that it never freezes; the distance is seven miles, and the course generally form S. to S. E. The western branch is formed by Swamscot river, which comes from Exeter, Winnicot river, which comes through Greenland, and Lamprey riv∣er, which divides New market from Durham; these empty into a bay, four miles wide, called the Great Bay. The water in its further progress it contracted into the a lesser bay, and then it receives Oyster river, which runs through Durham, and Back river, which come from Dover, and at length meets with the main stream at Hilton's point. The tide rises into all these bays, and branches as far as the lower falls in each river, and forms a most rapid current, especially at the season of the freshets, when the ebb continues about two hours longer than the flood; and were it not for the numerous eddies, formed by the in∣dentings of the shore, the ferries would then be impassable.

At the lower falls in the several branches of the river, are landing places, whence lumber and other country produce is transported, and vessels or boats from below discharge their lading: So that in each river there is a convenient trading place, not more than twelve of fif∣teen miles distant from Portsmouth, with which there is constant com∣munication by every tide. Thus the river, from its form, and the situation of its branches, is extremely favourable to the purposes of navigation and commerce.

At Dover is an high neck of land between the main branch of Pas∣••••••••a and Back river, about two miles long, and half a mile wide, rising gently along a fine road, and declining on each side like a ship's 〈◊〉〈◊〉 It commands an extensive and variegated prospect of the riv∣ere, bays, adjacent shores, and distant mountains. It has often been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by travellers as an elegant situation for a city, and by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gentlemen for a fortress. The first settlers pitched here, but the trade has long since been removed to Cochecho falls, about four miles farther up; and this beautiful spot is almost deserted of inhab∣••••••••."* 1.12

Amariscoggin and Saco rivers, are principally in the District of Main, and will be described under that head.

LAKES.] Winnipisiogee Lake, is the largest collection of wa∣ter in New Hampshire. It is about 21 miles in length, from S. E. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 W. and of very unequal breadth, from 3 to 12 miles. It is full of islands, and is supplied with numerous rivulets from the surround∣ing mountains. This lake is frozen about 3 month in a year, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sleighs and teams, from the circumjacent towns, cross it on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. In summer it is navigable its whole length. The landing on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 side of the lake is 26 miles from Dover landing, where the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 flows.

The other considerable lakes, are Umbagog, in the N. E. corner of the state, and partly in the District of Main, Squam, Sunnapee, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ossapee.

SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.] Of these there is a great variety in the state. The intervale lands upon the margin of the large rivers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the most valuable, because they are overflowed and enriched every 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the water from the uplands, which brings down a fat flame 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sediment. There are generally two state of intervale lands, on the

borders of the large rivers, one is overflowed every year, the other, which is considerably higher, only in very high freshets. These in∣tervale lands are of various breadth, according to the near or remote situation of the hills. On Connecticut river, they are from a quarter of a mile to a mile and a half on each side; and it is observable that they yield wheat in greater abundance and perfection, than the same kind of soil, east of the height of land. These lands in every part of the state, yield all the other kinds of grain, in the greatest perfection; but are not so good for pasture as the upland of a proper quality. The wide spreading hill are generally much esteemed as warm and rich; rocky, moist land, is accounted good for pasture; drained swamps have a deep mellow soil; and the valleys between hills are generally very productive.

Apples and pairs are the most common, and the principal fruits cul∣tivated in this state. No good husbandman thinks his farm com∣plete without an orchard.

Agriculture is the chief business of the inhabitants of this state, Beef, pork, mutton, poultry, wheat, rye, Indian corn, barley, pulse, butter, cheese, flax, hemp, hops, esculent plants and roots, articles which will always find a market, may be produced in almost any quantity in New Hampshire.

TRADE AND MANDEACTURES.] The inhabitants in the south∣western quarter of this state generally carry their produce to Boston. In the middle and northern part, as far as the Lower Coos, they trade at Portsmouth. Above the Lower Coos, there are yet no convenient roads directly to the sea coast. The people on the upper branches of Saco river, find their nearest market at Portland, in the District of Main; and thither the inhabitants of Upper Coos have generally car∣ried their produce; some have gone in the other direction to New York market. But from a survey made in 1782, it was found that a road from the upper Amonoosuck, which empties into Connecticut River, to the head of navigation, in Kennebeck river, is very practicable. The distance 80 or 90 miles; and for a third part of that distance from Ken∣nebeck, there are already roads and settlements.

The articles and the quantity of each, exported and imported into the port of Pascataqua, in two years following Oct, 1st, 1789, will ap∣pear from the following tables taken from Dr. Belknap's History.

TABLE of Exportation form the port of Pascataqua, from October ••, 1789, to October 1, 1791.

Articles exported	To Europe.	W. Ind.	N. S.	Afri.	Tot.
1000 feet of Pine Boards	6247	11622	96	69	18034
Do. feet of oak plank	378	26			404
Do. staves and heading	1317	1608	44		2969
Do. clapboards	2	19			21
Do. shingles		268			2689
Do. hoops		79¼	7		86¼
Feet of oar rafters	47000	950			47950
Tons of pine timber	88½	86			174½
Do. oak timber	254	20			271
Frames of houses		12			12

Pine masts	41	4			45
Spruce spars	13	72			85
Shook hogsheads		2079			2079
Waggons		2			2
Pairs of cart wheels		14			14
Sets of yokes and bows		28			28
Boats		30			30
Handspikes	80				80
Quintals of dry fish	250	26207			26457
Barrels of pickled fish		501			501
Do. Whale oil		120			120
Do. Tar	1613	60			1673
Casks of flax seed	1798				1798
Barrels of beef		2775	2		2777
Do. pork		9	1		10
Do. rice				2	2
Bushels of Indian corn		391		2000	2391
oxen and cows		577	33		6••0
Horses		207	2		209
Sheep		261	229		490
Gallons of N. E. rum			150	1449	1599
Do. Madeira wine		845			845
Thousands of bricks		129			129
Tons of pot ash	88½				88½
Do. pearl ash	30〈◊〉〈◊〉				30½
Bores of candles		28			28

Total value of exportation for two years 296,839 dollars 51 cents.

TABLE of Importation into the Port of P••scataqua, from Octo∣ber 1, 1789, to October 1, 1791.

Articles imported from	Europe.	W. Indies.	No. Sco••••a	Total.
Gallons of rum		138,911		130911
Do. gin		22½		22½
Do. molasses		270,785		270,785
Do. wine from Madeira				4721
Do. Porter	457			457
lbs of unrefined sugar		546,648		546,648
Do. loaf sugar			77	77
Do. Coffee		68,633		68,633
Do. cotton		17,564		17,564
Do. cocoa		27,944		27,944
Do. Cheese	1056			1056
Do. tea	2696	86		2782
Do. twine	2204			2204

Do. nails	16890			16,890
Hundreds of cordage	17,1,7			17,1,7
Do. hemp	940--			940—
Bushels of salt	(part)	(part)		98,336
Do. sea coal	3131			3131
lbs of steel unwrought	16527			16527
Do. bar and sheet lead	4336			4336
Grindstones			(a few not as∣certained)

N. B."What comes coast ways from any of the United States cannot be ascertained; as no regular entries are made where only the produce of the United States is on board: except accompanied with more than two hundred dollars value of foreign articles. The value of imported articles is generally governed by the Boston market."

TABLE of CLEARANCES at the Port of Pascataqua, from Oct∣ober 1, 1789, to October 1, 1791.

France	Ships and Snows.	Brigantines	Schooners	Sloops	Total of vessels	American tonnage	French ditto	British ditto	Portuguese ditto	Total of tonnage
French West Indies	17	70	39	10	136	16616	264			16880
St. Peter's and Miquelon			8	1	9	428	34			462
England	16	25	1		42	6725		441		7166
Scotland		4			4	616				616
Ireland	1	3			4	666				666
British West Indies	8	3	4	1	16			3134		3134
Nova Scotia			12		12			502		502
Portugal
Portuguese Islands	1				1				162	162
Holland and Plantations		2			2	233				233
Denmark and Islands
Africa			1		1	110				110
Coasting and cod fishery			40	10	50	1166				1166
Total	43	107	105	22	277	26360	298	1077	162	31097

Statement of the FISHERIES at Pascataqua and its neigh∣bourhood.

Schooners	27	employed in the Cod and Scale Fishery annually.
Boats	20
Tonnage	630
Seamen	2••0

The Schooners, Boats, and Seamen belonging to the Isles of Shoals, are not included in the above estimation.

Product of the Fishery in the year 1791.

Quintals made	Merchantable fish	5170
Jamaica ditto	14217
Seale ditto	6463
Total	25850

The fish made at the Isles of Shoals are included in this state∣ment.

The success of the fishery in this season was uncommonly good.

The staple commodities of New Hampshire are ships, lumber, pro∣visions, fish, horses, pot and pearl ashes, and flax feed.—Ships are built in all the towns contiguous to the river Pascataqua and its branch∣es. The number of ships, built in 1790, was 8; in 1791, 20.

The number of ships and other vessels belonging to the Port of Pas∣cataqua, in 1791, was as follows—Above 100 tons, 33—Under 100 tons, 50; in all 83.

The people in the country generally manufacture their own cloth∣ing; and considerable quantities of tow cloth for exportation. The other manufactures are pot and pearl ashes, maple, sugar, bricks and pottery, and some iron, not sufficient, however, for home consump∣tion, though it might be made an article of exportation.

BANK.] By act of assembly, of January 1792, a Bank, by the name of, "The Bank of New Hampshire," was established, to continue 50 years, under the management of a President and seven directors. The capital stock is 60,000 dollars: and the stockholders have liberty to increase it to 200,000 dollars specie, and 100,000 dollars in any other estate.

POPULATION AND 〈◊〉〈◊〉.] The number of inhabitants in 1790, has been mentioned in the preceding table of divisions. In 1767 they were estimated at 52,700. The mean increasing ratio per annum since. D. 〈…〉〈…〉 at 1883. According to this mode of computation, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of people in New Hampshire, has actu∣ally doubled in 〈…〉〈…〉 were years of war.

Dr. Belknap•••• 〈…〉〈…〉 of instances of remarkable lon∣g••••ity in this 〈◊〉〈◊〉. In 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the first settlers were liv∣ing in 1785, 〈…〉〈…〉 years of age. In London∣derry, the 〈…〉〈…〉 years, and some to 104. One Robert 〈…〉〈…〉 Wakefield, in 1787, aged 115. He 〈…〉〈…〉 from Port••mouth to Boston, 66 miles, in one 〈…〉〈…〉. He performed this journey the last time 〈…〉〈…〉.

The inhabitants of New Hampshire, like the settlers in all new countries, are in general, a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 round, active, brave people. The advantages of easy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have not been to generally enjoyed, as good men have 〈…〉〈…〉 of which there has been a deficiency of 〈…〉〈…〉 the various depart∣ments of government 〈…〉〈…〉 the means of infor∣mation and improvement 〈…〉〈…〉 and extended, and this political evil, in a great 〈…〉〈…〉.

"The free indulgence of spiritous liquors, has been and is now, one of the greatest faults of many of the people of New Hampshire; espe∣cially in the neighbourhood of the river Pascataqua and its branches, and wherever the business of getting lumber forms the principal em∣ployment of the people. In travelling up the country it affords plea∣sure to observe the various articles of produce and manufacture com∣ing to market; but in travelling down the country it is equally dis∣gustful to meet, the same teams returning loaded with casks of rum, a∣long with fish, salt and other necessary articles. Among husband∣men, cyder is their common drink. Malt liqour is not so frequently used, as its wholesomeness deserves. But after all, there are no per∣sons more robust and healthy, than those, whole only or principal drink, is the simple element, with which nature has universally and bountifully supplied this happy land."* 1.13

COLLEGE, ACADEMIES, &c.] The only college in this State is in the township of Hanover, situated on a beautiful plain about half a mile east of Connecticut river, inlatitude 43° 33. It was named Dart∣mouth College. after the Right Honourable William Ears of Dartmouth, who was one of its principal benefactors. It was founded by the late pious and benevolent Dr. Eleazer Whe••lock. who, in 1769, obtained a royal charter, wherein ample privileges were granted, and suitable provision made for the education and instruction of youth of the In∣dian tribes, in reading, writing and all parts of learning which should appear necessary and expedient for civilizing and christanizing the children of Pagans, as well as in all liberal arts and sciences, and also of English youths and any others. The very humane and laudable attempts which have been made to christianize and educate the In∣dians, have not, through their native untractableness, been crowned with that success which was hoped and expected. Its situation, in a frontier country, exposed it, during the late war, to many incon∣veniencies, which impeded its property. It flourished, however, amidst all its embarrassments, and is now one of the most growing seminaries in the United States.

The funds of this college consist chiefly in lands, amounting to a∣bout 80,000 acres, which are increasing in value, in proportion to the growth of the country. Twelve hundred acres he contiguous to the col∣lege, and are capable of the best improvement. Twelve thousand acres lie in Vermont. A tract of 8 miles square was granted by the assembly of New Hampshire, in 1789. The revenue of the college, arising from the lands, amounts annually to £140. By contracts already made, it will amount in four years to £450; and in twelve years to £650. The income from tuition is about £600 per annum.

The number of under graduates in 1790, was about 150; they have since increased. A grammar school of about 50 or 60 scholars, is an∣nexed to the college.

The students are under the immediate government and instruction of a President, who is also professor of history: a professor of mathe∣matics and natural philosophy, a professor of languages and two tu∣tors. In the 22 years since the college was founded, 470 students have received degrees, 1••0 of whom are, or have been ministers of the gospel, and 448 are now living.

The college is furnished with a handsome library and a philosophical apparatus tolerably complete. A new college building of wood, 150 by 50 feet, and three stories high, was erected in 178••, and since 〈◊〉〈◊〉

containining 36 rooms for students. Its situation is elevated, healthful and pleasant, commanding an extensive prospect to the west. There are three other public buildings belong to the College.

There are a number of academies in this State: the principal of which is at Exeter, founded and endowed by the Hon. John Philips. LLD. of Exeter, and incorporated by act of assembly in 1781, by the name of "Philips's Exeter Academy." It is a very respectable and useful institution, under the inspection of a board of trustees, and the immediate government and instruction of a preceptor and an assistant. It has a fund of nearly £10,000 one fifth of which is in lands not yet productive. The present and income is £480. It has commonly between 50 and 60 students.

An Academy, at New Ipswich, was incorporate in 1789; and has a fund of about £1000, and generally from 40 to 50 scholars.

There is another academy at Atkinson, sounded by the Hon. Na∣••••aiel Pcabody, who has endowed it with a conation of 1000 acres of land. It was incorporated in 1790.

At Amherst, an academy was incorporated in 1791, by the name of the "Aurean Academy." Similar institutions are forming at Charles∣town, Concord and other places, which, with the peculiar attention which has lately been paid to schools, by the legislature, and the estab∣lishment of social libraries in several towns, afford a pleasing prospect of the increase of literature and useful knowledge in this State.

CHIEF TOWNS.] Portsmouth is the largest town in this State. It is about two miles from the sea, on the south side of Pascataqua riv∣er. It contains about 610 dwelling houses, and nearly as many other buildings, besides those for public uses, which are three congregation∣al churches, one episcopal, one universalist, and state house, market house, four school houses, and a work house.

Its harbour is one of the finest on the continent, having a suffi∣cient depth of water for vessels of any burthen. It is defended a∣gainst storms by the adjacent land, in such a manner, as that ships may securely ride there in any season of the year. Besides, the har∣bour is so well fortified by nature that very little art will be necessary to render it impregnable. Its vicinity to the sea renders it very con∣venient for naval trade. A light house, with a single light, stands at the entrance of the harbour. Ships of war have been built here; a∣mong others, the America, of 74 guns, launched Nov. 1782, and pre∣sented to the King of France, by the Congress of the United States.

Exeter is 15 miles S. W. from Portsmouth, situated at the head of navigation, upon Swam••cot, or Exeter river. The tide rises here 11 feet, it is well situated for a manufacturing town, and has already a duck manufactory, in its infancy—6 saw mills, a fulling mill, slitting mill, paper mill, snuff mill, two chocolate and to grist mills, iron works and a printing office. The public buildings are two congre∣gational churches, an academy, a new and handsome court house and a goal. The public offices of the State are kept here. Formerly this town was famous for ship building, but this business has not flourished since its interruption by the war.

Concord is a pleasant, flourishing, island town, situated on the west bank of Merrimack river; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles W. N. W. from Portsmouth. The general court, of late have commonly held their sessions here; and from its central situation and a thriving back country, it will probably

soon become the permanent seat of government. Much of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the upper country centers in this town.

Dover, Amhert, Keen. Charlestown, Plymouth and Haverhill, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the other most considerable towns in this State. Haverhill, is a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thriving town, on the east side of Connecticut river, in Lower Coun••••••••. It is the most considerable town in the country of Grafton, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a well constructed court house and a congregational church. In is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a bed of iron one, which has yielded some profit to the proprietor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 also a quarry of free stone, from which the people are supplied 〈◊〉〈◊〉 chimney pieces, hearth stone, &c. It has also a fulling mill and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 oil mill, and many other excellent mill seats.

CURIOSITIES AND CANAL.] In the township of Chester, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 circular eminence, half a mile in diameter, and 400 feet high, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rattlesnake hill. On the south side, 10 yards from its base, is them ••••∣trance of a cave called the Devil's Den, in which is a room 15 or 20 〈◊〉〈◊〉 square and 4 feet high, floored and circled by a regular rock, from the upper part of which are dependent many excrescences, nearly in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and size of a part, and when approached by a torch throw out a spark∣ling lustre of almost every hue. Many frightful stories have been told of this cave, by those who delight in the marvellous. It is a cold, dreary, gloomy place.

In the town of Durham is a rock, computed to weigh 60 or 70 tons. It lies so exactly poised on another rock, as to be easily mov∣ed with one finger. It is on the top of a hill, and appears to be nat∣ural. In the township of Atkinion, in a large meadow, there is a small island of 6 or 7 acres, which was formerly loaded with valuable pine timber, and other forest wood. When the meadow is overflow∣ed, by means of an artificial dam, this island rises with the water, which is sometimes 6 feet. Near the middle of the island is a small pond, which has been gradually lessening ever since it was known, and is now almost covered with verdure. In this place a pole 50 feet long has disappeared, without finding bottom. In the water of that pond, there have been fish in plenty, which, when the meadow has been overflowed, have appeared there, and when the water has been drawn off, have been left on the meadow, at which time the island settles to its usual place.

In the year 1791, a canal was cut through the marshes, which opens and inland navigation, from Hampton, through Salisbury, into Merri∣mack river, for about 8 miles. By this passage, laded boats may be conducted with the utmost ease and safety.

RELIGION.] The principal denominations of christians in this State, are Congregationalists, Presbyterians, Episcopalians, Baptists and Quakers. There is a small society of Sandemanians, and another of Universalists, in Portsmouth. For the distinguishing characteristics of these several sects, see the general account of the United States, ar∣ticle RELIGION.

"The People in general throughout the state, are professors of the christian religion its some form or other. There is however, a sort of wise men, who pretend to reject it; but they have not yet been able to substitute a better in its place."* 1.14

CONSTITUTION.] The citizens of this State have lately form 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for themselves a constitution of government, upon the same gene•••••••• principles with their former one, which is not yet published.

[figure] map of Maine

THE DISTRICT OF MAIN from the latest Surveys

••. Carleton delin

HISTORY.] The first discovery made by the English of any part of New Hampshire, was in 1614, by Captain John Smith, who rang∣e the shore from Penobscot to Cape Cod; and in this rout, discover∣ed the river Pascataqu••. On his return to England, he published a description of the country, with a map of the coast, which he pre∣sented to Prince Charles, who gave it the name of NEW ENGLAND. The first settlement was made in 1623.

New Hampshire was for many years under the jurisdiction of the Governor of Massachusetts, yet they had a separate legislature. They ever bore a proportionable share of the expenses and levies in all en∣terprises, expeditions and military exertions, whether planned by the colony or the crown. In every stage of the opposition that was made to the inoroachments of the British parliament, the people, who ever had a high sense of liberty, cheerfully bore their part. At the com∣mencement of hostilities, indeed, while their council was appointed by royal mandamus, their patriotick ardour was checked by these crown officers. But when freed from this restraint, they flew eager∣ly to the American standard, when the voice of their country declar∣ed for war, and their troops had a large share of the hazard and fatigue, is well as of the glory of accomplishing the late revolution.

As the best and only history of this state, the reader is referred to the Rev. Dr. Belknap's, published complete, in 3 vols. 8vo. in 1792, written in a pure, neat, historic stlyle—The two first volumes contain the history of New Hampshire; the third contains "A geographical description of the State, with sketches of its natural history, produc∣•••••• and improvements, laws and government," and is replete a curious and useful information, and interspersed with many ••••••emous and philosophical remarks. From this volume much distance has been derived, in making the foregoing compilation.

DISTRICT OF MAIN. [BELONGING TO MASSACHUSETTS.]

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 170 Miles.	between	4° and 9° E. Lon. Sq. miles. 21750
Breadth 125 Miles.	43° and 48° N. Lat. Sq. Miles. 21750

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Lower Canada, from which it is separated by the high lands: east, by the river St. Croix,* 1.15 and a line drawn due north from its

source to the said highlands, which divides it from the Province of New Brunswick; south, by the Atlantic Ocean; west, by New Hamp∣shire.

The Old Province of Main (included in the above limits) is bound∣ed on the west by New Hampshire; south by the Atlantic ocean, and north and northeast by the land, called in some maps Sagadahock. It was supposed at the time of its being made a province, to have been 120 miles square; but by a settlement of the line, in 1737, on the part, or side adjoining New Hampshire, the form of the land was reduced from a square to that of a diamond. The Province of Main contains, according to Douglas, about 9,600 square miles.

DIVISIONS.] The District of Main is divided into five counties, viz.

Counties.	No. Inhabitants.	Chief Towns.	Inhabitants.
York	28,821	York	2,900
Cumberland	25,450	Portland Lat.43° 43′	2,240
Lincoln	29 962	Pownalborough	2,055
Hallowell	1,194
Waldoborough	1,210
Hancock	9,549	Penobscot	1,048
Washington	2,758	Machias	818
Total	96,540

FACE OF THE COUNTARY, SOIL AND CLIMATE.} The District of Main, though an elevated tract of country, cannot be called mountainous. A great proportion of the lands are arable and exceedingly fertile, particularly between Penobscot and Kencbeck riv∣ers. On some parts of the sea coast, the lands are but indifferent; but this defect might easily be remedied, by manuring it with a marine vegetable, called rock weed, which grows on the rocks between high and low water mark, all along the shores. It makes a most excellent manure, and the supply is immense. It generally grows, in this Dis∣trict, on all the shores that are washed by the sea; and the breadth of the border is in proportion to the height the tide rises, which, in the eastern part of the district, is nearly 30 feet. It is estimated that there are 4000 acres of this rock weed on this coast, and that each acre will produce annually 20 loads, making in the whole 80,000 loads of the best manure, 10 loads of which spread upon an acre, is reck∣oned sufficient for three years. The country has a large proportion of dead swamps, and sunken lands, which are easily drained, and leave a rich, fat soil. The interior country is universally represented as be∣ing of an excellent soil, well adapted both for tillage and pasture—The lands in general are easily cleared, having but little under brush.

The District of Main may naturally be considered in three divi∣sions—The first comprehending the tract lying east of Penobscot river, of about 4.500.000 acres—The second, and best tract, of about 4,000▪000 acres, lying between Penobscot and Kenecbeck river.—The third, first settled and most populous at present, west of Kenebeck river, con∣taining also about 4,000▪000 acres.

The climate does not materially differ from the rest of New Eng∣land. The weather is more regular in the winter, which usually lasts, with severity, from the middle of December, to the last of March; during this time the ponds and fresh water rivers are passable on the ice, and sleighing continues uninterrupted by thaws, which are com∣mon in the three southern in New England States. Although vegetation, in the spring, commences earlier in these states than in the District of Main, yet in the latter it is much more rapid. The elevation of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in general—the purity of the air, which is rendered sweet and ••••••••brious by the balsamic qualities of many of the forest trees—the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 streams, both large and small, which abundantly water this country, and the regularity of the weather, all unite to render this one of the healthiest countries in the world.

RIVERS, LAKES, &c.] This district has a sea coast of about 240 miles, in which distance there is an abundance of safe and commodi∣•••••••• harbours; besides which there is a security given to navigation, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the coast, by what is called the inland passage. Almost the whole coast is lined with islands, among which vessels may gener∣ally anchor with safety.

The country of which we are speaking, is watered by many large and small rivers. The principal are the following, as you proceed from east to west. St. Croix, a short river, issuing from a large 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the vicinity of St. John's river, remarkable only for its ••••••ming a part of the eastern boundary of the United States. Next in Passamaquaddy river, which with the Schoodiac from the west, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by one mouth into Passamaquaddy bay. Opposite Mount 〈◊〉〈◊〉 island, which is about 15 miles long and 12 broad, Union river 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into a large bay. A short distance west is the noble Penobscot, which rises in two branches from the highlands. Between the source of the west fork, and its junction with the east, is Moosehead lake 30 or 40 miles long and 15 wide. The eastern branch passes through several small∣er lakes. From the Forks, as they are called, the Penobscot Indians pass to Canada, up either branch, principally the west, the source of which they say is not more than 20 miles from the waters that empty into the river St. Lawrence. At the Forks is a remarkable high mountain. from the Forks down to Indian Old Town, situated on an island in this river, is about 60 miles, 40 of which the water flows in a still, smooth stream, and in the whole distance there are no falls to inter∣rupt the passing of boats. In this distance, the river widens and em∣braces a large number of small islands; and about half way receives two considerable tributary streams, one from the east and the other from the west, whose mouths are nearly opposite each other. About so rods below Indian Old Town, are the great Falls, where is a carry∣ing place of about 20 rods; thence 12 miles to the head of the tide, there are no falls to obstruct boats. Vessels of 30 tons, come within a mile of the head of the tide. Thence 35 miles to the head of the bay, to the site of old Fort Pownal, the river is remarkably straight, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 navigated. Passing by Majabagaduse, on the east, 7 miles, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 head, 20 miles further, on the west, you enter the ocean.

Proceeding westward, over several small creeks, you come to Ken∣••••••eck, one of the finest rivers in this country. One branch of it rises in the highlands, a short distance from a branch of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which empties into the St. Lawrence. Another branch rises in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 head Lake. In its course it receives sandy river from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Sebasticook and several others from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and passes to

sea by Cape Small Point. It is navigable for vessels of 150 tons, up∣wards of 40 miles from the sea.

Sneepscut river is navigable 20 or 30 miles, and empties into the ocean a little to the east of Kennebeck. On this river is the import∣ant port of Wiscasset, in the township of Pownalborough.

Ameriscoggin, now more generally called Androscoggin, properly speaking is but the main western branch of the Kenebeck. Its founded are north of Lake Unbagog—Its course is southwardly, till it approach∣es near the White mountains, from which it receives Moose and P••••∣body rivers; and then turns to the east, and then southeast, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 course it passes within two miles of the sea coast, and turning north 〈◊〉〈◊〉 over Pejepskaeg, falls into Merry Meeting Bay, where it forms a junc∣tion with the Kenebeck, 20 miles from the sea. Formerly, from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bay to the sea, the confluent stream, was called Saggadahock. The lands on this river are very good. Steven's river heads within a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Merry Meeting Bay. A canal, uniting these waters, has lately 〈◊〉〈◊〉 opened. Cusien's river is between Freeport and North Yarm•••••••• Royal's river empties itself into the sea in North Yarmouth. P••••••∣scut is fed by Sebacook lake, and meets the sea at Falmouth. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 such river passes to sea through Scarborough. It receives its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from its extraordinary freshets.

Saco river is one of the three largest rivers in this district. T•••• principal part of its waters fall from the White mountains. It 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some distance from its source, is southwardly; it then suddenly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the east and crosses into the District of Main, and then makes large bend to the northeast, east and southwest, embracing the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 township of Fryeburg, in the country of York. Its general 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thence to the sea is S. E. Great and little Ossapee rivers fall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the west. This river is navigable for ships to Saco falls, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 6 miles from the sea. Here the river is broken by Indian Island, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which is the Post road. A bridge is thrown over each of the branch∣es. A number of miles are erected here, to which logs are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from 40 or 50 miles above; and vessels can come quite to the miles take in the lumber. Four million feet of pine boards were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sawed at these mills before the war. Biddeford and Pepp•••• borough lie on either side of the mouth of this river. Mous•••••• York and Cape Neddock rivers, in the county of York, are short 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inconsiderable streams.

We have already mentioned the most considerable lakes, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 known in this District. Lake Scbacook, 18 miles N. W. of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 land, in extent is equal to two large townships, and is connected with long Pond, on the N. W. by Sungo river. The whole extent these waters is neatly 30 miles N. W. and S. E.

BAYS AND CAPES.] The principal Bays are Passamaquaddy, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ch••as, Penobscot, Cas••o and Wells. Of these, Penobscot and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are the most remarkable. Both are full of islands, some of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are large enough for townships. Long Island, in the center of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nobscot Bay, is 15 miles in length, and from 2 to 3 in breadth, forms an incorporated township by the name of Islesborough. Con∣taining about 400 inhabitants. On a fine peninsula on the east side the bay, the British built a ••ort and made a settlement, which is the shire town in the county of Hancock. The points of Casce 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are Cape Small Point on the east, and Cape Elizabeth on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This bay is about 25 miles wide, and 14 deep, forming a most exce••••••

harbour for vessels of any burden, and interspersed with a multitude of islands, some of which are nearly large enough for townships. Wells Bay lies between Cape Porpoise and Cape Neddock.

PRODUCTIONS.] The soil of this country, in general, where it is properly fitted to receive the feed, appears to be very friendly to the growth of wheat, rye, barley, oats, peas, hemp, flax, as well as for the production of almost all kinds of culinary roots and plants, and for English grass; and also for Indian corn, provided the seed be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from a more northern climate. Hops are the spontaneous growth of this country. It is yet problematical whether apple and other fruit trees will flourish in the northern and eastern parts of this District. It is said, however, that a century ago, there were good orch∣••••••••, within the county of Washington, about the Bay of Passamaquad∣ly, which were destroyed alter Col. Church broke up the French settle∣ments at that place. From some experiments of the present inhabi∣tants, the presumption is rather against the growth of fruit trees. In the countries of York and Cumberland, fruit is as plenty as in New-Hampshire. This country is equally good for grazing as for village, and large stocks of neat cattle may be fed both summer and winter.

The natural growth of this country consists of white pine and spruce 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in large quantities, suitable for masts, boards and shingles; the white pine is perhaps, of all others the most useful and important; ••••wood will supply its place in building. Maple, beech, white and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 oak and yellow bitch, are the growth of this country. The bitch 〈◊〉〈◊〉 large sightly tree, and is used for cabinet work, and receives a pol∣•••• little inferior to mahogany. The outer bark, which consists of a great number of layers, when separated, is as smooth and soft as the best writ∣ing paper, and in some cases a tolerable substitute for it. The low 〈◊〉〈◊〉 produce sir. This tree is fit neither for timber not fuel; but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a balsam that is highly prized. This balsam is contained in small ••••••••berances like blisters, under the smooth bark of the tree. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is an evergreen, resembling the spruce, but very tapering and nei∣•••• tall nor large.

Under this article, the following remarks of General Lincoln merit a place.

"From the different rivers, in the eastern country, waters may be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for mills, and all water work; besides, many are the advantages which arise to a country, through which streams of water are so lib∣••••lly interspersed, as they are in this; and especially when they a∣••••, as many of these do, with fish of different kinds; among them 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the salmon, shad, alewive and others, which seek the quiet waters of the Lakes, as the only places in which they can with safety lodge their spawns. From this source, the inland country may draw a sup∣ply of fish, equal to all their demands, (if they are not interrupted in their passage,) which are rendered peculiarly valuable, as their annu∣al return is at a season of the year when most needed, and when they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be cured with a very little salt; so that a long and free use of them will not be injurious to the health of the inhabitants. The cer∣•••••••• of the supply adds to its value. These fish, as is supposed, and of which, there cannot, I think, be a doubt, return to the same waters 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in which they were spawned, unless some natural obstruction 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thrown in their way. Whilst the people inland may be supplied with these fish, the inhabitants of the sea coast may be supplied with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cod and other ground fish, which are allured quite into their har∣•••• in pursuit of the river fish, and may be taken with the greatest

ease, as no other craft is necessary, in many places, than a common canoe. Great advantages arise also, to those who live on the sea-coast, from the shell fish, viz. the lobster, the scollop and the clam. To these advantages may be added, those which arise from the forests be∣ing filled with the moose and deer, and the waters being covered with wild fowls of different kinds."

COMMERCE AND MANUFACTURES.] From the first settlement of Main, until the year 1774 or 1775, the inhabitants generally followed the lumber trade to the neglect of agriculture. This afforded an im∣mediate profit. Large quantities of corn and other grain were ••••••∣ally imported from Boston and other places, without which it was sup∣posed the inhabitants could not have subsisted. But the late war, by rendering these resources precarious, put the inhabitants upon their true interest, i. e. the cultivation of their lands. The inhabitants now raise a sufficient quantity for their own consumption; though too many are still more fond of the axe than of the plough. Their wool and flax are very good—hemp has lately been tried with great suc∣cess. Almost every family manufacture wool and flax into cloth, and make husbandry utensils of every kind for their own use.

EXPORTS.] This country abounds with lumber of various kinds, such as masts, which of late, however, have become scarce; white pine boards, ship timber, and every species of split lumber manufactured from pine and oak; these are exported from the different ports is immense quantities. Dried fish furnishes a capital article of ex∣port.

MINERALS.] Mountain and bog iron ore are found in some parts, and works have been erected for its manufacture.

There is a species of stone in Lebanon, in the county of York, which yields copperas and sulphur.

STATE OF LITERATURE.] The erection of a college near Casco Bay is contemplated, and the legislature have proceeded to far in the busi∣ness as to determine on the principles of such an establishment. A∣cademies in Hallowell, Berwick, Fryeburg and Machias have been incorporated by the legislature, and endowed with handsome grants of the public lands. And it is but just to observe, than town schools are very generally maintained in most of the towns that are able to defray the expense, and a spirit of improvement is increasing.

CHIEF TOWNS.] Portland is the capital of the District of Main. It is situated on a promontory in Casco Bay, and was formerly a part of Falmouth. In July 1786, this part of the town, being the most populous and mercantile, and situated on the harbour, together with the islands which belong to Falmouth, was incorporated by the name of Portland. It has a most excellent, safe and capacious harbour, which is seldom or never completely frozen over. It is near the Main Ocean, and is easy of access. The inhabitants carry on a considerable foreign trade, build ships, and are largely concerned in the fishery. It is one of the most thriving commercial towns in the Commonwealth of Massa∣chusetts. Although three fourths of it was laid in ashes by the British fleet in 1775, it has since been entirely rebuilt, and contains above 2300 inhabitants. Among its public buildings are three churches, two for congregationalists, and one for episcopalians, and a handsome court house.

A light house has lately been erected on a point of land called Port∣land head, at the entrance of the harbour. It is a stone edifice, 72 feet high, exclusive of the lanthorn.

York is 74 miles N. E. from Boston and 9 from Portsmouth. It is divided into two parishes of congregationalists. York river, which is navigable for vessels of 250 tons, 6 or 7 miles from the sea, passes through the town. Over this river, about a mile from the sea, a wooden bridge was built in 1761, 270 feet long, exclusive of the wharves at each end, which reach to the channel, and 25 feet wide. The bridge stands on thirteen piers; and was planned and conducted by Major Samuel Sew∣all, an ingenious mechanic and a native of the town. The model of Charles river bridge was taken from this, and was built under the su∣••••••••tendance of the same gentleman. It has also served as the mo∣del of Malden and Beverly bridges, and has been imitated, even in Europe by those ingenious, American artists, M••ssicurs, Coxe and Thompson.

This town was settled as early as 1630, and was then called Aga∣••••••ticus, from a remarkable high hill in it, of that name, a noted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mark for mariners. It is in Lat. 43° 16′

About the the year 1640, a great part of this town, was incorporat∣ed by Sir Ferdinando Gorges, by the name of Georgiana. He ap∣pointed a Mayor and Aldermen, and made it a free port. In 1652, when it fell under the jurisdiction of Massachusetts, in assumed the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of York, which it has since retained.

Hallowell is a very flourishing town, situated in latitude 44° 40′, at the head of the tide waters on Kenebeck river. Pownalborough, Penobscot, and Machias, are also towns of considerable and increasing importance. Bangor, situated at the head of the tide waters on Pe∣••••••scot, river, latitude 45°, it is thought, will, in a few years, become a place of very considerable trade. The other towns of consideration are, Kittery, Wells, Biddeford, Berwick, North Yarmouth, and Waldoborough.

POPULATION, CHARACTER AND RELIGION.} For the first of these articles see the table of divisions. There are no peculiar features in the character of the people of this District, to distinguish them from their neighbours in New Hampshire, and Ver∣mont. Placed as they are in like circumstances, they are like them a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, hardy, enterprizing, industrious, hospitable people. The pre∣vailing religious denominations are Congregationalists and Baptists; There are a few Episcopalians and Roman Catholics.

INDIANS.] The remains of the Penobscot tribe are the only In∣dians, who take up their residence in this district. They consist of about 100 families, and live together in regular society at Indian Old town, which is situated on an Island of about 200 acres, in Penobscot river, just above the great falls. They are Roman Catholics, and have a priest who resides among them—and administers the ordinan∣ces. They have a decent house for public worship, with a bell, and another building where they meet to transact the public business of their tribe. In their assemblies all things are managed with the great∣est order and decorum. The Sachems from the legislative and execu∣tive authority of the tribe: though the heads of all the families are invited to be present at their periodical public meetings. The tribe is increasing, in consequence of an obligation laid, by the Sachems, on the young people, to marry early.

In a former war this tribe lost their lands: but at the commence∣ment of the last war, the Provincial Congress granted them all the lands from the head of the tide in Penobscot river, included in lines drawn six miles from the river on each side, i. e. a tract twelve miles

wide, intersected in the middle by the river. They, however, consid∣er that they have a right to hunt and fish as far as the mouth of the Bay of Penobscot extends. This was their original right, in opposi∣tion to any other tribe, and they now occupy it.

CONSTITUTION.] The same as Massachusetts.

HISTORY.] The first attempt to settle this country was made in 1607, on the west side of Kenebeck, near the sea. No permanent settlement, however, was at this time effected. It does not appear that any further attempts were made until between the years 1620 and 1630.

The Dutch formerly had a settlement at the place which is now called Newcastle, which was under the jurisdiction of the governour of New York, then called Manhadoes. The town was built on a beautiful neck of land, where rows of old cellars, are now to be seen.

In 1635, Sir Ferdinando Gorges obtained a grant from the council of Plymouth, of the tract of country between the rivers Pascata•••••• and Saggadahock, or Kenebeck; and up Kenebeck so far as to form a square of 120 miles. It is supposed that Sir Ferdinand first institut∣ed government in this province.

In 1639, Gorges obtained from the crown a charter of the soil and jurisdiction, containing as ample powers perhaps as the king of Eng∣land ever granted to any subject.

In the same year he appointed a governor and council, and they ad∣ministered justice to the settlers until about the year 1647, when hear∣ing of the death of Gorges, they supposed their authority ceased, and the people on the spot universally combined and agreed to be un∣der civil government, and to elect their officers annually.

Government was administered in this form until 1652, when the in∣habitants submitted to the Massachusetts, who, by a new construction of their charter which was given to Rosswell and others, in 16••••, claimed the soil and jurisdiction of the Province of Main as far as the middle of Casco Bay. Main then first took the name of Yorkshire; and county courts were held in the manner they were in Massachusetts, and the towns had liberty to send their deputies to the general court at Boston.

In 1691, by charter from William and Mary, the Province of Ma•• and the large territory eastward, extending to Nova Scotia, was incor∣porated with the Massachusetts Bay; since which it has been govern∣ed, and courts held as in other parts of the Massachusetts.

The separation of this district from Massachusetts, and its erection into an independent state, have been subjects discussed by the inhabit∣ants in town meeting, by the appointment of the legislature. Such i•• the rapid settlement and growth of this country, that the period when this contemplated separation will take place, is probably not far dist••••••

For the best historical account of this District, the reader is re••••••∣••ed to "Memoirs of Sir Ferdinando Gorges," by the Rev. Dr. Bel•••••••• published in the Columbian Magazine for 1788—and to Hutchin•••••••• History of Massachusetts.

MASSACHUSETTS.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 125 Miles.	between	1° 30′ and 5° 40′ E. Long. Sq. Miles. 6250
Breadth 50 Miles.	41° 30′ and 43° N. Lat. Sq. Miles. 6250

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Vermont and New Hampshire; east by the Atlantic Ocean; 〈◊〉〈◊〉, by the Atlantic, Rhode Island and Connecticut; west, by New York.

DIVISIONS.] This part of Massachusetts is divided into the fol∣lowing counties.

Counties	No. Towns	No. Hou.	No. Fam.	No. Inh.	Ch. Towns.	No. Inh.
S••••folk	23	6355	8038	44875	BOSTON	18038
••••••ex	22	7644	10883	57913	Salem	7921
Newbury Port	4837
Middlesex	41	5998	7580	42737	Charlestown	1583
Concord	1590
Hampshire	60	9181	9617	59681	Northampton	1628
Springfield	1574
••••••••outh	15	4240	5173	29535	Plymouth	2995
••••••tol	15	4514	5441	31709	Taunton	3804
••••••nstable	10	2343	2889	17354	Barnstable	2610
Duke's	3	1013	558	3265	Edgartown	1352
••••tucket	1	872	4620	Sherburne	4620
Worcester	49	8613	9729	56807	Worcester	2095
••••••shire	26	4176	4899	30291	Stock bridge	1336
Great Barrington••	1373
〈◊〉〈◊〉 counties	265	51377	65779	378787	Population for every square mile 60.

CLIMATE.] See New England.

RIVERS.] Housatonick river, rises from several sources in the western part of this State, and flows southerly through Connecticut, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Long Island Sound. Deerfield river falls into Connecticut river, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the west, between Deerfield and Greenfield. A most excellent and beautiful tract of meadow lies on its banks. Westfield river, ••••••ties into the Connecticut at West Springfield. Connecticut river 〈◊〉〈◊〉 through this state, and intersects the county of Hampshire. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its course it runs over falls, above Deerfield, and between Northamp∣ton and Springfield. A company by the name of "The Proprietors of the Locks and Canals on Connecticut river," was incorporated by the General Court, in 1792, for the purpose of rendering Connecticut 〈◊〉〈◊〉 passable for boats and other things from Chicapee river north∣ward, to New Hampshire. Miller's and Chicapee rivers fall into the Connecticut on the east side; the former at Northfield, the latter at Springfield.

In the eastern part of the state, is Merrimack, which we have al∣ready in part described. It is navigable for vessels of burden about 20 miles from its mouth, where it is obstructed by the first falls, or rapids,

called Mitchell's Eddy, between Bradford and Haverhill. Vast quan∣tities of ship timber, ranging timber, plank, deals, clapboards, shingles staves and other lumber are brought down in rafts, so constructed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to pass all the falls in the river except those of Amuskaeg, and Pau∣tucket. In the spring and summer considerable quantities of salmon, shad and alewives are caught, which are either used as bait in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fishery, or pickled and shipped to the West Indies. There are 12 ••••••∣ries across this river in the county of Essex. The bar across i•• a mouth of this river is a very great incumbrance to the navigation, 〈…〉〈…〉 is especially terrible to strangers. There are 16 feet water upon it at common tides. In 1787 the general court granted a sum of money for the erection of two sufficient light houses, and made the maintainer o•• of them a public charge. The houses are of wood, and contrived 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be removed at pleasure, so as to be always conformed to the shifting of the bar; and thus the single rule of bringing them in a line, will be the only necessary direction for vessels approaching the harbour, and by this direction they may sail with safety, until they are abreast of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lights, where is a bold shore and good anchoring ground. The bri••••∣es over this river will be mentioned under that head.

Nashua, Concord and Shawsheen rivers, rise in this state and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a northeasterly course into the Merrimack. Parker's river takes its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in Rowley, and after a course of a few miles, passes into the Sound which separates Plumb Island from the main land. It is navigable about two miles from its mouth. Ipswich and Chebacco rivers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 through the town of Ipswich into Ipswich bay. Mistick river 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into Boston harbour east of the peninsula of Charlestown. It is navi••a∣ble 3 miles, to Medford.

Charles river is a considerable stream, the principal branch of which rises from a pond bordering on Hopkinton. It passes through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 liston, and Bellingham, and divides Medway from Medfield, Wrent∣ham and Franklin, and thence into Dedham, where by a curious 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it forms a peninsula of 900 acres of land. And what is very singul••••, a stream called Mother Brook, runs out of this river, in this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and falls into Neponsit river, which answers to a canal uniting the two rivers, and affords a number of excellent mill seats. From De••••∣hamt he course of the river is northerly through Newtown, passing over romantic falls—it then bends to the northeast and east, through Wa∣tertown and Cambridge, and passes into Boston harbour, between Charlestown and Boston. It is navigable for boats to Watertown, 7 miles.

Neponset river originates chiefly from Muddy and Punkapog Ponds, in Stoughton, and Mashapog Pond in Sharon, and after passing over falls sufficient to carry mills, unites with other small streams, and forms a very constant supply of water for the many mills situated 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the river below, until it meets the tide in Milton, from whence it is navigable for vessels of 150 tons burthen to the bay, distant about four miles. Neponset river, from Milton to the bay, forms a regular and beautiful serpentine, interspersed with hillocks of wood so regularly placed, that from Milton hill it affords one of the finest prosp•••••• in the world. Passing Fore and Back rivers in Weymouth you come to North river, which rises in Indian Head Pond in Pembroke, and running in a serpentine course between S••••••∣uate and Marshfield, passes to sea. This river for its fine, in re∣markable for its great depth of water, it being, in some places, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more than 10 or 50 feet wide, and yet vessels of 300 tons are built 〈◊〉〈◊〉

P••••••roke, 18 miles (as the river runs) from its mouth. This river is navigable for boats to the first fall, 5 miles from its source in Indian 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pond. Thence to the nearest waters which run into Taunton 〈◊〉〈◊〉, i•• only three miles. A canal to connect the waters of these two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which communicate with Narraganset and Massachusetts bays, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••e of great utility, as it would save a long and dangerous navi∣gable, round Cape Cod.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 river is made up of several streams which unite in or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the town of Bridgwater. Its course is from N. E. to S. W. till it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into Narragansett Bay at Tiverton, opposite the north end of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Island. It receives a considerable tributary stream at Taun∣ton from the north west. The head waters of Pautucket and Provi∣dence rivers, in Rhode Island, and of Quinnabaug and Shetucket riv∣er, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Connecticut, are in this state.

〈◊〉〈◊〉, BAYS, ISLANDS, &c.] The only Capes of note, on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this state, are Cape Ann on the north side of Massachusetts 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cape Cod on the south. "Cape Cod, so called probably from the multitudes of cod fish which are found on its coast, is the south∣〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. In shape it resem∣•••••• man's arm when bended, with the hand turned inward towards 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The Cape comprehends the county of Barnstable, and is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 70 and 80 miles in length.

••••vince Town is the hook of the Cape, and is generally narrow 〈◊〉〈◊〉 place not being more than three miles in extent. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which is one of the best in the state, opens to the southward, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 depth of water for any ships. It was the first port entered by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fathers, when they came to settle this country, in 1620. This place 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in a state of thriving and decaying many times. It is now 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It contains about ninety families, whose whole dependence is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the sea for their support. They employ about twenty sail of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, great and small, in the cod fishery. They have been remark∣able successful of late. Ten of their vessels, employed in 1790 upon the Grand Bank, took eleven thousand quintals of cod fish. They 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not lost a vessel, or a man, in the business, since the war.

The houses stand upon the inner side of the hook of the cape, front∣ing southeast, and looking into the harbour. They are small; one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 high, and set up on blocks, or piles, that the driving sands may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them; otherwise they would be buried in sand. The houses 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in one range upon the beach; the flakes on which they dry 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fish are round them. The vessels run in upon the shore, which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 find, throw their fish over, where they are washed from the salt, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 carried up to the flakes on hand barrows.

They raise nothing from their lands, but are wholly dependent upon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 market and other places, for every kind of vegetable production.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 are but two horses, and two yoke of oxen, kept in the town. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have about fifty cows, which feed in the spring upon beach grass, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grows here and there upon the shore; and in summer they feed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••nken ponds, and marshy places, that are found between the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Here the cows are seen wading, and even swimming, ph••••g∣•••••• heads into the water up to their horns, picking a s••••nty sub∣•••••••• from the roots and herbs produced in the water. They are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on sedge, cut upon the flats.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 a border of loose sand, which runs round the whole place, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very broken and hilly. These hills are white sand, and their pro∣duce

is whortleberry bushes, and small pitch pine shrubs. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 next the village, have been much cut off for firewood. Cutting a∣way the wood, exposes the hills to be torn away by the violence 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the winds, and in some instances, persons have been obliged to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their houses to prevent being covered up. These hills and sand 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are constantly shifting; and when torn away in one place, are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 up on another. It is not unfrequent, to have their fish flakes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 up with banks of sand like snow. Immediately in stepping from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house, the foot sinks in sand to the depth of the shoe. The most s••••••∣erly point of this place, called Wood End, is five miles southwest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the village. What is called Race Point, known to all seamen, i•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 northwesterly extremity of the Cape, and lies northwest from the vil∣lage, distant three miles.

A traveller, in passing from the village over to Race Point, about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 way, travels some distance through a pine woods, the trees about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 feet in height; at length he finds the path obstructed with a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of sand, almost perpendicular, rising among the trees to their 〈◊〉〈◊〉. His horse with difficulty mounts this precipice, his feet sinking 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the knees in the sand. This volume of sand, is gradually 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into the woods with the winds, and as it covers the trees to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they die. As soon as a traveller mounts this bank, a curious ••••••••∣cle presents to view, a desert of white sand, five miles in length. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with the sea, and one mile and an half in breadth. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the trees appear above the sand, but they are all dead. Where 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have been lately covered, the bark and twigs are still remaining; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 others they are fallen off; some have been so long whipped and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out with the sand and winds, that there is nothing remaining but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hearts and knots of the trees. But over the greater part of this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the trees have long since disappeared.

After crossing this wilderness, where the horse sinks to his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at every step, you arrive at Race Point. Here are a number of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 erected by the persons who come over from the village to fish in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Here they keep their fishing apparatus, and lodge. At the distance of fifteen rods from the point, the water is thirty fathoms in depth and cod, h••ddock and other kinds of fish, are taken in plenty, whenever the weather will permit. They take many kinds of fish with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 such as pollock, mackarel, and herrings: The two latter, are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taken in their harbour in great abundance. At this place, Race 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are seen at some times, hundreds of sharks, lying on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which have been caught by the boats when fishing for cod. The weigh from three, to six hundred weight. Their livers, which ••••••∣duce oil, are the only parts of them of which any use is made. Th•••• are taken by a large hook, baited with a cod fish, and fastened to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 iron chain with a swivel, to prevent them from biting or twisting it 〈◊〉〈◊〉. When the shark has seized the hook, they drag him up to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the boat, and being too large to take on board the boats there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 use of, they row ashore with him, drag him up on the beach, rip 〈◊〉〈◊〉 open, take out his liver, and the carcase is left to perish. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 either at sea in vessels, or round the shore in boats, is the whole em∣ployment of all the inhabitants. There is no employment but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to which they can turn their attention. And the boys as soon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have strength to pull a cod fish, are put on board a boat or a vessel.

As this harbour is of so much consequence, often affording 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shelter from storms to vessels both inward and outward bound, 〈◊〉〈◊〉

of importance that there should always be a settlement here. The Province formerly afforded them some encouragement, besides exempt∣ing them from taxation. That encouragement is now withholden, and a poll 〈◊〉〈◊〉 has been required, whether with good policy has been doubted by 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The inhabitants complain of it, as an unreasonable burthen. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 employment is a great public benefit, and what they acquire is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 many perils and the hardest labour.

The extent of Cape Cod, on the outer shore, beginning at Wood 〈◊〉〈◊〉 round to Buzzard's Bay, or to the line between Sandwich and 〈◊〉〈◊〉, is about one hundred and thirty miles. The inner 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Massachusetts Bay, is about seventy five miles. The road 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 commonly travelled on to the Cape, is on the inner side, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by this, the extent of the Cape will be as first mentioned. Cape Cod in general is a thin, barren soil, by far the most so of any 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of New England. But the sea air impregnates all vegetables with a quality which renders them far more nutritive to cattle, than the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quantity far inland. It being an undoubted fact, that cattle will 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in such pastures, as, far up in the country, would starve them 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Their salt hay, which is almost their only forage, affords a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which is also far superiour to that which is made at a distance 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the sea. This greatly assists their crops of corn and rye, beyond 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the land promises in its appearance. The lands of Cape Cod 〈◊〉〈◊〉 never support its inhabitants, which are nearly 17000. A great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the men and boys, are constantly employed at sea. In this busi∣ness they support themselves and families; and it is observed, that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 people form family connections, earlier in life, than in any oth∣er part of the country: which, perhaps, is one evidence, that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of subsistence are easily obtainable. Cape Cod is a nursery for 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and in that view, one of the most important places in the state, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 America. If the cultivation of the sea is a blessing to any na∣tion, we may consider the inhabitants of the Cape as the most valua∣ble among our countrymen.

The Cape abounds with clear fresh ponds, generally stocked with fish. There is little sunken land. The wood on the Cape is gener∣ally pitch pine. There are few or no stones below Barnstable. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are walled with brick, in a circular form, to prevent the loose 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from caving in. The wells are secured in the same manner, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are obliged to keep them covered, to prevent the sand from blow∣ing in, and spoiling the water. Formerly, the inhabitants took many whales round the Cape, chiefly in Massachusetts bay: but that busi∣ness is almost at an end. The manner of taking black fish is some∣•••••• singular. They are a fish of the whale kind, of about five tons 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and produce oil, in the same manner as a whale. When a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of them is discovered, which sometimes consists of several hun∣••••••••, the inhabitants put off in boats, get without them, and drive 〈◊〉〈◊〉 like so many cattle, on to the shore and flats, where they are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the tide and fall an easy prey. The shore of the Cape, is in many places, covered with the huge bones of these fish and of whales, which remain unconsumed for many years. Many persons conjecture, that the Cape is gradually wearing away, and that it will finally fall a sacrifice to the ravages of the winds and the seas, and many circum∣stances favour such an opinion. At Province Town harbour, stumps 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are seen, which the sea now covers in common tides. When the English first settled upon the Cape, there was an island off Chatham,

at three leagues distance, called Webb's Island, containing twenty acres, covered with red cedar or savin. The inhabitants of Nansucke•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to carry wood from it. This island, has been wholly worn away for almost a century. A large rock, that was upon the island, and which settled as the earth washed away, now marks the place; it rises as much above the bottom of the sea, as it used to rise above the surface of the ground. The water is six fathoms deep on this spot. And in many places on the Cape, the sea appears to be encroaching on the land.

The Cape is so exposed to winds in every direction, that fruit trees do not thrive. There are few orchards, of any consequence, below Barn∣stable. There is not a cider mill in the county. In many places, their forest trees, have more the appearance of a prim hedge, than of timber.

The Cape is an healthy situation, except for those constitutions which are too delicate for the piercing winds that come from the sea.

The inhabitants in general, live as long as in the other parts of the northern States.

The winds, in every direction, come from the sea; and invalids, by visit∣ing the Cape, sometimes experience the same benefit as from going to sea.

The principal bays on the coast of Massachusetts are, Ipswich, Bos∣ton, Plymouth, Cape Cod or Barnstable, and Buzzard's Bays. Many islands are scattered along the coast▪ the most noted of which are Plumb Island, which is about 9 miles in length, extending from Merri∣mack river on the north, to the entrance of Ipswich river on the south, and is separated from the main land by a narrow sound, called Plumb Island river, fordable in several places at low water. It consists principally of sand, blown into curious heaps, and crowned with bush∣es bearing the beach plumb. There is however a valuable property of ••alt marsh▪ and at the south end of the island are two or three good farms. On the north end are the light houses before mentioned. On the sea shore of this island, and on Salisbury beach, the marine society and other gentlemen of Newburyport have humanely erected several small houses, furnished with fuel and other conveniencies for the re∣lief of mariners who may be shipwrecked on this coast.

Nantucket Island, lies south of Cape Cod. It contains, according to Douglass, 23,000 acres, including the beach. No mention is made of the discovery and settlement of this island, under its present name, by any of our historians. It is more than probable that this is the island which is usually called Nautican by ancient voyagers. As the island is low and sandy it is calculated only for those people who are will∣ing to depend almost entirely on the watry element for subsistance. The island of itself constitutes one county by the name of Nantucket. It has but one town, called Sherburn* 1.16 containing 4620 inhabitants, and sends one representative to the general assembly.

The inhabitants formerly carried on the most considerable whale fishery on the coast, but the war almost ruined this business. They have since, however, revived it again, and pursue the whales, even in∣to the Great Pacific Ocean. There is not a single tree on the island of natural growth; they have a place called the woods, but it has been destitute of trees for these 60 years past. The island was formerly well wooded. The people, especially the females, are fondly attached to the island, and few wish to migrate to a more desirable situation.

The inhabitants of this island are principally quakers; there is one so∣ciety of congregationalists. Forty years ago there were three congre∣gations of Indians, each of which had a house for worship and a

••••••cher. Their last Indian pastor died 20 years since, and was a wor∣thy, respectable character.

Martha's Vineyard, which lies a little to the westward of Nantuck∣et, is about 21 miles in length and four in breadth. It contains three societies of congregationalists, at Edgarton, Tisbury and Chilmark, two of Baptists, without ministers, and three congregations of Indians, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of which is supplied by an ordained Indian minister, and to the others, the Rev. Mr. Mayhew preaches in rotation, and superintends the whole. This and the neighbouring island constitute Duke's coun∣ty, containing 3265 inhabitants, between 400 and 500 of which are In∣dians and mulattoes, subsisting by agriculture and fishing.

Edgarton, which includes the fertile island of Chabaquidick, three miles long and one and a half broad, is the shire town. This little island joins to the harbour and renders it very secure. Gayhead, the westernmost part of the island, containing about 2400 acres, is very good tillage 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and is wholly occupied by Indians, but not well cultivated. One third of this tract is the property of the English society for propagat∣ing the gospel in New England. The principal productions of the isl∣and are corn, rye and oats.—They raise sheep and cattle in considera∣ble numbers. There are 4 mill streams in Tisbury. The inhabitants of this county send three representatives, and in conjunction with Nantucket, one senator, to the general court.

The other islands of consideration are in Massachusetts Bay, which is agreeably diversified by about 40 of various sizes. Seven of them only, are within the jurisdiction of the town of Boston, and taxed with it. Cattle island is about three miles from Boston and contains about 18 acres of land. The buildings are the governor's house, a magazine, goal, barracks, and workshops. In June 1792, there were confined on this island 77 convicts, who are employed in the manufac∣ture of nails, and guarded by a company of between 60 and 70 soldiers. The fort on this island commands the entrance of the harbour. Here are mounted 50 pieces of cannon, and 44 others lie dismounted.

LIGHT HOUSES.] Within this state are the following Light Houses; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Plumb island, near Newbury, are two, which we have already men∣tioned. On Thatcher's island, off Cape Ann, two lights of equal height. Another stands on a rock on the north side of the entrance of Boston harbour, with one single light. On the north point of Ply∣mouth harbour are two lights. On a point at the entrance of the harbour on the island of Nantucket is one with a single light. This light may be seen as far as Nantucket shoals extend. The island be∣ing low, the light appears over it.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY.] See New England. By an admeasure∣ment made by the barometer at Princetown, in this State, about 45 miles N. W. from Boston, and at Cambridge, in 1777, it appears that Prince∣town is 1332 feet higher than the level of the sea. The top of Wa∣c••••set mountain in Princetown, was found to be 2989 feet above the level of the sea. A hill of this height, in a clear horizon, may be seen by miles.

SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.] In Massachusetts are to be found all the varieties of soil, from very good to very bad, capable of yielding all the different productions common to the climate, such as Indian corn, rye, wheat, barley, oats, hemp, flax, hops, potatoes, field beans and pe••s—apples, pairs, peaches, plumbs, cherries, &c. It has been observed that the effects of the east winds extend farther inland than

formerly, and injure the tender fruits, particularly the peach, and ••••∣en the more hardy apple. The average produce of the good lands, well cultivated, has been estimated as follows—40 bushels of corn on an acre—30 of barley—20 of wheat—30 of rye—100 of potatoes—The staple commodities of this state, are fish, beef and lumber.

COMMERCE.] The following abstract of goods, wares and merchan∣dize, exported from this state, including the District of Main, from the first of October 1790, to the 31st of September, 1791, will give the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the best idea of their articles of export, and the quantity of each.

EXPORTS from Massachusetts from October 1st 1790, to Sep∣tember 31st 1791.

Ash Pot	tons	783.20
—Pearl		1,159.50
Apples	bbls.	1,131
Bricks	num.	330,250
Smiths Bellows	do.	2
Boats	do.	75
Beer, Ale and Porter	gal.	15,532
Boots	pairs.	339
Brimstone	lbs.	3,280
Blacking or Lamp∣black	kegs	158
Cider	bbls.	292
—	doz.	310
Chalk	tons	10
Cotton	lbs.	13,371
Coffee	do.	68,••44
Cocoa	do.	2,804
Chocolate	boxes	331
Candles	Myrtle	do.	348
Wax	do.	169
Tallow	do.	1,106
Cables and Cordage	tons	32
—	cwt.	18
—	coils	16
Copp.	Ore	cwt.	20
Manufactured	do.	1,480
Coals	bush.	1,548
Cranberries	do.	688
Canes and walking sticks		96
Cards, cotton and wool	doz.	25
Coaches, Chaises, Phaetons	num.	16
Carts and Waggons	do.	4
Duck, American	bolts	288
Drugs	Glauber salts	lbs.	1,220
Sassafrass root	tons	17
Earl. Ware	Yel. or queens	crates	92
Stone		doz.	25
Flaxseod	hhds.	6,056
Flax	lbs.	••,700
Feathers	do.	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Flints	num.	40,••••••
Fram. of	Boats	do.	20
Houses		do.	180
Wind. & Doors	do.	30
Furniture House	Tables	do.	37
Desks		23
Bureaus		16
Sophas		••5
Chests		705
Windsor and Rush Chairs		54
Fisheries.	Fish dried	cwt.	326,560
do. Pickled	bbls.	20,177
Oil Whale	gall.	270,810
Oil Spermaceti	do.	70,266
Sper. Candles	boxes	2,927
Whalebone	lbs.	85,161
Gensang	lbs.	3,096
Grindstones	num.	104
Glass	Ware	crates	21
Window	boxes	13
Groeeries	Cassia & Cinna.	lbs.	1,178
Pimento	do.	5,58••
Pepper	do.	9••
Brown Sugar	do.	3,904
Raisins	do.	10••
Grain & Fulse	Wheat	bush.	52
Rye	do.	2,350
Barley	do.	32
Indian Corn	do.	69,0••4
Oats	do.	447
Peas and Beans	do.	3,746
Horns and Horntips	num.	71,281
Hats	do.	376
Hops	lbs.	650
Hay	tons	53

from 〈◊〉〈◊〉	A••es	num.	662
Scythes	do.	48
Locks and Bolts	do.	2,000
Shovels	do.	247
Skimmers and Ladles	pr.	15
Anchors	num.	66
Muskets	do.	60
Cutlasses	do.	72
Knives and Forks	do.	240
Chests of Car∣penters Tools		4
〈◊〉〈◊〉	Pots, Kettles, &c.	do.	702
Cannon	do.	25
Shot for Cannon	do.	1,000
〈◊〉〈◊〉	Pig	tons	173½
Bar	do.	36.18
Nail rods	do.	1
Hoops	do.	1
Indigo	lbs.	1,238
Leather, tanned and 〈◊〉〈◊〉	do.	1,240
—	sides	19
Li••••	bush.	456
〈◊〉〈◊〉	lbs.	2,553
Live Stock	Horned cattle	num.	652
Horses	do.	324
Sheep	do.	5,140
Hogs	do.	619
Poultry	doz.	999
Merchandize foreign	packages	179
〈◊〉〈◊〉	gal.	11,421
Hi••••stones	num.
〈◊〉〈◊〉	lbs.	780
M••dder	do.	1,034
Na••••s	do.	20,000
Nankeens No. of	pieces	3,594
Nuts	bush.	692
〈◊〉〈◊〉-Stores	Pitch	bbls.	552
Tar	do.	2,824
Turpentine	do.	4,266
Rosin	do.	23
Old linseed	gal.	90
Powder gun	lbs.	13,814
—Hair	do.	166
P••••••tum	do.	45
Pai••••s	do.	840
Provisions.	Rice	tierces	810
Flour	blbs.	21,236
Ship stuff	do.	214
Indian meal	do.	7,000
Rye do.	blbs.	252
Bread	do.	2,285
Beef	do.	30,499
Pork	do.	3,174
Crackers	kegs	1,812
Hams & Bacon	lbs.	36,946
Venison and Mutton hams	do.	200
Cheese	do.	23,155
Lard	do.	4,860
Butter	firk.	3,873
Saysages	lbs.	250
Fresh beef	do.	92,269
Pork	do.	29,334
Careases of Mutton	num.	561
Neats tongues	blbs.	154
Oysters Pickled Kegs	kegs	214
Potatoes	bush.	3,808
Onions	do.	5,497
Spirits	Rum Amer.	gals.	298,257
Do. West India	do.	2,734
Brandy	do.	118
Gin	cases	2,113
Cordials	do.	69
Sad∣lery	Saddles & Bridles	No.	70
Carriage Harness	sets	14
Shoes	pairs	3,400
Soap	boxes	477
Snuff	lbs.	1,939
Steel	bundles	27
Spruce essence of	cases	31
Salt	bush.	3,647
Seeds Hay	lbs.	60
Skins and Furs	Morocco	num.	13••
Calf in hair	do.	290
Deer & Moose	do.	90••
Bears, &c.	do.	24
Deer and other Skins unknown, hhds, casks and packages		••••
Tobacco	hhds.	1,190
Do. Manufactured	lbs.	71,108
Tallow	do.	275,641
Twine	cwt.	••,900
Tow Cloth	yards	4,548
Toys for children	doz.	1••••
Tin manufactured	doz.	14
Tras	Bohea	chests	6••
Souchong	do.	108½
Green	do.	178
Hyson	do.	628••

Vinegar	gal.	2,098
Wines
Madeira	do.	4,622
Other Wines	do.	3,940
Bottled	doz.	6
Wax Bees	lbs.	10,254
Myrtle	do.	1,946
Whips	No.	144
Wood
Stav. & Head.	No.	5,456,041
Shingles	do.	12,325,600
Shooks & casks		do.	29,895
Laths	do.	15,500
Hoops & H. poles	do.	511,764
Masts		219
Bowsprits		42
Booms		74
spars		3,243
Handspikes		13,126
pumps		23
Boxes and Brakes		56
Blocks		5,162
Oars and Rasters		33,920
Wood
Trunnels		35,••••5
Cedar & Oak Knees		1,0••1
Carvings		〈◊〉〈◊〉
Anchor Stocks		〈◊〉〈◊〉
Oak Boards and Plank	feet	568,••65
Pine Boards and Plank	do.	2••,136,10••
Other do.	do.	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Scantling		〈◊〉〈◊〉
Oak and Pine Timber		68,••••••
Oak and Pine do.	tons	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Oak and Pine	pieces	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Oak and Pine, Hie'ry	cords	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Oak Bark	do.	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Oak do. ground	hhds.	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Mast Hoops	doz.	〈◊〉〈◊〉
Yokes for 〈◊〉〈◊〉		96
Besides a variety of smaller articles

Value of Goods, Wares and Merchandize exported from Massa∣chusetts, in the above mentioned year. Dols. 2,445,975. Ct. 53

It must be noted that the foregoing abstract comprehends those arti∣cles only which were exported to foreign ports; the domestic trade i•• not taken into the account. Shoes, cards, hats, saddlery and various other manufactures, and several articles of the produce of the country, to a great amount, were, the same year, exported to the Southern States.

This State owns more than three times as many tons of shipping as any other of the states, and more than one third part of the whole that belongs to the United States.* 1.17 Upwards of 29,000 tons are employed in carrying on the fisheries; 46,000 in the coasting business, and 96,564, in trading with almost all parts of the world. Pot and pearl ash, staves, flaxseed, beeswax, &c. are carried chiefly to Great Britain in remittance for their manufactures; masts and pro∣visions to the East Indies; fish, oil, beef, pork, lumber, candles, &c. are carried to the West Indies, for their produce, and the two first articles, fish and oil, to France, Spain and Portugal; roots, vegetables, fruits, and small meats to Nova Scotia and New Brunswick; hats, saddlery, cabinet work, men's and women's shoes, nails, tow cloth, bar∣ley, hops, butter, cheese, &c. to the southern states. The Negr•• trade, was prohibited by law, in 1788, and there is not a single slave belong∣ing to the Commonwealth.

MANUFACTURES.] If we except printing types, stone wares, pitch, tar and turpentine, and wine, most if not all the other articles enumerated in pages 246 and 247, are manufactured in a greater or less degree in this state. There is a duck manufactory at Boston, from which 1700 bolts, of 40 yards each, said to be the best duck ev∣er before seen in America, have been sold in one year. Manu∣factories

of this kind have been begun in Salem, Haverhill and Spring∣field, and are said to be in a promising way. Manufactories of cot∣ton goods have been established at Beverly and Worcester; and much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is due to the patriotic gentlemen, who began them; although by their persevering exertions, they have not been able to surmount the various obstacles in the way of success. At Taunton, Bridgwater, Middleborough and some other places, nails have been made in such 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as to prevent in a great measure the importion of them from Great Britain. In this state there are twelve paper mills, 5 on Ne∣••••••••et river, 5 on Charles river, 1 at Andover, on Shawsheen river, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the other at Sutton in Worcester county. Ten of these mills 〈◊〉〈◊〉 two vats each, and when in action, employ 10 men, and as many girls and boys, and produce at the rate of 60,000 reams of writing, printing and wrapping paper, annually. It is estimated that twenty thousand pounds worth of paper is yearly made by these mills; and the quantity is annually and rapidly increasing.

The principal card manufactory is in Boston, and belongs to Mr. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Richards, and Co. in which are made yearly, about 7000 dozen of cotton and wool cards▪ of the various kinds or numbers, which con∣fine about a hundred casks of wire, averaged at £.30, a cask and a∣bout 20,000 tanned calf, sheep and lamb skins at 2s. each. The stick∣ing of these cards employs not less that 1000 people, chiefly children, and about 60 men are fully occupied in manufacturing card boards, card rocks, and finishing the cards. It is estimated that about 2000 do••en cards are made at the other manufactories in different parts of the state.

The feat of the Shee manufacture is at Lynn, 8 miles to the northward of Boston, in the county of Essex. It is not easy to six the number of shoes annually made by the industrious inhabitants of this town▪ but it has been estimated by those most competent 10 form an accurate judg∣ment, that, besides the home consumption, and the large numbers sent every week to Boston and other places▪ several hundred thousand pa•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shipped to the different parts of the United States. One man, Mr. A. Johnson, from his own workshop, in the course of seven months, shipped 20,600 pa•••• of shoes, valued at £.4▪979.••6, exclusive of large numbers sold in the vicinity.

S••••k and thread lace, of an elegant texture, are manufactured by women and children, in large quantities, in the town of Ipswich, in Essex county, and ••old for use and exportation in Boston, and other ••••cantile towns. This manufacture, if properly regulated and en∣couraged might be productive of great and extensive advantages. In the year 1790, no less than 41,0••0 yards were made in this town▪ and the quantity, it is supposed, has since been considerably increased.

A wire manufactory, has lately been erected, at a considerable ex∣pense, in Dedham, in Suffolk county, for the purpose of drawing who for the use of the fish book, and card manufacturers in Boston. The essays which have already been made, promise success.

There are several snuff, oil, chocolate and powder mills in dis∣•••••••• parts of the state—and a number of iron works and ••••••tting 〈◊〉〈◊〉, besides other mills, in common use, in great abundance, for ••aw∣ing lumber, grinding grain, and ••••lling cloth.

There are be distilleries in this State, employed in dis••••••••ing from foreign materials. In these distilleries are 158 stills, which together 〈◊〉〈◊〉 102,173 gallions. Besides these there are 〈…〉〈…〉

em∣ployed in distilling domestic materials; but these are small, and the most of them very lately erected, and some have never yet been worked. One million, nine hundred thousand gallons have been dis∣tilled in one year, which, at a duty of eleven cents a gallon, yield a revenue to the government of 209,000 dollars.

A brick pyramidical glass house was erected in Boston, by a company of Gentlemen in 1789. But for want of workmen, skilled in the ••••••••∣ness, their works were not put in operation effectually till November, 1792; and although several of the first essays or meltings proved and successful, later essays give the fullest ground to believe that this very important manufacture may be prosecuted to the advantage of the pro∣prietors, as well as to the great benefit of the public. From the speci•••••••• of glass exhibited, it appears to be of the best quality for clearness 〈◊〉〈◊〉 goodness; and as there is an abundance of the material for this man∣ufacture at command, there can be little doubt of its being carried to such an extent in the course of a few years, as to preclude foreign importations, which will make a vast saving to our country. Ever friend to his country must wish that the patriotic company which have established this manufacture, might meet with such success as to have their expenses reimbursed, which have already exceeded 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sum of 16,000 dollars.

BRIDGES AND CANALS.] The Bridges that merit notice in this State are the following, viz. Charles river bridge, built in in 1786-87, 1503 feet long, and connecting Boston and Charlestown. It is built on 75 piers, with a convenient draw in the middle, for the passage of vessels. Each pier is composed of seven sticks of oak timber, united by a cap piece, strong braces and girts, and afterwards driven into the bed of the river, and firmly secured by a single pile on each side, driven obliquely to a solid bottom. The piers are connected to each other by large string pieces, which are covered with four inch plank. The bridge is 43 feet in width, and on each side is accommodated with a passage six feet wide, railed in for the safety of people on foot. The bridge has a gradual rise from each end, so as to be two feet higher in the middle than at the extremities. Forty elegant lamps are e∣rected, at a suitable distance from each other, to illuminate it when necessary. There are 4 strong, stone wharves connected with three piers each, sunk in various parts of the river. The machinery of the draw is simple, and requires but two men to raise it. At the highest tides the water rises 12 or 14 feet; the floor of the bridge is then a∣bout four feet above the water. The depth of the water in the chan∣nel, at low tide, is 27 feet. This bridge was completed in 13 months; and while it exhibits the greatest effect of private enterprize, of this kind in the United States, it being the first bridge of considerable mag∣nitude, that has been erected, presents a most pleasing proof, how cer∣tainly objects of magnitude may be attained by spirited exertions.

The success which attended this experiment led others to engage in similar works of enterprize. Malden bridge across Mystic river, connecting Charlestown with Malden, was begun in April, 1787, and was opened for passengers the September following. This bridge, including the abutments, is 2420 feet long, and 32 feet wide, it has a draw 30 feet wide. The deepest water at full tide is 23 feet. The expense of this bridge was estimated at £.5300.

Essex bridge, upwards of 1500 feet in length, with a well contriv∣ed draw, was erected in 1789, and connects Salem with Beverly. The

••••••nse of this bridge is said not to have exceeded one third part of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Charles river bridge, yet it is esteemed quite equal in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and is thought by travellers to be superior in point of beau∣ty.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rowloy, on the post road between Boston and Newburyport, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 across Parker's river 870 feet long, and 26 feet wide, consisting of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 piers and eight wooden arches. This bridge was built in the year 1758.

Bridge over Merrimack river in the county of Essex, about two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 above Newburyport, was lately completed. At the place where the bridge is erected, an island divides the river into two branches. An 〈◊〉〈◊〉 160 feet diameter and 40 feet above the level of high water, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this island with the main on one side. The channel on the other side is wider, but the center arch is but 140 feet diameter. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ingenuity is discovered in the construction of this bridge, than 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that have hitherto been built; and it is one among the vast 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of stupendous and useful works which owe their origin 〈◊〉〈◊〉 confidence between man and man, which has been created or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the measures of the general government.

Another ingeniously constructed bridge, has lately been completed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this river at Pautucket falls, between Chelmsford and Dracut in the county of Middlesex. These bridges are all supported by a toll.

Several other Bridges are contemplated in different parts of the state, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is actually begun, which, when completed, with connect the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of Boston with Cambridge, over Charles river, and will be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 twice as long, and attended with nearly twice the expense of any other that has yet been built in this or in any of the United States.

This Legislature, in February 1792, were petitioned by a company 〈◊〉〈◊〉 liberty to build a bridge over Connecticut river, at Montague; which was granted.

The only Canals of importance which have been contemplated in this Commonwealth, are one between Barnstable and Buzzard's Bay, and those necessary to render Connecticut river navigable, both of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 we have mentioned, and one which shall open a communica∣tion between the town of Boston, and some part of Connecticut riv∣er for which purpose General Knox, and others, were incorporated, in 1792, by the name of "The Proprietors of the Massachusetts 〈◊〉〈◊〉."

••••••••••ITIES.] In the north part of the township of Adams, in ••••••shire county, not half a mile from Stamford in Vermont, is a natural curiosity which merits a description. A pretty mill stream, called Hudson's Brook, which rises in Vermont and falls into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 branch of Hoosuck river, has, for 30 or 40 rods, formed a very 〈◊〉〈◊〉 channel through a quarry to white marble. The hill, gradually ••••ending towards the south, terminates in a steep precipice, down which, probably, the water once tumbled. But finding in some plac∣es 〈◊〉〈◊〉 chasms in the rocks, and in others wearing them away, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from their appearance, it has formed a channel which, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 places is more than 60 feet deep. Over this channel, where 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some of the rocks remain, and form a natural bridge. From 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this bridge to the water it is 62 feet; its length is about 12 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and its breadth about 10. Partly under this bridge, and about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 feet below it, is another, which is wider but not so long; for

at the east end they form one body of rock, 12 or 14 feet thick, and under this the water flows. It is evident, from the appearance of the rocks, that the water, in some places, formerly flowed 40 or 50 feet above its present bed. Many cavities, of different figures and di••••∣sions, but generally circular, are worn out in the rocks. One of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the solid rock, is about 4 feet in diameter, and 4 or 5 feet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the rock is on one side worn through at the bottom. A little 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the bridge, on the west side of the chasm, is a cave or little 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which has a convenient entrance at the north, and a passage 〈…〉〈…〉 east. From the west side of this cave, a chasm extends into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but soon becomes too narrow to pass. The rocks here, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mostly white, though in some places clouded on streaked with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 colours, appear to be of that species of coarse white marble which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 common at Lanesborough, and in other towns in Berkshire county.

In the town of Wrentham, about two miles S. E. of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house, is a curious cavern called Wampom's Rock, from an Indian 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of that name who resided in it for a number of years. It is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the south side of a hill, and is surrounded by a number of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rocks. It is nearly square, each side measuring about 9 feet. The height is about 8 feet in front, but from the center it lessens to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 4 feet. At present it serves only as a shelter for cattle and sho••p, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 do one or two other rocks or caves in the town, formerly inhabited by Indians.

Under this article we mention the falls of Powow river, which rises in New Hampshire, and falls into the Merrimack between Salis∣bury and Amesbury, in the county of Essex. At these falls, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 scent of the water, in the distance of 50 rods, is 100 feet, and in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 passage carries one bloomery, five saw mills, seven grist mills, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 linseed oil mills, one fulling mill and one snuff mill, besides 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wheels, auxiliary to different labours. The rap•••• fall of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the dams at very short distances crossing the river—the various 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and mills arising almost immediately one over another—and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 irregular and grotesque situation of the houses and other buildings 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the adjoining grounds, give this place a romantic appearance, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ford in the whole, one of the most singular views to be found in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country.

Lynn Beach may be reckoned a curiosity. It is one mile in length and connects the peninsula, called Nahant, with the main land. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is a place of much resort for parties of pleasure from Boston, Charles∣town, Salem and Marblehead, in the summer season. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 used as a race ground, for which it is well calculated, being 〈◊〉〈◊〉 smooth and hard.

MINERALS, FOSSILS AND MINERAL SPRINGS.] Iron ore, in im∣mense quantities, is found in various parts of this State, particular•••• in the old colony of Plymouth, in the towns of Middle••on•••••• Bridgewater, Taunton Attleborough, Stoughton, and the towns in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neighbourhood, which has in consequence become the seat of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 manufactures. The slitting mills in this district, it is said annually 〈◊〉〈◊〉 600 tons of iron; and one company has lately been formed, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 will annually manufacture into nails, of a quality equal to these 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ported, 500 tons of iron. The number of spikes and nails 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this State is supposed now to be twice as large as that made in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and is still increasing, and will probably soon preclude all foreign, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 portations; and, from the abundance of the raw material, may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 an article of export.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ore is found at Leverett in the county of Hampshire, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the county of Bristol—Several mines of black lead 〈◊〉〈◊〉 discovered in Brimfield in Hampshire county—and white 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and yellow and red ochre, at Martha's Vineyard. Allum 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 has been found in some parts; and also ruddle or a red 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which has been used as a ground colour for priming, instead of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 brown. In a quarry of lime stone, in the parish of Byefield, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Essex, is found the Asbestos, or incombustible cotton, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 called. Marble has been found in the same vicinity. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 conjectured that there are considerable beds of it. The spe∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it already exhibited have been beautifully variegated in co∣•••••••• admit an admirable polish. A marble quarry at Lanesbo∣rough 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very good marble.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 mineral springs have been found in different parts of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 particularly at Lynn, Wrentham, Menotomy Parish in Cam∣bridge &c. but none are celebrated as places of resort for in∣••••••••▪

••••••ARY, HUMANE and other SOCIETIES.] These institu∣•••••••• Massachusetts, exhibit a fair trait in the character of the in∣••••••••. Among the first literary institutions in this state, is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, incorporated May 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It is declared in the act, that the end and design of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, is to promote and encourage the knowledge of the anti∣•••••••• of America, and of the natural history of the country, and to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the uses to which the various natural productions of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may be applied. Also to promote and encourage medical 〈◊〉〈◊〉, mathematical disquisitions, philosophical enquiries and 〈◊〉〈◊〉; astronomical, meteorological and geographical observa∣•••••• improvements in agriculture, arts, manufacture, commerce and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cultivation of every science that may tend to advance a free, in∣••••••••, and virtuous people. There are never to be more than 〈◊〉〈◊〉 members, nor less than forty. This society has four stat∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meetings. They have a Committee, by the name of "The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Committee," whose business it is to receive and communi∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 useful information on that subject.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 MASSACHUSETTS CHARITABLE SOCIETY, incorporated Decem∣ber 1779, is intended for the mutual aid of themselves and families, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be distressed by any of the adverse accidents of life, and for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and relieving of widows and orphans of their deceas∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The members of this society meet annually, and are not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 an hundred in number.

The BOSTON EPISCOPAL CHARITABLE SOCIETY, first instituted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and incorporated February 12, 1784, has for its object, char∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as are of the episcopal church, and to such others as the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall think fit; but more especially the relief of those who are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of, and benefactors to the society, and afterwards become 〈◊〉〈◊〉 objects of its charity. The members of this society meet an∣•••••••• and are not to exceed one hundred in number.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 MASSACHUSETTS MEDICAL SOCIETY, was incorporated No∣vember 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1781. The design of this institution is, to promote med∣ical 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••gical knowledge, enquiries into the annual economy, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 properties and effects of medicine, by encouraging a free in∣•••••••• with the gentlemen of the faculty throughout the United States of America, and a friendly correspondence, with the eminent

in those professions throughout the world. The number of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 who are inhabitants of the state, cannot exceed seventy. ••••••••∣fent number is sixty one, and thirteen have died since to ••••••••∣ment. The powers vested in the society are—To choose their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and enact any laws for their own government which are not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the laws of the Commonwealth—To use a common Seal 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be sued—To hold real estate of the annual income of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and personal estate of the annual income of £600—To 〈◊〉〈◊〉 suspend, expel or disfranch••••e any fellows of the society—〈◊〉〈◊〉 scribe and point out, from time to time, such a mode of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣struction or education as they shall judge requisite for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the practice of physick and surgery—To examine all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall offer themselves for examination, respecting their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the profession—And to give letters testimonial of their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to all such as may be duly qualified to practice.* 1.18

Committees are appointed in each county to receive 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from, and to correspond with their medical brethren who are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lows of the society; and this has led to the formation or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 medical associations, whose views are to aid the laudable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this important institution.

Further to evidence their humanity and benevolence, a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the medical and other gentlemen, in the town of Boston, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 formed a society, by the name of the HUMANE SOCIETY, for ••••••∣pose of recovering persons apparently dead, from drowning 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, strangling, and other accidents. This society, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incorporated in 1791, have erected 7 huts, furnished with wood 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cabbins, ••••nder boxes, blankets, &c. two on Lovel's Island, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Calf Island both in Boston harbour two on Nantasket beach and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on S••••tuate beach near Marshfield, for the comfort of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 seamen. Huts of the same kind are erected on Plumb 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Newbury, by the marine society of that place, already 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 there are also some contiguous to Hampton and Sal••sbury 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

At their semiannual meetings, a public discourse is delivered 〈◊〉〈◊〉 person appointed by the trustees for that purpose, on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 subject connected with the principal object of the society; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to investigation, and a reward of merit, a medal i•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 annually by the president and trustees, to the person who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 most approved dissertation.

THE SOCIETY FOR PROPAGATING THE GOSPEL 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣dians and others in North America, was incorporated November 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1787. They are enabled to receive subscriptions of charitably 〈◊〉〈◊〉 persons, and may take any personal estate in ••••••cession. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nations to the society either by subscriptions, legacy or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 excepting such as may be differently appropriated by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 make a part of, or be put into the capital stock of the society, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to be put out on interest on good security, or otherwise 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the best advantage, and the income and profits are to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 purposes aforesaid, in such manner as the society shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 condu••••ve to answer the design of their institution. For 〈◊〉〈◊〉 past missionaries have been appointed and supported by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to visit the eastern parts of the District of Main, where ••••••••••∣ple are generally destitute of the means of religious instruction

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the summer months with them. The success of these missions 〈◊〉〈◊〉 highly satisfactory to the society. Several thousand books of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 kinds, suited to the state of the people, have been purchased by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 funds, and distributed among them and the Oneida Indians. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this society are a board of commissioners from the Scot's so∣•••••••• promoting christian knowledge among the Indians in America. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 MASSACHUSETTS SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING ACRICULTURE, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incorporated in 1792, in consequence of which the agricultural 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Academy is dissolved. At a late meeting of this society, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a very considerable sum of money was subscribed, for establish∣•••• a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to defray the expense of premiums and bounties, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be voted by the society.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 society was established in this state in 1791, called the HISTOR∣•••••• SOCIETY, the professed design of which is to collect, preserve 〈◊〉〈◊〉 communicate materials for a complete history of this country 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the beginning of its settlement.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 to Pennsylvania, this state has the greatest number of societies 〈…〉〈…〉 promotion of useful knowledge and human happiness; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are founded on the broad basis of benevolence, patr••••tism and char∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cannot fail to prosper. These institutions, which are fast increas∣•••••• in almost every state in the union, are so many evidences of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and advancing state of civilization and improvement in this 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and of the excellence of our national government. They 〈◊〉〈◊〉 likewise that a free republican government, like ours, is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 happily calculated to promote a general diffusion of useful know∣•••••••• and the most favourable to the benevolent and humane feelings 〈◊〉〈◊〉 human heart.

LITERATURE, COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, &c.] According to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this Commonwealth, every town having fifty householders or 〈◊〉〈◊〉, is to be provided with one or more school masters to teach children and youth to read and write, and instruct them in the Eng∣lish language, arithmetic, orthography and decent behaviour; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any town has 200 families, there is also to be a grammar school 〈◊〉〈◊〉 therein, and some discreet person, well instructed in the Latin, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and English languages, procured to keep the same, and be suitably 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the inhabitants. The penalty for neglect of schools in towns 〈◊〉〈◊〉 families is 10l. those of 100 families 20l.—of 150 30l.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 laws respecting schools, are not so well regarded in many 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the state, as the wise purposes which they were intended to 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the happiness of the people require.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Boston there are seven public schools, supported wholly at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the town, and in which the children of every class of citi∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 associate. In the Latin grammar school the rudiments of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Greek languages are taught, and boys qualified for the uni∣••••••••▪ into this school none are admitted till ten years of age, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 been previously well instructed in English grammar. In the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 English grammar schools, the children of both sexes, from 7 to 14 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of age, are instructed in spelling, accenting and reading the English language both prose and verse, with propriety, also in English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and composition, together with the rudiments of geography; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other three the same children are taught writing and arithme∣••••••. These schools are attended alternately, and each of them is fur∣•••••••• with an Usher or Assistant. The masters of these schools 〈◊〉〈◊〉 each a salary of 666•• dollars per annum, payable quarterly.

They are all under the immediate care of a committee of twenty one gentlemen, for the time being, chosen annually, whose duty it is "to visit the schools at least once in three months, to examine the scholars in the various branches in which they are taught, to devise the best methods for the instruction and government of the schools, to give such advice to the masters as they shall think expedient, and by all proper methods to excite in children a laudable ambition so ex∣cel in a virtuous, amiable deportment, and in every branch of use∣ful knowledge." At the annual visitation in July 1792, there were present 470 miles and 720 boys. Besides these there are sev∣eral private schools, for instruction in the English, Lattin, and French languages—in writing, arithmetic and the higher branch∣es of mathematics—and also in music and dancing. Perhaps there is not a town in the world, the youth of which more ful∣ly enjoy the benefits of school education, than Boston. And when we consider how inseparably the happiness and prosperity of our country, and the existence of our present happy government, are con∣nected with the education of children, too much credit cannot be given to the enlightened citizens of this town, for the attention they have paid to this important business, and the worthy example they have exhibited for the imitation of others.

Next in importance to the grammar schools are the Academies, in which, as well as in the grammar schools, young gentlemen are fitted for admission to the University.

DUMMER ACADEMY, at Newbury, was founded as early as 1756, by means of a liberal donation from the Honorable William Dummer formerly Lieutenant Governour, and a worthy man, whose name is has ever since retained. It was opened in 1763, and incorporated by an act of the general court, in 1784. By the act the number of Trus∣tees is not to exceed 15, who are to manage the funds for the support of the instructors. This academy is at present in a flourishing state.

PHILLIPS ACADEMY, in Andover, was founded and handsomely endowed April 21, 1778, by the Honourable Samuel Phillips, Esq of Andover, in the county of Essex, and commonwealth of Massachusetts lately deceased, and his brother, the Honourable John Phillips L. L. D. of Exeter, in the state of New Hampshire. It was incorporated Oc∣tober 4, 1780. It is under the direction of thirteen Trustees of re∣spectable characters, and the immediate care of a Principal, (who is one of the Trustees ex off••••io) an Assistant, and a Writing Master. They are accommodated with a large and elegant building, erected at the expense of the founders, and their brother the Honourable Wil∣liam Phillips, Esq. of Boston. It is situated on a delightful eminence, near the mansion house of the Honourable Samuel Phillips, Esq. its distinguished patron, and son of the deceased founder—is encompass∣ed with a salubrious air, and commands an extensive prospect. The lower story contains a large school-room, with ample accommodation for an hundred students, and two other apartments for a library, and other purposes; the upper story consists of a spacious hall, sixty four feet in length, and thirty-three feet in breadth, designed for exhibi∣tions and other public occasions.

The design of this foundation, according to its constitution, is, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 The promotion of true piety and virtue, the instruction of youth

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the English, Latin and Greek languages; together with writing, arithmetic, practical geometry, musick and oratory, logic and geo∣graphy; and such other of the liberal arts and sciences, of languages, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 opportunity and ability may hereafter admit, and the Trustees 〈◊〉〈◊〉 direct."

••••••CESTER ACADEMY, in the township of Leicester, and county of Worcester, was incorporated in 1784. For the encouragement of this institution, Ebenezer Crafts and Jacob Davis, Esqr's▪ generously 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a large and commodious mansion house, lands and appurtenances, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Leicester.

In Williamstown, in Berkshire county, is another Academy. Col. ••phraim Williams laid the foundation of it by a handsome donation in lands. In 1790, partly by lottery and partly by the liberal donation of gentlemen in the town, a brick edifice was erected, 82 feet by 42, and four stories high, containing 24 rooms for students▪ a large school 〈◊〉〈◊〉; a dining hall and a room for public speaking. It has a Precep∣••••••, an Usher and a Master of the English school. The number of students is at present between 50 and 60, besides the scholars of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 school. The languages and sciences usually taught in the Amer∣ican colleges are taught here. Board, tuition and other expenses of education are very low▪ and from its situation and other circumstanc∣es, it is likely, in a short time, to become an institution of considerable utility and importance.

An Academy at Taunton was incorporated in 1792.

At Hingham is a well endowed school, which in honor of its prin∣cipal donor and founder, is called DERBY SCHOOL.

These Academies are designed to disseminate virtue and true piety, to promote the education of youth in the English, Latin, Greek and French languages, in writing, arithmetic, oratory, geography, practical 〈◊〉〈◊〉, logic, philosophy, and such other of the liberal arts and sciences, or languages, as may be thought expedient.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY takes its date from the year 1638. Two years before, the general court gave four hundred pounds for the sup∣port of a public school at Newtown, which has since been called Cambridge. This year (1638) the Rev. Mr. John Harvard, a worthy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 residing in Charlestown, died, and left a donation of £779 for the use of the forementioned public school. In honour to the memory of so liberal a benefactor, the general court the same 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ordered that the school should take the name of HARVARD COLLEGE.

In 1642, the College was put upon a more respectable footing, and the governor, deputy governor, and magistrates, and the ministers of the fix next adjacent towns, with the President, were erected into a corporation for the ordering and managing its concerns. It received its first charter in 1650.

Cambridge▪ in which the university is situated, is a pleasant village, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles westward from Boston, containing a number of gentlemen's 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which are neat and well built. The university consists of four elegant brick edifices▪ handsomely enclosed. They stand on a beau∣tiful green which spreads to the northwest, and exhibit a pleasing view▪

The names of the several buildings are, Harvard Hall, Massachusetts 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Hollis, Hall and Holden Chapel. Harvard Hall is divided into 〈◊〉〈◊〉 apartments one of which is appropriated for the library, one for

the museum, two for the philosophical apparatus; one is used for a chapel, and the other for a dining hall. The library, in 1791, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of upwards of 13,000 volumes; and will be continually in•••••• from the interest of permanent funds, as well as from casual ••••••••∣tions. The philosophical apparatus, belonging to this university, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 between 1400 and £1500 lawful money, and is the most elegant and complete of any in America.

Agreeable to the present constitution of Massachusetts, his excell••••y the governor, lieutenant governor, the council and senate, the pre•••••••• of the university, and the ministers of the congregational chu•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the towns of Boston, Charlestown, Cambridge, Watertown, Rox∣bury, and Dorchester, are, ex officiis, Overseers of the University.

The corporation is a distinct body, consisting of seven members, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whom is vested the property of the university.

Harvard university has a President, Emeritus Professor of Divinity—Hollisian Professor of Divinity—Hancock Professor of Hebrew and other oriental languages—Hollis Professor of the mathematics and Natural Philosophy—Hersey Professor of anatomy and surgery—••••••∣sey Professor of the theory and practice of physick—E••ving Profess•••• of chymistry and materia medica—four Tutors, who teach the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Latin languages, logic, metaphysics and ethics, geography and the elements of geometry, natural philosophy, astronomy and 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and a preceptor of the French language.

This university, as to its library, philosophical apparatus and pro∣fessorships, is at present the first literary institution on this cont••••••••. Since its first establishment, upwards of 3300 students have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 honorary degrees from its successive officers; about one third of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have been ordained to the work of the gospel ministry. It has gen∣erally from 130 to 160 students.

This university is liberally endowed, and is frequently receiving donations for the establishment of new professorships. For•••••••• there was an annual grant made by the legislature, to the president and professors, of from four to five hundred pounds, which for seven years past has been discontinued.

BANKS.] There are four incorporated Banks in this Common∣wealth, of which the Branch Bank in Boston, which is a part of the National Bank, is one. The Massachusetts Bank in Boston was incorporated in 1784. It was designed as a public benefit, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 particularly to accomodate the mercantile interest. Its present capital consists of 800 shares of 500 dollars each, making in all 400,000 dollars. It is kept open every day in the year, except public days. The an•••••• meeting for the choice of nine directors is on the first Wednesday 〈◊〉〈◊〉 January.

Essex Bank, at Salem, was incorporated 1792, and is under the management of a president and six directors.

Union Bank, in Boston, was also incorporated in 179••, and has pre∣sident and eleven directors. Its capital consists of 100,000 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of eight dollars each, so that when the payment of the shares shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 completed, the whole stock will amount to 800,000 dollars.

CHIEF TOWNS.] BOSTON is the capital, not only of Massachu∣setts, but of New England, and lies in lat. 42° 23′ N. It is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a peninsula of an irregular form, at the bottom of Massachusetts 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The neck or isthmus which joins the peninsula to the continent, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the south end of the town, and leads to Roxbury. The length of 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 itself i•• not quite two miles. Its breadth is various. At the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Roxbury it is narrow. The greatest breadth is one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ••39 yards. The buildings in the town cover about 1000 acres. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 contains nearly 2000 dwelling houses and about 10,000 inhabitants.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 this town there are seventy nine streets, 38 lanes, and twenty one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 exclusive of squares and courts; and about eighty wharves and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very convenient for vessels. The principal wharf extends 600 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the sea, and is covered on the north side with large and con∣•••••••• stores. It far exceeds any other wharf in the United States.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 are 17 houses for public worship; of which nine are for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••tionalists, three for episcopalians, two for baptifts, one for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one for universalists, and one for Roman catholics.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 other public buildings are the state house, court house, goal, Fan∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, an alms house, a work house, a bridewell and powder mag∣••••••••. That building which was formerly the governour's house, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in its several apartments, by the council, the treasur∣•••••••• the secretary; the two latter hold their offices in it. Most of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 buildings are handsome, and some of them are elegant. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 irregularly built, but, as it lies in a circular form around the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, it exhibits a very handsome view as you approach it from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. On the west side of the town i•• the mall, a very beautiful pub∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 adorned with rows of trees, and in view of the common; which is always open to refreshing breezes. Beacon hill, on which a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 monument, commemorative of some of the most important 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the late war, has lately been erected, overlooks the town 〈…〉〈…〉 and affords a fine variegated prospect.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 harbour of Boston i•• safe, and large enough to contain 500 ships 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in a good depth of water; while the entrance is so narrow 〈◊〉〈◊〉 scarcely to admit two ships abreast. It is diversified, as we have al∣•••••••• observed, with 40 islands, which afford rich pasturing, hay and 〈◊〉〈◊〉. About three miles from the town is the castle, which com∣•••••••• the entrance of the harbour.

The market in this town is supplied with an abundance of beef, pork, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, lamb, veal and poultry, and of a quality equal to any in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 world; and also with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 butter, cheese, roots, vegetables and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of various kinds, in great plenty. The fish market is also ex∣•••••••• and not only furnishes the tables of the rich with some of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dainties, but is also a singular blessing to the poor.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 annual meeting in March, seven selectmen are chosen for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 immediate government of the town; at the same time are elected a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a town treasurer, 12 overseers of the poor, 12 firewards, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the market, 12 scavengers, and 12 constables, besides 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of other officers. Attempts have been made to change the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the town from its present form to that of a city, but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 form not being consonant to the democratic spirit of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the people, it has been rejected.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 was settled as early as the year 1631, from Charlestown, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 peninsula was called, by the natives, Shzwmut; but the inhabi∣tants of Charlestown, from the view they had of three hills, called it 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The new inhabitants, however, named it Boston, out of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Rev. Mr. Cotton, formerly a minister of Boston, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, who was expected to come over to New England. He 〈◊〉〈◊〉 minister of the first church.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 been computed, that during the siege in 1775, as many houses 〈◊〉〈◊〉 destroyed in Boston by the British troops, as were burnt in

Charlestown. Since the peace a spirit of repairs and improvement has diffused itself among the inhabitants. The streets of late, have been lighted with lamps at the expense of the town; and some 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beginnings have been made towards improving the streets by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••∣ing them, which it is hoped will stimulate to like improvements 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the town. The principal manufactures here are, rum, beer, paper ••••••••∣ings of which 24,000 pieces are annually made, loaf sugar, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cards, sail cloth, spermaceti and tallow candles glass—there are 30 di••••••∣ries, 2 breweries, 8 sugar houses, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ope walks. A few 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••nder the metropolis of Massachusetts a•• ••amed for arts, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and commerce, as any city in the United States.

Salem, the second town for size in the Commonwealth, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 928 houses and 7921 inhabitants, and except Plymouth, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was settled in 1628, by governor Endicot, and was called by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••∣dians Naumkeag. Here are a meeting of quakers, an 〈◊〉〈◊〉 church and five congregational societies. The town is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 peninsula, formed by two small inlets of the sea, called 〈◊〉〈◊〉 south rivers. The former of these passes into Beverly harbod•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 has a draw bridge across it, built many years ago at private expe••••••. At this place some part of the shipping of the town is fitted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the principal harbour and place for business is on the other side of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 town, at south river, if that may properly be called a river 〈◊〉〈◊〉 depends on the flowing of the sea for the water it contains. So 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is this harbour that vessels which draw more than ten or twelve 〈◊〉〈◊〉 water, must be laden and unladen at a distance from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the assistance of lighters. This inconvenience, notwithstanding more navigation is owned, and more trade carried on in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in any port in the Commonwealth, Boston excep••••d. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the trade to the West Indies, to Europe, to the coast of Africa, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 East Indies, and the freighting business from the southern states, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 here all pursued with energy and spirit. The enterprize of the ••••••∣chants of this place is equalled by nothing but their indefatigable In∣dustry and severe economy. This latter virtue forms a distinguish•••• feature in the character of the people of this town. Some 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rank, in former times, having carried it to an unbecoming 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a character to the people in general of a disgraceful 〈◊〉〈◊〉. But, whether this reproach was ever justly applied in so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 measure or not, nothing can be more injurious than to contin•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the present time; fo•••• i•• may justly be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the inhabitants of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this day, that, with a laudable attention to the ••quisition of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 p••••ty, they exhibit a public spirit and hospitality, alike honourable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 themselves and their country. A general plainness and neatness 〈◊〉〈◊〉 buildings and equipage▪ and a certain stillness and gravity of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 perhaps in some degree peculiar to commercial people, distinguish•••• them from the citizens of the metropolis. It is indeed to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that the sober industry here so universally practised, may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••re extensive through the union, and form the national 〈◊〉〈◊〉 federal Americans.

A court house, built in 1786, at the joint expense of the county 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 forms a principal ornament, and is executed in a style of ••••••••∣lecture that would add to the elegance of any city in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Supreme Judicial court, holds a term here the second Tuesday, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the ••ourts of common pleas and sessions, the second 〈◊〉〈◊〉 March and September.

A manufactory of duck and sail cloth, was lately instituted here, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is prosecuted with much spirit.

The melancholly delusion of 1692 originated in this town, in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Rev. Mr. Paris, the then minister, and here was the prin∣cipal theatre of the bloody business. At the upper end of the town, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 place called, from the number of executions which took place 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••llows hill, the graves of the unhappy sufferers may yet be traced. Though this unfortunate and disgraceful business was chiefly transact∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, it is well known that the leading people, both of church and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the colony, took an active part in it. Unjust therefore and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it is to fix a peculiar odium on the town of Salem for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was the general weakness or crime of the country. While the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••mile is excited among the vain and unthinking, or the insult∣ing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of illiberal prejudice is unjustly thrown on this shocking 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the serious cannot but lament to find the human mind, subject 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 deceptions, and the man of candour will hasten to drop 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the dismal scene.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Salem, and at four miles distance from it, lies 〈◊〉〈◊〉, containing one episcopal and two congregational 〈◊〉〈◊〉, besides a small society of separatists. The chief attention of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is devoted to the bank fishery, and more is done in that line 〈◊〉〈◊〉 i•• any port in the government. The late war putting to total 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this business, and vast numbers of the men before employed in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lost by land and water, the peace found those who sur∣•••••••• in circumstances of great distress. Great exertions were made 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the former course of business, and it is lamented by every 〈◊〉〈◊〉 industry and the prosperity of the country, that these exertions 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not been crowned with more success; every thing here has more 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the symptoms of decay. The great number of widows and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 caused by the war, and left at the close of it to the charge of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, are a melancholy burthen under which nothing less than ••••••••mental aid can relieve it. A lottery has been granted by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the double purpose of lessening the weight of this burden, and repairing the sea wall, which protects the harbour; and which was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 danger of giving way, to the great detriment, if not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the port.

A peculiarity observable in our fishing towns may be worthy men∣••••••••. The spring, summer and autumn, being entirely occupied in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pursuit of their employment, leaves no time for amuse∣••••••••. In winter, every thing is different. There are few calls to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and all are devoted to mirth and jollity. A continual round of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and dissipation occupy the fisherman's time, until returning 〈◊〉〈◊〉 calls him to returning labour, which he now pursues as eagerly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 did just before his amusement.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Port, originally part of Newbury, from which its incorpor∣•••••••• detached it in 1764, and by which and Merrimack river it is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••cled, is perhaps the most limited in its extent of land, of any 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the commonwealth, containing but about 640 acres. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 four houses for public worship, viz. one Epistopalian, one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and two Congregational. It was formerly remarkable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 number of vessels annually built here; but since the commence 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the late war, this business has in a great degree failed, and ••••••••facture of consequence has yet supplied its place. The con∣•••••••• frigates, Boston and Hancock, were built here, besides many

large private armed ships during the war. The trade to the West In∣dies is carried on here with much spirit and to a great amount. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quantities of rum are distilled, which is principally exported to the southern states. Some vessels are employed in the freighting business, and a few in the fishery. In November, 1790, there were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in this port six ships, 45 brigantines, 39 schooners and 28 sloops, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the whole 11,870 tons. A term of the courts of common plea•••••••• general sessions is held here on the last Tuesday of September.

Ipswich, by the Indians called Agawam, in the county of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 32 miles N. N. E. from Boston, is divided into 5 parishes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••∣tains 4562 inhabitants. An excellent stone bridge, across Ipswich river, composed of two arches, with one solid pier in the bed of the river, connects the two parts of the town, and was executed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the direction of the late Honourable Judge Choate, in a style of strength and neatness, hitherto unequalled in this country. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was heretofore a place of much more consideration than at 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Its decline is attributed to a barred harbour and shoal rivers. Its ••••••∣ural situation is very pleasant, and on all accounts excellently well ••••••∣culated to be a large manufacturing town. The supreme judicial court, the courts of common pleas and sessions, are held here once in a year; and from its central situation, appears to be the most conveni∣ent place for all the courts and public offices of the county.

Charlestown, called by the aboriginal inhabitants, Mishaw••••••, lies 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Boston, with which it is connected by Charles river bridge, and it the principal town in Middlesex county. The town, properly so called, i•• built on a peninsula, formed by Mystic river, on the east, and a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, setting up from Charles river on the west. It is very advantageous situated for health,* 1.19 navigation, trade, and manufactures of almost all the various kinds. A dam across the mouth of the bay, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 up from Charles river, west of the town, would afford a great number of mill seats for manufacturers. Bunker, Breed's, and Cobble, now Barrell's, hills, are celebrated in the history of the American Revolu∣tion; and no less so for the elegant and delightful prospects which they afford of Boston, and its charmingly variegated harbour—of Cambridge and its Colleges, and of an extensive tract of highly cul∣tivated country.

The destruction of this town by the British, in 1775, we have men∣tioned in the historical sketch we have given of the war. Before in destruction, several branches of manufactures were carried on to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 advantage, some of which have been since revived; particularly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 manufacture of pot and pearl ash, rum, ships, leather in all its branch∣es, silver, tin, brass, and pewter.§ 1.20

Cambridge and Concord, are the most considerable inlands towns in the County of Middlesex, the former is 4 miles from Boston, and i•• a pleasant town, and the seat of the University. The latter is 19 〈◊〉〈◊〉 N. W. of Boston, and is also a pleasant, healthy, thriving 〈◊〉〈◊〉 The Provincial Congress sat in Concord in 1774, and the general 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have frequently held their sessions here when contagious diseases have prevailed in the capital. This town is rendered famous in history 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its being the place where the first opposition was made to the British troops, on the memorable 19th of April 1775. The public buildings

〈◊〉〈◊〉, a congregational church, a spacious stone goal, the best in New∣England, and a county court house. The town is accommodated with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 handsome bridges, one of which is 208 feet long and 18 feet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 supported by 12 piers, built after the manner of Charles river 〈◊〉〈◊〉. In 1791, there were 1••90 inhabitants, in this town, 80 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were upwards of 70 years old. For 13 years past the average 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of deaths has been 17, one in four of whom were 70 years 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and upwards.

〈◊〉〈◊〉, the principal town in the county of the same name, and 〈…〉〈…〉 of the Old colony, so called, is 42 miles S. E. of Boston, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 about 300 houses. Before the war, the inhabitants of this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 employed 90 sail of vessels, chiefly in the fishing business. But 〈◊〉〈◊〉 course of the war, they were mostly taken or destroyed by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and their seamen captivated, and many of the inhabitants re∣•••••••• to indigence. They have since, in a great measure, emerged 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their distressed state. The harbour is spacious but the water is 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This town is famous for being the first place settled by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ancestors of the New Englanders, in 1620.

〈◊〉〈◊〉, the shire town of the county of the same name, is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inland town in New England, and is situated about 47 miles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Boston. The public buildings in this town, are two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 churches, a court house, and a strong stone goal. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 carry on a large inland trade, and manufacture pot and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cotton and linen goods, besides some other articles.

••••••••ing, in its various branches, is carried on very extensively in this town, by Isaiah Thomas, who, in the year 1791, carried through his presses two editions of the Bible, the one the large royal quarto, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of that kind published in America, the other a large folio, with 50 cop∣••••••tes, besides several other books of consequence. His printing ap∣paratus consists of 10 printing presses, with types in proportion; and he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 now making preparations for the printing of Bibles of various smaller lands, which will cause him to make a great addition to his works, of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 presses and types. This printing apparatus is now the largest in America.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Connecticut river, in the county of Hampshire, there are a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of very pleasant towns, among which are Springfield 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hadley, on the east side of the river; Northampton, Hatfield and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the west. Courts are held in all these places in their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 except Hatfield. Springfield is the oldest of these towns, having 〈◊〉〈◊〉 settled as early as 1636. Its public buildings are a congregation∣al ••••••••ch, court house, and goal. A large proportion of the military 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the commonwealth are lodged here. A clear meandering 〈◊〉〈◊〉 runs through the town from north to south, and adds much to its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and pleasantness.

suchbridge, Great Barrington, and Lenox, are the principal towns 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Berkshire county, and lie from 45 to 55 miles W. N. W. from Springfield.

MILITARY STRENGTH.] The active militia of Massachusetts is composed of all able bodied, white male citizens from 16 to 40 years of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, excepting officers of government, and those who have held ••••••••issions, &c. The whole is completely armed and organized, and is formed into nine divisions, each commanded by a major gener∣al, nineteen brigades, consisting of seventy nine regiments of instant∣ly,

eleven battalions of cavalry, and eight battalions of artillery▪ to∣gether forming a well regulated body of 50,000 infantry, 2,000 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪ and 1500 artillery men, with 60 pieces of field artillery. This ••••∣tive military corps is assembled by companies for discipline, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 respective districts, four times a year; and once a year by regi•••••••• or brigades; at which time they are reviewed and inspected.

Besides the military strength abovementioned, which may be ••••••••∣ered as the active militia of the state, there are en••olled about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 men from 40 to 60 years of age, who are obliged always to keep them∣selves completely; armed; and they are required, under penalty 〈◊〉〈◊〉 law, to exhibit their arms once a year to their respective captain, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 make returns thereof. This last corps is called the alarm list, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 properly distinguished as the Corps de Reserve of the Common 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

RELIGION.] The religion of this Commonwealth is establish 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their excellent constitution, on a most liberal and tolerant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 persons of whatever religious profession or sentiments, may worship God agreeably to the dictates of their own consciences, unmo•••••••••• provided they do not disturb the peace.

The following statement, shews what are the several religious de∣nominations in this state, and their proportional numbers.

Denominations.	Number of Congregations	Supposed number of each denomination.
Congregationalists,	400	277,600
Baptists,	84	58,296
Episcopalians,	16	11,104
Friends or Quakers,	10	6,940
Presbyterians,	4	2,776
Universalists,	2	1,388
Roman Catholics	1	69••
Total	517	358,798

In this statement, it is supposed that all the inhabitants in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 consider themselves as belonging to one or the other of the religious de∣nominations mentioned; and that each religious society, of every de∣nomination, is composed of an equal number of souls; that is, each i•• supposed to contain 694, which, if we reckon the number of inhabi∣tants in the state at 358,798, will be the proportion for each con∣gregation.

Although this may not be an exact apportionment of the different sects, yet it is perhaps as accurate as the nature of the subject will allow and sufficient to give a general idea of the proportion which the sev∣eral denominations bear to each other.

The number of congregational churches in 1749 was 250.

In 1760, the number of inhabitants in this state, was about 268,•••• The proportion of the sects was then nearly as follows, viz. 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Sects.	Congregations	Supposed number of souls of each 〈◊〉〈◊〉
Congregationalists,	306	225,••••6
Friends meetings,	22	16,192
Baptists,	20	14,70••
Episcopalians,	13	9,••••••
Prosbyterians,	4	2,944
Total	365	268,85••

POPULATION.] The population of the state is accurately stated 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of divisions. The counties of Essex, part of Suffolk, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Hampshire, are the most populous parts of the state. Essex, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as 135 inhabitants for every square mile.

CHARACTER, MANNERS, &c.] See New England.

REVENUE AND TAXES.] The principal sources of revenue are land and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taxes and the sales of new lands. Taxes are ••evied on all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 between sixteen and fifty, except such as are exempted by law—al∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the number of acres of improved and unimproved land—on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 houses and barns, ware houses, stores, &c. These are all valued, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this valuation taxes are laid, so many pounds for every £1000.

••••••TIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS.] Great improvements have of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 made in several manufacturing machines, by which those 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of manufacture in which they are employed, have been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 facilitated in the execution, and fewer hands required. But 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ingenious improvement, or invention, and which most 〈◊〉〈◊〉 notice, is a complete and elegant Planetarium, 6 feet in 〈◊〉〈◊〉, constructed by Mr. Joseph Pope of Boston. This is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a work of original genius and assiduous application, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pope never saw a machine of the kind till his own was com∣••••••••. It exhibits a proof of great strength of mind, and really 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him much honour, both as a philosopher and a mechanic. This machine has been purchased for the University at Cambridge, and is a very useful and ornamental addition to the philosophical ap∣paratus.

CONSTITUTION.] The constitution of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts established in 1780, contains a declaration of rights and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of government. The declaration asserts the natural freedom and equality of men—Liberty of conscience—Freedom of the Press 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by jury—Sovereignty and independence—that all power is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the people—that hereditary honours and emoluments are inadmis∣•••••••• that every subject is entitled to protection of life, liberty and 〈◊〉〈◊〉—and, in return, must obey the laws and pay his proportion 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the common expense—that he shall not be obliged to accuse him∣self▪ but may be heard in his own defence—that he may keep arms; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 armies shall not be maintained in time of peace—that no 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be ••ev••ed without the consent of the people by their repre∣sentatives—that no expost facto law shall be made—that the martial 〈◊〉〈◊〉 extend only to men in actual military service—that the legis∣lative, executive, and judiciary powers shall be kept distinct, &c. By the frame of government, the power of legislation is lodged in a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 court, consisting of two branches, viz. a senate and a house of representatives, each having a negative upon the other. They meet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the last Tuesday in May. No act can be passed without ••••••••••bation of the governour, unless two thirds of both branches are i•• favour of it after a revisal. Either branch, or the governour 〈◊〉〈◊〉, may require the opinion of the justices of the supreme judicial court, upon important questions. Senators are chosen by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of which there cannot be less than thirteen. The number of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and senators, for the whole Commonwealth, is forty; the number of each district is in proportion to their public taxes; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 district shall be so large, as to have more than six. Six∣teen senators make a quorum. The representative▪ are chosen by the several towns, according to their numbers of rateable polls. 〈◊〉〈◊〉

150 polls one is elected; and for every addition of 225, an additional one. Their travelling expense, to and from the general 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 defrayed by the public, but their wages for attendance are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their own towns. Impeachments, for misconduct in office, are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the representatives, and tried by the senate; but the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 can go only to removal from office and future disqualification. Mo∣ney bills originate in the house of representatives, but may be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the senate. Representatives are privileged from arrests on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 process. Sixty members make a quorum. The supreme executive authority is vested in a governour, who is elected annually by the people, and has a council consisting of the lieutenant governour, and nine gentlemen chosen out of the forty, who are returned for counsel∣lors and senators. Five counsellors make a quorum. The governor is commander of all the military force of the Commonwealth▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may convene the general court, may adjourn them, when the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 branches disagree about the time, and in their recess, may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them from time to time, not exceeding ninety days—may pardon ••••••••∣victs, but the legislature alone can grant pardons, before conviction. He commissions all officers, and with the advice of the council, ap∣points all judicial officers. Military officers are thus appointed; the respective companies choose their captain and subalterns, who choose their regimental officers, who choose their brigadiers. The major generals are appointed by the general court. Justices of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are commissioned for seven years; all other judicial, and all executive and military officers, continue during good behaviour, yet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 re∣moveable by the governour, upon address of the legislature. The sal∣aries of the governour and justices of the supreme court, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 diminished, although they may be enlarged. Official qualification are as follows—for a voter, twenty one year's age, one year's residence, a freehold of three pounds annual value or sixty pounds of any other estate—for a representative, £100 freehold or £200 other estate, and one year's residence in the town—for a senator, £300 freehold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 £600 other estate in the Commonwealth and five years residence 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the district—for governour or lieutenant governour, £1000 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and seven years residence. Every governour, lieutenant governour, counsellor, senator, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 representative, must declare that he believes the christian religion, and has the legal qualifications. A governour lieu∣tenant governour, or justice of the supreme court can hold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other office. No man s••all hold two of these offices, judge of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sheriff, register. No justices of the supreme court, secretary, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 general, treasurer, judge of probate, instructor of Harvard College, clerk, register, sheriff or custom officer can have a seat in the legislature. The privilege of Habeas Corpus cannot be suspend∣ed more than a year at one time. In 1795, if two thirds of the qual∣ified voters desire ••t, a convention shall be called to revise the consti∣tution.

HISTORY.] See Hutchinson's History of Massachusetts—〈◊〉〈◊〉 History of the Insurrection in Massachusetts—The Publications of the Historical Society, in the American Apollo—Hazard's Historical Collections—Chalmer's Political Annals, and Gough's History of the People called Quakers.

RHODE ISLAND, AND PROVIDENCE PLANTA∣TIONS.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 68 Miles	between	3° and 4° E. Long.
Breadth 40 Miles	41° and 42° N. Lat.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north and east, by the Common∣wealth of Massachusetts; south, by the At∣lantic; west, by Connecticut. These limits comprehend what is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rhode Island and Providence Plantations.

CIVIL DIVISIONS AND POPULATION.] This State is divided into 〈◊〉〈◊〉 counties, which are subdivided into 30 townships, as follows:

Counties	Towns	No. Inb.	Slaves
NEWPORT	New Port	6716	223	14,300
Portsmouth	1560	17
New Shoreham	682	47
Jamestown	507	16
Middletown	840	15
Tivertown	2453	25
Little Compton	1542	23
PROVIDENCE	Providence	6380	48	24,391
Smithfield	3171	5
S••••••ate	2315	6
Gloucester	4023	1
Cumberland	1964
Cranston	1877	10
Johnston	1320	3
North Providence	1071	5
Foster	2268	4
WASHING∣TON	Westerly	2298	10	18,075
North Kingston	2907	96
South Kingston	4131	175
Charlestown	2022	12
Exeter	2495	37
Richmond	1760	2
Hopkinton	2462	7
BRISTOL	Bristol	1406	64	3,211
Warren	1122	22
Barrington	683	12
K••NT	Warwick	2493	35	8,848
East Greenwich	1824	13
West Greenwich	2054	10
Coventry	2477	5
Total five	Thirty	67877	948	68825

No. in each Coun.
The number of Inhabitants in Rhode Island and Providence Plantations was in the year
1730	15,352 Whites
2,633 Blacks
1774	54,435 Whites
5,243 Blacks
1748	29,755 Whites
4,373 Blacks
1783	48,538 Whites
3,361 Blacks
1761	35,939 Whites
4,697 Blacks
1790	67,877 Whites
948 Blacks

BAYS, HARBOURS AND ISLANDS.] Narraganset Bay makes up 〈◊〉〈◊〉 south to north, between the main land on the east and west.

It embosoms many fertile islands, the principal of which are Rhode Island, Canonnicut, Prudence, Patience, Hope, Dyer's and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 islands

The harbours are Newport, Providence, Wickford, Patuket, W••••∣ren and Bristol.

Rhode Island, from which the State takes half its name, is 13 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in length; its average breadth is about 4 miles. It is divided 〈◊〉〈◊〉 three townships, Newport, Portsmouth and Middletown. This 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in point of soil, climate, and situation, may be ranked among the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and most charming in the world. In its most flourishing state, it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 called, by travellers, the Eden of America. But the change 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the ravages of war, and a decrease of business have effected, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and melancholy. Some of the most ornamental country seats 〈◊〉〈◊〉 destroyed, and their fine groves, orchards and fruit trees, want•••••••• cut down; and the gloom of its present decayed state, is height 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by its charming natural situation, and by reflecting upon its for•••••••• glory. The farming interest, suffered far less injury, than the com∣mercial city of Newport, and has nearly recovered its former state—Between 30,000 and 40,000 sheep are fed on this island, besides 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cattle and horses.

Canonnicut Island, lies west of Rhode Island, and is six miles in length, and about one mile in breadth. It was purchased of the In∣dians in 1657, and incorporated by act of assembly by the name of the Island of Jamestown, in 1678.

Block Island, called by the Indians Manisses, is 21 miles S. S. W. from Newport, and is the southernmost land belonging to the State. It was erected into a township, by the name of New-Shoreham in 1672. The inhabitants of this Island were formerly noted for ••••••••∣ing good cheese. They catch considerable quantities of Cod fish, round the ledges near the island.

Prudence Island is nearly or quite as large as Canonnicut, and lies north of it, and is a part of the township of Portsmouth.

RIVERS.] Providence and Taunton rivers both fall into Narragan∣set Bay the former on the west, the latter on the east side of Rhode∣Island. Providence river rises partly in Massachusetts, and is navi∣gable as far as Providence for ships of 900 tons, thirty miles from the sea. Taunton river is navigable for small vessels to Taunton. Com∣mon tides rise about four feet.

Fall river is small, rising in Freetown, and passing through Tiver∣town. The line between the states of Massachusetts and Rhode Island, passes Fall river bridge. Patuxet river, rises in Mashapog Pond, and, 5 miles below Providence, empties into Narraganset Bay. Pau∣tucket river, called more northerly Blackstone's river, empties into Seek honck river, 4 miles N. N. E. from Providence, where are the falls hereafter described, over which is a bridge, on the post road to Boston, and 40 miles from thence. The confluent stream empties into Providence river, about a mile below▪ Waybossett, or the G•••••• Bridge. Naspatucket river falls into the bay about 1½ miles N. W. of Waybossett bridge. Moshassuck river, falls into the same bay three fourths of a mile north of the bridge. These rivers united form Providence river, which, a few miles below the town, receives the name of Narraganset Bay, and affords fine fish, oysters and lobsters in great plenty.

CLIMATE.] Rhode Island is as healthful a country as any part of

〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The winters, in the maritime parts of the state, are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the inland country; the air being softened by a sea va∣•••••••• also enriches the soil. The summers are delightful, ef∣•••••••• Rhode Island, where the extreme heats, which prevail in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of America, are allayed by cool and refreshing breezes 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 In the rivers and bays is plenty of sheeps-head, black∣•••••••• sha••••, lobsters, oysters and clams; and around the shores 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Island, besides those already mentioned, are cod, halibut, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••ass, had dock, &c. &c. to the amount of more than seven∣•••••• kinds, so that in the seasons of fish, the markets are alive 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Travellers are agreed that Newport furnishes the best fish 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the world.

〈◊〉〈◊〉.] The constitution of the state admits of no religious ••••••••ents, any further than depends upon the voluntary choice of 〈◊〉〈◊〉. All men professing one Supreme Being, are equally pro∣•••••••• the laws, and no particular sect can claim pre-eminence▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••imited liberty in religion is one principal cause why there is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 variety of religious sects in Rhode Island. The baptists are the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 numerous of any denomination in the state. These, as well as the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in New England, are chiefly upon the Calvinistic plan 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and independents in regard to church government, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, however, some who profess the Arminian tenets, and are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Arminian baptists. Others observe the Jewish or Saturday 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from a persuasion that it was one of the ten commandments, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they plead are all in their nature moral, and were never abro∣•••••••• the New Testament, and must at least be deemed of equal va∣•••••••• public worship as any day particularly set apart by Jesus Christ and his apostles. These are called sabbatarian, or seventh day 〈◊〉〈◊〉. There are others who are called separate baptists.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 other religious denominations in Rhode Island are congrega∣••••••••••, friends or quakers, episcopalians, moravians and Jews. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 these there is a considerable number of the people who can 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to no particular denomination.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 towns public worship is too much neglected by the greater 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the inhabitants. They pay no taxes for the support of eccle∣•••••••• of any denomination; and a peculiarity which distinguishes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from every other protestant country in the known world is, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 contract formed by the minister with his people, for his salary 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 law. So that ministers are dependent wholly on the integ∣rity 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the people for their support, since their salaries are not re∣••••ble by law. It ought in justice, however, to be observed, that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in general are liberally maintained, and none who me••••t it have reason to complain for want of support.

LITERATURE.] The literature of this state is confined principally 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the towns of Newport and Providence. There are men of learn∣ing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 abilities scattered through other towns, but they are rare. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the inhabitants in other parts of the state, are involved in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ignorance perhaps than in most other parts of New Eng∣land. As impartial history of their transactions since the peace, ••••••••••rince the truth of the above observations.

Providence, is Rhode Island college. The charter for founding the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of learning was granted by the general assembly of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the name of the "Trustees and Fedows of the college o••

University, in the English colony of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations,"* 1.21 in 1764, in consequence of the petition of a large num∣ber of the most respectable characters in the state. By the ch•••••••• the corporation of the college consists of two separate branches, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 distinct, separate and respective powers. The number of trust•••••• thirty six, of whom twenty two are of the denomination called baptists, five of the denomination of friends, five episcopalians, and four con∣gregationalists. The same proportion of the different denomination to continue in perpetuum. The number of the fellows (inclusive 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the president, who is a fellow ex officio) is twelve, of whom eight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 baptists, the others chosen indiscriminately from any denomination. The concurrence of both branches, by a majority of each, is ••••••••∣ry for the validity of an act, except adjudging and conferring 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which exclusively belongs to the fellowship as a learned faculty. The president must be a baptist; professors and other officers of instruction are not limited to any particular denomination. There is annually a general meeting of the corporation. On the first Wednesday in Septem∣ber, at which time the public commencement is held.

This institution was first founded at Warren, in the county of Bris∣tol, and the first commencement held there in 1769.

In the year 1770, the college was removed to Providence, where a large, elegant building was erected for its accommodation, by the gen∣erous donations of individuals, mostly from the town of providence. It is situated on a hill to the east of the town; and while its ele•••••• situation renders it delightful, by commanding an extensive, variegat∣ed prospect, it furnishes it with a pure, salubrious air. The edifice is of brick, four stories high, 150 feet long and 46 wide, with a projection of ten feet each side. It has an entry lengthwise with rooms on each side. There are 48 rooms for the accommodation of students, and eight larger ones for public uses. The roof is covered with state.

From December 1776, to June 1782, the college edifice was used by the French and American troops for an hospital and barracks, so that the course of education was interrupted during that period. No de∣grees were conferred from 1776 to 1786. From 1786 the college again became regular, and is now very flourishing, containing upwards of six∣ty students.

This institution is under the instruction of a president, a professor of divinity, a professor of natural and experimental philosophy, a pro∣fessor of mathematics and astronomy, a professor of natural history, and three tutors. The institution has a library of between two and three thousand volumes, containing a valuable philosophical apparatus. New∣ly all the funds of the college are at interest in the treasury of the state, and amount to almost two thousand pounds.

At Newport there is a flourishing academy, under the direction of a rector and tutors, who teach the learned languages, English gram∣mar, geography, &c.

SOCIETIES.] A marine society was established 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Newport in 1732, for the purpose of relieving distressed widows and orphans of maritime brethren and such of their society as may need assistance.

The Providence Society for promoting the abolition of slavery, for the relief of persons unlawfully held in bondage, and for improving the condition of the African race, commenced in 1789, and was incor∣porated

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the year following. It consists of upwards of 150 members, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whom belong to the State of Massachusetts.

MOUNTAIN.] In the town of Bristol is Mount Hope, or as some 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Haup, which is remarkable only for its having been the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 King Phillip, and the place where he was killed.

RIVERS.] The great bridge, in the town of Providence, former∣•••••••• Weybo••et, from a high hill of that name, which stood near the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the bridge, but which is now removed, and its base built 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the only bridge of considerable note in this state. It is 160 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 22 feet wide, supported by two wooden trussels, and two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It unites the eastern and western parts of the town, and is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of resort in summer, affording a pleasant prospect of all vessels, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and leaving the harbour. This is not a toll bridge.

The bridge over Patucket fails, is a work of considerable magni∣•••••• and much ingenuity.

The assembly of this state, in their session of May 1792, passed an act incorporating three companies for the purpose of erecting three bridg∣es—one over the upper, and another over the lower ferry of Seek honk 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and a third over Howland ferry, which would unite Rhode Island with Tiverton on the main; the two former will greatly accom∣•••••••• the town of Providence—the latter must prove highly advanta∣•••••••• to the people of Newport and others on Rhode Island. To 〈◊〉〈◊〉 works of utility and enterprize every good man wishes success.

••••IL AND PRODUCTIONS.] This state, generally speaking, is a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for pasture and not for grain. It however produces corn, rye, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 oats, and in some parts wheat sufficient for home consumption; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the various kinds of grasses, fruits, and culinary roots and plants 〈◊〉〈◊〉 abundance, and in good perfection; cider is made for ex∣hibition. The northwestern parts of the state, are but thinly inhab∣••••••, and are more rocky and barren than the other parts. The tract of ••••••try lying between South Kingston, and the Connecticut line, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Narraganset country, is excellent grazing land, and is in∣•••••••• by a number of large and wealthy farmers, who raise some of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neat cattle in New England, weighing from 16 to 1800 weight. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 keep large dairies, and make butter and cheese of the best qual∣ity and in large quantities for exportation. Narraganset has been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for an excellent breed of pacing horses▪ remarkable for their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ha••diness for enduring the fatigues of a journey; this breed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 has much depreciated of late, the best mares having been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by people from the westward.

TRADE.] Before the war, the merchants in Rhode Island imported 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Britain, dry goods from Africa, slaves—from the West Indies, su∣•••••••• and molasses—and from the neighbouring colonies, lumber and 〈◊〉〈◊〉. With the bills which they obtained, in Surrinam and other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 West India islands, they paid their merchants in England; their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 carried to Holland; the slaves from Africa, they carried to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Indies, together with the lumber and provisions procured from their 〈◊〉〈◊〉; the rum distilled from the molasses, was carried to Africa to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 negroes; with their dry goods from England they trafficed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neighbouring colonies. By this kind of circuitous commerce, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and grew rich. But the war, and some other events, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a great, and in most respects, an injurious effect upon the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this State. The slave trade, which was a source of wealth to

many of the people in Newport, and in other parts of the State, has happily been abolished. The legislature have passed a law prohibit∣ing ships from going to Africa for slaves, and selling them in the West-India islands; and the oath of one seaman, belonging to the ship, is sufficient evidence of the fact. This law is more favourable to the cause of humanity, than to the temporal interests of the mer∣chants who had been engaged in this inhuman traffic. The town of Bristol carries on a considerable trade to Africa, the West-Indies, and to different parts of the United States. But by far the greatest part of the commerce of this state, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at present carried on by the inhabi∣tants of the flourishing town of Providence. In June 1791, there were, belonging to this port,

		Tons	95 parts
11	Ships, containing	3,066	54
35	Brigs	4,266	48
1	Snow	141
1	Polec••e	101
25	Schooners	1,320	21
56	Sloops	3,047	56
Total 129	sail, containing	11,942	84 Tons.

The present exports from the state are flaxseed, lumber, horses, cat∣tle, beef, pork, fish, poultry, onions, butter, cheese, barley, grain, spir∣its and cotton and linen goods. The imports consist of European and West-India goods, and logwood from the Bay of Honduras. Upwards of 600 vessels enter and clear annually at the different ports in this state. The amount of exports from this state to foreign coun∣tries, for one year, ending the 30th of September 1791, was 470,131 dollars 9 cents.

LIGHT HOUSE.] For the safety and convenience of sailing into the Naraganset Bay and harbour of Newport, a light house was erect∣ed, in 1749, in Beavertail, at the south end of Canonnicut island.

The diameter at the base, is 24 feet, and at the top 13 feet. The height from the ground to the top of the cornice is 58 feet, round which is a gallery, and within that stands the lanthorn, which is about 11 feet high, and 8 feet diameter.

The ground the light house stands upon, is about 12 feet above the surface of the sea at high water.

MANUFACTURES.] The inhabitants of this state are progressing rapidly in this branch of business. A cotton manufactory has been erected at Providence, which from present prospects will answer the expectations of the proprietors. The warps are spun by water, with a machine which is an improvement of Mr. Ark wright's; and strong, smooth and excellent yarn, is thus made both for warps and stockings. The filling of the cotton goods is spun with jennies. In these several works five carding machines are employed, and a cal∣ender constructed after the European manner. Jeans, fustians, de∣nims, thicksets, velvets, &c. &c. are here manufactured and sent to the southern states. Large quantities of linen and tow cloth are made in different parts of this state for exportation. But the most consid∣erable manufactures in this state are those of iron, such as bar and sheet iron, steel, nail rods and nails, implements of husbandry, stoves,

pots and other household utensils, the iron work of shipping anchors, bells &c. The other manufactures of this state are rum, corn, spirits, chocolate, paper, wool and cotton cards, &c. beside domestic manu∣factures for family use, which, in this, in common with the other states, amount to a vast su•• which cannot be ascertained.

MINERALS. FOSSILS, &c.] Iron ore is found in great plenty in sev∣eral parts of the State. The iron works on Patuxet river, twelve miles from Providence, are supplied with ore from a bed 4 miles and a half distant, which lies in a valley, through which runs a brook. The brook is turned into a new channel, and the ore pits are cleared of water by a steam engine, constructed and made at the furnace, by, and under the direction, of the late Joseph Brown, Esq. of Providence, which continues a very useful monument of his mechanical genius. At this ore bed are a variety of ores, curious stones and ochres.

At diamond hill, in the county of Providence, which is so called from its sparkling and shining appearance, there are a variety of pe∣culiar stones, more curious than useful. Not far from this hill, in the township of Cumberland, is a copper mine, mixed with iron strongly impregnated with load stone, of which some large pieces have been found in the neighbourhood. No method has yet been discovered to work it to advantage.

An abundance of limestone is found in this state, particularly in the county of Providence, of which large quantities of lime are made and exported. This limestone is of different colours, and is the true mar∣ble, both of the white, plain and variegated. It takes a fine polish and works equal to any in America.

There are several mineral springs in this state; to one of which, near Providence, many people resort to bathe, and drink the water.

CHIEF TOWNS.] Newport and Providence are the two princi∣pal towns in the State. Newport lies in lat. 41° 35′ This town was first settled by Mr. William Coddingtons▪ afterwards governour, and the father of Rhode Island, with seventeen others, in 1639. Its harbour, which is one of the finest in the world, spreads westward before the town. The entrance is easy and safe, and a large fleet may anchor in it and ride in perfect security. It is probable this may, in some future period, become one of the man of war ports, of the American Empire. The town lies north and south upon a gradual ascent as you proceed eastward from the water, and exhibits a beautiful view from the harbour, and from the neighbouring hills which lie westward upon the main. West of the town is Goat Island, on which is a fort. Between this island and Rhode Island is the harbour. Front or Water street is a mile in length.

Newport contains about 1000 houses, built chiefly of wood. It has nine houses for public worship: three for the Baptists, two for Congregationalists, one for Episcopalians, one for Quakers, one for Moravians, and a synagogue for the Jews. The other public buildings are a State house, and an edifice for the public library. The situa∣tion, form and architecture of the state house, give it a pleasing ap∣pearance. It stands sufficiently elevated, and a long wha••f and paved parade lead up to it from the harbour.

The prohibition of the slave trade, the destructive influence of pa∣per money (which has now however ceased to operate.) combined with the devastation of a cruel way, have occasioned a stagnation of

business, which is truly melancholy and distressing. This city far famed for the beauty of its situation, the salubrity of its climate, and the hospitality and politeness of its inhabitants, and which was the place of resort for invalids from a great distance, now wears the gloomy aspect of decay. Thousands of its inhabitants are almost destitute of employment. This circumstance, together with that of there being a great abundance of raw materials in the vicinity, strong∣ly mark out this city, as a convenient and proper situation for exten∣sive manufactures. Should the gentlemen of fortune turn their capi∣tals into this channel, it is thought that they would not only derive a profit to themselves, but be instrumental in giving employment and bread, to thousands of now unhappy people, and of reviving the for∣mer importance of their beautiful city.

The excellent accommodations and regulations of the numerous packets which belong to this port, and which ply thence to Provi∣dence and New York, ought not to pass unnoticed. They are said to be superior to any thing of the kind in Europe. The appearance of the islands in Narraganset Bay, and of the circumjacent country, in the spring and summer seasons, either from the land or water, is extreme∣ly beautiful and charming.

Providence, situated in latitude 41° 51′ on both sides of Providence river, is 35 miles from the sea, and 30 N. by W. from Newport. It is the oldest town in the state. Roger Williams, and his company, were its first settlers in 1636.

The town is divided into two parts, by the river, and connected by the bridge already described. Ships of almost any size sail up and down the channel, which is marked out by stakes, erected at points, shoals and beds lying in the river, so that strangers may come up to the town without a pilot. A ship of 950 tons, for the East India trade, was lately built in this town, and fitted for sea. In 1764 there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 belonging to the county of Providence, 54 sail of vessels, containing 4,320 tons. In 1791, they had 129 sail, containing 11,942 tons.

This town suffered much by the Indian war of 1675, when a num∣ber of its inhabitants removed to Rhode Island for shelter. In the late war the case was reversed; many of the inhabitants of that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and removed to Providence.

The public buildings are an elegant meeting house for Baptists, 80 feet square, with a lofty and beautiful steeple, and a large bell, cast at the Furnace Hope, in Scituate—a meeting house for friends or quakers, two for congregationalists, an episcopal church, a handsome court house, 70 feet by 40, in which is deposited a library for the use of the inhabitants of the town and country—a work house, a market house 80 feet long and 40 feet wide, and a brick school house, in which four schools are kept. The college edifice we have already mentioned. The houses in this town are generally built of wood, though there are some brick buildings which are large and elegant. At a convenient distance from the town a hospital for the small 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and other diseases has been erected. There are two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 works, a number of distilleries, sugar houses and other manufactures. Several forts were erected in and near Providence during the late war, which however are not kept in repair. This town has an extensive trade with Massachusetts, Connecticut and part of Vermont; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its advantageous situation, promises to be among the largest towns in

New England. It sends four representatives to the General Assembly—the other towns in the county send but two.

Bristol is a pleasant thriving town, about 16 miles north of Newport, on the main. Part of the town was destroyed by the British, but it has since been rebuilt. It has an episcopal and a congregational church. This town is noted for raising large quantities of onions and other roots. A number of vessels are owned by the inhabitants, and they carry on a considerable trade to Africa, the West Indies, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 different parts of the United States.

Warren is also a flourishing town—trades to the West Indies and other places, and builds ships.

Little Compton, called by the Indians Seconnet, is said to be the best cul∣tivated township in the state, and affords a greater supply of provisions for market, such as meats of the several kinds, butter, cheese, vegeta∣bles, &c. than any other town of its size. The inhabitants, who are an industrious and sober people, and in these respects an example wor∣thy the notice and imitation of their brethren in some other parts of the state, manufacture linen and tow cloth, ••lannels, &c. of an excel∣lent quality, and in considerable quantities for sale.

East Greenwich and Warwick are noted for making good cider, and formerly for raising tobacco for exportation.

INDIANS.] A few years since there were about 500 Indians in this state. The greater part of them reside at Charlestown. They are peaceable and well disposed towards government, and speak the English language.

CURIOSITIES.] About four miles northeast of Providence lies a small village, called Pautucket, a place of some trade, and famous for lamprey cels. Through this village runs Pautucket river, which empties into Se••khonk river at this place. In this river is a beautiful fall of water, directly over which a bridge has been built, which divides the Commonwealth of Massachusetts from the State of Rhode Island. The fall, in its whole length, is upwards of fifty feet. The water passes through several chasms in a rock which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 diametrically across the bed of the stream, and serves as a dam to the water. Several mills have been erected upon these falls; and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and channels which have been constructed to conduct the streams to their respective wheels, and the bridge, have taken very much from the beauty and grandeur of the scene; which would otherwise have been indescribably charming and romantic.

In the town of Middletown, on Rhode Island, about two miles from Newport, is a place called Purgatory. It joins to the sea on the east side of the island. It is a large cavity or opening, in a high bed of rocks, about 12 feet in diameter at top; and about 40 feet deep before you reach the water, of which, as it joins the sea, it has always a large depth. The rocks on each side appear to have been once united, and were probably separated by some convulsion in na∣ture.

CONSTITUTION.] The constitution of this state is founded on the charter granted by Charles II. in 1663; and the frame of govern∣ment was not essentially altered by the revolution. The legislature of the state consists of two branches—a senate or upper house, composed of ten members, besides the governour and deputy governour, called, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the charter, assistants—and a house of representatives, composed of

deputies from the several 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The members of the legislature are chosen twice a year; and there are two sessions of this body annual∣ly, viz. on the first Wednesday in May, and the last Wednesday in October.

The supreme executive power is vested in a governour, or in his absence, in the deputy governour, who, with the assistants, secretary and general treasurer, are chosen annually in May by the suffrages of the people. The governour presides in the upper house, but has only a single voice in enacting laws.

There is one supreme judicial court, composed of five judges, whose jurisdiction extends over the whole state, and who hold two courts an∣nually in each county.

In each county, there is an inferior court of common pleas and gen∣eral sessions of the peace, held twice a year for the trial of causes not capital arising within the county, from which an appeal lies to the su∣preme court.

HISTORY.] This state was first settled from Massachusetts. Mo∣tives of the same kind with those which are well known to have oc∣casioned the settlement of most of the other United States, gave birth to this. This emigrants from England who came to Massachusetts, though they did not perfectly agree in religious sentiments, had been tolerably united by their common zeal against the ceremonies of the church of England. But as soon as they were removed from Eccle∣siastical courts, and possessed of a patent allowing liberty of con∣science, they fell into disputes and contentions among themselves. And notwithstanding all their sufferings and complaints in England, excit∣ed by the principle of uniformity, such is human nature, the majority here were as fond of this principle, as those from whole persecution they had fled.

The true grounds of religious liberty were not embraced or under∣stood at this time by any sect. While all disclaimed persecution for the sake of conscience, a regard for the public peace and for the pre∣servation of the church of Christ from infection, together with the obstinacy of the Hereticks, was urged in justification of that, which stripped of all its disguises, the light of nature and the laws of Christ, in the most solemn manner condemn.

Mr. Roger Williams, a minister who came over to New England in 1631, was charged with holding a variety of errors, and was on that account forced to leave his house, land, wife and children, at Salem, in the dead of winter, and to seek a residence without the limits of Massachusetts. Governor Winthrop advised him to pursue his course to Nehiganset, or Narraganset Bay, which he did, and fixed himself at Se∣cunk or Seekhonk now Rehoboth. But that place, being within the bounds of Plymouth colony, Gov. Winslow, in a friendly manner, ad∣vised him to remove to the other side of the river, where the lands were not covered by any patent. Accordingly in 1636, Mr. Williams and four others, crossed Seekhonk river, and landed among the Indians, by whom they were hospitably received, and thus laid the foundation of a town, which from a sense of God's merciful Prov∣idence to him, he called Providence. Here he was soon after joined by a number of others, and though they were secured from the Indians by the terror of the English, yet they, for a considerble time, suffered much from fatigue and want: but they enjoyed liberty of conscience, which has ever since been inviolably maintained in this state.

The unhappy divisions and contentions in Massachusetts still pre∣vailed, and in the year 1636, Gov. Winthrop strove to exterminate the opinions which he disapproved. Accordingly a Synod was called at Newtown (now Cambridge) on the 30th of August, when eighty er∣roneous opinions were presented, debated, and condemned; and a court holden in October following at the same place, banished a few leading persons of those accused of these errors, and censured several others; not, it seems, for holding these opinions, but for seditious conduct. The disputes which occasioned this disturbance, were about the same points as the five questions debated between the Synod and Mr. Cotton, which are thus described by Dr. Mather: They were "about the order of things in our union to our Lord Jesus Christ; a∣bout the influence of our saith in the application of his righteousness; about the use of our sanctification in evidencing our justification; and about the consideration of our Lord Jesus Christ by men yet under a covenant of works; briefly, they were about the points whereupon depends the grounds of our assurance of blessedness in a better world.* 1.22"

The whole colony of Massachusetts, at this time, was in a violent ferment. The election of civil officers was carried by a party spirit, excited by religious dissension. Those who were banished by the court, joined by a number of their friends, went in quest of a new set∣tlement, and came to Providence, where they were kindly entertained by Mr. R. Williams; who, by the assistance of Sir Henry Vane, jun. procured for them, from the Indians, Aquidnick, now Rhode Island. Here in 1638, the people, eighteen in number, formed themselves into a body politic, and chose Mr. Coddington their leader, to be their judge or chief magistrate. This same year the sachems signed the deed or grant of the island. For which Indian gift, it is said, they paid very dearly by being obliged to make repeated purchases of the same lands from several claimants.

The other parts of the state were purchased of the natives at sever∣al successive periods.

In the year 1643, the people being destitute of a patent or any legal authority▪ Mr. Williams went to England as agent, and by the assist∣ance of Sir Henry Vane, jun. obtained by the Earl of Warwick (then governour and admiral of all the plantations) and his council, 'a free and absolute charter of civil incorporation of Providence Plantations in Narraganset Bay.' This lasted until the charter granted by Charles II, in 1663. by which the incorporation was stiled, 'the English colony of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations in New England.' This charter, without any essential alteration, has remained the foundation of their government ever since.

As the original inhabitants of this state were persecuted, at least in their own opinion, for the sake of conscience, a most liberal and free toleration was established by them. So little has the civil authority to do with religion here, that, as has been already hinted, no contract between a minister and a society (unless incorporated for that purpose) in of any force. It is probably for these reasons that so many different sects have ever been found here; and that the Sabbath and all religious institutions, have been more neglected in this, than in any other of the New England states. Mr. Williams became a Baptist in a few years after his settling at Providence, and was active in forming a church of

that persuasion in 1639, but ceased to walk with it the following year. This church in 1653▪ disagreed about the rite of laying on of hands, some holding it necessary to church communion, others esteeming it indifferent; upon which the church divided. At Newport Mr. John Clark and some others formed a church, in 1644, on the prin∣ciples of the baptists; which church was afterwards divided like that at Providence.

In 1700, the Friends or Quakers meeting house was built in New∣port. Their yearly meeting. till Gov. Coddington's death, was held in his house, and he died a member of that body in 1683.

In 1720, there was a congregational church gathered at Newport, and the Rev. Nathaniel Clap was ordained its pastor. Out of this church another was formed in 1728. The worship of God accord∣ing to the rites of the church of England was instituted here in 1706, by the society for propagating the gospel in foreign parts. And in 1738, there were seven worshipping assemblies in this town, and a large society of quakers at Portsmouth, at the other end of the island.

In 1630, the colony was filled with inhabitants; and chiefly by the natural increase of the settlers. The number of souls in the state at this time was 17,935, of which no more than 985 were Indians, and 1648 negroes.

In 1738, there were above one hundred sail of vessels belonging to Newport.

The colony of Rhode Island, from its local situation, has ever been less exposed to the incursions of the neighbouring Indians, and from the French from Canada, than their neighbours in Massachusetts and Connecticut. Many of the colony have, from its first establishment, professed the principles of the Quakers, which forbad them to fight. For these reasons, the colony has been very little concerned in the old wars with the French and Indians. In the expedition against Port Royal in 1710, and in the abortive attempt against Canada in 1711, they had some forces. Towards the intended expedition a∣gainst Canada in 1746, they raised 300 men, and equipped a sloop of war with 100 seamen; but in their voyage to Nova Scotia, they met with misfortunes and returned. Soon after, the design was dropped.

Through the whole of the late unnatural war with Great Britain, the inhabitants of this state have manifested a patriotic spirit; their troops have behaved gallantly, and they are honoured in having pro∣duced the second general in the held.* 1.23

CONNECTICUT.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 82 Miles.	between	41° and 42° 2′ N. Lat.
Breadth 57 Miles.	1° 50′ and 3° 20′ E. Lon.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Massachusetts; east, by Rhode Island; south, by the found, which divides it from Long Island; west, by the state of New York.

The divisional line between Connecticut and Massachusetts, as set∣tled in 1713, was found to be about seventy two miles in length. The line dividing Connecticut from Rhode Island, was settled in 1728, and found to be about 45 miles. The sea coast, from the mouth of Paukatux river, which forms a part of the eastern boundary of Con∣necticut, in a direct southwesterly line to the mouth of Byram river, is reckoned at about ninety miles. The line between Connecticut and New York, runs from latitude 4••° to latitude 42° 2′; 72 miles. Connecticut contains about 4,674 square miles; equal to about 2,640,000 acres.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] Connecticut is divided into eight counties, and about 100 townships. Each township is a corporation, invested with power to hold lands, choose their own town officers, to make prudential laws, the penalty of transgression not to exceed twenty shillings, and to choose their own representatives to the general assem∣bly. The townships are generally divided into two or more parishes, in each of which is one or more places for public worship, and school houses at convenient distances.

The names of the counties, their chief towns, and population, in 1790, were as follows.

Counties.	Tot. No. Inhab.	No. Fema.	Slaves	Chief Towns.
Hartford	38,029	18,714	263	HARTFORD
New Haven	30,830	15,258	433	NEW HAVEN
New London	33,200	16,478	586	New London
Norwich
Fairfield	36,250	17,541	797	Fairfield
Danbury
Windham	28,921	14,406	184	Windham
Litchfield	38,755	18,909	233	Litchfield
Middlesex	18,855	9,632	221	Middleton
Haddam
Tolland	13,106	6,510	47	Tolland
Total Eight	237,946	117,448	2,764

RIVERS.] The principal rivers in this state are Connecticut, Housatonick, the Thames, and their branches. Under the heads of New Hampshire and Massachusetts, we have already described Con∣necticut river, till it enters this state. Soon after it enters the bounds of Connecticut, it passes over Enfield falls, to render which naviga∣ble for boats, a company has been constituted, and a sum of money raised by lottery. At Windsor it receives Windsor Ferry river▪ from the west, which is formed by the junction of Farmingham and Po∣quabock rivers. At Hartford it meets the tide, and thence flows, in a crooked channel, into Long Island sound. It is from 80 to 100 rods wide, 130 miles from its mouth.

At its mouth is a bar of sand which considerably obstructs the nav∣igation. Ten feet water at full tides is found on this bar, and the same depth to Middleton. The distance of the bar from this place as the river runs, is thirty six miles. Above Middleton are several shoals which stretch quite across the river. Only six feet water is found on the shoal at high tide, and here the tide ebbs and flows but about eight inches. About three miles below Middleton, the river is con∣tracted

to about 40 rods in breadth, by two high mountains. Almost every where else the banks are low, and spread into fine, extensive meadows. In the spring floods, which generally happen in May, these meadows are covered with water. At Hartford the water some∣times rises twenty feet above the common surface of the river, and having all to pass through the above-mentioned streight, it is some∣times two or three weeks before it returns to its usual bed. These floods and nothing to the depth of water on the bar at the mouth of the river; this bar lying too far off in the sound to be affected by them.

On this beautiful river, whose banks are settled almost to its source, are many pleasant, neat, well built towns. On its western bank, from its mouth northward, are the towns of Saybrook, Haddam, Middleton, Weathersfield, Hartford, Windsor and Suffield. On its eastern bank, as you ascend the river are, Lyme, East Haddam, Glastenbury, East Hartford, East Windsor, and Enfield.

The river is navigable to Hartford, upwards of fifty miles from its mouth, and the produce of the country for two hundred miles above is brought thither in boats. The boats which are used in this business are flat bottomed, long and narrow, for the convenience of going up stream, and of so light a make as to be portable in carts. They are taken out of the river at three different carrying places, all of which make 15 miles. These obstructions, will, in a few years, it is probable be all removed.

Sturgeon, salmon, and shad, are caught in plenty, in their season, from the mouth of the river upwards, excepting sturgeon, which do not ascend the upper falls; besides a variety of small fish, such as pike, carp, pearch, &c.

From this river were employed in 1789, three brigs of one hundred and eighty tons each, in the European trade; and about sixty sail, from sixty to one hundred and fifty tons, in the West India trade; besides a few fishermen, and forty or fifty coasting vessels.

One branch of the Housatonick* 1.24 rises in Lanesborough, the other in Windsor, both in Berkshire county in Massachusetts. It passes through a number of pleasant towns, and empties into the sound be∣tween Stratford and Milford. It is navigable twelve miles to Derby. A bar of shells, at its mouth, obstructs its navigation for large vessels. In this river, between Salisbury and Canaan, is a cataract, where the water of the whole river, which is 150 yards wide, falls about sixty feet perpendicular, in a perfect white sheet, exhibiting a scene exceed∣ingly grand and beautiful.

Naugatuk is a small river, which rises in Torrington, and empties into the Housatonick at Derby.

The Thames emp••••es into Long Island found at New London. It is navigable fourteen miles, to Norwich Landing. Here it loses its name, and branches into Shetucket, on the east, and Norwich or Lit∣tle river, on the west. The city of Norwich stands on the tongue of land between these rivers. Little river, about a mile from its mouth, has a remarkable and very romantic cataract. A rock ten or twelve feet in perpendicular height, extends quite across the chan∣nel of the river. Over this the whole river pitches, in one entire sheet upon a bed of rocks below. Here the river is compressed into

a very narrow channel between two craggy cliffs, one of which tow∣ers to a considerable height. The channel descends gradually, is very crooked, and covered with pointed rocks. Upon these the water swiftly tumbles, foaming with the most violent agitation, fifteen or twenty rods, into a broad bason which spreads before it. At the bot∣tom of the perpendicular falls, the rocks are curiously excavated by the constant pouring of the water. Some of the cavities, which are all of a circular form, are five or six feet deep. The smoothness of the water above its descent—the regularity and beauty of the perpen∣dicular fall—the tremendous roughness of the other, and the craggy, towering cliff which impends the whole, present to the view of the spectator a scence indescribably delightful and majestic. On this river are some of the finest mill seats in New England, and those immedi∣ately below the falls, occupied by Lathrop's mills, are perhaps not ex∣ceeded by any in the world. Across the mouth of this river is a broad, commodious bridge, in the form of a wharf, built at a great ex∣pense.

Shetucket river, the other branch of the Thames, four miles from its mouth, receives Quinnabogue, which has its source in Brimfield in Massachusetts; thence passing through Sturbridge and Dudley in Massachusetts, it crosses into Connecticut, and divides Pomfret from Killingly, Canterbury from Plainfield, and Lisbon from Preston, and then mingles with the Shetucket. In passing through this hilly coun∣try, it tumbles over many falls, two of which, one in Thompson, the other in Brooklyn, are 30 feet each, and affords a vast number of fine mill feats. In its course it receives a number of tributary streams, the principal of which are Muddy Brook, and Five Mile river.

Shetucket river is formed by the junction of Willamantick and Mount Hope rivers, which unite between Windham and Lebanon. In Lisbon it receives Little river; and at a little distance farther the Quinnabogue, and empties as above.

These rivers are fed by numberless brooks from every part of the country. At the mouth of Shetucket, is a bridge of timber 124 feet in length, supported at each end by pillars, and held up in the middle by braces on the top, in the nature of an arch.

Paukatuck river, is an inconsiderable stream, which heads in Ston∣ington, and empties into Stonington harbour. It forms part of the di∣viding line between Connecticut and Rhode Island.

East, or North Haven river, rises in Southington, not far from a bend in Farmington river, and passing through Wallingford and North Haven, falls into New Haven harbour. It has been meditated to connect the source of this river with Farmington river.

East and West rivers are inconsiderable streams, bounding the city of New Haven on the east and west.

West of the Housatonick, are a number of small rivers which fall into the sound. Among these is Byram river. noticeable only as form∣ing a part of the boundary between New York and Connecticut. But neither this, nor any of the others, are considerable enough to merit particular descriptions.

HARBOURS.] The two principal harbours are at New London and New Haven. The former opens to the south. From the Light house, which stands at the mouth of the harbour, to the town, is about three miles; the breadth is three quarters of a mile•• and in some places more.

The harbour has from five to six fathom water—a clear bottom—tough, ooze, and as far as one mile above the town is entirely secure, and commodious for large ships.

New Haven harbour is greatly inferior to that of New London. It is a bay which sets up northerly from the found, about four miles. Its entrance is about half a mile wide. It has very good anchorage, and two and an half fathom at low water, and three fathom and four feet at common tides.

About a mile from the town, on the channel, a pier is erected, at which vessels of such size as cannot come up to the wharf, ••ade and unlade. A sum of money has lately been raised by lottery for the purpose of extending the long wharf to this pier, and the work is part∣ly accomplished. When completed, this wharf will be the longest in the United States, and will be a vast benefit to the town.

The whole of the sea coast is indented with harbours, many of which are safe and commodious, but are not sufficiently used to merit a description.

CLIMATE, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.] Connecticut, though sub∣ject to the extremes of heat and cold in their seasons, and to frequent sudden changes, is very healthful. The northwest winds, in the winter season, are often extremely severe and piercing, occasioned by the great body of snow which has concealed from the dissolving in∣fluence of the sun, in the immense forests north and north west. The clear and serene temperature of the sky, however, makes amends for the severity of the weather, and is favorable to health and longevity. Connecticut is generally broken land, made up of mountains, hills and vallies; and is exceedingly well watered. Some small parts of it are thin and barren. It lies in the fifth and sixth northern climates, and has a strong, fertile soil. Its principal productions are Indian corn, rye, wheat in many parts of the state, oats, and barley, which are heavy and good, and of late, buck wheat—flax in large quantities—some hemp, potatoes of several kinds, pumpkins, turnips, peas, beans, &c. &c. Fruits of all kinds, which are common to the climate. The soil is very well calculated for pasture and mow∣ing, which enables the farmers to feed large numbers of neat cattle and horses. Actual calculation has evinced, that any given quantity of the best mowing land in Connecticut, produces about twice as much clear profit, as the same quantity of the best wheat land in the state of New York. Many farmers, in the eastern part of the state, have lately found their advantage in raising mules, which are carried from the ports of Norwich and New London, to the West India islands, and yield a handsome profit. The beef, pork, butter and cheese of Connecticut, are equal to any in the world.

TRADE.] The trade of Connecticut is principally with the West India islands, and is carried on in vessels from sixty to an hundred and forty tons. The exports consist of horses, mules, oxen, oak staves, hoops, pine boards, oak plank, beans, Indian corn, fish, beef, pork, &c. Horses, live cattle and lumber, are permitted in the Dutch, Danish, and French ports.

Connecticut has a large number of coasting vessels employed in carrying the produce of the state to other states.—To Rhode Island, Massachusetts and New Hampshire, they carry pork, wheat, corn and rye—••o North and South Carolinas and Georgia butter, cheese, salt∣ed

beef, cyder, apples, potatoes, hay, &c. and receive in return, rice, Indigo and money. But as New York is nearer, and the state of the markets always well known, much of the produce of Connecticut, especially of the western parts, is carried there; particularly pot and pea•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, flax seed, beef, pork, cheese and butter, in large quantities. Most of the produce of Connecticut river from the parts of Massa∣chusetts, New Hampshire and Vermont, as well as of Connecticut, which are adjacent, goes to the same market. Considerable quantities 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the produce of the eastern parts of the state, are marketed at Bos∣ton and Providence.

The value of the whole exported produce and commodities from this state, before the year 1774, was then estimated at about £200 000 lawful money, annually. In the year ending September 30th 1791, the amount of foreign exports from this state was 710 340 dollars—besides articles carried to different parts of the United States, to a great amount. This state owns and employs in the foreign and coast∣ing trade, 32,867 tons of shipping.

MANUFACTURES.] The farmers in Connecticut and their fami∣lies, are mostly clothed in plain, decent, Homespun cloth. Their lin∣ens and woollens are manufactured in the family way; and although they are generally of a coarser kind, they are of a stronger texture, and much more durable than those imported from France and Great Britain. Many of their cloths are fine and handsome.

A woollen manufactory has been established at Hartford. The le∣gislature of the state have encouraged it, and it bids fair to grow in∣to importance. Mr. Chittendon of New Haven, has invented a use∣•••••• machine for bending and cutting card teeth. This machine is put in motion by a manderil twelve inches in length, and one inch in di∣••••ter. Connected with the manderil are six parts of the machine, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ependent of each other; the first, introduces a certain length of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into the chops of the c••rone; the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, shuts the chops and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fast the wire in the middle until it is finished; the third, cuts of the wire; the fourth, doubles the tooth in proper form; the fifth, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the last bend; and the sixth, delivers the finished tooth from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 machine. The manderil is moved by a band wheel, five feet in diameter, turned by a crank. One revolution of the manderil makes one tooth; ten are made in a second, and 36,000 in an hour. With one machine like this, teeth enough might be made to fill cards suffi∣cient for all the manufacturers in New England. In New Haven are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and botton manufactories, which flourish. In Hartford are glass works, a snuff and powder mill, and iron works▪ and a slitting 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Iron works are established also at Salisbury, Norwich, and other parts of the state. At Stafford is a furnace at which are made large quantities of hollow ware, and other ironmongery, sufficient to supply the whole state. Paper is manufactured at Norwich, Hartford, New Havan and in Litchfield county. Nails, of every size, are made 〈◊〉〈◊〉 almost every town and village in Connecticut; so that considerable quantities can be exported to the neighbouring states, and at a better rate than they can be had from Europe. Ironmongery, bats, candles, lea∣ther, shoes and boots, are manufactured in this state. Oil mills, of a new and very ingenious construction, have been erected in several parts of the state. A d••ck manufactory has been established at S••rat∣lord, and it is said is doing well.

POPULATION AND CHARACTER.] Connecticut is the most popu∣lous, in proportion to its extent, of any of the Thirteen States. It is laid out in small farms from fifty to three or four hundred acres each, which are held by the farmers in fee simple; and are generally cul∣tivated as well as the nature of the soil will admit. The state is chequered with innumerable roads or high ways crossing each other in every direction. A traveller, in any of these roads, even in the most unsettled parts of the state, will seldom pass more than two or three miles without finding a house or cottage, and a farm under such improvements as to afford the necessaries for the support of a family. The whole state resembles a well cultivated garden, which, with that degree of industry that is necessary to happiness, produces the necessaries and conveniencies of life in great plenty.

In 1756 the number of inhabitants in Connecticut was 130,611. In 1774, there were 197,856 souls. In 18 years the increase was 67,245. From 1774 to 1782, the increase was but 11,294 persons. This com∣paratively small increase of inhabitants may be satisfactorily accounted for from the destruction of the war, and the numerous emigrations to Vermont, the western parts of New Hampshire, New York▪ and the other States.

The inhabitants are almost entirely of English descent. There are no Dutch, French, or Germans, and very few Scotch or Irish people in any part of the state.

In addition to what has been already said under New Eng∣land it may be observed, that the people of Connecticut are remarkably fond of having all their disputes, even those of the most trivial kind, settled according to law. The prevalence of this litig∣ious spirit, affords employment and support for a numerous body of lawyers. The number of actions entered annually upon the several dockets in the state, justifies the above observations. That party spir∣it, however, which is the bane of political happiness, has not raged with such violence in this state as in Massachusetts and Rhode Island. Public proceedings have been conducted generally, and especially of late, with much calmness and candor. The people are well informed in regard to their rights, and judicious in the methods they adopt to secure them. The state enjoys a great share of political tran∣quillity.

The clergy, who are numerous, and, as a body, very respectable, have hitherto preserved a kind of aristrocratical balance in the very democratical government of the state; which has happily operated as a check upon the overbearing spirit of republicanism. It has been lamented that the unhappy religious disputes which have too much prevailed among some of the clergy; and an inattention to the quali∣fications of those who have been admitted to the sacred office, have, heretofore, considerably diminished their influence. It is a pleasing circumstance that the ••age for theological disputation is abating; and greater strictness is observed in the admission of candidates to the ministry. Their influence is on the increase; and it is no doubt to be attributed, in part to their increasing influence, that an evident reformation in the manners of the people of this state, has taken place since the peace.

RELIGION.] Such as is happily adapted to a republican govern∣ment. As to the mode of exercising church government and disci∣pline,

it might not improperly be called a republican religion. Each church has a separate jurisdiction, and claims authority to choose then own minister, to exercise judgment and to enjoy gospel ordinances within itself. The churches, however, are not independent of each other; they are associated for mutual benefit and convenience. The associations have power to license candidates for the ministry, to con∣sult for the general welfare, and to recommend measures to be adopted by the churches, but have to authority to enforce them. When dis∣putes arise in churches, councils are called, by the parties, to settle them; but their power is only advisory. There are eleven associa∣tions in the state and they meet twice in a year. These are all com∣bined in one general association, who meet annually.

All religions that are consistent with the peace of society, are toler∣ated in Connecticut; and a spirit of liberality and Catholicism is in∣creasing. There are very few religious sects in this State. The bulk of the people are congregationalists. Besides these there are Episco∣palians and Baptists; and formerly there was a society of Sandima∣nians at New Haven; but they are now reduced to a very small num∣ber. The Episcopalian churches are respectable, and are under the superintendence of a bishop.

DAMAGES SUSTAINED IN THE LATE WAR.] After the establish∣ment of the peace in 1783, a number of gentlemen were appointed by the general assembly to estimate the damages done by the British troops, in the several towns which they ravaged. The following is the result of their enquiries.

	Amount of Losses.
New London, (burnt by Benedict Arnold, September 6 1781.)		£145 788 15 ••
Groton, do. do.	23,217 6
Scattering towns, do. do.	9,806 9 ••
	£178,812 10 8
Norwalk, (burnt by the British, 1779)	£34,867 9 2
—confiscated property and other losses,	2,077 0 0
	£36,944 9 2
Greenwich	£6365 11 8
—Losses of men not on oath,	369 17 7
	£6,735 9 3
Fairfield, (burnt 1779)	£40,800 2 10
New Haven, ravaged by governour Tryon July 1779	£24,893 7 6
East Haven, do. do.	4,882 16 4
West Haven, do. do.	474 0 3
—Other losses not before computed	586 0 1
	£30,836 4 2
Amount of the losses in the whole State, in money, valued as in 1774.	£294,235 16 ••

The foregoing estimate includes merchandize and public buildings. Exclusive of these, the losses are estimated at £.167,000. To com∣pensate the sufferers, the general court, in May 1792, granted them 500,000 acres of the western part of the reserved lands of Connect∣icut, which lie west of Pennsylvania.

CHIEF TOWNS.] There are a great number of very pleasant towns, both maritime and inland, in Connecticut. It contains five cities, incorporated with extensive jurisdiction in civil causes. Two of these, Hartford and New Haven, are capitals of the state. The Gen∣eral Assembly is holden at the former in May, and at the latter in Oc∣tober, annually.

HARTFORD (city) is situated at the head of navigation on the west side of Connecticut river, about fifty miles from its entrance into the found. Its buildings are a state house—two churches for congrega∣tionalists—a distillery, besides upwards of 300 dwelling houses, a num∣ber of which are handsomely built with brick.

The town is divided by a small river, with high romantic banks. Over this river is a bridge connecting the two divisions of the town. Hartford is advantageously situated for trade, has a very fine back country, enters largely into the manufacturing business, and is a rich, flourishing, commercial town. A Bank has lately been established in this city.

NEW HAVEN (city) lies round the head of a bay, which makes up about four miles north from the sound. It covers part of a large plain, which is circumscribed on three sides by high hills or mountains. Two small rivers bound the city east and west. The town was orig∣inally la••d out in squares of sixty rods. Many of these squares have been divided by cross streets. Four streets ••un northwest and south∣east, these are crossed by others at right angles—Near the centre of the city is the public square; on and around which are the public build∣ings, which are, a state house, college and chapel, three churches for congregationalists and one for episcopalians. These are all handsome and commodious buildings. The college, chapel, state house, and one of the churches are of brick. The public square is encircled with rows of trees, which render it both convenient and delightful. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beauty, however, is greatly diminished by the burial ground, and several of the public buildings, which occupy a considerable part of it.

Many of the streets are ornamented with two rows of trees, one on each side, which gives the city a ••ural appearance. The prospect from the steeples is greatly variegated and extremely beautiful. There are about 500 dwelling houses in the city, principally of wood, and well built and some of them elegant. The streets are sandy but neat and cleanly. Within the limits of the city, are 4000 souls. About one in 70 die annually; this proves the healthfulness of its climate. In∣deed as to pleasantness of situation and salubrity of air, New Haven is not exceeded by any city in America. It carries on a considera∣ble trade with New York and the West India islands, and several kinds of manufactures, and is flourishing.

NEW LONDON (city) stands on the west side of the river Thames, near its entrance into the sound, in latitude 41° 25′. It has two plac∣es for public worship, one for episcopalians and one for congregation∣alists, about 300 dwelling houses, and 4600 inhabitants. Its harbour is the best in Connecticut. It is descended by fort Trumbull and fort

Griswold, the one in New London, the other in Groton. A con∣siderable part of the town was burnt by the infamous Benedict Arnold in 1781. It has since been rebuilt.

NORWICH (city) stands at the head of Thames river, 14 miles north from New London. It is a commercial city, has a rich and extensive back country, and avails itself of its natural advantages at the head of navigation. Its situation upon a river which affords a great number of convenient seats for mills and water machines of all kinds, render it very eligible in a manufactural view.

The inhabitants are not neglectful of the advantages which nature has so liberally given them. They manufacture paper of all kinds, stockings, clocks and watches, chaises, buttons, stone and earthern ware, wire, oil, chocolate, bells, anchors, and all kinds of forge work. The city contains about 450 dwelling houses, a court house, and two churches for congregationalists, and one for episcopalians, and about ••000 inhabitants. The city is in three detached, compact divisions; viz. Chelsea, at the landing, the town, and Bean-hill; in the latter division is an academy; and in the town is a school supported by a donation from Dr. Daniel Lathrop, deceased. The courts of law are held alternately at New London and Norwich.

MIDDLETON (city) is pleasantly situated on the western bank of Connecticut river, fifteen miles south of Hartford. It is the princi∣pal town in Middlesex county—has about 300 houses—a court house—one church for congregationalists—one for episcopalians—a naval office—and carries on a large and increasing trade.

Four miles south of Hartford is WE••••••RSFIELD, a very pleasant town of between two and three hundred houses, situated on a fine soil, with an elegant brick church for congregationalists. A Fair is held here twice a year. This town is noted for raising onions.

Windsor, Farmington, Litchfield, Milford, Stratford, Fairfield, Cuilford, Stamford, Windham, Suffield and Enfield, are all consider∣able and very pleasant towns.

CURIOSITIES. Two miles west of New Haven is a mountain, on the top of which is a cave, remarkable for having been the resi∣dence of generals Whaley and Goffe, two of the judges of Charles I. who was beheaded. They arrived at Boston, July 1660, and came to New Haven the following year, and retired and concealed themseves behind West mountain, three miles from New Haven. They soon af∣ter removed to Milford, where they lived concealed until October, 1664; when they returned to New Haven, and immediately proceed∣ed ••o Hadley, where they remained concealed for about ten years, in which time Whaley died, and Goffe soon after fled. In 1665, John Di••well, Esq. another of the kings judges, visited them while at Hadley, and afterwards proceeded to New Haven, where he lived many years, and was known by the name of John Davis. Here he died, and was buried in the public burying place, where his gravestone is standing to this day, with this inscription, "J. D. Esq. deceased March 18th, in the 82d year of his age, 1688."

In the town of Pomsiet is a cave rendered remarkable by the hu∣morous adventure of General Putnam.

COLLEGES, ACADEMILS AND SCHOOLS.] In no part of the world is the education of all ranks of people more attended to than in Connecticut. Almost every town in the state is divided into dist∣ricts,

〈…〉〈…〉 has a public school kept in it a greater or less 〈…〉〈…〉. Somewhat more than one third of the monies 〈…〉〈…〉 ••ax on the polls and rateable estate of the inhabitants, 〈…〉〈…〉 to the support of schools, in the several towns, for the 〈…〉〈…〉 children and youth. The law directs that a grammar 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I shall be kept in every county town throughout the state.

There is a grammar school at Hartford, and another at New Haven, supported by a donation of governour Hopkins. This venerable and benevolent gentleman, in his last will, dated 1657, left, in the hands of Theoph•• us Eaton, Esq. and three others, a legacy of 1324l. "as an encouragement, in these foreign plantations, of breeding up hopeful youths both a the grammar school and college." In 1664, the lega∣cy was equally divided between New Haven and Hartford; and grammar schools were erected, which have been supported ever since.

Academies have been established at Greenfield, Plainfield, Norwich, Windham and Pomfret, some of which are flourishing.

YALE COLLEGE was founded in 1700, and remained at Killing∣worth until 1707—then at Saybrook, until 1716, when it was removed and fixed at New Haven. Among its principal benefactors was gov∣ernour Yale, in honour of whom, in 1718, it was named YALE COL∣LEGE. Its first building was erected in 1717, being 170 feet in length, and 22 in breadth, built of wood. This was taken down in 178••. The present college edifice, which is of brick, was built in 1750, un∣der the direction of the Rev. President Clap, and is 100 feet long, and 40 feet wide, three stories high, and contains thirty-two chambers, and sixty four studies, convenient for the reception of a hundred stu∣dents. The college chapel, which is also of brick, was built in 1761, being fifty feet by forty, with a steeple 125 feet high. In this building is the public library, consisting of about 2500 volumes; and the philosophical apparatus, which by a late handsome addition, is now as complete as most others in the United States, and contains the machines necessary for exhibiting experiments in the whole course of experimental philosophy and astronomy.

The college museum, to which additions are constantly making, contains many natural curiosities.

This literary institution was incorporated by the general assembly of Connecticut. The first charter of incorporation was granted to elev∣en ministers, under the denomination of trustees, 1701. The powers of the trustees were enlarged by the additional charter, 1723. And by that of 1745, the trustees were incorporated by the name of "The President and Fellows of Yale college, New Haven." By an act of the general assembly "for enlarging the powers and encreasing the funds of Yale college;" passed in May 1792, and accepted by the corporation, the governor, lieutenant governor, and the six senior as∣sistants in the council of the state, for the time being, are over here∣after, by virtue of their offices, to be trustees and fellows of the col∣lege, in addition to the former corporation. The corporation are em∣powered to hold estates, continue their succession, make academic laws, elect and constitute all officers of instruction and government, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in universities, and confer all learned degrees. The immediate exe∣cutive government is in the hands of the president and tutors. The present officers and instructors of the college are, a president, who is

also professor of ecclesiastical history, a professor of divinity, and three tutors. The number of students on an average is about 130, divided into four classes. It is worthy of remark, that as many as five ••••ths of those who have received their education at this university, were natives of Connecticut.

The funds of this college received a very liberal addition by a grant of the general assembly in the act of 1792, before mentioned—which will enable the corporation to erect a new building for the accommo∣dation of the students—to support several new professorships—and to make a handsome addition to the library.

The course of education, in this university, comprehends the whole circle of literature. The three learned languages are taught, together with so much of the sciences as can be communicated in four years.

In May and September, annually, the several classes are critically examined in all their classical studies. As incentives to improvement is composition and oratory, quarterly exercises are appointed by the president and tutors, to be exhibited by the respective classes in rota∣tion. A public commencement is held annually, on the second Wednesday in September, which calls together a more numerous and brilliant assembly, than are convened by any other anniversary in the state.

About 2200 have received the honours of this university; of whom nearly 760 have been ordained to the work of the gospel min∣istry.* 1.25

MINERALS AND FOSSILS.] On the the bank of Connecticut river, two miles from Middleton, is a lead mine, which was wrought during the war, at the expense of the state, and was productive. It is too expensive to work in time of peace. Copper mines have been discovered and opened in several parts of the state, but have proved unprofitable, and are much neglected. Iron ore abounds in many parts of the state. Talks of various kinds, white, brown, and chocolate coloured crystals, zink or spelter, a semi-metal, and several other fossils and metals have been found in Connecticut.

MODE OF LEVYING TAXES.] All freeholders in the state are required by law, to give in lists of their polls and rateable estate,† 1.26 to persons appointed in the respective towns to receive them, on o•• before the 20th of August annually. These are valued according to law, arranged in proper order, and sent to the general assembly annu∣ally in May.

The sum total of the list of the polls and rateable estate of the in∣habitants

of Connecticut, as brought into the general assembly in May, 1787, was as follows.

Sum total of the single list,	£1,484,901 6 4 〈◊〉〈◊〉;
Assessments	47,790 2 9
One quarter of the four-folds,	1,176 9 4
Total.	£1,533,867 18 5 〈◊〉〈◊〉

On this sum taxes are levied, so much on the pound, according to the sum proposed to be raised. A tax of two pence on a pound, would raise £12,782. 4••.

The ordinary annual expenses of the government before the war, amounted to near 4000l. sterling, exclusive of that which was appro∣priated to the support of schools. The expenses have since in∣creased.

MINERAL SPRINGS.] At Stafford is a medicinal spring, which is said to be a sovereign remedy for scorbutic, cutaneous and other dis∣orders.

CONSTITUTION AND COURTS OF JUSTICE.] The constitution of Connecticut is founded on their charter, which was granted by Charles II. in 1662, and on a law of the state. Contented with this form of government, the people have not been disposed to run the hazard of framing a new constitution since the declaration of inde∣pendence.

Agreeable to this charter, the supreme legislative authority of the state is vested in a governour, lieutenant governour, twelve assistants or counsellors, and the representatives of the people, styled the General Assembly. The governour, lieutenant governour and assistants are annual∣ly chosen by the freemen in the month of May. The representatives (their number not to exceed two from each town) are chosen by the freemen twice a year, to attend the two annual sessions, on the second Thursdays of May and October. This assembly has power to erect ju∣dicatories, for the trial of causes civil and criminal, and to ordain and establish laws for settling the forms and ceremonies of government. By these laws the general assembly is divided into two branches, call∣ed the upper and lower houses. The upper house is composed, of the governour, lieutenant governour and assistants. The lower house, of the representatives of the people. No law can pass without the concur∣rence of both houses. The judges of the superior court hold their offices during the pleasure of the general assembly. The judges of the county courts, and justices, are annually appointed. Sheriffs are ap∣pointed by the governour and council, without limitation of time. The governour is captain general of the militia, the lieutenant governour lieutenant general. All other military officers are appointed by the assembly and commissioned by the governour.

The mode of electing the governour, lieutenant governour, assist∣ants, treasurer and secretary, is as follows: The freemen in the sev∣eral towns meet on the Monday next after the first Tuesday in April, annually, and give in their votes for the persons they choose for the said offices respectively, with their names written on a piece of paper, which are received and sealed up by a constable in open meeting, the votes for each office by themselves, with the name of the town and office written on the outside. These votes, thus sealed, are sent to

the general assembly in May, and there counted by a committee from both houses. All freemen are eligible to any office in government. In choosing assistants, twenty persons are nominated, by the vote of each freeman, at the freeman's meeting for choosing representatives in September annually. These votes are sealed up, and sent to the general assembly in October, and are there counted by a committee of both houses, and the twenty persons who have the most votes stand in nomination; out of which number the twelve who have the great∣est number of votes, given by the freemen at their meeting in April are, in May, declared assistants in the manner above mentioned. The qualifications of freemen are, quiet and peaceable behaviour—a civil conversation, and freehold estate to the value of forty shillings per annum, or forty pounds personal estate in the list, certified by the se∣lectmen of the town; it is necessary, also, that they take the oath of fidelity to the state. Their names are enrolled in the town clerk's of∣fice, and they continue freemen for life, unless disfranchised by sen∣tence of the superior court, on conviction of misdemeanor.

The courts are as follows: The justices of the peace, of whom a number are annually appointed in each town by the general assembly, have authority to hear and determine civil actions, where the demand does not exceed four pounds. If the demand exceeds forty shillings, ••••apptal to the county is allowed. They have cognizance of small 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and may punish by fine, not exceeding forty shillings, or whipping not exceeding ten stripes, or sitting in the stocks. There are eight county courts in the state, held in the several counties by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judge and four justices of the quorum, who have jurisdiction of all criminal cases, arising within their respective counties, where the punishment does not extond to life, limb or banishment. They have original jurisdiction of all civil actions which exceed the jurisdiction of a justice. Either party may appeal to the superior court, if the de∣•••••••• exceeds twenty pounds, except on bonds or notes vouched by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 witnesses.

There are several courts of probate, in each county, consisting of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judge. The peculiar province of this court, is the probate of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 granting administration on intestate estates, ordering distribution of them, and appointing guardians for minors, &c. An appeal lies 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any decree of this court to the superior court.

The superior court consists of five judges. It has authority in all criminal cases extending to life, limb, or banishment, and other high 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and misdemeanors, to grant divorces, and to hear and deter∣mine all civil actions brought by appeal from the county courts, or the court of probate, and to correct the errors of all inferior courts. This is a circuit court, and has two stated sessions in each county an∣nually. The superior and county courts try matters of fact by jury, or without if the parties will agree.

There is a supreme court of errors, consisting of the lieutenant gov∣ernment, and the twelve assistants. Their sole business is to determine write of error, brought on judgments of the superior court, where the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 complained of appears on the record. They have two stated 〈◊〉〈◊〉 annually, viz. on the Tuesdays of the weeks preceding the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sessions of the general assembly.

The county court is a court of chancery, empowered to hear and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cases in equity, where the matter in demand does not ex∣ceed

one hundred pounds. The superior court has cognizance of all cases where the demand exceeds that sum. Error may be brought from the county, to the superior court, and from the superior court to the supreme court of errors, on judgment in cases of equity as well as of law.

The general assembly only have power to grant pardons and reprieves—to grant commissions of bankruptcy—or protect the persons and estates of unfortunate debtors.

The common law of England, so far as it is applicable to this coun∣try, is considered as the common law of this state. The reports of ad∣judication in the courts of king's bench, common pleas and chancery, are read in the courts of this state as authorities; yet the judges do not consider them as conclusively binding, unless founded on solid reasons which will apply in this state, or sanctioned by concurrent, ad∣judications of their own courts.

The feudal system of descents was never adopted in this state. All the real estate of intestates is divided equally among the children, males and females, except that the eldest son has a double potion. And all estates given in tail, must be given to some person then in be∣ing o•• to their immediate issue, and shall become fee simple estates to the issue of the first donee in tail. The widow of an intestate is entitled to a third part of the personal estate forever, and to has ••••••∣er, or third part of the houses and lands belonging to the intestate at the time of his death, during her life.

PRACTICE OF LAW.] The practice of law in this state has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 simplicity, but less precision, than in England. Assistants and judges are empowered to issue writs through the state, and justices, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their respective counties. In these writs the substance of the ••••••∣plaints or the declarations must be contained, and if neither of the parties shew good reason for delay, the causes are heard and determin∣ed the same term to which the writs are returnable. Few of the ••••••∣ions of law so common in the English practice, are know a in this state. The plaintiff always has his election to attach or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the d••••••∣dant. Attornies are admitted and qualified by the county 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Previous to their admission to the bar, they must study two years with a practising attorney in the state, if they have had a college education, and three years if they have not; their morals must be good, and their characters unblemished, and they must••sustain an examination by the attornies of the court of the county where they are admi••••ed, and be by them recommended to the court. When admitted ••o the county court, they can practice, without other qualifications, in any court in the state. There are upon an average, about fifteen attornies to each county, one hundred and twenty in the state; a very great proportion for the real exigencies, of the people. Yet from the rel∣igious spirit of the citizens, the most of them find employment and support. There is no attorney general, but there is one attorney to the stat•••••• each county.

NEW INVENTIONS.] Early in the war, Mr. David 〈◊〉〈◊〉, of Saybrook, invented a machine for submarine navigation, altogether different from any thing hitherto devised by the art of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 machine was so constructed as that it could be rowed horizontally, at any given depth, under water, and could be raised or depressed at pleasure. To this machine, called the American Turtle, was attached 〈◊〉〈◊〉

magazine of powder, which was intended to be fastened under the bottom of a ship, with a driving screw, in such a way as that the same stroke▪ which disengaged it from the machine should put the internal clock work in motion. This being done, the ordinary operation of a gun lock, at the distance of half an hour, or any determinate time, would cause the powder to explode and leave the effects to the com∣mon laws of nature. The simplicity, yet combination discovered in the mechanism of this wonderful machine, have been acknowledged by those skilled in physics, and particularly Hydraulics, to be not less ingenious than novel. Mr. Bushnel invented, several other curious machines for the annoyance of the British shipping, but from acci∣dents, not militating against the philosophical principles, on which their success depended, they but partially succeeded. He destroyed a vessel in the charge of commodore Symmonds. One of his kegs also demolished a vessel near the Long Island shore. About Christmas ••••77, he committed to the Delaware river a number of kegs, distined ••o fall among the British fleet at Philadelphia; but this squadron of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, having been separated and retarded by the ice, demolished but a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 boat. This catastrophe, however, produced an alarm, unprece∣••••••••ed, in its nature and degree; which has been so happily described by the late Hon. Francis Hopkinson, in a song, stiled "The Battle of the Kegs,* 1.27" that the event it celebrates will not be forgotten, so long as mankind shall continue to be delighted with works of humour and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Mr. Hanks, of Litchfield, has invented a method of winding up 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by means of air or wind only, which is ingenious, and practis∣ed upon in New York and other places.

Mr. Culver, of Norwich, has constructed a Dock Drudge, which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for clearing docks and removing bars in rivers; a very ingeni∣ous and useful machine. Its good effects have already been experi∣enced in the navigation of the river Thames, the channel of which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 been considerably deepened. This machine will no doubt be productive of very great advantages to navigation throughout the United States.

The Rev. Joseph Badger, while a member of Yale College in 1785, constructed an ingenious planetarium, (without ever having seen one of the kind) which is deposited in the library of that university.

HISTORY.] As there is no particular history of this state to which the reader can be referred, the author will no doubt be indulged, in so far deviating from his general plan, as to relate the following par∣ticulars, collected with great pains, relative to the settlement and pro∣gress of things in this state.

The present territory of Connecticut, at the time of the first arri∣val of the English, was possessed by the Pequot, the Mohegan, Po∣••••••••, and many other smaller tribes of Indians.

The Pequots were numerous and warlike. Their country extend∣ed along the sea coast from Pauka••uck, to Connecticut river. About the year 1630, this powerful tribe extended their conquests over a considerable part of Connecticut, over all Long Island and part of ••••raganest. SASSACUS, who was the grand monarch of the whole country, was king of this nation. The seat of his dominion was at New London; the ancient Indian name of which was Pequot.

The Mohegans were a numerous tribe, and their territory exten∣sive. Their ancient claim, comprehended most of New London coun∣ty, almost the whole of the county of Windham. and a part of the counties of Tolland and Hartford. UNCUS, distinguished for his friendship to the English, was the Sachem of this tribe.

The Podunks inhabited East Hartford, and the circumjacent coun∣try. The first sachem of this tribe, of whom the English had any knowledge, was Tatanimoo. He was able to bring into the field more than 200 fighting men.

The first grant of Connecticut was made, by the Plymouth council, to the Earl of Warwick, in 1630, and confirmed by his majesty in council the same year. This great comprehended "all that part of New England which lies west from Narraganset river, 120 miles on the sea coast, from thence, in latitude and breadth aforesaid, to the south sea." The year following, the Earl assigned this grant to Lord Say and Seal, Lord Brook and nine others.

No English settlements were attempted in Connecticut until the year 1633, when a number of Indian traders, having purchased of Zequasson and Natawanut, two principal Sachems, a tract of land at the mouth of Little river in Windsor, built a house and fortified it, and ever after maintained their right of soil upon the river.

The same year, a little before the arrival of the English, a company of Dutch traders came to Hartford, and built a house which they call∣ed the Hirse of Good Hope, and erected a small fort, in which they plant∣ed two cannon. The remains of this settlement are still visible on the bank of Connecticut river. This was the only settlement of the Dutch in Connecticut in these ancient times. The Dutch, and after them the Province of New York, for a long time claimed as far 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as the western bank of Connecticut river. It belongs to the profess∣ed historian to prove or disprove the justice of this claim. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 says, "The partition line between New York and Connecticut as es∣tablished December 1, 1664, run from the mouth of Memoron•••••• river, (a little west from Byram river,) N. N. W. and was the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 easterly limits of New York, until November 23, 1683, when they line was run nearly the same as it is now settled."* 1.28

In 1634, Lord Say and Seal, &c. sent over a small number of men, who built a fort at Saybrook, and held a treaty with the Pequot, In∣dians, who in a formal manner, gave to the English their right in Connecticut river and the adjacent country.

In 1635, the Plymouth council granted to the Duke of Hamilton, till lands between Narraganset and Connecticut rivers, and back into the country as far as Massachusetts south line. This covered a part of the Earl of Warwick's patent, and occasioned some disputes in the colony. There were several attempts to revive the Hamilton claim, but were never prosecuted.

In October of this year, about sixty persons, from Newtown, Dor∣chester, and Watertown, in Massachusetts, came and settled Hart∣ford, Wethers••••eld and Windsor in Connecticut; and the June fol∣lowing the famous Mr. Hooker, and his company, came and settled at Hartford, and was a friend and father to the colony till his 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

The first court held in Connecticut was at Hartford, April 26th, 1636; and the next year was distinguished by the war with the Pe∣quots.

The English obtained the country east of the Dutch settlements, by right of conquest. The pursuit of the Indians led to an acquaintance with the lands on the sea coast, from Saybrook to Fairfield. It was reported to be a very fine country. This favourable report induced Messrs. Eaton and Hopkins, two very respectable London merchants, and Mr. Davenport, a man of distinguished piety and abilities, with their company, who arrived this year (1637) from London, to think of this part of the country as the place of their settlement. Their friends in Massachusetts, sorry to part with so valuable a company, dissuaded them from their purpose. Influenced, however, by the promising prospects which the country afforded, and flattering them∣selves that they should be out of the jurisdiction of a general govern∣our, with which the country was from time to time threatened, they determined to proceed. Accordingly in March 1638, with the con∣sent of their friends of Connecticut river, they settled at New Hav∣en, and laid the foundation of a flourishing colony, of which Quini∣pink, now New Haven, was the chief town. The first public wor∣ship, in this new plantation, was attended on Lord's day April 18th, 1638, under a large spreading oak. The Rev. Mr. Davenport preached from Matt. iii. 1. on the temptations of the wilderness. Both colonies, by voluntary compact, formed themselves into distinct commonwealths and remained so until their union in 1665.

In 1639, the three towns on Connecticut river, already mentioned, ••••••ing themselves without the limits of any jurisdiction, formed them∣selves into a body politic, and agreed upon articles of civil govern∣ment. These articles were the foundation of Connecticut charter, which was granted in 1662. The substance of the articles, so far as they respect the holding of assemblies, the time and manner of electing Magistrates and other civil officers, (except that in the old confederation no person was to be chosen governor more than once in two years) and the extent of legislative powers, was transferr∣ed into, and established in said charter.

The first church was gathered in New Haven this year, and con∣sisted of seven members. These were chosen by the settlers after Mr. Davenport had preached from the words of Solomon, 'Wisdom 〈◊〉〈◊〉 builded her house, she hath hewed out her seven pillars.' These men were indeed the pillars of the church, to whom the rest were added as they became qualified. They were also the court to try all civil actions.

The first settlers in New Haven had all things common; all pur∣chases were made in the name and for the use of the whole plantation, and the lands were apportioned out to each family, according to their ••••••ber and original stock.

At their first election, in October 1639, Mr. Theophilus Eaton was chosen governor for the first year. Their elections, by agreement, were to be annual, and the word of God their only rule in conducting the affairs of government in the plantation.

In 1643, articles of confederation between the four New England colonies were unanimously adopted by the colonies of New Haven and Connecticut.

The general court of New Haven, this year established it as a fun∣damental article not to be disputed. That none be admitted as free burgesses but church members, and that none but such should vote at

elections. They also ordained, That each town choose from among themselves judges (church members) to be a court, to have cognizance of all civil actions not exceeding twenty pounds; and of criminal cases, where the punishment was sitting in the stocks, whipping and fining not exceeding five pounds. There was liberty of appeal from this court to the court of magistrates. The court of magistrates, con∣sisted of all the magistrates throughout the colony, who were to meet twice a year, at New Haven for the trial of all capital causes. Six made a quorum.

The general court was to consist of the governor, deputy govern∣or, magistrates and two representatives from each town. The annual election of officers of government was at this time established, and has ever since continued.

The unsettled state of the colony, had hitherto prevented their es∣tablishing a code of laws. To supply this defect, the general court ordered, 'That the judicial laws of God as they were delivered to Moses, and as they are a fence to the moral, being neither typical 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ceremonial, nor having any reference to Canaan, shall be accounted of moral equity and generally bind all offenders, and be a rule to all the courts in this jurisdiction in their proceedings against offenders, until they be branched out into particulars hereafter.'

About this time a war broke out between the Mohegan and Narra∣ganset Indians. A personal quarrel between Onkus, sachem of Mohe∣gan, and Sequesson, sachem of Connecticut, was the foundation of the war.* 1.29

In consideration of the success and increase of the New England col∣onies, and that they had been of no charge to the nation, and in pros∣pect of their being in future very serviceable to it, the English par∣liament, March 10th, 1643, granted them an exemption from all cus∣toms, subsidies and other duties, until further order.

In 1644, the Connecticut adventurers purchased of Mr. Fenwick, agent for lords Say and Seal, and lord Brook, their right to the col∣ony of Connecticut, for 1600l.

The colony of Connecticut expressed their disapprobation of the use of tobacco, in an act of their general assembly at Hartford, in 1647, wherein it was ordered, 'That no person under the age of twenty years, nor any other that hath already accustomed himself to the use thereof, shall take any tobacco, until he shall have brought a certifi∣cate, from under the hand of some who are approved for knowledge and skill in physic, that it is useful for him; and also that he hath re∣ceived a license from the court, for the same. All others who had addicted themselves to the use of tobacco were, by the same court, pro∣hibited taking it in any company, or at their labours, or on their travels, unless they were ten miles at least from any house, or more than once a day, though not in company, on pain of a fine of six pe•••• for each time; to be proved by one substantial evidence. The con∣stable in each town to make presentment of such transgressions to the particular court, and upon conviction, the fine to be paid without gainsaying.'

Massachusetts and New Haven colonies were more cruel towards the Quakers than either Connecticut or Plymouth. Of the four, Con∣necticut was the most moderate. The general court of New Haven,

1658, passed a severe law against the Quakers. They introduced their law, which was copied from the act of the commissioners of the colon∣ies, with this preamble.

'Whereas there is a cursed sect of heretics lately sprung up in the world, commonly called Quakers, who take upon them that they are immediately sent from God, and infallibly assisted by the spirit, who yet speak and write blasphemous opinions, despise government, and the order of God in church and commonwealth, speaking evil of dig∣nities, &c.

Ordered—that whosoever shall bring, or cause to be brought, any known Quaker or Quakers, or other blasphemous hereticks, shall for∣feit the sum of 50l. Also,

If a Quaker come into this jurisdiction on civil business the time of his stay shall be limited by the civil authority, and he shall not use any means to corrupt or seduce others. On his first arrival, he shall appear before a magistrate and from him receive license to pass on his business; and (for the better prevention of hurt to the people) have one or more to attend upon them at their charge, &c. The penalties in case of disobedience were whipping, im∣prisonment, labour and a deprivation of all converse with any person.'

For the second offence the person was to be branded in the hand with the letter H—to suffer imprisonment—and be put to labour. For the third to be branded in the other hand, imprisoned, &c. as be∣fore. For the fourth the offender was to have his tongue bored through with a red hot iron—imprisoned—and kept to labour, until sent away at their own charge.

Any person who should attempt to defend the sentiments of the Quakers, was, for the third offence, to be sentenced to banishment.

Had the pious framers of these laws paid a due attention to the ex∣cellent advice of that sagacious doctor of the law Gamaliel, they would, perhaps, have been prevented from they adoption of such severe and unjustifiable measures. This wife man, when his coun∣trymen were about to be outrageous in persecuting the apostles, addressed them in the following words, which merit to be en∣graved in letters of gold; 'Rejrain from these men, and let them alone; for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will come to nought: but if it be of God. ye cannot overthrow it; left haply ye be found even to fight against God.'* 1.30 This divine maxim was but little attended to in times of persecution. Our ancestors seem to have left it to posterity to make the important discovery, that persecution is the direct method to multiply its ob∣jects.

But these people, who have been so much censured and ridiculed, had, perhaps as many virtues as their posterity. And it would be wise in the moderns, who stand elevated upon the shoulders of their ancestors, with the book of their experience spread before them, to improve their virtues and veil their faults.

The colonies of Connecticut and New Haven, from their first set∣tlement, increased rapidly; tracts of land were purchased of the In∣dians, and new towns settled from Stamford so Stonington, and far back into the country, when in 1661, Major John Mason, as agent for the colony, bought of the natives all lands which had not before been purchased by particular towns, and made a public surrender of

them to the colony, in the presence of the general assembly. Having done these things, the colonists petitioned king Charles II. for a char∣ter, and their petition was granted. His Majesty on the 23d of A∣pril, 1662, issued his letters patent under the great seal, ordaining that the colony of Connecticut should, forever hereafter, be one body cor∣porate and politic, in fact and in name, confirming to them their an∣cient grant and purchase, and fixing their boundaries as follows, viz. 'All that part of his Majesty's dominions in New England, in Amer∣ica, bounded east by Narraganset river, commonly called Narraganset bay, where the river falleth into the sea; and on the north by the line of Massachusetts plantation, and on the south by the sea, and in, longitude as the line of the Massachusetts colony running from east to west, that is to say, from the said Narraganset bay on the east, to the south sea on the west part, with the islands thereunto belonging.' This char∣ter has ever since remained the basis of the government of Connecticut.

Such was the ignorance of the Europeans, respecting the geography of America, that their parents extended they knew not where, many of them were of doubtful construction; and very often covered each oth∣er in part, and have produced innumerable disputes and mischiefs in the colonies, some of which are not settled to this day. It is not my business to touch upon these disputes. I have only to observe, that Connecticut construed her charter as authorising them to pass over New York, which was then in possession of the subjects of a chris∣tian Prince, and claimed, in latitude and breadth mentioned therein, to the south sea. Accordingly purchases were made of the Indians on the Delaware river, west of the western bounds of New York, and within the supposed limits of Connecticut charter, and settlements were made thereon by people from, and under the jurisdiction of Con∣necticut. The charter of Pennsylvania granted to William Penn, in 1681, covered these settlements. This laid the foundation for a dis∣pute which for a long time was maintained with warmth on both sides. The matter was at fast submitted to gentlemen chosen for the purpose, who decided the dispute in favour of Pennsylvania. Many however still assert the justice of the Connecticut claim.

The state of Connecticut have ceded to Congress all their lands west of Pennsylvania, except a reserve bounded east by Pennsylvania and extending in length, 120 miles west, and in breadth from latitude 4••° to 42° 2′ north. This cession, Congress have accepted.

The colony of New Haven, though unconnected with the colony of Connecticut, was comprehended within the limits of their charter, and, as they concluded, within their jurisdiction. But New Haven remonstrated against their claim, and refused to unite with them, un∣til they should hear from England. It was not until the year 1665, when it was believed that the king's commissioners had a design upon the New England charters, that these two colonies formed an union, which has ever since amicably subsisted between them.

In 1672, the laws of the colony were revised, and the general court ordered them to be printed; and also, 'that every family should buy one of the law books—such as pay in silver to have a book for twelve pence, such as pay in wheat, to pay a peck and a half a book; and such as pay in peas, to pay two shillings a book, the peas at three shil∣lings the bushel.' Perhaps it is owing to this early and universal spread of law books, that the people of Connecticut are to this day so fond of the law.

In 1750, the laws of Connecticut were again revised, and published in a small folio volume of 258 pages. Dr. Douglass observes, 'that they were the most natural, equitable, plain and concise code of laws, for plantations, hitherto extant.'

There has been a revision of them since the peace of 1783, in which they were greatly and very judiciously simplified.

The years 1673 and 1676, were distinguished by the wars wi•••• Phillip and his Indians, and with the Narragansets, by which the colony was thrown into great distress and confusion. The inroads of the enraged savages were marked with cruel murders, and with fire and devastation.

In 1684, the charter of Massachusetts bay and Plymouth were tak∣en away, in consequence of Quo warrantos which had been issued a∣gainst them. The charter of Connecticut was saved by an artful ex∣pedient.

Connecticut has ever made rapid advances in population. There have been more emigrations from this than from any of the other states, and yet it is at present full of inhabitants. This increase may be ascribed to several causes. The bulk of the inhabitants are industrious, sagacious husbandmen. Their farms furnish them with all the necessaries, most of the conveniencies and but few of the lux∣uries of life. They of course must be generally temperate, and if they choose, can subsist with as much independence as is consistent with happiness. The subsistence of the farmer is substantial, and does not depend on incidental circumstances, like that of most other pro∣fessions. There is no necessity of serving an apprenticeship to the business, nor of a large stock of money to commence it to advan∣tage. Farmers, who deal much in barter, have less need of money than any other class of people. The ease with which a comfortable subsistence is obtained, induces the husbandman to marry young. The cultivation of his farm makes him strong and healthful. He toils cheerfully through the day—eats the fruit of his own labour with a gladsome heart—at night devoutly thanks his bounteous God for his daily blessings—retires to rest, and his sleep is sweet. Such circumstances as these have greatly contributed to the amazing in∣crease of inhabitants in this state.

Besides, the people live under a free government, and have no fear of a tyrant. There are no overgrown estates, with rich and ambitious landlords, to have an undue and pernicious influence in the election of civil officers. Property is equally enough divided, and must con∣tinue to be so, as long as estates descen•• as they now do. No per∣son qualified by law is prohibited from voting. He who has the most merit, not he who has the most money, is generally chosen into public of∣fice. As instances of this, it is to be observed, that many of the citizens of Connecticut, from the humble walks of life, have arisen to the first offices in the state, and filled them with dignity and reputation. That base business of electioneering, which is so directly calculated to introduce wicked and designing men into office, is yet but little known in Con∣necticut. A man who wishes to be chosen into office, acts wisely, for that end, when he keeps his desires to himself.

A thirst for learning prevails among all ranks of people in the state. More of the young men in Connecticut, in proportion to their numbers, receive a public education, than in any of the states.

Some have believed, and with reason, that the fondness for acad∣emic and collegiate education is too great—that it induces too many to leave the plough. If men of liberal education would return to the farm, and use their knowledge in improving agriculture, and encour∣aging manufactures, there could not be too many men of learning in the state; but this is too seldom the case.

Connecticut had but a small proportion of citizens who did not join in opposing the oppressive measures of Great Britain, and was active and influential, both in the field and in the cabinet, in bringing about the revolution. Her soldiers were applauded by the commander in chief, for their bravery and fidelity.

What has been said in favour of Connecticut, though true when generally applied, needs to be qualified with some exceptions. Dr. Douglass spoke the truth when he said that 'some of the meaner sort are villains.' Too many are idle and dissipated, and much time is un∣profitably and wickedly spent at taverns, in law suits and petty arbitra∣tions. The public schools, in some parts of the state, have been too much neglected, and in procuring instructors, too little attention is paid to their moral and literary qualifications.

The revolution, which so essentially affected the governments of most of the colonies, produced no very perceptible alteration in the government of Connecticut. While under the jurisdiction of Great Britain, they elected their own governors, and all subordinate civil officers, and made their own laws, in the same manner, and with as little control as they now do. Connecticut has ever been a repub∣lic, and perhaps as perfect and as happy a republic as has ever exist∣ed. While other states, more monarchical in their government and manners, have been under a necessity of undertaking the difficult task of altering their old, or forming new constitutions, and of changing their monarchical for republican manners, Connecticut has uninter∣ruptedly proceeded in her old track, both as to government and man∣ners; and, by these means, has avoided those convulsions which have rent other states into violent parties.

At the anniversary election of governor and other public officers, which is held yearly at Hartford on the second Thursday in May, a sermon is preached, which is published at the expense of the state.* 1.31 On these occasions a vast concourse of respectable citizens, particular∣ly of the clergy, are collected from every part of the state; and while

they add dignity and solemnity to the important and joyful trans∣actions of the day, serve to exterminate party spirit and to harmonize the civil and religious interests of the state.

Connecticut has been highly distinguished in having a succession of governors, eminent both for their religious and political accom∣plishments. With the following list of their names, I shall conclude my account of Connecticut.

Colony of Connecticut.

Accessus	Names	Exitus
1639	John Haynes,	Esquires.	1640
1640	Edward Hopkins,	1641
1641	John Haynes,	1642
1642	George Wyllis,	1643
1643	John Haynes,	1644
1644	Edward Hopkins,	1645
1645	John Haynes,	1646
1646	Edward Hopkins,	1647
1647	John Haynes,	Esquires.	1648
1648	Edward Hopkins,	1649
1649	John Haynes,	1650
1650	Edward Hopkins,	1651
1651	John Haynes,	1652
1652	Edward Hopkins,	1653
1653	John Haynes,	1653 died.
1654	Edward Hopkins,	1655
1655	Thomas Wells,	1656
1656	John Webster,	1657
1657	John Winthrop,	1658
1658	Thomas Wells,	1659
1659	John Winthrop,	1670
1676	William Leet,	1680
1680	Robert Treat,	1696
1696	John Winthrop,	1707
1707	Gurdon Saltonstall,	1724
1724	Joseph Talcott,	1741
1741	Jonathan Law,	1751
1751	Roger Woolcot,	1754
1754	Thomas Fitch,	1766
1766	William Pitkin,	1769
1769	Jonathan Trumbull,	1784
1784	Matthew Griswold,	1785
1785	Samuel Huntington,

Colony of New Haven.

Accessus	Names	Exitus
1639	Theop. Eaton,	Esquires.	1658 died.
1659	Fra. Newman,	1661 died.
1662	William Leet,	1665.

This year (1665) the colonies of New Haven and Connecticut unit∣ed, and governor Winthrop was governor of both, and governor Leet deputy governor.

MIDDLE STATES

We now come to the SECOND GRAND DIVISION of the UNITED STATES, comprehending NEW YORK NEW JERSEY PENNSYLVANIA DELAWARE TERRITORY N. W. of OHIO.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Upper Canada, from which it is separated by the Lakes; east, by the New England States; south, by the Atlantic Ocean, Maryland, Virginia, and the Ohio river, which separates it from Kentucky; west, by the Mississippi river.

RIVERS AND BAYS.] The principal rivers in this District are the Hudson, the Delaware, the Susquehannah, the Ohio, the Mississippi and their branches. York, Delaware, and part of Chesapeak Bays are in this District.

CLIMATE.] The climate of this Grand Division, lying almost in the same latitudes, various but little from that of New England. There are no two successive years alike. Even the same successive seasons and months differ from each other every year. And there is perhaps but one steady trait in the character of this climate, and that is, it is uni∣formly variable. The changes of weather are great and frequently sudden. The range of the quicksilver in Farenheit's thermometer, according to Dr. Mitchill, is between the 24th degree below, and the 105th degree above cypher; and it has been known to vary 50 degrees in the course of 26 hours. Such alterations are much more consider∣able along the coast, than in the interior and midland parts of the country; and, wherever they prevail, are accompanied with propor∣tionate changes in the air, from calms towinds, and from moisture to dryness Storms and hurricanes, sometimes happen, which are so violent as to overset vessels, demolish fences, uproot trees and unroof buildings. Droughts of six weeks or two months continuance, oc∣cur now and then. Rain has been known to fall in such abundance that the earth by measurement, has received 6,5 inches on a level, in the short space of four hours.* 1.32 The quantity of water which falls in rain and snow, one year with another, amounts to from 24 to 36 inches.† 1.33 In the northern parts of this district the snow falls in larger quantities, lies longer, and the cold is more steady and intense, by many degrees than in the southern; hence the climate of the former is more a∣greeable in winter, and that of the latter in summer. The warmest wea∣ther is generally in the month of July; but intensely warm days are often felt in May, June, August and September.—Dr. Rittenhouse says, that during his residence in the country, in the state of Pennsylvania, he never had passed a summer without discovering frost in every month in the year, except July. The greatest degree of heat upon record in Philadelphia in 1789, was 90°—The standard temperature of air in Philadelphia is 52½° which is the temperature of their deep∣est wells, and the mean heat of their common spring water. There are seldom more than four months in the year, in which the weather is agreeable without a fire. In winter, the winds generally come from

the N. W. in fair, and from the N. E. in wet weather. The N. W. winds are uncommonly dry as well as cold.

The climate on the west side of the Allegany mountains, differs ma∣terially from that on the east side, in the temperature of the air, and the effects of the wind upon the weather, and in the quantity of rain and snow which fall every year. The S. W. winds, on the west side of the mountain, are accompanied by cold and rain. The tempera∣ture of the air is seldom so cold or so hot by several degrees as on the east side of the mountain.

On the whole it appears that the climate of this division of the United States is a compound of most of the climates in the world—It has the moisture of Ireland in the spring—the heat of Africa in summer—the temperature of Italy in June—the sky of Egypt in au∣tumn—the snow and cold of Norway, and the Ice of Holland, in winter—the tempests (in a certain degree) of the West Indies in every season, and the variable winds and weather of Great Britain in every month in the year.

From this account of the climate of this District it is easy to ascer∣tain what degrees of health, and what deseases prevail. As the in∣habitants have the climates, so they have the acute diseases of all the countries that have been mentioned. Although it might be supposed, that with such changes and varieties in the weather, there would be connected epidemical diseases and an unwholesome climate, yet on the whole, it is found in this District to be as healthy as any part of the United States.* 1.34

NEW YORK.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 350 Miles.	between	40° 40′ and 45° North Latitude. Sq. Miles 41,000
Breadth 300 Miles.	5° W. and 1° 30′ East Longitude. Sq. Miles. 41,000

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED southeastwardly, by the Atlantic ocean; east, by Connecticut, Massachusetts and Vermont; north, by the 45th degree of latitude, which divides it from Canada; northwestwardly, by the river Iroquois, or St. Law∣rence, and the lakes Ontario and Erie; southwest and south, by Penn∣sylvania and New Jersey.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] The State is divided into 19 counties, which by an act of the legislature, passed in March 1783, were subdivided into townships.

Counties	No. Tow.	No. Inha.	Chief Towns.	No. I••h.
New York	1	33131	New York City	32328
Albany	20	75736	Albany	3498
Suffolk	8	16440	East Hampton	3260
Huntington	1497
Queens	6	16014	Jama••at	1675
Kings	6	4495	Flat Bush	941
Brooklyn	1603
Richmond	4	3835	Westfield	1••51
West Chester	21	24003	Bedford	2470
Orange	6	18492	Goshen	2448
Orange	1••75
Ulster	14	29397	Kingston	3929
Dutchess	12	45266	Poughkeepsie	25••9
Fishkill	5941
Columbia	8	••7732	Hudson	2584
Kinderhook	466••
Ransselaer	formed since the census.	Lansinburg
Washington	9	14042	Salem	2186
Clinton	4	1614	Plattsburg	458
Montgomery	11	28848	divided since the census into three counties.
Ontario		1075	Canadaque
	130	340120	Total number of inhabitants in the State, according to the census of 179••.
New Counties	Herkemer	3	14000	1792	German Flats	1400
Otsego		12000	Cooperstown
Tyoga		7000	Chenango
		Union Town

These three last mentioned counties have been separated from Montgomery since the census, and have acquired the greater part of their inhabitants subsequent to that period, most of whom emigrated from the New England States. The county of Herkemer is composed of the towns of German Flats, Herkemer, and Whitestown (which in 179••, was divided into several other towns) and contained, in 17••••, according to the census, 4723 inhabitants; since which, this number has been increased to upwards of 14000.

The townships, into which the counties are divided, are corpora∣tions invested with certain privileges. The act directs, that the free∣holders in the several townships shall assemble in town meetings 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the first Tuesday in April annually, and choose their town offices viz. one supervisor, one town clerk, from three to seven assessors, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or more collectors, two overseers of the poor, commissioners of high∣ways, constables, fence viewers, pound-masters, &c. These are to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their respective offices one year, or until others be chosen. This 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which appears to have originated from a spirit of pure republica•••••• came in force the first day of April 1789. It has a happy tende•••••• to disseminate through the state such information and such prin•••••••• as are calculated to cherish the spirit of freedom, and to support 〈◊〉〈◊〉 republican government. The frequent collection of people in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 meetings makes them acquainted with each other, and assimilates 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ideas and their manners: Their being invested with power, makes them

feel their importance, and rouses their ambition—Their town meetings will be a school, in which all the free citizens of the state may learn how to transact public business with propriety, and in which they may qualify themselves for the higher offices of the state—The number of public offices will be increased, without increasing the expenses of the state; and as the desire of promotion is innate in human nature, and as ambition to possess the requisite qualifications commonly accompa∣nies this desire, the probability is, that the number of persons qualified for public office will be increased, and of course the number of good citizens proportionably multiplied, and the subordinate civil affairs of the state more faithfully and more regularly transacted.

RIVERS AND CANALS.] Hudson's river is one of the largest and finest rivers in the United States. It rises in the mountainous coun∣try between the lakes Ontario and Champlain. In its course south∣easterly it approaches within 6 or 8 miles of Lake George; then, after a short course east turns southerly, and receives the Socondaga from the S. W. which heads in the neighbourhood of Mohawk river. The course of the river thence to New York, where it emp∣ties into York Bay, is very uniformly south, 12° or 15° west. Its whole length is about 250 miles. From Albany to Lake George, is sixty five miles. This distance, the river is navigable only for batteaux, and has two portages, occasioned by falls, of half a mile each.

The banks of Hudson's river, especially on the western side, as far as the Highlands extend, are chiefly rocky cliffs. The passage through the Highlands, which is sixteen miles, affords a wild romantic scene. In this narrow pass, on each side of which the mountains tower to a great height, the wind, if there be any, is collected and compressed, and blows continually as through a bellows. Vessels, in passing through it, are often obliged to lower their sails. The bed of this river, which is deep and smooth to an astonishing distance, through a hilly, rocky country, and even through ridges of some of the highest mountains in the United States, must undoubtedly have been produced by some mighty convulsion in nature. The tide flows a few miles above Albany, which is 160 miles from New York. It is navigable for sloops of 80 tons to Albany, and for ships to Hudson. Ship navi∣gation to Albany is interrupted by a number of islands, 6 or 8 miles below the city, called the Overslaugh. It is in contemplation to con∣fine the river to one channel, by which means the channel will be deepened, and the difficulty of approaching Albany with vessels of a larger size, be removed. About 60 miles above New York the water becomes fresh. The river is stored with a variety of fish, which ••••••ders a summer passage to Albany, delightful and amusing to those who are fond of angling.

The advantages of this river for carrying on the fur trade with Canada, by means of the lakes, have been already mentioned. Its convenience for internal commerce are singularly great. The produce of the remotest farms is easily and speedily conveyed to a certain and profitable market, and at the lowest expense. In this respect, New York has greatly the advantage of Philadelphia. A great proportion of the produce of Pennsylvania is carried to market in waggons, over a great extent of country, some of which is rough; hence it is that Philadelphia is crouded with waggons, carts, horses and their drivers,

to do the same business that is done in New York, where all the pro∣duce of the country is brought to market by water, with much less shew and parade. But Philadelphia has other advantages, which will be mentioned in their proper place, to compensate for this natur∣al defect. The increasing population of the fertile lands upon the northern branches of the Hudson, must annually increase the amazing wealth that is conveyed by its waters to New York. Added to this the ground has been marked out, the level ascertained, a company in∣corporated, by the name of "The President, Directors and Company of the Northern Inland Lock Navigation, in the state of New York," and funds subscribed, for the purpose of cutting a canal from the near∣est approximating point of Hudson's river to South Bay, which emp∣ties into the south end of Lake Champlain. The distance is 18 miles. The difference of level and the face of the country are such as to justify a belief that the opening of this canal will not be less practi∣cable than useful.

Saranac river, passes through Plattsburg into Lake Champlain. It has been explored nearly 30 miles, and there found equal in size to the mouth. In this river is the greatest abundance of fish, such as salmon, bass, pike, pickerel, trout, &c.

Sable river, not far from the Saranac, is scarcely 60 yards wide. On this stream are remarkable falls. The whole descent of the water is about 200 feet, in several pitches, the greatest of which is 40 feet, perpendicular. At the foot of it the water is unfathomable. A large pine, has been seen in a freshet, to pitch over endwise, and remain several minutes under water. The stream is confined by high rocks on either side, a space of 40 feet, and the banks at the falls, are, at least, as many feet high. In a freshet the stood wood frequently lodges, and in a few minutes, the water rises to full banks, and then bursts away its obstructions, with a most tremendous crashing. The Big and Lit∣tle Chazy rivers are in the township of Champlain, which borders on the Canada line. Both are navigable some miles, the former 6 or 7 affording good mill seats—Several mills are already erected. The British have a post, and maintain a small garrison at Point-au-fer, in this township.

The river Boquet passes through the town of Willsborough, in Clinton county, and is navigable for boats about two miles, and is there interrupted by falls, on which are mills. At this place are the remains of an intrenchment, thrown up by General Burgoyne. Here he gave his famous war feast to his "numerous hosts of savages," and here probably he first conceived that celebrated proclamation which he afterwards brought forth.

Black river rises in the high country, near the sources of Canada Creek, which falls into Mohawk river, and takes its course N. W. and then N. E. till it discharges itself into Cataraqua or Irequois river, not far from Swegauchee. It is said to be navigable for bat∣teaux up to the lower falls, 60 miles, which is distant from the flou∣rishing settlement of Whitestown, 25 miles. The whole length of this river is reckoned at 112 miles.

Onondago river rises in the Oneida lake, runs westwardly into Lake Ontario at Oswego. It is boatable from its mouth to the head of the lake, 74 miles, (except a fall which occasions a portage of twenty yards) thence batteaux go up Wood Creek almost to Fort Stan∣wix,

40 miles; whence there is a portage of a mile to Mohawk river. Toward the head waters of this river salmon are caught in great quan∣tities.

Mohawk river rises to the northward of Fort Stanwix, about 8 miles from Black river, and runs southwardly 20 miles, to the sort; then eastward 110 miles, into the Hudson. The produce that is con∣veyed down this river is landed at Skenectady, and is thence carried by land sixteen miles, over a barren shrub plain, to Albany. Except a portage of about a mile, occasioned by the little falls, 56 miles a∣bove Skenectady, the river is passable for boats, from Skenectady, nearly or quite to its source. The perpendicular descent of these falls is estimated at 42 feet, in the course of one mile; and it is sup∣posed they might be locked so as to be rendered passable for boats car∣rying 5 tons for about £15,000 currency. The Cohoez, in this river, are a great curiosity. They are three miles from its entrance into the Hudson. The river is about 100 yards wide—the rock, over which it pours as over a mill dam, extends almost in a line from one side of the river to the other, and is about thirty feet perpendicular height. Including the descent above, the fall is as much as sixty or seventy feet. The rocks below, in some places, are worn many feet deep by the con∣stant friction of the water. The view of this tremendous cataract is diminished by the height of the banks on each side of the river. About a mile below the falls the river branches and forms a large i∣sland; but the two mouths may be seen at the same time from the op∣posite bank of the Hudson. The branches are fordable at low water, but are dangerous. A company by the name of "The President, Di∣rectors and Company of the Western Inland Lock Navigation, in the State of New York" were incorporated by the legislature of New York, in March 1792, for the purpose of opening a lock navigation from the now navigable part of Hudson's river, to be extended to Lake Ontario, and to the Seneca Lake. This rout has been surveyed, and found practicable, the expense estimated, and the funds subscribed, and the work is to be executed with all possible dispatch. The open∣ing of this navigation would be a vast acquisition to the commerce of this state. A shore of at least 1000 miles in length would, in conse∣quence of it, be washed by boatable waters, exclusive of all the great lakes, and many millions of acres, of excellent tillage land, rapidly settling, would be accommodated with water communication for con∣veying their produce to market.

Delaware river rises in Lake U••stayantho, lat. 42° 25′ and takes its course southwest, until it crosses into Pennsylvania in latitude 42°. Thence southwardly, dividing New York from Pennsylvania, until it strikes the northwest corner of New Jersey, in latitude 41° 24′; and then passes off to sea, through Delaware bay, having New Jersey on the east side, and Pennsylvania and Delaware on the west.

Susquehannah E. Branch river has its source in lake Otsego, lat. 42° 55′ from which it takes a southwest course. It crosses the line, which divides New York and Pennsylvania, three times, the last time near Tyoga point, where it received Tyoga river. Batteaux pass to its source—thence to Mohawk river is but twenty miles, capable of good roads.

Tyoga river rises in the Allegany mountains, in about latitude 42°, runs eastwardly, and empties into the Susquehannah at Tyoga point, in latitude 41° 57′. It is boatable about 50 miles.

Seneca river rises in the Seneca country, and runs eastwardly, and in its passage receives the waters of the Seneca and Cayuga lakes, (which lie north and south, ten or twelve miles apart, each is between thirty and forty miles in length, and about a mile in breadth) and empties into the Onondago river, 14 miles above the falls, at a place called Three Rivers. From Three river point to Onondago Lake, up Sen∣eca, river, is 12 miles. Within half a mile of this lake a salt spring issues from the ground, the water of which is salter than that of the ocean. It constantly emits water in sufficient quantity for works of any extent. It is probable the whole country will be supplied from this spring, and at a very cheap rate. This spring is the property of the state. This river is boatable from the lakes downwards.

Chenessee river rises near the source of the Tyoga, and runs north∣wardly by the Chenessee castle and flats, and empties into Lake Onta∣rio eighty miles east of Niagara fort. On this river is one set of large falls, not far from its junction with Lake Ontario. The inhabi∣tants improve these falls to good purpose, by the erection of mills up∣on them.

The northeast branch of the Allegany river, heads in the Allegany mountains, near the source of the Tyoga, and runs directly west un∣til it is joined by a larger branch from the southward, which rises near the west branch of the Susquehannah. Their junction is on the line between Pennsylvania and New York,. From this junction, the river pursues a northwest course, leaving a segment of the river of about fifty miles in length, in the state of New York, thence it proceeds in a circuitous southwest direction, until it crosses into Pennsylvania. From thence to its entrance into the Mississippi, it has already been described.

There are few fish in the rivers, but in the brooks are plenty of trout; and in the lakes, yellow perch, sunfish, salmon trout, catfish, and a variety of others.

From this account of the rivers, it is easy to conceive of the excel∣lent advantages for conveying produce to market from every part of the state.

The settlements already made in this state, are chiefly upon two narrow oblongs, extending from the city of New York, east and north. The one east, is Long Island, which is 140 miles long, and narrow, and surrounded by the sea. The one extending north is about forty miles in breadth, and bisected by the Hudson. And such is the inter∣section of the whole state, by the branches of the Hudson, the Dela∣ware, the Susquehannah, and other rivers which have been mentioned, that there are few places, throughout its whole extent, that are more than fifteen or twenty miles from some boatable or navigable stream.

BAYS AND LAKES.] York bay, which is nine miles long and four broad, spreads to the southward before the city of New York. It is formed by the confluence of the East and Hudson's rivers, and em∣bosoms several small islands. of which Governor's island is the prin∣cipal. It communicates with the ocean through the Narrows, between Staten and Long Islands, which are scarcely two miles wide. The passage up to New York, from Sandy Hook, the point of land that extends farthest into the sea, is safe, and not above twenty miles in length. The common navigation is between the east and west banks,

in about twenty two feet water. There is a light house at Sandy Hook, on a peninsula from the Jersey shore.

South bay lies 12 or 15 miles north of the northern bend in Hud∣son's river. At its north end it receives Wood Creek from the south, which is navigable several miles, and lined with fine meadows. Soon after it mingles its waters with East bay, which stretches eastward in∣to Vermont. At the junction of these bays, commences another bay or lake, from half a mile to a mile wide, whose banks are steep hills, o•• cliffs of rocks, generally inaccessable. At Ticonderoga, this bay receives the waters of Lake George, from the southwest, through a large brook, which rolls down a gentle declivity, at the foot of which were formerly a set of saw mills. The waters of Lake George are 100 feet higher than those of the bay.

Oneida Lake lies about twenty miles west of Fort Stanwix, and ex∣tends westward about 30 miles.

Salt Lake is small, and empties into Seneca river, soon after its junction with the Onondago river, about 12 miles from Three river point. This lake is strongly impregnated with saline particles, which circumstances gave rise to its name. The Indians make their salt from it.

Lake Otsego, at the head of Susquehannah river, is about nine miles long, and narrow, perhaps not more than a mile wide. The land on the banks of this lake is very good, and the cultivation of it easy.

Caniaderago Lake is nearly as large as Lake Otsego, and six miles west of it. A stream, by the name of Oaks Creek, issues from it, and sails into the Susquehannah river, about five miles below Otsego. The best cheese in the state of New York is said to be made upon this Creek.

Chatoque Lake is the source of Conawongo river, which empties into the Allegany. The lower end of it, whence the river proceeds, is in latitude 42° 10′; from thence to its head, is about twenty-five miles. From the northwest part of this to lake Lake Erie, is nine miles, and was once a communication used by the French.

On the north side of the mountains, in Orange county, is a very valuable tract called the Drowned Lands, containing about 40 or 50 000 acres. The waters, which descend from the surrounding hills, being but slowly discharged by the river issuing from it, cover these vast meadows every winter, and render then extremely fertile; but they expose the inhabitants in the vicinity to intermittents. The Wallkill river, which passes through this extensive amphibious tract, and emp∣ties into Hudson's river, is, in the spring, stored with very large ••els in great plenty. The bottom of this river is a broken rock: and it is supposed, that for 2000'. the channel might be deepened so as to let off all the waters from the meadows, and thereby redeem from the floods a large tract of rich land, for grass, hemp, and Indian corn.

ROADS.] The roads in this state have been in general but ••illy attended to till within the two or three last years. The legislature, convinced of the importance of attending to the matter, and per∣haps stimulated by the enterprizing and active Pennsylvanians, who are competitors for the trade of the western country, have lately granted very liberal sums, towards improving those roads that traverse the most settled parts of the country, and opening such as lead into

the western and northern parts of the state, uniting as far as possible the establishments on the Hudson's river, and the most populous parts of the interior country by the nearest practicable distances. A post regularly rides from Albany to the Chenesee river, once a fortnight through Whitestown, Geneva, Canadaqua, Canawargus and W••••••∣iamsburgh on the Chenesee river. By this establishment a safe and direct conveyance is opened between the most interior parts of the United States, to the west, and the several states in the union.

A grand road was opened through Clinton county, which bo••ders upon Canada, in the year 1790, under the direction of a Mr. Rogers, of Dutchess county, and after him called Rogers' road. This road adds greatly to the convenience and safety of travelling between the state of New York, and Canada, especially in the winter, when pass∣ing the Lakes on ice is often dangerous and always uncomforta∣ble.

A road also has been lately cut from Katt's Kill, on the Hudson, westwardly, which passes near Owasco Lake.

BRIDGES.] A Bridge called Staat's Bridge, 250 feet long and of a sufficient width to admit two carriages abreast has lately been thrown across Abram's Creek, which falls into Hudson's river, near the city of Hudson, by which a communication with the country, in a new direction, is opened from the city of Hudson; and a distance saved of 4 or 5 miles in the main post road from New York to Albany.

Skaticook bridge, in the town of that name, 10 miles from Lan∣sinburgh, is an ingenious structure, built at the private expenses of an enterprizing and liberal gentlemen. It cost 1400l. currency.

The legislature of the state here granted 3000l. to build a bridge over the sprouts of Mohawk river, whenever the sum of 1000l. shall be subscribed and paid. This bridge will be one of the longest in America, and will open a direct communication to a very extensive country, progressing fast in population, in the northwestern parts of the state.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, MOUNTAINS, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.} The state, to speak gen∣erally, is intersected by ridges of mountains running in a northeast and southwest direction. Beyond the Allegany mountains, however, the country is a dead lev∣el, of a fine, rich soil, covered in its natural state, with maple, beach, birch, cherry, black walnut, locust, hickory, and some mulberry trees. On the banks of Lake Erie, are a few chesnut and oak ridges. Hem∣lock swamps are interspersed thinly through the country. All the creeks that empty into Lake, Erie, have falls, which afford many ex∣cellent mill seats.

The lands between the Seneca and Cayuga Lakes, are represented as uncommonly excellent, being most agreeably diversified with gen∣tle risings, and timbered with lofty trees, with little underwood. The legislature of this state, have granted one million and a half acres of land, as a gratuity to the officers and soldiers of the line of this state. This tract is bounded west, by the east shore of the Seneca Lake, and the Massachusetts lands in the new county of Ontario; north by part of Lake Ontario near Fort Oswego; south, by a ridge of the Allegany mountains and the Pennsylvania line; and east, by the Tus∣caroro creek (which falls nearly into the middle of the Oneida lake) and that part of Montgomery which has been settling by the New England people very rapidly since the peace.

This pleasant country is divided into twenty-five townships of 6••,000 acres each, which are again subdivided into 100 convenient farms, of 600 acres, making in the whole 2,500 farms.

East of the Allegany mountains, the country is broken into hills with rich intervening vallies. The hills are clothed thick with timber, and when cleared afford line pasture—the vallies, when cultivated, pro∣duce, wheat, hemp, flax, peas, grass, oats, indian corn.

Besides the trees already mentioned, there are, in various parts of the state, the several kinds of oak, such as white, red, yellow, black and chesnut oak; white, yellow, spruce, and pitch pines; cedar, fir tree, butternut, aspin, commonly called popular, white wood, which in Pennsylvania is called poplar, and in Europe the tulip tree, rock maple, the linden tree which, with the whitewood, grows on the low rich ground, the buttonwood, shrub cranberry, the fruit of which hangs in clusters like grapes as large as cherries; this shrub too grows on low ground. Besides these is the sumach, which bears clusters of red berries; the Indians chew the leaves instead of tobacco; the ber∣ries are used in dyes. Of the commodities produced from culture, wheat is the staple. Of this article in wheat and flour, equivalent to one million bushels, are yearly exported. Indian corn and peas, are likewise raised for exportation; and rye, oats, barley, &c. for home consumption.

In some parts of the state large dairies are kept which furnish for the market butter and cheese. The best lands in this state, which lie along the Mohawk river, and north of it, and west of the Allegany moun∣tains, are yet mostly in a state of nature, but are most rapidly settling.

The county of Clinton, in the most northern part of the state, on Lake Champlain, and Lake George, lies about midway between Que∣bec and New York, and from 230 to 240 miles from each, and is settled by about 2000 inhabitants. A great proportion of the lands in this county are of an excellent quality, and produce in abundance the various kinds of grain, cultivated in other parts of the state. The inhabitants manufacture, earthen ware—pot and pearl ash, in large quantities, which they export to New York or Quebec—Their wool is of a better quality than that which is produced in more south∣ern climates, their beef and pork is second to none; and the price of stall fed beef in Montreal (distant 60 miles from Plattsburg) is such as to encourage the farmers to drive their cattle to that market. Their forests supply them with sugar and molasses, as every family, with no more implements than are necessary for common use, can make a suf∣ficiency for its own consumption, and that at a season when the far∣mer can be no otherwise employed. The soil is well adapted to the culture of hemp. The land carriage, from any part of the country, in transporting their produce to New York, does not exceed 18 miles. The carrying place at Ticonderoga is one mile and a half; and from Fort George at the south end of the lake of the same name, to Fort Edward, is but 14 miles; after which there are two or three small ob∣structions by falls, which are about to be removed by the proprietors of the northern canal. From this county to Quebec are annually sent large rafts; the rapids at St. John's and Chamblee being the on∣ly interruption in the navigation, and those not so great but that, at some seasons, batteaux with sixty bushes of salt can ascend them. At this distance from the sea, salt is fold at half a dollar a bushel.

In the northern and unsettled parts of the state, are a plenty of moose, deer, bears, some beavers, martins, and most other inhabitants of the forest, except wolves. Ducks, growse, pigeons, and fish of ma∣ny kinds, and particularly salmon, are taken in great abundance in different parts, and especially in the county of Clinton. At the mouth of Saranac river, which falls into Champlain, the salmon are found in such plenty, that it is usual to take 4 or 500 in a day with spears and small scoop nets. They are caught from May till Novem∣ber, and make excellent salted provisions, and every cottager, by spending an hour in the evening, may obtain a sufficient supply for his family.

POPULATION AND CHARACTER.] For the population of this state, according to the census of 1790, the reader is referred to the table of divisions. In 1786, the number of inhabitants was 238,897, of which 18,889 were blacks. In 1756, there were 96,775 inhabitants, including 13,542 blacks. The average annual increate of inhabitants in this state, from 1756, to 1786, was 4.554. The annual increase for the 4 years succeeding 1786, was upwards of 25,000. A great pro∣portion of this increase consists of emigrants from the New England states. The population for every square mile, including the whole state, is nearly eight, which shews that a great part of the state is yet unsettled.

The effects of the revolution have been as greatly, and as happily felt by this, as by any of the United States. The accession of inhab∣itants within a few years has been great, even beyond calculation; and so long as lands can be obtained upon advantageous terms, and with a good title, and the general government continues to protect industry and encourage commerce, so long they will continue to increase. The new settlements that are forming in the northern and western parts of the state, are principally by people from New England. It is remarka∣ble that the Dutch enterprize few or no settlements. Among all the new townships that have been settled since the peace, (and they have been astonishingly numerous) it is not known that one has been set∣tled by the Dutch. Although they are as 'intent upon gain' as other people, they had rather rest secure of what they possess, than hazard all or even a part, in uncertain attempts to increase it.

The English language is generally spoken throughout the state, but is not a little corrupted by the Dutch dialect, which is still spoken in some counties, particularly in King's, Ulster, Albany, and that part of Orange which lies south of the mountains. But as Dutch schools 〈◊〉〈◊〉 almost, if not wholly discontinued, that language, in a few generati•••••• will probably cease to be used at all. And the increase of Eng•••••••• schools has already had a perceptible effect in the improvement of English language.

The manners of the people differ as well as their language. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ancestors of the inhabitants in the southern and middle parts of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Island, were either natives of England, or the immediate descends 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the first settlers of New England, and their manners and cust•••••• are similar to those of their ancestors. The counties inhabited by the Dutch, have adopted the English manners in a great degree, but still re∣tain many modes, particularly in their religion, which are peculiar to the Hollanders. They are industrious, next and economical in the man∣agement of their farms and their families. Whatever business they

pursue, they generally follow the old track of their forefathers, and seldom invent any new improvements in agriculture, manufactures or mechanics. They were the first settlers of this state, and were partic∣ularly friendly to the English colony that settled at Plymouth in New England, in 1620; and continued to be amicably disposed towards the English colonies east of them, until the unhappy dispute arose con∣cerning the lands on Connecticut river.

The revolution and its consequences, have had a very perceptible in∣fluence in diffusing a spirit of liberality among the Dutch, and in dispell∣ing the clouds of ignorance and national prejudice. Schools, academies and colleges are established and establishing for the education of their children, in the English and learned languages, and in the arts and sciences, and a literary and scientific spirit is evidently increasing. If such are the buddings of improvement in the dawn of our empire, what a rich harvest may we expect in its meridian.

The city of New York is inhabited principally by merchants, phy∣sicians, lawyers, mechanics, shop keepers and tradesmen, composed of almost all nations and religions. They are generally respectable in their several professions, and sustain the reputation of honest, punct∣••l, fair dealers.

The manners and character of the inhabitants of every colony or state, will take their colouring, in a greater or less degree, from the peculiar manners of the first settlers. It is much more natural for emigrants to a settlement to adopt the customs of the original inhabitants, than the contrary, even though the emigrants should, in length of time, become the most numerous. Hence it is that the neatness, parsimony and in∣dustry of the Dutch were early imitated by the first English settlers in the province, and, until the revolution, formed a distinguishing trait in their provincial character. It is still discernible, though in a much less degree, and will probably continue visible for many years to come.

Besides the Dutch and English already mentioned, there are in this states many emigrants from Scotland, Ireland, Germany, and some few from France. Many Germans are settled on the Mohawk, and some Scots people on the Hudson, in the county of Washington. The prin∣cipal part of the two former settled in the city of New York; and re∣tain the manners, the religion, and some of them the language of their respective countries. The French emigrants settled principally at New Rochelle and on Staten island, and their descendants, several of them, now fill some of the highest offices in the United States.

CHIEF TOWNS.] There are three incorporated cities in this state; New York. Albany and Hudson. New York is the capital of the state, and stands on the southwest point of Manhattan, common∣ly called New York island, at the confluence of the Hudson and east rivers. The principal part of the city lies on the east side of the island, although the buildings extend from one river to the other. The length of the city on East River is about two miles; but falls much short of that distance on the banks of the Hud∣son. Its breadth on an average is nearly three fourths of a mile; and its circumference may be four miles. The plan of the city is not per∣fectly regular, but is laid out with reference to the situation of the ground. The ground which was unoccupied before the peace of 1783, was laid out in parallel streets of convenient width, which has had a

good effect upon the parts of the city lately built. The principal streets run nearly parallel with the rivers. These are intersected, though not at right angles, by streets running from river to river. In the width of the streets there is a great diversity. Water street and Queen street, which occupy the banks of East river, are very conven∣iently situated for business, but they are low and too narrow; not ad∣mitting, in some places, of walks on the sides for foot passengers. Broad street, extending from the Exchange to City hall, is sufficiently wide. This was originally built on each side of the creek, which penetrated almost to the city hall. This street is low, but pleasant. But the most convenient and agreeable part of the city is the Broadway. It begins at a point which is formed by the junction of the Hudson and East rivers—occupies the height of land between them, upon a true meridional line—rises gently to the northward—is near 70 feet wide—adorned, where the fort formerly flood, (which has lately been levelled) with an elegant brick edifice for the accom∣modation of the Governor of the state, and a public walk from the extremity of the point, occupying the ground of the lower battery, which is now demolished—also with two Episcopal Churches and a number of elegant private buildings. It terminates, to the northward, in a triangular area, fronting the bridewell and alms house, and com∣mands from any point, a view of the Bay and Narrows.

Since the year 1788, that part of the city which was buried in ru∣ins during the war, has been rapidly rebuilding—the streets widened, straitened, raised in the middle under an angle sufficient to carry off the water to the tide gutters, and foot ways of brick made on each side. At this time, the part that was destroyed by fire is almost wholly cov∣ered with elegant brick houses.

Wall street is generally 50 feet wide and elevated, and the build∣ings elegant. Hanover square and Dock street are conveniently situ∣ated for business, and the houses well built. William street is also elevated and convenient, and is the principal market for retailing dry goods. Many of the other streets are pleasant, but most of them are irregular and narrow.

The houses are generally built of brick, and the roofs tiled. There are remaining a few houses built after the old Dutch manner; but the English taste has prevailed almost a century.

Upon the southwest point of the land, a fort with four bastions, formerly stood, and also a battery below. The area of the fort con∣tained an elegant house for the accomodation of the royal governors, and was consume by fire in Gov. Tryon's time. This fort and battery were removed in the year 1791.

The most magnificent edifice in this city is Federal hall, situated at the head of Broad street, where its non•• appears to great advantage. The basement story is Tuscan, and is pierced with seven openings; four massy pillars in the centre, support four Doric columns and a pediment. The freeze is ingeniously divided, to admit 13 stars in metopes; these with the American Eagle, and other insignia in the pediment, and the tablets over the windows, flied with the 13 arrows and the olive branch united, mark it as a building designated for na∣tional purposes. After entering from the Broad street, we find a plain∣ly finished square room, flagged with stone, and to which the citizens have free access: from this we enter the vestibule in the centre of

the pile, which leads in front to the floor of the Representatives room, or real Federal Hall, and through two arches on each side by a public stair case on the left, and by a private one on the right, to the senate chamber and lobbies.

This vestibule is paved with marble—is very lofty and well finished; the lower part is of a light rustle, which supports a handsome iron gallery; the upper half is in a lighter style, and is finished with a sky light of about 12 by 18 feet, which is decorated with a profusion of ornament in the richest tame. The representatives' room is a spacious and elegant apartment, 61 feet deep, 58 wide and 36 high, a coved ceiling of about 10 feet high not included. This room is of an oc∣tangular form; four of its sides are rounded in the manner of nitches, and give a graceful variety to the whole. The windows are large, and placed 16 feet from the floor; all below them is finished with plain wainscot, interrupted only by four chimmes; but above these a number of lonick columns and pilasters with their proper entablature are very judiciously disposed and give great elegance. In the pan∣nels between the windows, trophies are carved, and the letters U. S. to a cypher surrounded with laurel. The speaker's chair is oppo∣site the great door and raised by several steps; the chairs for the members are ranged semicircularly, in two rows in front of the speak∣er. There are two galleries, for the accommodation of spectators.

On the left of the vestibule is a lobby 19 by 48 feet, finished with Tuscan pilasters. This leads to the senate chamber, which is 40 feet long, 30 wide, and 20 high, with an arched ceiling. It has 3 win∣dows in front and 3 back. Those in front open into a gallery, 12 feet deep guarded by an elegant iron railing. In this gallery our beloved PRESIDENT, attended by the Senate and House of Repre∣sentatives, took his oath of office, in the face of Heaven, and in pre∣sence of a large concourse of people assembled in front.

The senate chamber is decorated with pilasters, of an order invented by Major 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Enfant the architect, which have a magnificent appearance. The marble which is used in the chimneys is American; and for beauty of shades and polish, is equal to any of its kind in Europe. Besides these there are several other rooms for use and convenience; a libra∣ry, lobbies and committee rooms above, and guard rooms below. The building on the whole does much credit to the ingenuity and abilities of the architect.

The other public buildings, in the city are three houses for public worship for the Dutch Reformed church—four presbyterran churches—three Episcopal churches; two for German Lutherans and Cal∣vinists—two Friends' meeting houses—two for Baptists—two for me∣thodists—one for Moravians—one Roman Catholic church—one French protestant church, out of repair, and a Jews' synagogue. Besides these there is the Governor's house, already mentioned, a most ele∣gant building—the college, goal, and several other buildings of less note. The city is accommodated with four markets in different parts, which are furnished with a great plenty and variety of provisions in neat and excellent order.

The government of the city (which was incorporated in 1696) is now in the hands of a mayor, aldermen and common council. The city is divided into seven wards, in each of which there is chosen annually by the people an alderman and an assistant, who together

with there corder, are appointed annually by the council of appoint∣ment.

The mayor's court, which is held from time to time by adjournment, is in high reputation, as a court of law.

A court of sessions is likewise held for the trial of criminal causes.

The situation of the city is both healthy and pleasant. Surrobund∣ed on all sides by water, it is refreshed with cool breezes in summer, and the air in winter is more temperate than in other places under the same parallel. York island is fifteen miles in length, and hardly one in breadth. It is joined to the main by a bridge called king's bridge. The channels between Long and Staten Islands, and between Long and York Islands are so narrow as to occasion an unusual rapid∣ity of the tides, which is increased by the confluence of the waters of the Hudson and East River. This rapidity in general prevents the obstruction of the channel by ice, so that the navigation is clear, ex∣cept for a few days in seasons when the weather is uncommonly se∣vere. There is no bason or bay for the reception of ships; but the road where they lie in East river, is defended from the violence of the sea by the islands which interlock with each other; so that except that of Rhode Island, and Portland in the District of Main, the har∣bour of New York, which admits ships of any burthen, is the best in the United States.

This city is esteemed the most eligible situation for commerce in the United States. It almost necessarily commands the trade of one half New Jersey, most of that of Connecticut, and part of that of Massachusetts, and almost the whole of Vermont, besides the whole fertile interior country, which is penetrated by one of the largest riv∣ers in America. This city imports most of the goods consumed be∣tween a line of thirty miles east of Connecticut river, and twenty miles west of the Hudson, which is 130 miles, and between the ocean and the confines of Canada, about 400 miles; a considerable por∣tion of which is the best peopled of any part of the United States, and the whole territory contains at least 800,000 people, of one fifth of the inhabitants of the union. Besides some of the other states are par∣tially supplied with goods from New York. But in the staple com∣modity flour, Pennsylvania and Maryland have exceeded it—the sup∣erfine flour of those states commanding a higher price than that of New York; not that the quality of the grain is worse, but because greater attention is paid in those states to the inspection and manufac∣ture of that article.

In the manufacture likewise of iron, paper, cabinet works, &c. Pennsylvania exceeds not only New York, but all her sister states. In times of peace, however, New York will command more commercial business than any town in the United States. In time of war it will be insecure, without a marine force; but a small number of ships will be able to defend it from the most formidable attacks by sea.

A want of good water is a great inconvenience to the citizens; there being few wells in the city. Most of the people are supplied every day with fresh water, conveyed to their doors in casks, from a pump near the head of Queen-street, which receives it from a spring almost a mile from the centre of the city. This well is about 20 feet deep and four feet diameter. The average quantity drawn daily from this remarkable well, is 110 hogsheads of 130 gallons each.—In some hot

summer days 216 hogsheads have been drawn from it; and what is very singular, there is never more or less than about 3 feet water in the well. The water is sold commonly at three pence a hogshead at the pump. Several proposals have been made by individuals to supply the citizens by pipes; but none have yet been accepted.

New York is the gayest place in America. The ladies, in the richness and brilliancy of their dress, are not equalled in any city in also United States; not even in Charleston (S. C.) which has heretofore been called the centre of the Beau Monde. The la∣••••i••••, however, are not solely employed in attentions to dress. There are many who are studious to add to the brilliant external accom∣plishments, the more brilliant and lasting accomplishments of the mind. Nor have they been unsuccessful; for New York can boast of great numbers of refined taste, whose minds are highly improved, and whose conversation is as inviting as their personal charms. Tinc∣tured with a Dutch education, they manage their families with good economy and singular neatness.

In point of sociability and hospitality, New York is hardly exceed∣ed by any town in the United States. If, however, in regard to these agreeable characteristics, the preference must be given to any one place, it decidedly belongs to Charleston (S. C.) Some travellers have, to these respects, given Boston the preference to New York.

An enquirer, who would wish to acquaint himself with the state of the people of New York, their manners and government, would nat∣urally ask the citizens for their societies for the encouragement of sciences, arts, manufactures, &c? For their public libraries? For their patrons of literature? Their well regulated academies? For their fe∣male academy for instructing young ladies in geography, history, belles lettres, &c? Such enquiries might be made with propriety, but could not at present, be answered satisfactorily. From the spirit of improvement, however, which has of late appeared, there is reason 〈◊〉〈◊〉 believe that this trait in the character of the citizens of New York, will give place to one distinguished for a preference for these things.

On a general view of this city, as described thirty years ago, and in its present state, the comparison is flattering to the present age; particularly the improvements in taste, elegance of manners, and that only unaffected civility and politeness which form the happiness of social intercourse.

It is found, by a memorandum in one of the old registers, that the number of inhabitants in the city, taken by order of the King in the year 1697, was as follows:

Whites.	Men	946	Negroes.	Men	20••
Women	1018	Women	205
Young men and boys	864	Boys and girls	161
Young women and girls	899
Total		3727			575

The number of inhabitants in the city and county of New York in 1756, was 10,881: 1771—21,863; 1786—23,614; 1790—33,131.

The city of Albany is situated upon the west side of Hudson's river, the ••60 miles north of the city of New York, in latitude 42° 36′, and i••

by charter granted in 1686, one mile upon the river, and 16 miles, bac••••▪ It contains upwards of 1000 houses, built mostly by treading people on the margin of the river. The houses stand chiefly upon Pearl, Mark 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Water streets, and six other streets or lanes which cross them at right angles. They are mostly built in the old Dutch Gothi•• stil•••• with the gable end to the street, which custom the first settlers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with them from Holland. The gable end is commonly of brick, with the heavy moulded ornament of flaunting with notches, like stairs, and an iron horse, for a weathercock, at top. The houses are seldom more than one story and a half high, and have but little conveniences, and less elegance; but they are kept very neat, being rubbed, with a mop almost every day, and scoured every week. Many new, houses however, have lately been built in this city, all in the modern 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the inhabitants are paving the streets in the New York plan, with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ways, and making other improvements.

They city of Albany contains about 4000 inhabitants, collected from various parts. As great a variety of languages are spoken in Albany as in any town in the United States, but the English predominates, and the use of every other is constantly lessening. Adventurers in pursuit of wealth, the led here by the advantages for trade which this place affords.

Albany is unrivalled in its situation. It stands on the bank of one of the finest rivers in the world, at the head of sloop navigation. It enjoys a salubrious air, as is evinced by the longevity of its inhabitants. It is the natural Emporium of the increasing trade of a large extent of country west and north—a country of an excellent soil, abounding in every article for the West India market—plentifully watered with navigable lakes, creeks and rivers, as yet only partially peopled, but settling with almost unexampled rapidity, and capable of affording subsistence and affluence to millions of inhabitants. No part of A∣merica, affords a more eligible opening for emigrants than this. And when the contemplated locks and canals are completed, the bridge over the Mohawk river erected, and convenient roads opened into every part of the country, all which will, it is expected, be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 complished in a few years, Albany will probably increase and flourish beyond almost every other city or town in the United States.

The well water in this city is extremely bad, scarcely drinkable by those who are not accustomed to it. It oozes through a stiffiblu•• clay and it imbibes in its passage, the fine particles common to that kind of soil. This discolors it, and when exposed any length of time to the air, it acquires a disagreeable taste. Indeed all the water for cooking is brought from the river, and many families use it to drink. The wat∣er in the wells is unwholesome, being full of little insects, resembling, except in size, those which we frequently see in stagnated rain water. But the inhabitants are about to remedy this inconvenience by con∣structing water works, to convey good water into the city.

The public buildings are a Low Dutch church, one for Presbyterians, one for Germans or High Dutch, one for Episcopalians—a Hospital, the City Hall, and a handsome brick Goal.

The city of Hudson has had the most rapid growth as any places in America, if we except Baltimore, in Maryland. It is situated on the east side of Hudson's river, in latitude 42° 23′ and is 130 miles north of New York; thirty miles south of Albany, and four miles west from

old Claverack town. It is surrounded by an extensive and Fertile back country, and in proportion to its size and population, carries on a large trade.

No longer ago than the autumn of 1783, Messrs. Seth and Thomas J••nkins, from Providence, in the state of Rhode Island, having first reconnoitered all the way up the river, fixed on the unsettled spot where Hudson now stands, for a town. To this spot they found the river was navigable for vessels of any size. They purchased a tract of about a mile square, bordering on the river, with a large bay to the southward, and divided it into thirty parcels or shares. Other adven∣turers were admitted to proportions, and the town was laid out in squares, formed by spacious streets, crossing each other at right angles. Each square contains thirty lots, two deep, divided by a twenty feet alley; each lot is fifty feet in front and 120 feet in depth.

In the spring of 1784, several houses and stores were erected. The increase of the town from this period to the spring of 1786, two years only, was astonishingly rapid, and reflects great honour upon the en∣terpriaing and persevering spirit of the original founders. In the space of time just mentioned, no less than 150 dwelling houses, besides shops, barns, and other buildings, four warehouses, several wharves, spermaceti works, a covered rope walk, and one of the best distilleries in America, were erected, and 1500 fouls collected on a spot, which, three years before, was improved as a farm, and but two years before began to be built. Its increase since has been very rapid; a printing office has been established, and several public buildings have been erected, besides dwelling houses, stores, &c. The inhabitants are plentifully and conveniently supplied with water, brought to their cellars in wooden pipes, from a spring two miles from the town.

It stands on an eminence from which are extensive and delightful views to the northwest, north, and round that way to then southeast, consisting of hills and vallies, variegated with woods and orchards, cornfields and meadows, with the river, which is in most places a mile over, and may be seen a considerable distance to the northward, forming a number of bays and creeks. From the southeast to the south∣west, the city is screened with hills at different distances, and west, afar off over the river and a large valley, the prospect is bounded by a chain of stupendous mountains, called the Katts-kill, running to the west north west, which add a magnificence and sublimity to the whole scene.

Upwards of twelve hundred sleighs entered the city daily, for sever∣al days together, in February, 1786, loaded with grain of various kinds, boards, shingles, staves, hoops, iron ware, stone for building, firewood, and sundry articles of provision for the market, from which some idea may be formed of the advantage of its situation, with respect to the country adjacent, which is every way extensive and fertile, particularly westward. The original proprietors of Hudson offered to purchase a tract of land adjoining the south part of the city of Al∣bany, and were constrained, by a refusal of the proposition, to become competitors for the commerce of the northern country, when oth∣erwise they would have added great wealth and consequence to Albany.

Poughkeepsie is the shire town of Dutchess county, and is situated upon the east side of Hudson's river, and north of Wapping kill or creek. It is a pleasant little town, and has frequently been the seat of the state government.

Lansinburgh, formerly called the New City, stands on the east side of the Hudson, just opposite the south branch of Mohawk river, and 9 miles north of Albany. It is a very flourishing place, pleasantly situ∣ated on a plain at the foot of a hill.

Kingston is the county town of Ulster. Before it was burnt by the British, in 1777, it contained about 200 houses, regularly built on an elevated dry plain, at the mouth of a little pleasant stream, called Eusopus kill or creek, that empties into the Hudson; but is nearly two miles west from the river. The town has been rebuilt.

S••enectady is sixteen miles northwest of Albany, in Albany county, situated on the banks of the Mohawk river. The town is compact and regular, built of brick, and, excepting a few, in the old Dutch style, on a rich flat of low land, surrounded with hills. The windings of the river through the town, and the fields, which are often over∣flowed in the spring, afford a beautiful prospect about harvest time. As it is at the foot of navigation on a long river, which passes through a very fertile country, one would suppose it to embrace much of the commerce of it: but originally knowing no other than the fur trade, since the revolution the place has decayed, and no advantage been taken of its happy situation.

Plattsburgh is an extensive township in Clinton county, situated on the west margin of Lake Champlain. From the south part of the town the mountains trund away wide from the lake, and leave a charming tract of excellent land, of a rich loam, well watered, and about an equal proportion suitable for meadow and for tillage. The land rises in a gentle ascent for several miles from the lake, of which every farm will have a delightful view. Seven years ago, this town∣ship and the whole county indeed, which at present contains several thousand inhabitants, was a wilderness; now they have a house for pub∣lic worship, a court house and goal, the courts to common pleas and gen∣eral sessions of the peace, sit here twice in a year; they have artizans of al∣most every kind among them, and furnish among the themselves all the mate∣rials for building, glass excepted. Polite circles may here be found, and the genteel traveller be entertained with the luxuries of a seaport, a tune on the harpsicord, and a philosophical conversation. This, with many o∣ther instances of the kind, serve to verify a prophetic remark, in a letter of Congress to their constituents, written in a time of gloomy des∣pondency, to the following purport: "Vast lakes and rivers, scarce∣ly known or explored, whole waters have rolled for ages in silence and obscurity to the ocean, and extensive wildernesses of fertile soil, the dwelling place of savage beasts, shall yet hear the din of industry, become subservient to commerce, and boast delightful villas, gilded spires and spacious cities, rising on their banks, and fields loaded with the fruit of cultivation."

AGRICULTURE AND MANUFACTURES.] New York is consider∣ably behind her neighbours in New England, New Jersey, and Penn∣sylvania, in point of improvements in agriculture and manufactures. Among other reasons for this deficiency, that of want of enterprize in the inhabitants is not the least. Indeed their local advantages have been such as that they have grown rich without enterprize. Besides, lands have hitherto been cheap, and farms of course large, and in re∣quires much less ingenuity to raise 1000 bushels of wheat upon 60 a∣cres of land, than to raise the same quantity upon 30 acres. So long

therefore as the farmer in New York can have 60 acres of land, to raise 1000 bushels of wheat, he will never trouble himself to find out how he can raise the same quantity upon half the land. It is popula∣tion alone that stamps a value upon lands, and lays a foundation for high improvements in agriculture. When a man is obliged to maintain a fam∣ily on a small farm, his invention is exercised to find out every improve∣ment that may render it more productive. This appears to be the great reason why the lands on Delaware and Connecticut rivers, pro∣duce to the farmer twice as much clear profit, as lands in equal quan∣tity and of the same quality upon the Hudson. If the preceding ob∣servations be just, improvements will keep pace with population and the increasing value of lands. Another cause which has heretofore operated in preventing agricultural improvements in this state, has been their government, which, in the manner it was conducted un∣til the revolution, was extremely unfavourable to improvements of al∣most every kind, and particularly in agriculture. The governors were many of them land jobbers, bent on making their fortunes; and be∣ing invested with power to do this, they either engrossed for them∣selves, or patented away to their particular favourites, a very great proportion of the whole province. This, as has been before observed, proved an effectual bar to population, and of course, according to our present hypothesis, has kept down the price of lands, and so prevented improvements in agriculture. It ought to be observed, in this connection, that these overgrown estates could be cultivated on∣ly by the hands of tenants, who, having no right in the soil, and no certain prospect of continuing upon the farm which they held at the will of their landlord, had no motives to make those expensive improvements, which, though not immediately productive, would prove very profitable in some future period. The tenant, dependent on his landlord for his annual support, confines his views and im∣provements to the present year; while the independent freeholder, secure of his estate for himself and his successors, carries his views in∣to futurity, and early lays the foundation for growing improvement. But these obstacles have been removed, in a great measure, by the re∣volution. The genius of the government of this state, however, still favours large monopolies of lands, which have, for some years back been granted, without regard either to quantity or settlement. The fine fertile country of the Mohawk, in Montgomery county, which was formerly possessed by Sir William Johnson, and other land job∣bers, who were enemies to their country, has been forfeited to the state, and is now split up into freehold estates, and settling with astonishing rapidity.

The foregoing observations will in a great measure account for the great neglect of manufactural improvements. Mr. Smith in his history of New York, more than thirty years ago, observed, "It is much ow∣ing to the disproportion between the number of our inhabitants, and the vast tracts still remaining to be settled, that we have not as yet, entered upon scarcely any other manufactures, than such as are indis∣pensably necessary for our home convenience." This same cause has operated ever since, in the same way, though not, of late, in the same degree.

Great improvements in agriculture can not be expected (unless they are made by a few individuals who have a particular genius for that

business) so long as lands are plenty and cheap; and improvements in manufactures never precede, but invariably follow improvements in agriculture. These observations apply more particularly to the coun∣try. The city of New York, contains a great number of people, who are employed in various kinds of manufactures. Among many other articles manufactured in this city are wheel carriages of all kinds, loaf sugar, bread, beer, shoes and boots, saddlery, cabinet work, cutlery, hats, wool cards, clocks, watches, potters ware, umbrellas, all kinds of mathematical and musical instruments, ships and every things necessary for their equipment. Glass works, and several iron works, have been established in different parts of the country, but they never till lately have been very productive, owing solely to the want of workmen, and the high price of labour; its necessary consequence. The internal re∣sources and advantages for these manufactories, such as ore, wood, wa∣ter, hearth stone, proper situations for bloomeries, forges and all kinds of water works, are immense. There are several paper mills in the state, which are worked to advantage. The manufacture of maple sugar, within a few years past, has become an object of great importance. As many as 300 chests of 400lb. each, were made in the thinly inhabited county of Otsego, in the year 1791; besides large quan∣tities, sufficient for home consumption, in other newly settled parts of the state.

TRADE.] The situation of New York, with respect to foreign markets, has decidedly the preference to any of the states. It has at all seasons of the year, a short and easy access to the ocean. We have already mentioned that it commands the trade of a great propor∣tion of the best settled, and best cultivated parts of the United States. New York has not been unmindful of her superior local advantages, but has availed herself of them to their full extent.

Their exports to the West Indies are, biscuit, peas, Indian corn, apples, onions, boards, staves, horses, sheep, butter, cheese, pickled oysters, beef and pork. But wheat is the staple commodity of the state, of which no less than 677,700 bushels were exported in the year 1775, besides 2,555 tons of bread, and 2,828 tons of flour. Inspect∣ors of flour are appointed to prevent impositions, and to see that none is exported but that which is deemed by them merchantable. West India goods are received in return for these articles. Besides the above mentioned articles, are exported flaxseed, cotton wool, sarsaparilla, coffee, indigo, rice, pig iron, bar iron, pot ash, pearl ash, furs, deer skins, log wood, fustic, mahogany, bees wax, oil, Madeira wine, rum, tar, pitch, turpentine, whale finds, fish, sugars, molasses, salt, tobacco, lard, &c. but most of these articles are imported for re-exportation. The trade of this state has greatly increased since the revolution, and the balance is almost constantly in its favour. The exports to foreign parts, for the year ending Sept. 30th 1791, consisting principally of the articles above enumerated, amounted to 2,516,197 dollars. This state owns 46,626 tons of shipping, besides which the finds employ∣ment for about 40,000 tons of foreign vessels.

MEDICINAL SPRINGS.] The most noted springs in this state are snore of Saratoga. They are eight or nine in number, situated in the margin of a marsh, formed by a branch of Kayadarossora Creek, about twelve miles west from the confluence of Fish Creek, and Hud∣son's river. They are surrounded by a rock of a peculiar kind,

formed by petrefactions. One of them, however, more par∣ticularly attracts the attention; it rises above the surface of the earth five or six feet, in the form of a pyramid. The aperture in the top, which discoveres the water, is perfectly cylindrical, of about nine inches diameter. In this the water is about twelve inches below the top, except at the time of its annual discharge, which is common∣ly in the beginning of summer. At all times it appears to be in as great agitation as if boiling in a pot, although it is extremely cold. The same appearances obtain in the other springs, except that the sur∣rounding rocks are of different figures, and the water flows regularly from them.

By observation and experiment, the principal impregnation of the water is found to be a fossile acid, which is predominant in the taste. It is also strongly impregnated with a saline substance, which is very discernible in the taste of the water, and in the taste and smell of the petrified matter about it. From the corrosive and dissolving nature of the acid, the water acquires a chalybeate property, and receives into its composition a portion of calcareous earth, which, when separated, resembles an impure magnesia. As the different springs have no es∣sential variance in the nature of their waters, but the proportions of the chalybeate impregnation, it is rendered probable that they are de∣rived from one common source, but flow it, separate channels, where they have connection with metalic bodies, in greater or less propor∣tions. The stomachs of some females however, are so delicate, as to perceive a difference in the effect and operation of the different springs.

The prodigious quantity of air contained in this water, makes a∣nother distinguishing property of it. This air, striving for enlarge∣ment, produces the fermentation and violent action of the water be∣fore described. After the water has stood a small time in an open vessel (no tight one will contain it) the air escapes, the water becomes vapid, and looses all that life and pungency which distinguish it when first taken from the pool. The particles of dissolved earth are depo∣sited as the water flows off, which, with the combination of the salts and fixt air, concrete and form the rocks about the springs.

As to the quality of these medicinal springs, to most people who drink the waters, they are at first very disagreeable, having a strong, brackish, briny taste; but use in a great measure takes off the nause∣ousness, and renders them palatable, and to many, very grateful. Up∣on a sew they operate as an emetic: upon most as cathartic and diuretic. They may be taken in very large quantities without sensi∣ble injury, or disagreeable operation.

The following curious experiments made on these waters, are extract∣ed from Dr. Mitchell's Journal.

"A young turkey held a few inches above the water in the crater of the lower spring, was thrown into convulsions in less than half a mi∣nute, and gasping, shewed signs of approaching death; but on remov∣al from that place, and exposure to the fresh air, revived and became lively. On immersion again for a minute in the gas, the bird was taken out languid and motionless.

A small dog put into the same cavity, and made to breathe the con∣tained air, was, in less than one minute, thrown into convulsive mo∣tions—made to pant for breath, and safely to loss entirely the power

to cry or move; when taken out, he was too weak to stand, but soon, in the common air, acquired strength enough to rise and stagger away.

A trout recently caught, and briskly swimming in a pail of brook water, was carefully put into a vessel just filled from the spring; the fish was instantly agitated with violent convulsions, gradually loft the capacity to move and poise itself, grew stupid and insensible, and in a few minutes was dead.

A candle repeatedly lighted and let down near the surface of the water, was suddenly extinguished, and not a vestige of light or fire remained on the wick.

A bottle filled with the water and shaken, emits suddenly a large quantity of aerial matter, that either forces out the cork, or makes a way beside or through it, or bursts the vessel.

A quantity of wheaten flour, moistened with this water and kneaded into dough, when made into cakes and put into a baking pan, rose, during the application of heat, into light and soungy bread, without the aid of yeast or leaven.

From which it appears that the air extricated from the water is pre∣cisely similar to that produced by ordinary fermentation.

Some lime water, made of stalactites brought from the subterranean cave at Rhinebec, became immediately turbid on mixture with the spring water, but when the water had been lately drawn, the precipi∣tate was quickly re-dissolved.

Some of the rock surrounding the spring, on being put into the fire, calcined to quick lime, and slacked very well.

When the aerial matter has evaporated, the water loses it transpar∣ency and lets fall a calcarious sediment.

Whence it is true, that the gas is aerial acid, that the rock is lime∣stone, and that by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the former the water becomes capable of dissolving and conveying the latter.

Great numbers of people, under a variety of maladies, resort to these springs, and many find relief, and a considerable number a complete cure, particularly in bilious disorders, salt rheum, and relaxations. But as the waters are unfriendly and even fatal in some disorders, they ought to be used under the direction of a physician thoroughly ac∣quainted with the qualities of the waters, and the diseases of the pa∣tients. Ignorant of the suitableness of the waters to their complaints, many have imprudently thrown away their lives in the use of them.

New Lebanon springs are next in celebrity to those of Saratoga. New Lebanon, is a pleasant village, situated partly in a vale, and part∣ly on the declivity of hills. The pool is situated on a commanding eminence, overlooking the valley, and surrounded with a few houses which afford but indifferent accommodations for the valetudinarians who resort here in search of health. The waters have an agreeable temperature, and are not unpleasant to the taste. From the experi∣ments of Dr. Mitchill, it appears that the water contains no iron, no lime, no neutral salt, no fixed air no other acid—that soap, unites ve∣ry well with the water, and makes a good lather, and is excellent for bleaching cloths—that the spring is a Tharmoe, and has a plenty of lime-stone in its neighbourhood. Its warmth is so considerable that during the coolness of the morning, even in August, copious vapours are emitted by the pool and the stream which issues from it, for a considerable distance. But the evaporated matter has no peculiar o∣dour.

From all which particulars, taken together, this theory ration∣ally results—A quantity of iron and brimstone, somewhere within the mountain, are, by reason of their chemical affinity, in the act of com∣bining into martial pyrites. During their action upon each other, heat is produced, and pure air absorbed. The water running in the neigh∣bourhood of this bed of pyrites, borrows some of its heat, and receives also that part of the atmospheric fluid which remains after the con∣sumption of the pure air, to wit, soul or azotic gas. But as the heat is excited in the bowels of a calcarious mountain, it happens that by the combination of the lime stone with a very small portion of the sulphur, a calcarious hepar is formed, which flying off in the form of hepatic gas, gives an exceedingly flight tincture to the water of the pool. These waters are used with success it is said, in scorbutic and rheumatic dis∣eases, salt rheums, &c. but are pernicious to consumptive persons.

In the new town of Renssalaer, nearly opposite the city of Albany, a medicinal spring has lately been discovered, combining most of the valuable properties of the celebrated waters of Saratoga. Should further experiments confirm the favourable opinion already entertained of this spring, it will prove a fortunate discovery for the city of Albany and for the country adjoining, as well as for the inva∣lids who annually resort to Saratoga, under many inconveniences and at a great expense.

The salt springs we have already mentioned. The weight of a bushel of the salt made of these waters is 56lb. and is equal in good∣ness to that imported from Turks Island.

MINERALS AND FOSSILS.] This state embosoms vast quantities of iron ore. Naturalists have observed that ore, in swamps and pon∣dy ground, vegetates and increases. There is a silver mine at Phil∣lipsburg, which produces virgin silver. Lead is found in Herkemer country, and sulphur in Montgomery. Spar, zink or spelter, a semi metal, magnez, used in glazings, pyrites, of a golden hue, various kinds of copper ore, and lead and coal mines, are found in this state. Also petrified wood, plaster of Paris, ising glass in sheets, tales and crystals of various kinds and colors, stint, asbestos, and several other fossils. A small black stone has also been found, which vitrifies with a small heat, and it is said makes excellent glass.

LITERARY AND HUMANE SOCIETIES.] There are very few soci∣eties for improvement in knowledge or humanity in this state; and these few are in the city of New York. The first is 'The society for promoting useful knowledge.' This society in upon an establish∣ment similar to other philosophical societies in Europe and America, but is not incorporated. The members meet once a month. Second∣ly. 'The society for the manumission of slaves and protecting such of them as have been or may be liberated.' This society meets once a quarter. Both these societies consist of gentlemen of the first char∣acter in the city, and of some in other parts of the state. Besides these there is a marine society, a society for the relief of poor debtors confined in goal—A Manufacturing society, an Agricultural society lately established, of which the members of the legislature, are, ex offi∣••••••s members, and a Medical society.

LITERATURE, COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, &c.] Until the year 1754, there was no college in the province of New York. The state of literature, at that time, I shall give in the words of their historian.

"Our schools are in the lowest order; the instructors want instruc∣tion, and through a long and shameful neglect of all the arts and sci∣ences, our common speech is extremely corrupt, and the evidences of a bad taste, both as to thought and language, are visible in all our pro∣ceedings, public and private." This may have been a just representa∣tion at the time when it was written; but much attention has since been paid to education. There are eight incorporated academies in different parts of the state; but many parts of the country are yet ei∣ther unfurnished with schools, or the schools which they have are kept by low, ignorant men, which are worse than none; for children had better remain in ignorance than be illy taught. We are happy to add that the legislature have lately patronized collegiate and academic ed∣ucation, by granting a large gratuity to the college and academies in this state, which, in addition to their former funds, renders their en∣dowments handsome, and adequate to their expenditures.

Kings college, in the city of New York, was principally founded by the voluntary contributions of the inhabitants of the province, as∣sisted by the general assembly, and the corporation of Trinity church; in the year 1754, a royal charter (and grant of money) being then ob∣tained, incorporating a number of gentlemen therein mentioned, by the name of "The governors of the college of the province of New York, in the city of New York, in America;" and granting to them and their successors forever, amongst various other right and privi∣leges, the power of conferring all such degrees, as are usually confer∣red by either of the English universities.

By the charter it was provided that the president shall always be a member of the church of England, and that a form of prayer collected from the liturgy of that church, with a particular prayer for the college, shall be daily used, morning and evening, in the college chapel; at the same time, no test of their religious persuasion was required from any of the fellows, professors or tutors; and the advantages of education were equally extended to students of all denominations.

The building (which is only one third of the intended structure) consists of an elegant stone edifice, three complete stones high, with four stair cases, twelve apartments in each, a chapel, hall, library, museum, anatomical theatre, and a school for experimenal philoso∣phy.

The college is situated on a dry gravelly soil, about 150 yards from the bank of Hudson's river, which it overlooks; commanding a most extensive and beautiful prospect.

Since the revolution, the legislature passed an act constituting twen∣ty-one gentlemen (of whom the governour and lieutenant governour, for the time being, are members ex off••ciis) a body corporate and poli∣tic, by the name and stile of 'The regents of the university of the state of New York.' They are entrusted with the care of literature in general in the state, and have power to grant charters of incorpo∣ration for erecting colleges and academies throughout the state—are to visit these institutions as often as they shall think proper, and report their state to the legislature once a year.

King's college, which we have already described, is now called COLUMBIA COLLEGE. This college, by an act of the legislature passed in the spring of 1787, was put under the care of 24 gentlemen, who are a body corporate, by the name and style of 'The Trustees of

Columbia College, in the city of New York.' This body posses all the powers vested in the governors of Kings college, before the revo∣lution, or in the regents of the university, since the revolution, so far as their power respected this institution. No regent can be a trustee of any particular college or academy in the state. They regents of the university have power to confer the higher degrees, and them only.

The college edifice has received no additions since the peace. The funds, exclusive of the liberal grant of the legislature, amount to be∣tween twelve and thirteen thousand pounds currency, the income of which is sufficient of present exigencies.

This college is now in a thriving state, and has about 100 students is the four classes, besides medical students. The officers of instruction and immediate government, are a president, professor of mathematics and natural philosophy, a professor of logic and geography, and a pro∣fessor of languages. A complete medical school has been lately annexed to the college, and able professors appointed by the trustees in every branch of that important science, who regularly teach their respective branches, with reputation. The number of medical students is about 50, and increasing; the library and museum were destroyed during the war. The philosophical apparatus is new and complete.

Of the eight incorporated academies, one is at Flatbush, in Kings county, on Long Island, four miles from Brooklyn-ferry. It is sit∣uated in a pleasant, healthy village. The building is large, handsome and convenient, and is called Erasmus hall. The academy is flourish∣ing, under the care of a principal and other subordinate instructors.

There is another at East Hampton, on the east and of Long Island; by the name of CLINTON ACADEMY. The other are in different parts of the state. Besides these there are schools established and maintained by the voluntary contributions of the parents. A spirit for literary improvement, is evidently diffusing its influence through∣out the state.

RELIGION.] The constitution of this state provides for 'the free exercise and enjoyment of religious profession and worship, without discrimination or preference, within the state, for all mankind. Provided that the liberty of conscience hereby granted, shall not be so construed as to excuse acts of licentiousness, or justify practises in∣consistent with the peace and safety of the state.'

The various religious denominations in this state are the following, English Presbyterians, Dutch reformed, Baptists, Episcopalians, Friends or Quakers, German Lutherans, Moravians, Methodists, Roman Catholics, Jews, Shakers, and a few of the followers of Ja∣mima Wilkinson. The shakers are principally settled at New Leb∣anon, and the followers of Jemima Wilkinson at Geneva, about twelve miles S. W. of the Cayoga lake. For the peculiar sentiments of these various religious sects see the general account of the United States, under the article Religion.

In April 1784, the legislature of this state passed and act enabling all religious denominations to appoint trustees, ••ot less than three or more than nine, who shall be a body corporate, for the purpose of taking care of the temporalities of their respective congregations, and for the other purposes therein mentioned.

The ministers of every denomination in the state, are supported by

the voluntary contributions of the people, raised, generally, by sub∣scription, or by a tax upon the pews; except the Duch churches in New York, Skenectady and Kingston, which have, except the two last, large estates confirmed by a charter. The Episcopal church also in New York possesses a very large estate in the and near the city.

CONSTITUTION AND COURTS OF JUSTICE.] The present con∣stitution of the state was established by convention authorised for the purpose, April 20, 1777.

The supreme legislative power of the state are vested in two branch∣es, a Senate and Assembly. The members of the senate are elected by the freeholders of the state, who posses freehold estates to the value of 100l. clear of debts. For the purpose of electing senators, the state is divided into four great districts, each of which chooses a certain number, viz.

Southern District, including the counties of	New York,	Nine Senators.
Suffolk,
West Chester,
Kings,
Queens,
Richmond,
Middle District.	Dutches,	Six
Ulster,
Orange,
Western District	Albany,	Six,
Mont∣gomery,
Eastern District	Washingtion,	Three.
Cumberland,
Gloucester,

The senators are divided by lot into four classes, six in each class, and numbered, first, second, third, and fourth. The seats of the first class are vacated at the expiration of one year—the second, at the expiration of the next, &c. and their place filled by new elections. Thus a small change is made in the senate every year; but three fourths of the members remaining, preserve a knowledge of the busi∣ness of a former session. A majority of the senate is necessary to do business, and each branch of the legislature has a negative upon the other.

The legislature can at any time alter this division of the state for the choice of senators; and an increase of electors in any district, to the amount of one twenty fourth of the electors in the whole state, entitles the district to another senator. But the number of senators can never exceed one hundred.

The assembly of the state is composed of representatives from the several counties, chosen annually in May in the following propor∣tion▪

For the city and county of New York, nine.

For the city and county of Albany, seven.

For Dutchess,	7
west Chester,	6
Ulster,	6
Suffolk,	5
Queens,	4
Orange,	4
Kings,	2
For Richmond,	2
Montgomery,	6
Washington, and Clinton,	4
Columbia,	3
Cumberland,	3
Gloucester,	2

By the constitution, however, it is ordered, that at the end of sev∣en years after the termination of the late war, a census of the electors

and inhabitants shall be taken, and the representation apportioned according to the number of electors in each county.

Every male inhabitant of full age, who has resided in the state six months preceding the day of election, and possessing a freehold to the value of twenty pounds, in the country where he is to give his vote; or has rented a tenement therein of the yearly value of forty shillings, and has been rated and actually paid taxes, is entitled to vote for representatives in assembly. The freedom of the cities of New York, and Albany, likewise entitles a person to the privilege of voting for members of assembly in the city or county where he resides. The me∣thod of voting is now by ballot, but subject to alteration by the legis∣lature. The house of assembly, a majority of which is necessary to proceed to business, chooses its own speaker, and is a judge of its own privileges.

In all debates on great questions, the house resolves itself into a committee of the whole—the speaker leaves the chair, and a chairman is appointed for the occasion. After the business is completed, the committee rises—the speaker takes the chair—and the chairman re∣ports to the house the proceedings of the committee. How far this imitation of the British house of commons is supported by good reasons it may not be easy to determine. Certain it is, that in other legislatures, the proceedings are equally well conducted without this formality.

The number of representatives is limited to three hundred. The present number is sixty five.

The supreme executive power of the state is vested in a governor, (in whose absence a deputy governor is appointed to serve) chosen once in three years by the freemen of the state; the lieutenant governor is, by his office, president of the senate; and, upon and equal division of voices, has a casting vote: but has no voice on other occasions. The governor has not a seat in the legislature; but as a member of the council of revision and council of appointment, he has a vast influ∣ence in the state.

The council of revision is composed of the chancellor, the judges of the supreme court, or any of them, and the governor. This council is empowered to revise all bills which have passed the two houses of the legislature, and if it shall appear to the council that such bills ought not to pass into laws, they shall be returned to the house in which they originated, with the objections of the council, in writing. The house shall then proceed to reconsider the bills, with the objections, and if not withstanding, two thirds of the house shall agree to the bills, they shall be sent to the other house▪ where they shall be reconsidered and the assent of two thirds of the members pass them into laws. But if a bill is not returned in ten days, it becomes a law of course.

The subordinate officers of the state are appointed by the council of appointment, which is composed of one senator from each district, to be chosen annually by the legislature, with the governor, or in his absence, the lieutenant governor or the president of the senate, who has a calling vote only.

All military officers hold their commissions during pleasure. The chan∣cellor, the judges of the supreme court, and the first judge of each county court, hold their offices during good behaviour. These officers can hold no other office at the same time▪ except that of delegate to con∣gress.

Sheriffs and coroners are appoined annually, and can serve but four years successively.

A court of errors and impeachment is instituted, composed of the president of the senate, the senate, chancellor and judges of the supreme court, or the major part of them, under the regulation of the legislature. The power of impeachment if vested in the house of representatives, and the members on trial must be sworn.

Besides the court of errors and impeachment, there is first, a Court of Chancery, consisting of a chancellor, appointed by the council of ap∣pointment, who holds his office during good behaviour, or until ••e arive at the age of sixty years. Secondly, a Supreme Court, the judges of which are appointed in the same manner and for the same time as the chancellor. This is a circuit court. Thirdly, County Courts, held in each county, the judges of which are appointed in the manner above men∣tioned, and the first judge holds his office during good behaviour, or until he arrive at at the age of 60 years. Besides these, there are the justices' courts, court of probates, court of admiralty, court of exche∣quer, and court of oyer and ter••niner and general goal delivery, and court of quarter sessions.

This practice in the supreme court, to which an appeal lies from the courts below, is in imitation of the courts of common pleas and king's bench in England.

All free governments abound with lawyers. Where men have the privilege of thinking and acting for themselves, they will involve themselves in debt and quarrel with their neighbours. In proportion to the debts and disputes of the people, lawyers will mul∣tiply. Of these America furnishes a plentiful growth, and New York has its share, as it contains not less than 120 licensed attorneys. In this state, the practice of law is conformed to the English mode, and is perhaps better regulated than in the other states. The several degrees in the posession—the number of critical examinations that candidates are obliged to pass through before they can be admitted as counsellors in the higher courts; together with the time of study re∣quired by the rules of admission, render and access to the first honors of the bar so difficult as to preclude ignorant pretenders to the im∣portant science of law. New York can boast of many eminent char∣acters in all the learned professions, and has furnished America with some of her most able legislators. It is, however, to be feared that a too rigid adherence to the forms of legal process in England, has some∣times perplexed the road to justice, and prevented valuable improve∣ments in the practice, not only of this but of most of the other States.

MILITARY STRENGTH.] By official returns of the militia of this State, made to the governor by the adjutant general, it appears that the total number in 1789, was 42,679; 1790—44,259; 1791—50,399. Besides these there are as many as 5000 or 6000 of the militia in the new settlements, who are not yet organized.

FORTS, &c.] These are principally in ruins. The demolition of the fort in the city of New York has been mentioned. Remains of the fortifications on Long Island, York Island, White Plains, West Point and other places, are still visible. Fort Stanwix, built by the British in 1758, at the expense, it is said of 60,000l. is 107 miles west∣ward of Skenectaday, on an artificial eminence bordering on the M••∣hawk river, and in travelling this distance, you pass Fort Hunter, Fort Anthony, Fort Plain, Fort Herkeme•• and Fort Schuyler. As 〈◊〉〈◊〉

proceed westward of Fort Stanwix, you pass Fort Bull, and Fort Breweton, at the west end of Oneida Lake. Fort George is at the south end of Lake George. At the point where Lake George com∣municates with Lake Champlain, is the famous post of Ticonderoga, by which word the Canadians understand noisy. The works, at this place, are in such a state of delapidation, that a stranger can scarcely from an idea of their construction. They are, however, situated on such high ground as to command the communication between the lakes George and Champlain. Opposite, on the south side of the water that empties out of Lake George, is mountain, to appearance inaccessable, called Mount Defiance, where General Burgoyne in the late war, with a boldness, secrecy and dispatch almost unparalleled, conveyed a number if cannon, stores and troops. The cannon were raised by large brass t••cles from tree to tree, and from rock to rock, over dens of rattle snakes, to the summit, which entirely commands the works of Ticonderoga. This circumstance, must ever be consi∣dered as a full justification of General Sinclair's sudden retreat with the American army, and the observation which he made, on his trial, in his own defence, that, "though he had lost a post he had saved a States," was afterwards verified.

Crown Point is 15 miles north of Ticonderoga on Lake Cham∣plain. The fort at this place, in which a British garrison was always ••••pt, from the reduction of Canada, till the American Revolution, was the most regular, and the most expensive of any ever constructed, and supported by the British government in N. America. The walls a•••• of wood and earth, about 16 feet high, and 20 feet thick, and nearly 150 yards square; surrounded by a deep and broad ditch, cut though a solid rock. It stands on a rising ground perhaps 200 yards from the Lake, with which there was a covered way, by which the garrison could be supplied with water in time of a siege. The only gate op•••••• on the north towards the lake, where there was a draw bridge. On the right and left, as you enter the fort, are a row of stone bar∣•••••• not inelegantly built, sufficient to contain 1500 or 2000 troops; the ••••••de is between them, and is a flat smooth rock. There were several 〈◊〉〈◊〉 works, which are now in ruins, as is the principal fort, except the walls, and the walls of the barracks, which still remain.

BANKS.] There are two or three incorporated Banks in the city of New York, besides a branch of the national bank, and one has lately 〈◊〉〈◊〉 established in the city of Albany.

MADE OF RAISING INTERNAL TAXES.] The legislature six upon the sum to be raised, and apportion it among the several counties. This being done, the supervisors, one from each township in the re∣spective counties, assemble and assign to each township its proportion of the quota of the county. The supervisor and assessors in each ••••••••ship, then apportion their quota among the individuals of the ••••••••ship, according to the value of their real and personal estates. The tax, thus laid, is collected by the collector of the township, and lodged with the county treasurer, who transmits it to the treasurer of the State.

FINANCES.] A variety of circumstances have conspired to fill the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this state; and wholly to supersede the necessity, of taxa∣tion for several years past; first, confiscations and economical man∣agement of that property—Second, sales of unappropriated lands; and

third, a duty on imports previous to the establishment of the Federal Government.—The two former were sold for continental certificates, at a time when the credit of the state was perhaps above the p••r of the Union, which was the cause of getting a large sum of the pub∣lic debt into the treasury of the state at a depreciated value. These certificates, since the funding system came into operation, added to the assumed state debt, a vast quantity of which was also in the trea∣sury, forms an enormous mass of property, yielding and annuity of up∣wards of 100,000 dollars; and when the deferred debt shall be∣come a 6 per cent. stock this annuity will be increased to upwards of 200,000 dollars.

The ability of the state, therefore, is abundantly competent to aid pub∣lic institutions of every kind, to make roads, erect bridges, open canals, and to push every kind of improvement to the most desirable length. It could be wished, that those citizens who were exiled during the war, and whose property was exposed during its continuance to wanton depredations, could be thought of by a legislature possessing so fully the means of discriminating this unhappy class of sufferers, and mak∣ing them compensation for their voluntary sacrifices.

CURIOSITIES.] In the county of Montgomery is a small, rapid stream, emptying into Scroon Lake, west of Lake George; it runs under a hill, the base of which is 60 or 70 yards diameter, forming a most curious and beautiful arch in the rock, as white as snow. The fury of the water and the roughness of the bottom, added to the ter∣ritic noise within, has hitherto prevented any person from passing through the chasm.

In the township of Willsborough in Clinton county, is a curious Split Rock. A point of a mountain, which projected about 50 yards into Lake Champlain, appears to have been broken by some violent shock of nature. It is removed from the main rock or mountain a∣bout 20 feet, and the opposite sides so exactly suit each other, that one needs no other proof of their having been once united. The point broken off contains about half an acre, and is covered with wood. The height of the rock▪ on each side the fissure is about 12 feet. Round this point is a spacious bay, sheltered from the southwest and northwest winds by the surrounding hills and woods. On the west side are four of five finely cultivated farms, which altogether, at certain seasons, and in certain situations, forms one of the most beautiful land capes imaginable. "Sailing under this coast for several miles be∣fore you come to Split Rock, the mountains rude and barren, see•••••• hang over the passenger and threaten destruction.—A water, bound•••••• to the sight, lies before him—man feels his own littleness, and insi••••∣••••y itself pays an unwilling homage to the creator.—Instantly and un∣expectedly the scene changes, and peeping with greedy eye, through the fissure, nature presents to the view a silver bason, a verdant lawn—a humble cottage—a golden harvest—a majestic forest—a lofty moun∣tain, an azure sky, rising one above another "in just gradation to the amazing whole."* 1.35

"A few months ago a very extraordinary cavern, at a place, called by the Indians, Sepascot, on the estate of the Miss Rutsens, at Ryha∣beck, in Dutchess county, was discovered. A lad, by chance, passing

〈◊〉〈◊〉 its entrance, which lay between two huge rocks on the declivity of a sheep hill, on prying into the gloomy recess, saw the top of a lad∣der, by which he descended about ten feet, and found himself in a ••••••••••raneous apartment, more capacious than he then chose to invest∣••••••.—He found, however, that it had been the abode of persons, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 probably during the war not daring to be seen openly, had taken 〈◊〉〈◊〉 there, as bits of cloth, and pieces of leather were scattered a∣bout its floor. He then left the place, and little more was thought 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, until three weeks ago, the writer of this account made one of a large party who went from the seat of a gentleman in the neighbourhood, on purpose to examine it. We found its entrance much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 than we expected, and with some difficulty gained the ladder, by means of which the remaining descent was made tolerably easy. Two young ladies were with us, who had heroism enough to make the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tour with us. We had six candles to scrutinize the recesses of the apartment, where, perhaps, light, for upwards of five thousand years before, had never gleamed. We found the cave divided by a nar∣row passage into two divisions; the first being about seventeen feet in length and solow that a child of eight years old could but just walk up∣right in it—the breadth is about eight or ten feet. The second between twelve and fourteen feet in length, but much higher and broader than the first. In this last room we found that three bats had taken up their winter quarters, and hung suspended from the roof, as it were, by the very tips of their wings. But what makes the cave peculiar∣ly worthy of notice is the petrifying quality of the water, that by a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 oozing, continually drops from every part of the ceiling, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of which exactly resembles a mill gutter in a frosty morning. with a thousand isicles impending. These concretions are formed by the water, and probably are constantly increasing. They have in almost every respect the appearance of isicles, and may be broken off by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 if not more than two inches in circumference. They appear of ••••••••stence much like indurated lime, almost transparent, and are all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quite through the whole length, with a hole of the size of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his tobacco pipe, through which aperture the water unremit∣•••• drops, although very slow. When a person is in the remotest 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and the lights are removed into the first, those pendant drops of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 make an appearance more splendid than can be well imagined. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of those stony isicles have at length reached the bottom of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 now form pillars, some of more than two feet in girth, of the appearance if marble and almost as hard. They put one in mind of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Jachin and Boaz—imagination very easily giving them 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and chapiters and even wreathen work.

But what we most admired, was the skeleton of a large snake, turned in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stone by the petrifying quality of the water before mentioned. It was with some difficulty torn up with an axe from the rock it lay up∣•••••••• of which adhered to it) and is now in the possession of the re∣••••••.

We found the in most recesses of this cavern very warm, and experienc∣ed the want of free air, by a difficult respiration, although the candles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very clear.* 1.36"

INDIANS.] The body of the Six Nations, inhabit in the western parts of this state. The principal part of the Mohawk tribe reside

on Grand river, in Upper Canada; and there are two villages of Sen∣ecas on the Allegany river, near the north line of Pennsylvania, and a few Delawares and Skawaghkees, on Buffaloe Creek. Including these, and the Stockbridge and Mohegan Indians, who have migrated and settled in the vicinity of Oneida, there are, in the Six Nations, ac∣cording to an accurate estimate lately made by the Rev. Mr. Kirkland, missionary among them, 6330 souls. He adds, that among these there is comparatively but very few children.

The following extract of a letter from Mr. Kirkland to the Author, will give the reader an idea of the characters, which according to In∣dian tradition, are excluded from the happy country. "The region of pure spirits, the Five Nations call Eskanane. The only characters which, according to their traditions, cannot be admitted to participate of the pleasures and delights of this happy country, are reduced to three, viz. suicides—the disobedient to the counsels of the chiefs, and such as put away their wives on account of pregnancy. According to their tradition there is a gloomy, fathomless gulph, near the borders of the delightful mansions of Eskanane, over which all good and brave spirits pass with safety, under the conduct of a faithful and skil∣ful guide, appointed for that purpose; but when a suicide, or any of the above mentioned characters, approaches this gulph, the conductor, who possesses a most penetrating eye, instantly discovers their spiritual features and character, and denies them his aid, assigning his reasons. They will however attempt to cross upon a small pole, which, before they reach the middle, trembles and shakes, till presently down they fall with horrid shrieks. In this dark and dreary gulph, they suppose resides a great dog, some say a dragon, infected with the itch, which makes him perpetually restless and spiteful. The guilty inhabitants of this miserable region, all catch this disease of the great dog, and grope and roam from side to side of their gloomy mansion in perpetu∣al torments. Sometimes they approach to near the happy fields of Eskanane, that they can hear the songs and dances of their former companions. This only serves to increase their torments, as they can discern no light, nor discover any passage by which they can gain ac∣cess to them. They suppose idiots and dogs go into the same gulph, but have a more comfortable apartment, where they enjoy some little light." Mr. Kirkland adds, that several other nations of Indians with whom he has conversed on the subject, have nearly the same traditionary notions of a future state. They almost universally agree in this, that the departed spirit is ten days in its passage to their happy clysium, after it leaves the body; some of them suppose its course a towards the south; others that it ascends from some lofty main∣tain.

The Oncidas inhabit on Oneida Creek, twenty-one miles west of Fort Stanwix.

The Tuscaroras migrated from North Carolina and the frontiers of Virginia, and were adopted by the Oneidas, with whom they have ev∣er since lived. They were originally of the same nation.

The Senecas inhabit on the Chenesee river, at the Chenesee castle. They have two towns of sixty or seventy souls each, on French Creek, in Penn∣sylvania: and another town on Buffaloe Creek, attached to the British; two small towns on Allegany river, attached to the Americans. O∣beil or Coraplanter, one of the Seneca chiefs, resided here.

The Mohawks were acknowledged by the other tribes, to use their own expression, to be 'the true old heads of the confederacy;' and were formerly a powerful tribe, inhabiting on the Mohawk river. As they were strongly attached to the Johnson family, on account of Sir William Johnson, they emigrated to Canada, with Sir John Johnson, about the year 1776. There is now only one family of them in the state, and they live about a mile from Fort Hunter. The father of this family was drowned in the winter of 1788.

All the confederated tribes, except the Oneidas and Tuscaroras, sided with the British in the late war, and fought against the Americans.

The Onond••as live near the Onondaga Lake, about twenty-five miles from the Oneida Lake. In the spring of 1779, a regiment of men were sent from Albany, by General J. Clinton, against the Onon∣dagas. This regiments surprized their town—••ook thirty three prison∣ers—killed twelve of fourteen, and returned without the loss of a man. A party of the Indians were at this time ravaging the American fron∣tiers.

There are very few of the Delaware tribe in this state.

The five confederated Nations were settled along the banks of the su••quehanah, and in the adjacent country, until the year 1779, when General Sullivan, with an army of 4,000 men, drove them from their country to Niagara, but could not bring them to action. They wait∣ed, but waited in vain, for the assistance of the elements, or as they expressed themselves, for the assistance of the Great Spirit. Had hea∣vy rains fallen while General sullivan's army was advanced into their country, perhaps few of his soldiers would have escaped, and none of their baggage, ammunition or artillery. This expedition had a good effect. General Sullivan burnt several of their towns and destroyed their provisions. Since this irruption into their country, their former habitations have been mostly dele••ted, and many of the have gone to Canada.

On the 13th of November, 1787, John Livingston, Esq and four others, obtained of the Six Nations of Indians a lease for 999 years, on a yearly rent reserved of 2000 dollars, of all the country included in the following limits, viz. Beginning at a place commonly known by the name of Canada Creek, about seven miles west of Fort Stan∣••••••••, now Fort Shuyler, thence northeastwardly to the line of the pe••••ince of Quebec; thence along the said line to the Pennsylvania 〈◊〉〈◊〉; thence east on the sand line or Pennsylvania line, to the line of property, so called by the state of New York; thence along the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of property to Canada Creek aforesaid. And on the 8th Jan. 17••••, the same persons obtained a lease, of the oneida Indians, for 999 years, on a sent reserved for the first year, of 1200 dollars, and encreasing it at the rate of 100 dollars a year, until it amount to 1500 dollars, of all the tract of land commonly called the Oneida country, except a reservation of several tracts specified in the lease. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 these leases having been obtained without the consent of the le∣gislature of the state, the senate and assembly, in their session. March 〈◊〉〈◊〉 resolved, "That the said leases are purchases of lands, and there∣fore that by the constitution of this state, the said leases are not bind∣ing on the said Indians, and are not valid." Since this a treaty has been concluded with the said Indians—the bargain of the lea••ees an∣nulled, and all the country purchased of the natives, except a reserva∣tion

to the Oneidas, Cayugas and Onondagas, defined by certain marks and boundaries.

ISLANDS.] There are three islands of note belonging to this state; viz. York Island, which has already been described, Long Island and Staten Island.

Long Island extends 140 miles, and terminates with Montauk point. It is not more than ten miles in breadth, on a medium, and is separat∣ed from Connecticut by Long Island found. The island is divided into three counties; Kings, Queens and Suffolk.

Kings county lies at the west end of Long Island, opposite New York, and is not above ten miles long, and eight broad. The inhab∣itants are principally Dutch, and live well. It contains a number of pleasant villages, of which Flatbush, Brooklyn, and Bedford, are the principal.

Queens county lies next to Kings as you proceed eastward. It is about thirty miles long and twelve broad. Jamaica, Newtown, Hampstead, in which is a handsome court house, and Oysterbay, are the principal villages in this county.

Suffolk county is about 100 miles long and ten broad, and compre∣hends all the eastern part of the island, and several little islands ad∣joining; viz. Shelter Island, Fishers Island, Plumb Island and the Isle of White. Its principal towns are Huntington, Southampton, Smith∣town, Brook Haven, East Hampton, in which is the academy, South∣hold and Bridge Hampton.

The south side of the island is flat land, of a light sandy soil, bor∣dered on the sea coast with large tracts of salt meadow, extending from the west point of the island to Southampton. This soil, how∣ever, is well calculated for raising grain, especially Indian corn. The north side of the island is hilly, and of a strong soil—adapted to the culture of grain, hay and fruit. A ridge of hills extends from Ja∣maica to Southhold. Large herds of cattle feed upon Hamstead plain, and on the salt marshes upon the south side of the Island.

Hampstead plain, in Queens county, is a curiosity. It is sixteen miles in length, east and west, and seven or eight miles wide. The soil is black; and to appearance rich, and yet it was never known to have any natural growth, but a kind of wild grass, and a few shrubs. It is frequented by vast numbers of plover—Rye grows tolerably well on some parts of the plain. The most of it lies common for cattle, horses and sheep. As there is nothing to impede the prospect in the whole length of this plain, it has a curious but tiresome effect up∣on the eye, not unlike that of the ocean.

East of this plain, on the middle of the island, is a barren health, overgrown with shrub oaks and pines, in which, it is supposed there are several thousand deer. It is frequented also by a great number of growse, a very delicious bird. Laws have been passed for the preser∣vation of these birds and the deer.

It is remarkable that on Montauk point, at the east end of the island, there are no flies. Between this point and East Hampton is a beach, three quarters of a mile wide, in the center of which was found, about fifty years ago, under a sand hill which was blown up by the wind, the entire skeleton of a large whale, nearly half a mile from the wa∣ter.

There are very few rivers upon the island. The largest is Peakonok,

which rises about ten miles west of a place called River-head, where the court house stands, and runs easterly into a large bay dividing Southhold from Southampton. In this bay are Robin and Shelter Is∣lands.

The south side of the island is indented with numerous streams, of various sizes, which fall into a large bay, two or three miles over, form∣ed by a beach, about eighty rods wide, which appears like a border to the island, extending from the west end of it to Southampton. Through this beach, in various places, are inlets of such depth as to admit of vessels of sixty or seventy tons. This bay was formerly fresh water. Oysters, clams, and fish of various kinds, are caught with ease, and in great plenty in this bay, with seines, during the winter season. It is not uncommon to see forty or fifty vessels here loading with oys∣ters at the same time. And what is almost incredible, though I was told of it by two gentlemen of truth, and who were well informed as to the matter, thirty waggon loads of bass have been caught in this bay at one draught.

Rockonkama pond, lies about the center of the island, between Smithtown and Islip, and is about a mile in circumference. This pond has been found by observation, to rise gradually for several years, un∣til it had arrived to a certain height, and then to fall more rapidly to its lowest bed; and thus it is continually ebbing and flowing. The cause of this curious phenomenon has never been investigated. Two miles to the southward of this pond is a considerable stream, called Connecticut river, which empties into the bay.

There are two whale fisheries; one from Sagg harbour which pro∣duces about 1000 barrels of oil annually. The other is much smaller, and is carried on by the inhabitants in the winter season, from the south side of the island. They commonly catch from three to seven whales in a season, which produce from twenty-five to forty barrels each of oil. This fishery was formerly a source of considerable wealth to the inhabitants, but through a scarcity of whales, it has greatly declined of late years.

There is a considerable trade carried on from Sagg harbour, whence is exported to the West Indies and other places, whale oil, pitch-pine boards, horses, cattle, flaxseed, beef, &c. The produce of the middle and western parts of the island, is carried to New York. The island contains 36,949 inhabitants.

Staten Island lies nine miles southwest of the city of New York, and forms Richmond county. It is about eighteen miles in length, and, at a medium, six or seven in breadth, and contains 3,835 inhabi∣tants. On the south side is a considerable tract of level, good land; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the island in general is rough, and the hills high. Richmond is the only town of any note on the island, and that is a poor, inconsid∣erable place. The inhabitants are principally descendants of the Dutch and French.

HISTORY.] See Smith's History of New York, published by ••••thew Carey—and Hazard's collection of state papers.

In 1787, the legislature of this state, ceded to the commonwealth of Massachusetts, all the lands, within their jurisdiction, west of a meri∣dian that shall be drawn from a point in the north boundary line of Pennsylvania, eighty two miles west from the Delaware; (excepting one mile along the east side of Niagara river) and also ten

townships between the Chenengo and Owegy rivers, reserving the jurisdiction to the state of New York. This cession was made to sa∣tisfy a claim of Massachusetts founded upon their original charter.

A list of Governors from the year 1664 to the present time.

Names.	Began to govern.
Nicolls	1664
Lovelace	1668
Andross	1674
Brockhust	1682
Dongan	1683
Slaughter	1690
Ingoldsby	1691
Fletcher	1692
Bellemont	1698
Nanfan	1699
Bellemont	1700
Depeyster	1700
Smith	1700
Nanfan	1701
Cornbury	1702
Lovelace	1708
Schuyler	1709
Ingoldsby	1709
Beekman	1710
Hunter	1710
Burnet	1720
Montgomerie	1728
Vandam	1731
Crosby	1732
Clarke	1735
Clinton	1743
Osborn	1753
De Lancey	1753
Sir Charles Hardy	1755
De Lancey	1757
Colden (President)	1760
Monckton	1761
Colden	1761
Monckton	1762
Colden	1763
Sir Henry Moore	1765
Colden	1769
Dunmore	1770
Tryon	1771
Clinton	1778

NEW JERSEY.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 160 Miles.	between	39° and 41° 24′ North Latitude.
Breadth 52 Miles.	The body of the state lies between them ridian of Philadelphia, and 1° East Longitude.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED east, by Hudson's river and the sea; south, by the sea; west, by Delaware bay and river, which divide it from the states of Delaware and Pennsylvania; north, by a line drawn from the mouth of Mahakkamak river, in lat∣itude 41° 24′ to a point on Hudson's river in latitude 41°. Contain∣ing about 8320 square miles, equal to 5,324,800 acres.

CIVIL DIVISIONS, POPULATION, &c.] New Jersey is divided into 13 counties, which are subdivided into 94 townships or precincts, as follows,

TABLE.

	Counties.	Principal towns.	Len.	Bred.	Total No. Inhabitants.	No. Slav.
These 7 counties lie from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to N. on Delaware river. Cape-May▪ and Gloucester extend across to the sea.	Cape May.	None.	30	9	571	141
Cumberland.	Bridgetown.	50	20	8,248	120
Salem.	Salem.			10,437	172
Gloucester.	Woodbury & Gloucester.	30	22	13,360	191
Burlington.	Burlington & Bordentown.	60	30	18,095
Hunterdon.	Trenton.	37	12	20,253	1,301
Sussex.	Newtown			19,500	439
These 4 counties ••e from N. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 S. on the Eastern side on the State.	Bergen.	Hackinsak.			12,601	2,301
Essex.	Newark and Elizabethtown			17,785	1,171
Middleses.	Amboy and pt. of Brunswick.			15,956	1,318
Monmouth.	Freehold.	80	30	16,918	1,596
	Somerset.	Boundbrook & pt. Brunswick.			12,296	1,810
	Morris.	Morristown.	25	20	16,216	636
Total	Thirteen				184,139	11,423

BAYS, PONDS, RIVERS AND CANALS.] New Jersey is washed, on the east and southeast, by Hudson's river and the ocean; and on the west by the river Delaware.

The most remarkable bays are, Arthur Kull, or Newark bay, formed by the union of Passaik and Hackinsak rivers. This bay opens to the right and left and embraces Staten Island. There is a long bay formed by a beach, four or five miles from the shore, extending along the coast northeast and southwest, from Manasquand river, in Monmouth county, almost to Cape May. Through this beach are a number of in∣lets, by which the bay communicates with the ocean.

On the top of a mountain, in Morris county, is a lake or pond, three miles in length, and from a mile to a mile and an half in breadth, from which proceeds a continual stream. It is in some places deep. The water is of a sea green colour; but when taken up in a tumbler, is▪ like the water of the ocean, clear and of a crystaline colour.

The rivers in this state, though not large, are numerous. A trav∣eller, in passing the common road from New York to Philadelphia, c••••sses three considerable rivers, viz. the Hackinsak and Passaik, be∣tween Bergen and Newark, and the Raritan by Brunswick. The Hackinsak rises in Bergen county, runs a southwardly course, and counties into Newark bay.—At the ferry, near its mouth, it is 460 yards wide, and is navigable fifteen miles.

Passaik is a very crooked river. It rises in a large swamp in Mor∣ris county. Its general course is from W. N. W. to E. S. E. until it mingles with the Hackinsak at the head of Newark bay. It is navi∣gable about ten miles, and is 230 yards wide at the ferry. The catar∣act (or Great Falls) in this river, is one of the greatest natural curiosi∣ties in the state. The river is about forty yards wide, and moves in

a slow gentle current, until coming within a short distance of a deep, cleft in a rock, which crosses the channel, it descends and falls above seventy feet perpendicularly, in one entire sheet. One end of the cleft, which was evidently made by some violent convulsion in nature, is closed; at the other, the water rushes out with incredible swiftness, forming an acute angle with its former direction, and is received in∣to a large bason, whence it takes a winding course through the rocks, and spreads into a broad smooth stream. The cleft is from four to twelve feet broad. The falling of the water occasions a cloud of va∣pour to arise, which by floating amidst the sun beams, presents to the view rainbows, that add beauty to the tremendous scene. The new manufacturing town of Paterson is erected upon the Great Falls in this river. The western bank of the river, between Newark and the falls, affords one of the pleasantest roads for a party of pleasure in New Jersey. The bank being high, gives the traveller an elevated and ex∣tensive view of the opposite shore, which is low and fertile, forming a landscape picturesque and beautiful. Many handsome country seats adorn the sides of this river; and there are elegant situations for more: Gentlemen of fortune might here display their taste to advantage. The fish of various kinds with which this river abounds, while they would furnish the table with an agreeable repast, would afford the sportsman an innocent and manly amusement.

Raritan river is formed by two considerable streams called the north and south branches; one of which has its source in Morris, the other in Hunterdon county. It passes by Brunswick and Amboy, and mingles with the waters of the Arthur Kull Sound, and helps to form the fine harbour of Amboy. It is a mile wide at its mouth, 250 yards at Brunswick, and is navigable about sixteen miles. It is supposed that this river is capable of a very steady lock naviga∣tion, as high as the junction of the North and South branches; and thence up the south branch to Grandin's Bridge in Kingwood. Thence to Delaware river is 10 or 12 miles. It is supposed a portage will be here established by a turnpike road: Or the waters of the Raritan, may be united with those of the Delaware, by a canal from the south branch of the Raritan to Musconetcony river, which empties into the Delaware—or from Capoolong creek, a water of the Raritan, emptying at Grandin's Bridge, and Necessackaway, a water of the Dela∣ware. It is supposed also that an inland navigation from Philadel∣phia to New York, may be effected by proceeding up the Asanpink, (a water of the Delaware, emptying at Trenton) towards Princeton; and from thence by a canal to the Millstone, a water of the river to New Brunswick.

At Raritan hills, through which this river passes, is a small cas∣cade, where the water falls fifteen or twenty feet, a very romantically between two rocks. This river opposite to Brunswick, it so shallow that it is fordable at low water with horses and carriages, but a ti••••e below it deepens to fast that a twenty gun ship may ride securely at any time of tide. The tide, however, rises so high that large shallops pass a mile above the ford; so that it is no uncommon thing to set vessels of considerable burden riding at anchor, and a number of large river craft lying above, some dry and others on their beam 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for want of water, within gunshot of each other.

Bridges have lately been erected, and are now nearly or qu••••e com∣pleted

(agreeably to laws of the state passed for that purpose) over the Passaick, Hackinsak and Raritan rivers, on the post road between New York and Philadelphia. These bridges will greatly facilitate the intercourse between these two great cities.

Besides these are Cesarea river, on Cohansey creek, which rises in Salem county, and is about thirty miles in length, and navigable for vessels of an hundred tons to Bridgetown, twenty miles from its mouth.

Mulicus river divides the counties of Gloucester and Burlington, and is navigable twenty miles for vessels of sixty tons.

Maurice river rises in Gloucester county, runs southwardly about forty miles, and is navigable for vessels of an hundred tons, fifteen miles, and for shallops ten miles farther.

Alloway creek, in the county of Salem, is navigable sixteen miles for shallops, with several obstructions of drawbridges. Ancocus creek, in Burlington county, is also navigable sixteen miles. These, with many other smaller streams, empty into the Delaware, and carry down the produce which their fertile banks and the neighbouring country afford.

That part of the state which borders on the sea, is indented with a great number of small rivers and creeks, such as Great Egg harbour, and Little Egg harbour rivers, Navesink, Shark, Matiticung, and Fork∣ed rivers, which as the country is flat, are navigable for small craft, almost to their sources.

Paulin's Kiln, in Sussex county, is navigable for craft 15 miles; and the Musconetcony, which divides Hunterdon from Sussex, is capable of beneficial improvement, as is the Pequest of Paquasset, between the two last mentioned rivers.

This state is remarkable for mill seats, eleven hundred of which, are already improved; 500 with flour mills, and the rest with saw mills, fulling mills, forges, furnaces, slitting and rolling mills, paper, powder and oil mills.

Sandy Hook, or point, is in the township of Middletown; and on this point stands a light house, 100 feet high, built by the citizens of New York.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, MOUNTAINS, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.} The counties of Sus∣sex, Morris, and the northern part of Bergen, are mountainous. The south Mountain, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ridge of the great Allegany Range, crosses this state in about lati∣tude 41°. This mountain embosoms such amazing quantities of iron ore, that it may not improperly be called the Iron Mountain. The Kittatinny ridge passes through this state north of the South mountain. Several spurs from these mountains are projected in a southern direction. One passes between Springfield and Chatham. Another runs west of it, by Morristown, Barkinridge and Vealtown. The interior country 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in general, agreeably variegated with hills and vallies. The south∣ern counties which he along the sea coast are pretty uniformly flat and sandy. The noted Highlands of Navesink, and center Hill, are almost the only hills within the distance of many miles from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mast. The Highlands of Navesink are on the sea coast near sandy ••look, in the township of Middletown, and are the first lands that are discovered by mariners, as they come upon the coast. They rise about 600 feet above the surface of the water.

The much as five eighths of most of the southern counties, or one 〈◊〉〈◊〉

fourth of the whole state, is almost a sandy barren, unfit in many parts for cultivation. The land on the sea coast in this, like that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the more southern states, has every appearance of made ground. The soil is generally a light sand; and by digging, on an average, about fifty feet below the surface, (which can be done, even at the distance of twenty or thirty miles from the sea, without any impediment from rocks or stones) you come to salt marsh. The gentleman who gave this information adds, 'I have seen an oyster shell that would hold a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which was dug out of the marsh, at fifty feet deep, in digging a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 'About seven years since,' continues my informer, 'at Long 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in the county of Monmouth, in the banks of the Atla••t, which were greatly torn by a great rise of the sea in a violent easterly ••torm, was discovered the skeleton of some huge carnivorous animal. The country people who first saw it had so little curiosity, as to suffer it to be wholly destroyed, except a jaw tooth which I saw. This was about two and an half inches wide, five inches long and as many deep. The person who helped to take it out of the bank, assured me there was one rib seven feet four inches, and another four feet long.' The bones of another of these animals, has lately been discovered, in a meadow, in the county of Gloucester, on the river Delaware, by a ne∣gro, who was digging a ditch 3 or 4 feet deep. Part of these bones were sent to Philadelphia.—To account for these curious phenomena is not my business. This is left for the ingenious naturalist, who has abilities and leisure to compare facts and appearances of this kind, and who probably may thence draw conclusions which may throw much light on the ancient history of this country.

This state has all the varieties of soul from the worst to the best kind. It has a great proportion of barrens. The good land in the southern counties lies principally on the banks of rivers and creeks. The soil, on these banks, is generally a still clay; and while in a state of nature, produces various species of oak, hickory, poplar, ches∣nut, ash, gum, &c. The barrens produce little else but shrub oaks and yellow pines. These sandy lands yield an immense quantity of bog iron ore, which is worked up to great advantage in the iron works in these counties. There are large bodies of salt meadow along the lower part of the Delaware river and Bay, which afford a plentiful pasture for cattle in summer, and hay in winter; but the flies and musketoes frequent these meadows in large swarms, in the months of June, July, and August, and prove very ••••oublesome both to man and beast. ••n Gloucester and Cumberland counties are several large tracts of banked meadow. Their vicinity to Philadelphia renders them highly valua∣ble. Along the sea coast the inhabitants subsist principally, by seed∣ing cattle on the salt meadows, and by the fish of various kinds, such as rock, drum, shad, perch, &c. black turtle, crabs and oysters, which the sea, rivers, and creeks afford in great abundance. They raise In∣dian corn, rye, potatoes, &c. but not for exportation. Their swamps afford lumber, which is easily conveyed to a good market. The sugar maple tree is common in Sussex county upon the Delaware.

In the hilly and mountainous parts of the state, which are not too rocky for cultivation, the soil is of a stronger kind, and covered in its natural state with stately oaks, hickories, chesnuts, &c. and when cul∣tivated produces wheat, rye, Indian corn, buck wheat, oats, barely, flax, and fruits of all kinds common to the climate. The land in this hilly

country is good for grazing, and farmers feed great numbers of cattle for New York and Philadelphia markets; and many of them keep large dairies, as there are large tracts of fine meadows between the hills.

The orchards in many parts of the state equal any in the United States, and their cyder is said, and not without reason, to be the best in the world. It is pretty certain that it cannot be surpassed in good∣ness.

The markets of New York and Philadelphia receive a very consid∣erable proportion of their supplies from the contiguous parts of New Jersey. And it is worthy of remark that these contiguous parts are exceedingly well calculated, as to the nature and fertility of their soils, to afford these supplies; and the intervention of a great number of navigable rivers and creeks renders it very convenient to market their produce. These supplies consist of vegetables of many kinds, apples, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, peaches, plumbs, strawberries, cherries and other fruits—cyder in large quantities and of the best quality, butter, cheese, beef, pork, mutton, and the lesser meats.

TRADE.] The trade of this state is carried on almost solely with and from those two great commercial cities, New York on one side, and Philadelphia on the other; though it wants not good ports of its own. Severed attempts have been made by the legislature, to secure to the state its own natural advantages, by granting extraordinary privileges to merchants, who would settle at Amboy and Burlington, two very commodious ports. But the people having long been accustomed to fend their produce to the markets of Philadelphia and New York, and of course having their correspondencies established, and their mode of dealing fixed, they find it difficult to turn their trade from the old channel. Besides, in these large cities, where are so many able merchants, and so many wants to be supplied, credits are more easily obtained, and a better and quicker market is found for produce, than could be expected in towns less populous and flourishing. These and other causes of the same kind, have hitherto rendered abortive the en∣couragements held out by the legislature.

The articles exported, besides those already mentioned, are wheat, flour, horses, live cattle, hams, which are celebrated as being among the best in the world, lumber, flaxseed, leather, iron, in great quantities, in pigs and bars, and formerly copper ore; but the mines have not been work∣ed since the commencement of the late war. The imports consist chief∣ly of West India goods.

MANUFACTURES AND AGRICULTURE.] The manufactures of this state have hitherto been very inconsiderable, not sufficient to supply its own consumption, if we except the articles of iron, nails and sea th••••. A spirit of industry and improvement, particularly in manu∣factures, has however greatly increased in the two last years. Most of the families in the country, and many in the populous towns, are clothed in strong, decent homespun; and it is a happy circumstance for our country, that this plain AMERICAN dress is every day growing more fashionable, not only in this, but in all the states.

In Trenton Newark and Elizabethtown, are several very valuable ••anyards, where leather, in large quantities and of an excellent quality, is made and exported in the neighbouring markets. Steel was manu∣factured at Trenton in the time of the war, but not considerably since.

In Gloucester county is a glass house. Paper mills, and nail manufacto∣ries are erected and worked to good advantage in several parts of the state. Wheat also is manufactured into flour, and Indian corn into meal to good account, in the western counties, where wheat is the sta∣ple commodity. But the iron manufacture is, of all others, the great∣est source of wealth to the state. Iron works are erected in Glouces∣ter, Burlington, Sussex, Morris and other counties. The mountains in the county of Morris, give rise to a number of streams necessary and convenient for these works, and at the same time furnish a copi∣ous supply of wood and ore of a superior quality. In this county a∣lone are a less than seven rich iron mines, from which might be tak∣en ore sufficient to supply the United States; and to work at into iron are two furnaces, two rolling and slating mills, and about thirty forg∣es, containing from two to four fires each. These works produce an∣nually about 510 tons of bar iron, 800 tons of pigs, besides large quan∣tities of hollow ware, sheet iron, and nail rods. In the whole state, it is supposed there is yearly made about 1200 tons of bar iron, 1200 do. of pigs, 80 do. of nail rods, exclusive of hollow ware, and various other castings, of which vast quantities are made.

Early in the late war, a powder mill was erected in Morristown by Col. Ford, who was enabled, by the ample supply to saltpetre furnish∣ed by the patriotic inhabitants, to make a considerable quantity of that valuable and necessary article, at a time when it was most need∣ed. And when the enemy were at the door, it afforded a timely sup∣ply.

A manufacturing company was incorporated, in 1791, by the legis∣lature of this state, and favored with very great privileges. The bet∣ter to encourage every kind of manufacture, a subscription was open∣ed, under the patronage of the Secretary of the Treasury of the Unit∣ed States, for this important purpose. Each subscriber promised to pay, for every share annexed to his name, 400 dollars to the Trustees appointed to receive it. A sum of upwards of 500,000 dollars was almost immediately subscribed, and the directors of the association have since taken the proper measures to carry into effect their exten∣sive plan. They have fixed on the Great falls, in Passaick river, and the ground adjoining, for the erection of the mills and the town, which they call PATTERSON, in honour of the present Governour of New Jersey. Every advantage appears to be concentrated in this delight∣ful situation, to make it one of the most eligible, in the United States, for the permanent establishment of manufactures. Already a large sum of money has been expended, and the works are in forward∣ness.

Although the bulk of the inhabitants in this state are farmers yet agriculture has not been improved (a ••ew instances excepted) to that degree which from long experience, we might rationally expect, and which the fertility of the soil in many places, seems to encourage. A great part of the inhabitants are Dutch, who, although they are in general neat and industrious farmers, have very little enterprize, and seldom adopt any new improvements in husbandry, because, through habits and want of education to expand and liberalize their minds, they think their and modes of tilling the best. Indeed this is the case with the great body of the common people, and proves almost an in∣••••mountable obstacle to agricultural improvements.

MINES AND MINERALS.] This state embosoms vast quantities of Iron and copper ore. The iron ore is of two kinds; one is capable of being manufactured into malleable iron, and is found in mountains and in low barrens; the other, called bog ore, grows in rich bottoms; and yields iron of a hard, brittle quality, and is commonly manufact∣ured into hollow ware, and used sometimes instead of stone in build∣ing.

A number of copper mines have been discovered in different parts of the state. One is in Bergen county, which when worked by the Schuysers, to whom it belonged) was considerably productive; but they have for many years been neglected.

The following account of a copper mine at New Brunswick, is given by a gentleman of distinction, well informed upon the sub∣ject.

"About the years 1748, 1749, 1750, several lumps of virgin copper from five to thirty pounds weight, (in the whole upwards of 200 pounds) were plowed up in a field, belonging to Phillip French, Esq within a quarter of a mile of New Brunswick. This induced Mr. Elias Boudinot, of the city of Philadelphia, to take a lease of Mr. French of this land, for ninety nine years, in order to search for cop∣per ore, a body of which he concluded must be contained in this hill. He took in several partners, and about the year 1751 opened a pit in the low grounds, about 2 or 300 yards from the river. He was led to this spot by a friend on his, who, a little before, passing by at three o'clock in the morning, observed a body of flame arise out of the ground, as large as a common sized man, and soon after die away. He drove a stake on the spot. About fifteen feet deep, Mr. Boudinor cane on a vein of bluish stone, about two feet thick, between two perpendicular loose bodies of red rock, covered with a sheet of pure virgin copper, a little thicker than gold leaf. This bluish stone was f••••••ed with sparks of virgin copper, very much like copper filings, and now and then a large lump of virgin copper from five to thirty pounds weight. He followed this vein almost thirty feet, when, the water coming in very fast, the expense became too great for the com∣pany's capital. A stamping mill was erected, when by reducing the bluish stone to a powder, and washing it in large tubs, the stone was carried off, and the fine copper preserved, by which means many tons of the purest copper was sent to England without ever passing through the fire; but labour was to high to render it possible for the company to proceed. Sheets of copper about the thickness of two pennies, and three feet square, on an average, have been taken from between the rocks, within four feet of the surface, in several parts of the hill. At about fifty or sixty feet deep, they came to a body of fine solid ore, in the midst of this bluish vein, but between rocks of a white flinty spar, which, however, was worked out in a few days. These works lie now wholly neglected, although the vein when left was richer than ever it had been. There was also a very rich vein of copper ore discovered at Rocky hill, in Somerset county, which has also been neglected from the heavy expense attending the working of it. There have been va∣•••••••• attempts made to search the hills beyond Boundbrook, known by the name of Van Horne's mountain, but for the same reason is now neglected. This mountain discovers the greatest appearance of cop∣per ore, of any place in the state. It may be picked up on the sur∣face

of many parts of it. A smelting furnace was erected, before the revolution, in the neighbourhood, by two Germans, who were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very considerable profit on their work, until the British destroyed, in the beginning of the war. The inhabitants made it worth the•••• while, by collecting the ore from the surface and by partially diggi•••••• into the hill, to supply the furnace. Besides a company opened a ve∣ry large shaft on the side of the hill, from which also a great dea•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 valuable ore and some virgin copper were taken. Two sumps of vir∣gin copper were found here in the year 1754, which weighed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pounds."

A lead mine has been discovered in Hopewell township, four miles from Trenton. There is said to be coal on Raritan river, below Brunswick, and at Pluckemin, and turf in Bethlehem, at the hea•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its south branch; and also at Springfield on Raway river, which is re∣markable for mill seats.

CURIOUS SPRINGS.] In the upper part of the county of Mor••••, is a cold mineral spring, which is frequented by valetudinarians, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its waters have been used with very considerable success. In the township of Honover, in this county, on a ridge of hills, are a number of wells, which regularly ebb and flow about six feet, twice in every twenty four hours. These wells are nearly forty miles from the sea, in a streight line. In the county of Cape May, is a spring of fresh wa∣ter, which boils up from the bottom of a salt water creek, which runs nearly dry at low tide; but a flood tide, is covered with water directly from the ocean to the depth of three or four feet; yet in this situation, by letting down a bottle well corked, through the salt water into the spring, and immediately drawing the cork with a string pre∣pared for the purpose, it may be drawn up full of fine, untainted fresh water. There are springs of this kind in other parts of the state. In the county of Hunterdon, near the top of Muskonercong mountain, is a noted medicinal spring, to which invalids resort from every quar∣ter. It issues from the side of a mountain, and is conveyed into all artificial reservoir for the accommodation of those who wish to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in, as well as to drink, the waters. It is a strong chalybeate and very cold. These waters have been used with very considerable success but perhaps the exercise necessary to get to them, and the purity of the air in this lofty situation, aided by a lively imagination, have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 great efficacy in curing the patient as the waters.

A curious spring has been discovered, about 200 yards from the south branch of Raritan river, from which, even in the dryest ••eas•••••• a small stream issues, except when the wind continues to blow from the north west for more than two days successively, when it ceases to run; and if the water be taken out of the cask placed in the ground, it will remain empty until the wind changes, when it is again 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and flows as usual.

CAVES, MONUMENTS, &c.] In the township of Shrewsbury, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Monmouth county, on the side of a branch of Navesink river, is a re∣markable cave, in which there are three rooms. The cave is about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 feet long, and fifteen feet broad. Each of the rooms are arched, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 centre of the arch is about five feet from the bottom of the cave; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sides not more than two and an half. The mouth of the cave is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the bottom is a loose lard; and the arch is formed in a soft 〈◊〉〈◊〉, through the pores of which, the moisture is slowly ••xudated, and falls in drops on the land below.

On Sandy Hook, about a mile from the light house, is a monument, which was erected to commemorate a very melancholy even that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 place just at the close of the late war. The following inscription, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is upon a marble plate on one side of the monument, will af∣•••••• sufficient information of the matter.

There lies the remains of the honourable Hamilton Douglass Halliburton, son of Sholto Charles Earl of Morton, and heir of the an∣•••••• family of Halliburton of Pitcurr in Scotland; who perished on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 p••ast with twelve more young gentlemen, and one common sailor, in the spirited discharge of duty, the 30th or 31st of December, 1783: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 October 10th 1763; a youth who, in contempt of hardship 〈◊〉〈◊〉 danger, though possessed of an ample fortune, served seven 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the British navy with a manly courage. He seemed to be ••••ying of a better fate. To his dear memory, and that of his un∣••••unate companions, this monumental stone is erected by his unhap∣ply ••••ther Katharine, Countess Dowager of Morton.

••ame Champion, Lieutenant of Marines.
Alexander Johnson,	Midshipmen.
George Paddy,
Robert Heywood,
Charles Gascoigne,	Young Gentlemen.
••ndrew Hamilton,
William Scott,
David Reddie,
Young Gentlemen.	William ••omlinson,
John M'Chair,
W••••••am Sproy,
Robert Wood.

George Towers, Sailor.

〈◊〉〈◊〉, away in pursuit of deserters; all found dead, and buried in this gave.

Of his Britanic Majesty's ship Assistance, MR. HALLIAURTON, First Lieutenant."

POPULATION.] According to the census of 179••, as given in the table, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were in this state 184,130 inhabitants, of whom 11,423 were slaves.〈◊〉〈◊〉 average population for every square mile is nearly 23. The number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inhabitants in this state, was in 1738—47,369, including 3,981 slaves; 〈◊〉〈◊〉—61,403, including 4,606 slaves; 1784—140,435, including 1,939 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This year there were 10,501 blacks, of which 1,939 only were ••••••ed as slaves.

The average annual increase since 1738 has been 2,630, exclusive of ••••••tions, which, since 1783, have been numerous, to the country 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Allegany Mountains. These emigrations will lesson in proportion as the inhabitants turn their attention to manufactures.

CHARACTER, MANNERS AND CUSTOMS.] Many circumstances 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to render these various in different parts of the state. The inhabitants are a collection of Low Dutch, Germans, Eng∣lish, Scotch, Irish, and New Englanders, or their descendants. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 attachment, and mutual convenience, have generally in∣•••••• these several kinds of people to settle together in a body, and in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their peculiar national manners, customs and character are ••••••••eryed, especially among the poorer class of people, who have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 intercourse with any but those of their own nation. Religion, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its tendency is to unite people in those things that are es∣sential

to happiness, occasions wide differences as to manners, customs, and even character. The Presbyterian, the Quaker, the Episcopa∣lian, the Baptist, the German and Low Dutch Calvinist, the Method∣ist and the Moravian, have each their distinguishing characteristics, either in their worship, their discipline, or their dress. There is still another characteristical difference, distinct from either of the others, which arises from the intercourse of the inhabitants with different states. The people in West Jersey trade to Philadelphia, and of course imitate their fashions, and imbibe their manners. The inhabitants of East Jersey trade to New York, and regulate their fashions and man∣ners according to those in New York. So that the difference in re∣gard to fashions and manners between East and West Jersey, is nearly as great as between New York and Philadelphia.—Add to all these the differences common in all countries, arising from the vari∣ous occupations of men, such as the Civilian, the Divine, the Law∣yer, the Physician, the Mechanic, the clownish, the decent, and the respectable Farmer, all of whom have different pursuits, or pursue the same thing differently, and of course must have different ideas and manners;—when we take into view all these differences, (and all these differences exist in New Jersey, and many of them in all the other states) it cannot be expected that many general observations will apply. It may, however, in truth be said, that the people of New Jersey are generally industrious, frugal and hospitable. There are, comparatively, but few men of learning in the state, nor can it be said that the people in general have a taste for the sciences. The poorer class, in which may be included a considerable proportion of the inhabi∣tants of the whole state, are inattentive to the education of their children, who are but too generally left to grow up in ignorance. There are, however, a number of gentlemen of the first rank in a∣bilities and learning in the civil offices of the state, and in the several learned professions.

It is not the business of a geographer to compliment the ladies; nor would we be thought to do it when we say, that there is at least as great a number of industrious, discreet, amiable, genteel and handsome women in New Jersey, in proportion to the number of inhabitants, as in any of the thirteen states.

RELIGION.] There, are in this state, about fifty Presbyterian con∣gregations, subject to the care of three Presbyteries, viz. That of New York, of New Brunswick, and Philadelphia. A part of the charge of New York and Philadelphia Presbyteries lies in New Jer∣sey, and part in their own respective states.

Besides these there are upwards of 40 congregations of Friends—30 of the Baptists—25 of Episcopalians—28 of Dutch Reformed, be∣sides Methodists—and a settlement of Moravians. All these religious denominations live together in peace and harmony; and are allowed, by the constitution of the state, to worship Almighty God agreeably to the dictates of their own consciences; and are not compelled to attend or support any worship contrary to their own faith, and judg∣ment. All Protestant inhabitants, of peaceable behaviour, are eligi∣ble to the civil offices of the state.

COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, AND SCHOOLS.] There are tow colleg∣es in New Jersey; one at Princetown, called Nassau Hall, the other at Brunswick, called Queens College. The college at Princetown was

first founded by charter from John Hamilton, Esq: President of the council, about the year 1738, and enlarged by Governour Belcher in 1••••7. The charter delegates a power of granting to "the students of said college, or to any others thought worthy of them, all such de∣grees as are granted in either of our universities or any other college in Great Britain." It has twenty-three trustees. The governour of the state, and the president of the college are, ex officiis, two of them. It has an annual income of about 900l. currency; of which 200l. a∣rise, from funded public securities and lands, and the rest from the fees of the students.

The president of the college, is also professor of eloquence, criticism, and chronology. The vice president is also professor of divinity and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 philosophy. There is also a professor of mathematics, and nat∣ural philosophy, and two masters of languages. The four classes in college contain commonly from 70 to 100 students. There is a gram∣mar school, of about 20 scholars, connected with the college, under the superintendance of the president, and taught sometimes by a seni∣or scholar, and sometimes by a graduate.

Before the war this college was furnished with a Philosophical appa∣ratus worth 500l. which (except the elegant Orrery constructed by Mr. Rittenhouse) was almost entirely destroyed by the British army in the late war, as was also the library, which now consists of between 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 3000 volumes.

The college edifice is handsomely built with stone, and is 180 feet in length, 54 in breadth, and 4 stories high; and is divided into for∣ty two convenient chambers for the accommodation of the students, besides a dining hall, chapel, and room for the library. Its situation is elevated and exceedingly pleasant and heathful. It is remarkable, that since the removed of the college to Princeton in 1756, there have been but 5 or 6 deaths among the students. The view from the college balcony is extensive and charming.

The college has been under the care of the succession of presidents eminent for piety and learning; and has furnished a number of Civil∣••••••, Divines, and Physicians of the first rank in America.* 1.37

The charter for Queens college, at Brunswick, was granted just be∣fore the war, in consequence of an application from a body of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 church. Its funds, raised wholly by free donations, amounted, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 after its establishment, to four thousand pounds; but they were considerably diminished by the war. The grammar school, which is connected with the college, consists of between thirty and forty stu∣dents, under the care of the trustees. This college at present, is not in a very flourishing state.

There are a number of good academies in this state. One at Free∣hold, in the county of Monmouth—Another at Trenton, in which are about eighty students in the different branches. It has a fund of about one hundred any fifty pounds per annum, arising from the in∣terest

on public securities. Another in Hackkinsak, in the county of Bergen, of upwards of an hundred scholars. Instruction and board are said to be cheaper here than in any other part of the state. There is another flourishing academy at Orangedale, in the county of Esse••, consisting of nearly as many scholars as any of the others, furnished with able instructors and good accommodations. Another has lately been opened at Elizabethtown, and consists of upwards of twenty students in the languages, and is increasing. An academy, by the name of Burlington academy, has lately been established at Burling∣ton, under the direction of seven trustees, and the instruction of two preceptors. The system of education adopted in this academy, is de∣signed to prepare the scholars for the study of the more difficult clas∣sics and the higher branches of science in a college or university. As Newark, an Academy was founded in June 1792, and promises to be a useful institution. Besides these, there are grammar schools at Spring∣field, Morristown, Bordentown and Amboy. There are no regular establishments for common schools in the state. The usual mode of education is for the inhabitants of a village or neighbourhood to join in affording a temporary support for a schoolmaster, upon such terms as are mutually agreeable. But the encouragement which these occa∣sional teachers meet with, is generally such, as that no person of a∣bilities adequate to the business, will undertake it; and of course, lit∣tle advantage is derived from these schools. The improvement in these common schools is generally in proportion to the pay of the teacher. It is therefore much to be regretted that the legislature do not take up this subject and adopt some such method of supporting public schools as has been practised upon with visible good success in some of the New England States.

CHIEF TOWNS.] There are a number of towns in this state, near∣ly of equal size and importance, and more that has more than a∣bout two hundred houses compactly built. TRENTON is one of the largest towns in New Jersey and the capital of the state. It is situated on the northeast side of the river Delaware, opposite the falls, nearly in the centre of the states, from north to south, in lat. 40° 15′, and about 20' east of the meridian of Philadelphia. The river is not navigable above these falls, except for boats which will carry from five to seven hundred bushels of wheat. This town, with Lamberton, which joins it on the south, contains upwards of two hundred houses, and about 2000 inhabitants. Here the legislature statedly meets, the supreme court sits, and most of the public offices are kept. The inhabitants have lately erected a handsome court house 100 feet by 50, with a semi-hexagon at each end, over which is to be a ballustrade. In the neighbourhood of this pleasant town, are seve∣ral gentlemen's feats, finely situated on the banks of the Delaware, and ornamented with taste and elegance. This town, being a thoroughfare between the eastern parts of the state and Philadelphia, has a considerable inland trade.

BURLINGTON (city) extends three miles along the Delaware, and one mile back, at right angles, into the county of Burlington, and ••••-twenty miles above Philadelphia by water, and seventeen by land. The island, which is the most populous part of the city, is a mile and a quarter in length, and three quarters of a mile in breadth. It has four entrances over bridges and causeways, and a quantity of

bank meadow adjoining. On the island are about one hundred and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 houses, 1000 white and 100 black inhabitants. But few of the ••••roes are slaves. The main streets are convenietly spacious, and ••••••tly ornamented with trees in the fronts of the houses, which are regularly arranged. The Delaware, opposite the town, is about a mile wide; and under the shelter of Mittinnicunk and Burlington Islands, affords a safe and convenient harbour. It is commodiously situated 〈◊〉〈◊〉 trade, but is two near the opulent city of Philadelphia to admit of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considerable increase of foreign commerce. There are two houses 〈◊〉〈◊〉 public worship in the town, one for the Friends or Quakers, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the most numerous, and one for Episcopalians. The other public buildings are two market houses, a court house, and the best goal in the state. Besides these, there is an academy, already men∣tioned, a free school, a nail manufactory, and an excellent distill∣••••y if that can be called excellent which produces a poison both of ••••••th and morals.

The city was a free port under the state. The mayor, recorder, and ••••dermen hold a commercial court, when the matter in controversy is between foreigners and foreigners, or between foreigners and citi∣••en••. The island of Burlington was laid out, and the first settlements made as early as 1677. In 1682, the island of Mittinnicunk, or Free School island, was given for the use of the island of Burlington; the yearly profits arising from it (which amount to one hundred and eigh∣ty pounds) are appropriated for the education of poor children.

PERTH AMBOY (city) took its name from James Drummond, earl of Perth; and Ambo, the Indian word for point, and stands on a neck of land included between Raritan river and Arthur Kull sound. Its situation is high and healthy. It lies open to Sandy Hook, and has one of the best harbours on the continent. Vessels from sea may enter it in one tide, in almost any weather. Great efforts have been made, and legislative encourrgements offered, to render it a place of trade, but without success. This town was early incorporated with city privileges, and continued to send two members to the general as∣sembly until the revolution. Until this event, it was the capital of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Jersey; and the legislature and supreme court used to sit here and at Burlington alternately.

BRUNSWICK (city) was incorporated in 1784, and is situated on the southwest side of Raritan river, over which a fine bridge has lately 〈◊〉〈◊〉 built, twelve miles above Amboy. It contains about two hun∣dred houses, and nearly 2000 inhabitants, one half of whom are Dutch. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 situation is low and unpleasant, being on the bank of the river, and ••••der a high hill which rises back of the town. The ice, at the making up of the river in winter, frequently lodges on the shallow ••••ding place, just opposite the town, and forms a temporary dam, which occasions the water to rise many feet above its usual height, ••nd sometimes to overflow the lower floors of those houses which are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 guarded against this inconvenience, by having their foundations ••••ated. The streets are raised and paved with stone. The water 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the springs and wells is generally bad. The inhabitants are begin∣ning to build on the hill above the town, which is very pleasant, and ••••••ands a pretty prospect. The citizens have a considerable inland 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and several small vessels belonging to the part.

PRINCECTON, is a pleasant village, of about 80 houses, 52

miles from New York, and 42 from Philadelphia. Its public build∣ings are a large college edifice of stone, already described, and a pres∣byterian church built of brick. Its situation is remarkably heal∣thy.

ELIZABETHTOWN (borough) is fifteen miles from New York. Its situation is pleasant, and its soil equal in fertility to any in the state. In the compact part of the town, there are about one hundred and fif∣ty houses. The public buildings are a very handsome presbyterian brick church, lately built, * 1.38 an episcopal church, also of brick, and an academy. This is one of the oldest towns in the state. It was purchased of the Indians as early as 1664, and was settled soon af∣ter.

NEWARK is seven miles from New York. It is a handsome, flour∣ishing town, about the size of Elizabethtown, and has two presbyte∣rian churches, one of which is of stone, and is the largest and most elegant building in the state. Besides these there is an episcopal church, a court house and goal. This town is celebrated for the excellence of its cider, and is the seat of the largest shoe manufactory in the state. The average number made daily, throughout the year, is esti∣mated at about 200 pair.

PRACTICE OF PHYSICK.] There is a 'Medical Society' in this state, consisting of about thirty of their most respectable physicians, who meet twice a year. No person is admitted to the practice of phy∣sic, without a license from the supreme court, founded on a certificate from this society, or at least two of its members, testifying his still and abilities. It is remarkable that in the country of Cape May, no regular physician has ever found support. Medicine has been admin∣istered by women, except in some extraordinary cases.

PRACTICE OF LAW.] No person is permitted to practice as an at∣torney in any court without a license from the governour. This can∣not be obtained, unless the candidate shall be above twenty-one years of age, and shall have served a regular clerkship with some licensed attorney, for four years, and have taken a degree in some public col∣lege, otherwise he must serve five years. This regulation is consider∣ed by some as a depreciation of rights in regard to citizens of other states, and a bar to the progress of knowledge. He must also submit to an examination by three of the most eminent counsellors in the state, in the presence of the judges of the supreme court. After three years practice as an attorney, he becomes a candidate for a counsellor's license, which is granted on a like examination. Many of the people here, however, as in other states, think (because perhaps they are instruments is o∣bliging them to pay their debts) that the lawyers know too much. But their knowledge will not injure those who are innocent, and who will let them alone. Experience has verified this observation in the county of Cape May. No lawyer lives within sixty miles of that country, and it is seldom that they attend their courts.

CONSTITUTION.] The government of this state, agreeable to their constitution, is vested in a governour, legislative council, and general assembly. The governour is chosen annually, by the council and assembly jointly, and is stiled, "Governour and commander in chief in and over the state of New Jersey, and the territories there∣unto

belonging, chancellor and ordinary in the same." The legisla∣tive council is composed of one member from each country, chosen annually by the people. They must be worth one thousand pounds in real and personal estate within the county, and have been freehol∣ders and inhabitants of the counties they represent for one year. The general assembly is composed of three members from each county chosen as above; each of them must be worth five hundred pounds, in real and personal estate within the county, and have been freehol∣ders and inhabitants as above. Each of these, on taking his seat in the legislature, must swear "that he will not assent to any law, vote or proceeding, which shall appear to him injurious to the public welfare of the state, or that shall annul or repeal that part of the constitution which establishes annual elections, nor that part respecting trial by ju∣ry, nor that part which secures liberty of conscience."

The governour sits in, and presides over the legislative council, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a casting vote in their debates. His privy or executive council, i•• composed of any three members of the legislative council; and the governour and any seven members of the council are a court of ap∣peals in the last resort, as to points of law in civil cases, and posses and power of pardoning criminals in all cases whatsoever. The council chus•• one of their members to be vice president, who, when the gov∣ernour is absent from the state, possesses the supreme executive pow∣er. The council may originate any bills, excepting preparing and al∣tering any money bill, which is the sole prerogative of the assembly. In every other respect their powers are equal. Every bill is read three times in each house. None of the judges of the supreme court, or other courts, sheriffs, or any person possessed of any post of profit un∣der the governour, except justices of the peace, is entitled to a seat in the assembly. The estate of a suicide is not forfeited for his of∣fence.

COURTS OF JUSTICE, LAWS, &c.] The courts of justice in this state are, first, Justices courts. A competent number of persons are appointed in each county by the council and assembly, in joint meet∣ing, who are called justices of the peace, and continue in office five years, who, besides being conservators of the peace, agreeably to the English laws, are authorized to hold courts for the trial of causes un∣der twelve pounds. From this court, persons aggrieved, may appeal to the quarter sessions. Secondly, Courts of quarter sessions of the peace, are held quarterly in every county, by at least three of the justices. This court takes cognizance of breaches of the peace, and is general∣ly regulated by the rules of the English law.

Thirdly, Court of common pleas, which are held quarterly, by judges appointed for that purpose, in the same manner as the justices of the peace, and who are commonly of their number, and hold their com∣missions five years. This court may be held by a single judge, and has cognizance of demands to any amount, and is constructed on, and governed by the principles of the English laws.

Fourthly, Supreme courts, which are held four times in a year, at Trenton, by three judges appointed for that purpose, who hold their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 three years, but one judge only is necessary to the holding this 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This court has cognizance of all actions, both civil and crim∣inal throughout the state, having the united authority of the courts of kings bench, common pleas and exchequer in England. The courts

of over and terminer and nist prius, commonly held once a year in each county, for the trial of causes arising in the county, and brought to issue in the supreme court, are properly branches of this court, and are hold by one of the judges of it, except that in the courts of oyer and terminer, some of the gentlemen of the county are always added in the commission as assistants to the judge; but they cannot hold the court without him.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Orphan's courts, lately established by act of assembly, are held by the judges of the court of common pleas, ex officiis, and have cog∣nizance of all matters relating to wills, administration, &c.

Sixthly, Court of Chancery, held by the governor ex officio, always open. It is a court of law and equity, founded on the same principles, and governed by the same rules as the court of chancery in England.

Seventhly, High Court of Errors and Appeals, composed of the gov∣ernor, and seven of the council, and is a court of appeals in the last resort, in all cases of law.

All the English laws which had been practised upon in the state, and which are not repugnant to revolution principles, were adopted by the constitution, and very few alterations of consequence have since been made, except in the descent of the real estates, which in∣stead of descending to the eldest son, agreeable to the old feudal sys∣tem, as formerly, are now divided (where there is no will) two shares to each son, and one share to each daughter; i. e. the sons, have double the daughter's portions, but all the sons have equal portions and all the daughters.

MILITARY STRENGTH.] The military strength of New Jersey, consists of a militia, of between 30,000 and 40,000 men.

HISTORY.] See Smith's History of New Jersey—and Hazard's State Papers.

This state was the feat of war for several years, during the bloody contest between Great Britain and America. Her losses both of men and property, in proportion to the population and wealth of the state, was greater than of any other of the thirteen states. When General Washington was retreating through the Jersies, almost forsaken by all of ore, her militia were are all times obedient to his orders; and for a considerable length of time, composed the strength of his army. There is hardly a town in the state that lay in the progress of the British army, that was not rendered signal by some enterprize or ex∣ploit. At Trenton the enemy received a check which may be said with justice to have turned the tide of the war. At Princeton, the feat of the muses, the received another, which, united, obliged them to retire with precipitation, and take refuge in disgraceful winter quarters. But whatever honour this state might derive from the re∣lation, it is not our business to give a particular description of battles or sieges; we leave this to the pen of the historian, and only observe in general, that the many military achievements performed by the Jersey soldiers, give this state one of the first ranks among her sifted in a military view, and entitle her to a share of praise in the accom∣plishment of the late glorious revolution, that bears no proportion 〈◊〉〈◊〉 her size.

[figure]

A MAP OF PENNSYLVANIA with Part of the Adjacent STATES. from the latest Surveys

A. Carleton, del

GOVERNORS of NEW JERSEY, from the surrender of tithe Government by the PROPRIETORS in 1702, to the present me.

†Edward, viscount Cornbury,	1702 to 1708,	removed and succeeded by
†John, lord Lovelace,	1708 to 1709,	died and the government devolved to
Lt. Gov. Richard Ingoldsby,	1709 to 1710,	when came in
†Brigader Robert Hunter,	1710 to 1720,	who resigned in favour of
†William Burnet,	1720 to 1727,	removed and succeeded by
†John Montgomery,	1728 to 1731,	died and was succeeded by
†William Crosby,	1731 to 1736,	died and the government devolved to

John Anderson, President of the Council 1736, by whose death about two weeks after the government devolved to John Hamilton, President of the Council 1736 to 1738 Those marked † were Governors in chief, and down to this time were Governors of Newyork and New Jersey, but from 1738 forward, New Jersey has had a separate governor.

†Lewis Morris,	1738 to 1746,	died and the government devolved to
John Hamilton, President,	1746—	by whose death it devolved to
John Reading, President,	1746 to 1747.
†Jonathan Belcher,	1717 to 1757,	died and the government again devolved to
John Reading, President,	17••7 to 17••8,

Thomas Powna••l, then Governor of Massachusetts, being Lieu∣tenant Governor, arrived on the death of Governor Belcher, but continued in the province a few days only.

†Francis Bernard,	1758 to 1760,	removed to Boston and succeeded by
†Thomas Boone,	1760 to 1761,	removed to S. Carolina and succeeded by
†Josiah Hardy,	1761 to 1763,	removed & succeeded by
†William Franklin,	1763 to 1776,	removed & succeeded by
†William Livingston,	1776 to 1790,	died & succeeded by
†William Patterson,	1791—

PENNSYLVANIA.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 288 Miles.	between	0° 20′ E. and 5° W. Lon. Square Miles. 44,900
Breadth 156 Miles.	39° 43′ and 42° N. Lat.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED east, by Delaware river, which divides it from New Jersey; north, by New York, and a territory of about 202,000 acres, on lake Erie, purchas∣ed of congress by this state; northwest, by a part of Lake Erie, where there is a good port; west, by the Western Territory, and a part of Virginia; south, by a part of Virginia, Maryland and Delaware. The state lies in the form of a parallelogram.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] Pennsylvania is divided into twenty-two counties, which, with their county towns, situation, &c. are mention∣ed in the following table, as also the various kinds of mines and mine∣rals in the state.

Counties.	No. I••••.	Cheif Tow.	Situation.	Se••••	Mines, &c.
Philadelphia	54,391	Philadelphia	On Delawar. R	All
Chester	27,937	W. Chester	On Delawar. R	All	Iron ore.
Delaware	9,483	Chester	On Delawar. R	All
Bucks	25,401	Newtown	On Delawar. R	All	I. ore & lead.
Montgomery	22,929	Norriston	On Schuylk. R	All	Iron ore.
Lancaster	36,147	Lancaster	On Susqueh. R	All	I ore & cop.
Dauphin	18,177	Harisburgh	On Susqueh. R	¾	Iron ore.
Berks	30,179	Reading	On Schuylk. R	¾	I. ore, coal mi.
Northampton	24,250	Easton	On Delawar. R	¾	Iro. ore [&c.
Luzerne	4,904	Wilksburgh	On Susqueh. R	¾	I ore, c. min.
York	37,747	York	On Susqueh. R	¾	Ir. ore. [&c.
Cumberland	18,243	Carlisle	On Susqueh. R	¾	I. ore, le, mi.
Northumber∣land	17,161	Sunbury	On W. bran. Su.	† 1.391/10	I. ore. salt sp.
Franklin	15,655	Chamberston	On Susqueh. R	¾	Iron ore.
Bedford	13,124	Bedford	On Juniata R	½	Ir. min. &c.
Huntington	7,565	Huntingdon	On Juniata R	¼	Co. & l. mi.
Misslin	7,562	Lewisburgh	On Juniata R	¼	Iron ore.
Westmoreland	16,018	Greensburg	On Allegany R	¼	Coal mines.
Fayette	13,3••5	Union	On Mononga.	½	Co. & ir. mi.
Washington	23,866	Washington	S. W. co••••. state.	¼	Co. & ir. mi.
Allegany	10,309	Pittsburg	On Allegany R	¼	Co. & ir. mi.
Total	434,373

RIVERS, CANALS, &c.] There are six considerable rivers which, with their numerous branches, peninsulate the whole state, viz. The Delaware, Schuylkill, Susquehannah, Youghiogeny, Mor ongahela, and Allegany. The bay and river Delaware are navigable from the sea up to the great or lower falls at Trenton, 155 miles; and are accom∣modated with a light house, on Cape Henlopen, and with buoys and piers for the direction and safety of ships. The distance of Philadel∣phia from the sea, is about 60 miles across the land in a S. W. course, to the New Jersey coast, and 120 miles by the ship channel of the Delaware. So far it is navigable for a 74 gun ship. Sloops go 35 miles farther, to Trenton falls. The river is navigable for boats that carry eight or nine tons, an hundred miles further, and for Indian canoes, except several small falls or portages, one hundred and fifty miles. At Easton, it receives the Lehigh from the west, which is navigable thirty miles. The tide sets up as high as Trenton Falls, and at Philadelphia rises generally about five or six feet. A north∣east and east wind raises it higher.

Between Cape Henlopen and Cape May, is the entrance into the Delaware bay. The entrance into the river is twenty miles further up, at Bombay Hook, where the river is four or five miles wide. From Bombay Hook to Reedy Island is twenty miles. This island is the rendezvous of outward bound ships in autumn and spring, waiting for a favourable wind. The course from this to the sea is S. S. E. so that a N. W. wind, which is the prevailing wind in these seasons, is fair for vessels to put out to sea. This river is generally frozen one or

two months in the year at Philadelphia so as to prevent navigation, but vessels may, at all times, make a secure harbour at Port Penn, at Reedy Island, where piers have been erected by the State. Vessels are generally from 12 to 24 hours in ascending this beautiful river to Philadelphia; and the navigation is safe, and in the milder seasons, especially in the summer, is indescribeably pleasant.

From Chester to Philadelphia, 20 miles by water and 15 by land, the channel of the river is narrowed by islands of marsh, which are gener∣ally banked and turned into rich and immensely valuable meadows.

Billingsport, twelve miles below Philadelphia, was fortified in the late war for the defence of the channel. Opposite this fort, several large frames of timber, headed with iron spikes, called chevaux de ••••i••es, were sunk to prevent the British ships from passing. Since the peace, a curious machine has been invented in Philadelphia, to raise them.

The Schuylkill rises north west of the Kittatinny mountains, through which it passes, into a fine champaign country, and runs, from its source, upwards of one hundred and twenty miles in a south east di∣rection, and passing through the limits of the city of Philadelphia falls into the Delaware opposite Mud Island. 6 or 7 miles below the city. It is navigable from above Reading, eighty five or ninety miles to its mouth. There are 4 floating bridges thrown across it, made of logs fastened together, and lying upon the water, in the vicinity of Phila∣delphia.

The N. E. branch of the Susquehannah river rises in lakes Otsego and Otego, in the state of New York, and runs in such a winding course as to cross the boundary line between New York and Pennsyl∣vania three times. It receives Tyoga river, one of its principal branches, in lat. 41° 57′, three miles south of the boundary line. The Susquehannah branch is navigable for batteaux to its source, whence, to Mohawk river, is but twenty miles. The Tyoga branch is navigable fifty miles, for batteaux; and its source is but a few miles from the Chenessee, which empties into lake Ontario. From Tyoga point, the river proceeds southeast to Wyoming, with∣out any obstruction by falls, and then southeast, over Wyoming falls, till at Sunbury, in about lat. 41°, it meets the west branch of Susque∣hannah, which is navigable 90 miles from its mouth, and some of the branches of it are navigable ••0 miles, and approach very near some of the boatable branches of the Allegany river. This noble river is passable to Middletown. (below Harris ferry) with boats, carrying several hundred bushels, and with rafts of boards &c. from the state of New York, as well as down the Tyoga, and Juniata branches, sev∣eral hundred miles, in their different windings, but it is attended with difficulty and danger on account of the numerous falls below Middle∣town. About fifteen miles above Harrisburg, it receives the Juniata, from the north west, proceeding from the Allegany mountains, and flowing through a mountainous, broken, yet cultivable country. This river is navigable, 120 miles from its mouth.

The Swetara, which falls into the Susqueehannah from the northeast, is navigable fifteen miles. About half a mile from the mouth of this river, and a mile from Middletown, is a gr••••t mill which merits par∣ticular notice. It is a very large and handsome stone building, has four pair of stones, and is perhaps in every respect one of the most

complete in the state. But the most remarkable circumstance relative to it, is the race, which is a canal from 20 to 30 feet wide, and carried with such a degree of boldness to a length of 476 rods or perches, through rocks and hills, and every obstacle in its course, as cannot fail to ex∣cite a very high idea of the enterprize, and persevering industry of Mr. George Frey, the undertaker and owner.

From Swetara to the Tulpehoken branch of Schuylkill, a canal and lock navigation is undertaken, and the works commenced, by an in∣corporated company whole capital is 400,000 dollars. This leads through the Schuylkill to Philadelphia. When this shall be effected, a passage will be open to Philadelphia from the Juniata, the Tyoga, and the east and west branches of the Susquehannah, which water at least 15,000,000 of acres. From this junction, the general course of the Susquehannah is about southeast until it falls into the head of Chesapeak bay at Havre de Grace. It is above a mile wide at its mouth, and is navigable for sea vessels but about five miles, on ac∣count of its rapids. The banks of this river are very romantic, par∣ticularly where it passes through the mountains. This passage has every appearance of having been forced through by the pressure of the water, or of having been burst open by some convulsion in nature.

The several branches of the Youghiogeny river rise on the west side of the Allegany mountains. After running a short distance, they u∣nite and form a large beautiful river, which, in passing some of the most western ridges of the mountains, precipitates itself over a level ledge of rocks, lying nearly at right angles to the course of the river. These falls, called the Ohiopyle falls, are about twenty feet in per∣pendicular height, and the river is perhaps eighty yards wide. For a considerable distance below the falls, the water is very rapid, and boils and foams vehemently, occasioning a continual mist to rise from it, even at noon day, and in fair weather. The river at this place runs to the southwest, but presently winds round to the northwest, and continuing this course for thirty or forty miles, it loses its name by uniting with the Monongahela, which comes from the southward, and contains perhaps, twice as much water. There united streams, shortly after their junction mingle with the waters of the Allegany at Pittsburgh, and together form the grand river Ohio.

The Monongahela has been already particularly described, and some observations made on the navigation of the Allegany. In addition it may be observed, that the junction of French Creek (which comes from the northwest) with the Allegany, are the remains of a British fortification; and about a mile above is fort Franklin, built in 1787, and then guarded by a company of American soldiers. The Pennsyl∣vania north line, crosses French Creek about three miles above Le Boeuf, where there was formerly a fort. From Le Boeuf to Presque∣isle, 15 or 16 miles, is an old waggon road, cut by the French in the war of 1755. The lands on French Creek are very rich, and mostly cleared, which is an evidence that its former Indian inhabitants were numerous. Fourteen miles from the mouth of this creek is a gentle rapid, thence to its mouth, it is slow, deep and smooth.

There is said to be a practicable communication between the south∣ern branch of the Tyoga and a branch of the Allegany, the head wa∣ters of which, are but a short distance from each other. The Sene∣ca Indians say they can walk four times in a day, from the boatable

waters of the Allegany, to those of the Tyoga, at the place now men∣tioned. And between the Susquehannah, just before it crosses into Pennsylvania the first time, and the Delaware, is a portage of only twelve miles. Rafts of timber, plank, boards and staves, with other articles upon them, can be brought down the Delaware from the counties of Montgomery and Otsego in New York, 200 miles above the city by the course of the river. Some money was expended by the government and landholders in improving the navigation up to∣wards the source, before the revolution, and there has been a survey since made, for the purpose of proceeding in the improvement of this and the other principal rivers of Pennsylvania, and for making communications by canals in the improved part, and by roads in the improved part of the state. Great progress has already been made in these improvements, and the exertions for their completion are still continued. The Pennsylvanians are much inclined to such enter∣prizes, having found great benefit from them. On the completion of the present plans, the state will be as conveniently intersected by roads as any other of its size in the union, which will greatly facilitate the settlement of its new lands. A slight view of the map of Pennsylva∣nia will shew how finely this state is watered by the Delaware and its branches, the Schuylkill, the Juniata, the Susquehannah and its branches, the Ohio, Allegany, Youghiogeny, and Monongahela. The Patomak and lake Erie also afford prospects of considerable benefit from their navigation. Nature has done much for Pennsylvania in regard to inland water carriage, which is strikingly exemplified by this fact, that although Philadelphia and lake Erie are distant from each other above 300 miles, there is no doubt but that the rivers of the state may be so improved, as to reduce the land carriage between them nine tenths. In the same way the navigation of Pittsburg, after due improvement, may be used instead of land carriage for the whole distance, except 23 miles.—By these routs it is clear, that a large pro∣portion of the foreign articles used on the western waters must be transported, and their furs, skins, ginseng, hemp, flax, pot ash, and other valuable commodities brought to Philadelphia. The hemp and oak timber for the Russian navy is transported by inland navigation 1200 miles, and yet hemp is shipped from that kingdom on lower terms than from any other part of the known world. Russia, long since the settlement of Pennsylvania by civilized and enlightened peo∣ple, was in a state of absolute barbarism, and destitute of these im∣provements. Much therefore is to be expected from the continued exertions of the prudent, industrious and sensible inhabitants of Penn∣sylvania, in the course of the present century.

One remark must not be omitted here, and that is, that in all the back country waters of this state, even in those high up in the moun∣tains, marine pe••••esactions are found in great abundance.

SWAMPS.] The only swamps worth noticing, are, the Great Swamp, between Northampton and Luzerne counties, and Buffaloe swamp in the northwestern parts of Northumberland county, near the head waters of the west branch of the Susquehannah. These swamps, on examination and survey, are found to be bodies of farm land, thickly covered with beach and sugar maple.

MOUNTAINS, FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL AND NATURAL ADVANTAGES.} A considerable proportion of this state may be called mountainous; particularly the counties of Bed∣ford, Huntingdon, Cumberland, part of Franklin, Dauphin, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Bucks and Northampton, through which pass, under various 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the numerous ridges and spurs, which collectively form wh•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 chuse to call, for the sake of clearness. THE GREAT RANGE OF AL∣LEGANY MOUNTAINS. The principal ridges in this range, in Penn∣sylvania, are the Kittatinny, or Blue mountains, which pass north of Nazareth in Northampton county, and pursue a southwest cou•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cross the Lehigh, through Dauphin county, just above Harrisburg thence on the west side of the Susquehannah through Cumberland and Franklin counties. Back of these, and nearly parallel with th•••• are Peters, Tuscarora, and Nescopek mountains, on the east of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Susquehannah; and on the west, Shareman's hills, Sideling 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ragged, Great Warriors, Evits and Wills' mountains; th••n the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Allegany ridge, which being the largest, gives its name to the whole range; west of this are the Chesnut ridges. Between the Juniata and the west branch of the Susquehannah are Jacks, Tussys, Nittiny and Bald Eagle mountains. The vales between these mountains and generally of a rich, black soil, suited to the various kinds of grain and grass. Some of the mountains will admit of cultivation almost to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tops. The other parts of the state are generally level, or agreeably va∣riegated will hills and vallies.

In this connection, I beg leave to introduce the remarks of Mr. Charles Thompson, the late secretary of congress, which were suggest∣ed on his reading Mr. Jefferson's discription of the passage of the Patomak through the blue ridge. 'The reflections I was led into on viewing this passage of the Patomak through the blue ridge were, that this country must have suffered some violent convulsion, and that the face of it must have been changed from what it probably was some centuries ago; that the broken and ragged faces of the moun∣tain on each side of the river; the tremendous rocks, which are left with one end fixed in the precipice, and the other jutting out and seeming∣ly ready to fall for want of support; the bed of the river for several miles below obstructed, and filled with the loose stones carried from this mound; in short, every thing on which you cast your eye evi∣dently demonstrates a disrupture and breach in the mountain, and that, before this happened, what is now a fruitful vale, was formerly a great lake or collection of water, which possibly might have here formed a mighty cascade, or had its vent to the ocean by the Susquehannah, where the Blue ridge seems to terminate. Besides this, there are other parts of this country which bear evident traces of a like convulsion. From the best accounts I have been able to obtain, the place where the Delaware now flows through the Kittatinny mountain, which is a continuation of what is called the North ridge, or mountain, was not its original course, but that it passed through what is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 called 'the Wind-gap', a place several miles to the westward, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 above an hundred feet higher than the present bed of the river. This wind-gap is about a mile board, and the stones in it such as seem to have been washed for ages by water running over them. Should this have been the case, there must have been a large lake behind that mountain and by some uncommon swell in the waters, or by some convulsion of

nature, the river must have opened its way through a different part of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mountain, and meeting there with less obstruction, carried away 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the opposing mounds of earth, and deluged the country below 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the immense collection of waters to which this new passage gave 〈◊〉〈◊〉. There are still remaining, and daily discovered, innumerable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of such a deluge on both sides of the river, after it passed the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 above the falls of Trenton, and reached the champaign. On the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Jersey side, which is flatter than the Pennsylvania side, all the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 below Croswick hills seems to have been overflowed to ••••••••stance of from ten to fifteen miles back from the river and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 acquired a new soil by the earth and clay brought down 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mixed with the native sand. The spot on which Philadel∣phia ••••ends evidently appears to be made ground. The different 〈◊〉〈◊〉 through which they pass in digging to water, the ••corns, leaves 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sometimes branches, which are found above twenty feet below 〈◊〉〈◊〉 face, all seem to demonstrate this. I am informed that at York 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Virginia, in the bank of York river, there are different strata 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and earth, one above another, which seem to point out that country there has undergone several changes; that the sea has, for ••••••••ssion of ages, occupied the place where dry land now appears; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that the ground has been suddenly raised at various periods. What a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 would it make in the country below, should the mountains at ••••gara, by any accident, be cleft asunder, and a passage suddenly op∣•••••••• to drain off the waters of Erie and the Upper Lakes! While ••••••••••ting on those subjects, I have often been hurried away by fan∣•••••• and led to imagine, that what is now the bay of Mexico, was once campaign country; and that from the point or cape of Florida, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was a continued range of mountains through Cuba, Hispaniola, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Rico, Martinique, Gaudaloupe, Barbadoes, and Trinidad, till it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the coast of America, and formed the shores which bounded 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ocean, and guarded the country behind: That, by some convul∣sion 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shock of nature, the sea had broken through these mounds, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 deluged that vast plain, till it reached the foot of the Andes; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 being there heaped up by the trade winds, always blowing from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quarter, it had found its way back, as it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to do, through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gulph between Florida and Cuba, carrying with it the loom and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it may have scooped from the country it had occupied, part of which it may have deposited on the shores of North America, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part formed the banks of Newfoundland.—But these are only the visions of fancy.

The soil of Pennsylvania is of various kinds; in some parts it is 〈◊〉〈◊〉; a great proportion of the state is good land, and no incon∣siderable part is very good. Perhaps the proportion of first rate land is not greater in any of the thirteen states. The richest part of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that is settled is Lancaster county, and the valley through Cumberland, York and Franklin. The richest that is unsettled, is between 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river and Lake Erie, in the northwest corner of the state, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the country on the heads of the eastern branches of the Alle∣gany 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Of this fine tract, 100,000 acres, lying on, and near French 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are for sale by the state. The convenient communications 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this creek into the Allegany, and from the Allegany, through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 creeks and rivers to the Susquehannah and Patomak, have al∣•••••••• been mentioned. * 1.40

The south side of Pennsylvania is the best settled land throughout, owing entirely to the circumstance of the western road having been run by the armies, prior to 1762, through the towns of Lancaster, Carlisle and Bedford, and thence to Pittsburg. For the purpose of turning the tide of settlers from this old channel into the unsettled parts of the state, the government and landed interest of Pennsylva∣nia have been, and are still busy in cutting convenient roads. Dur∣ing the summer of 1788 they run a road north, from the former roads beyond Bethlehem, to the north portage between Delaware and Susquehannah; and thence north 80 degrees west to the mouth of the Tyoga, the first seventy miles, and the last above sixty. It is now in contemplation to cut a road from Sunbury, at the forks of the east and west branches of Susquehannah; west, 150 miles, to the mouth of Toby's creek, which empties into the Allegany river, from the east. This road will be through a tract of rich land, now for sale by the state. A road is also cut from the mouth of the Tyoga, southward, to the mouth of Loyal, a branch of the west branch of Susquehan∣nah. Another road is cut from Huntingdon town, on Franks town branch of the Juniata, westward thirty miles, to Conemagh, a naviga∣ble branch of the Allegany.

Thus the well judged policy of this state, is paving the way for the settlement of all their waste lands. And to evidence their benevo∣lence, and their wishes to have the advantages of education increased and more extensively enjoyed, they have allotted 60,000 acres of these waste lands for the use of public schools; and above 60,000 more have been granted for that purpose, and to the societies established for the promotion of knowledge, the arts, religion, &c. A considerable part of the lands of this state remain at present for sale, by the public. The Pennsylvanians having no disputes with the Indians about boun∣daries, and all the lands within the State, being purchased at a fair and open treaty, and their being some settlements westward of the Penn∣sylvania line, there is little apprehension of the Indians any where, and inmost parts of the state no danger at all.

Among the natural advantages of Pennsylvania, her almost innume∣rable mill seats ought not to be omitted. They are conveniently dis∣tributed by Providence throughout the state, and afford the means of establishing every species of mill work and labour-saving machines, to meet the produce and raw materials almost at the farmers doors. In the present situation of this country, wanting hands for farming, and in the present state of manufactures, when ingenious machanism is every day and every where invented to lessen the necessity for man∣ual labour, this natural advantage must appear of inestimable import∣ance. Hemp and flax are among the most profitable productions of the rich midland and new counties, the Cream of which is yet to be skimmed. It is therefore a most pleasing fact, that they have in this state the full sized and complete movements or works of a water mill and machinery, to sliver, rove and spin flax and hemp into threads or yarns, fit for linen of 30 cuts to the pound, or any coarser kind, sheet∣ings, toweling, sail cloth, ••znabrigs, twine, and the strans or yarns for cordage. The same machinery is calculated for the roving or prepar∣ing, and spinning of combed wool into worsted yarn. They have also the movements and complete machinery of Sir Richard A••kwright's water mill for spinning yarns of cotton. And though the climate of

the state is not fit for cultivating that raw material, yet cotton can be raised with profit in every state in the Union southward of Penn∣sylvania, and imported from the East and West Indies.

It is certain that this extraordinary capacity of our country for me∣chanical works has either called forth, in an unusual degree, the me∣chanical powers of the human mind, or that Providence has bestowed upon the people of this and our sister states an uncommon portion of this talent, which its nature and situation require. Rittenhouse and Franklin stand unrivalled in mechanical philosophy; and those who know our country are well informed, tha•• to these two great names we could add a considerable list of philosophical and practical mechani∣••i••••s, in a variety of branches.

So many of the necessary and convenient arts and trades depend upon the plenty and cheapness of fuel▪ that it appears proper to take notice of this article. Till the revolution, the dependence of the people was almost entirely upon wood fuel, of which, in the most populous places, there is still a great abundance, and in all interior situations immense quantities; but the increase of manufactures has occasioned them to turn their attention to coal. Of this useful fossile Providence has given them very great quantities in the middle and western country. In the vicinity of Wyoming, on the Susquehan∣nah, is one bed of the open burning kind, and of the most intense heat. On the head waters of Schuylkill and Lebigh are some consid∣erable bodies. At the head of the western branch of Susquehannah is a most extensive body, which stretches over the country southwest∣wardly, so as to be found in the greatest plenty at Pittsburgh, where the Allegany and Youghiogeny unite, and form the head of the Ohio. All the coal has hitherto been accidentally found on the surface of the earth, or discovered in the digging of common cellars or wells, so that when the wood fuel shall become scarce, and the European methods of boring shall be skilfully pursued, there can be no doubt of its being found in many other places. At present, the ballasting of ships from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 countries abroad, and the coal mines in Virginia, which he con∣venient to ship navigation, occasion a good deal of coal to be brought ••o the Philadelphia market. From this great abundance and variety of fuel it results, that Pennsylvania, and the United States in general, are well suited to all manufactories, that are effected by fire, such as furnaces, foundaries, forges, glass houses, breweries, distilleries, steel works, smiths shops, and all other manufactories in metal, soap boil∣ing, chandlers shops, pot ash works, sugar and other refineries, &c. &c.

Ship building is a business in which the port of Philadelphia ex∣ceeds most parts of the world. Masts, spars, timber and plank, not only from their own state and the other states on the Delaware, are constantly for sale in their market, but the mulberry of the Chesapeak, and the evergreen or live oak and red cedar of the Carolinas and Georgia, are so abundantly imported, that nine tenths of their vessels are built of them. No vessels are better than these. A live oak and cedar ship of 200 tons, carpenter's measurement, can be fitted to take i•• a cargo for 14l. currency per ton; and there is not a port in Eu∣rope in which an oak ship can be equally well built and fitted for 20l. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ton currency, or 12l. sterling. This fact may appear doubt∣ful or extraordinary, but it is certainly true; and it is greatly in fa∣vour

of the ship carpenters and other tradesmen employed in fitting and building ships, as well as merchants and farmers, whose interests are so much connected with navigation.

The distance of Philadelphia from the sea has been made an object∣ion by some, and the closing of the river by the ice, which happens almost every winter. Amsterdam, the greatest port in Europe, is in∣accessible in the winter. But it is a fact, that, notwithstanding these objections, their vessels make as many West India voyages as those of the two other principal sea ports of the middle states; and though the river is frozen from three to nine weeks almost every winter, yet there are occasional openings, which give opportunities for fleets of merchantmen to go out and come in. The fine corn and provision country which lies near Philadelphia, enables the merchants to load their vessels in the winter, and the market is regularly supplied with flour, pork, beef, lumber, staves, iron, and many other of their prin∣cipal articles of exportation. Little time is therefore lost, and their trade increases. The crop of 1789, and other exports from the harv∣est of that year to that of 1790, it was supposed, would load 1200,00 tons of shipping. A very extensive back country; and many large bodies of new lands, are settling fast, which must send their produce to the Philadelphia market.

PRODUCTIONS, MANUFACTURES, AGRICULTURE, EXPORTS, &c.} We mention these articles together, because it is diffi∣cult to separate them. Under the foregoing head, we have anticipated some things, that might be naturally mentioned here. The produce, manufactures and exports of Pennsylvania are very many and various; viz. wheat, flour, middlings, ship stuff, bran, shorts, ship bread, white water biscuit, rye, rye flour, Indian corn or maize, Indian meal, buck∣wheat, buck wheat meal, bar and pig iron, steel, nail rods, nails, iron hoops, rolled iron, tire, gunpowder, cannon ball, iron cannon, mus∣quets, ships, boats, oars, handspikes, masts, spars, ship timber, ship blocks, cordage, square timber, scantling, plank, boards, staves, h••••d∣ing▪ shingles, wooden hoops, tanners bark, corn fans, coopers wa••••, bricks, coarse earthen or potters ware, a very little ordinary stone ware, glue, parchment, shoes, boots, foal leather, upper leather, dressed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and sheep skins, and gloves and garments of the same, fine hats, many common, and a few coarse; thread, cotton, worsted and yarn hosiery, writing, wrapping, blotting, sheathing and hanging paper, stationery, playing cards, copper, silver and gold, clocks and watches, musical in∣struments, snuff, manufactured tobacco, chocolate, mustard seed and mustard, starch, hairpowder, flaxseed, flaxseed oyl, flax, hemp, wool and cotton cards, pickled beef, pork, shad, herrings, tongues and stur∣geon, hams and other bacon, tallow, hogs lard, butter, cheese, candles, soap, bees wax, loaf sugar, pot and pearl ash, rum and other strong waters, beer, porter, hops, winter and summer barley, oats, spelts, on∣ions, potatoes, turnips, cabbages, carrots, parsnips, red and white clo∣ver, timothy, and most European vegetables and grasses, apples, peach∣es, plumbs, pears, apricots, grapes, both native and imported, and other European fruits, working and pleasurable carriages, horses, black cattle, sheep, hogs, wood for cabinet makers, lime-stone, coal, free∣stone and marble.

Some of these productions are fine, some indifferent; some of the manufactures are considerable, for a young country circumstanced 〈◊〉〈◊〉

this has been, some inconsiderable; but they are enumerated, to show the general nature of the state, and the various pursuits of the inhab∣itants. In addition to them we may mention, that a lead mine and two or three salt springs have been discovered in the new country, which will no doubt be worked, as soon as the demand for these articles to the westward increases. We ought also to notice the great forests for making pot and pearl ash. Marble is found in many parts of the state.

The manufactures of Pennsylvania have encreased exceedingly within a few years, as well by master workmen and journeymen from abroad, as by the encreased skill and industry of their own citizens. Household or family manufactures have greatly advanced, and valuable acquisitions have been made of implements and machinery to save labour, either imported, or invented in the United States. The hand machines for carding and spinning cotton have been introduced by foreigners, and improved upon; but they have lately obtained the water mill for spinning cotton, and a water mill for flax, which is ap∣plicable also to spinning hemp and wool. These machines promise an early establishment of the cotton, linen and hempen branches, and must be of very great service in the woolen branch. Additional em∣ployment for weavers, dyers, bleachers and other manufacturers must be the consequence. Paper mills, gun-powder mills, steel works, roll∣ing and flitting mills, printing figured goods of paper, linen and cot∣ton, coach making, book printing, and several other branches, are wonderfully advanced, and every month seems to extend the old man∣ufactures, or to introduce new ones. There are upwards of 50 paper mills in Pennsylvania which work materials of no intrinsic value. The manu∣factures from the mills are computed at 250,000 dollars. The hands em∣ployed in them, do not exceed 300. It is calculated that their paper mills alone indemnify them for five eighths of their quota of the expenses of the general government, and the interest of the public debt.

The advancement of the agriculture of Pennsylvania is the best proof 〈◊〉〈◊〉 can be given of the comfort and happiness it affords to its farm∣ing, manufacturing and trading citizens. In the year 1786 their ex∣ports of flour were 150,000 barrels (exclusive of many other articles;) in 1787 they were 202,000 barrels; in 1788 they were 220,000 bar∣rels; and in 1789 they were 369,618 barrels; which exceeds any ex∣port ever made in the times of the province or in the times of the Commonwealth. The produce of flax in encreased in a much greater degree, and that of wool is considerably more than it was before the revolution. A new article is likely to be added to the list of their productions, which is a well tasted and wholesome sugar, made of the Maple Tree. It has been proved by many fair and careful experiments, that it is in the power of a substantial farmer, that has a family about him, easily to make twelve hundred weight of this sugar every season, without hiring any additional hands, or any utensils, but those that are necessary for his family and farm use. The time is which it can 〈◊〉〈◊〉 made is from the middle of February to the end of March, when ••••mers in this country have very little to do, as it is too early to though or dig. The price of sugar being lower here than in Europe, this article may be reckoned at 100 Mexican dollars per annum to very careful and skilful farmer, that owns land bearing the sugar people. Of these there are some millions of acres in Pennsylvania and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 adjacent states, and at least one or two millions belonging to this

state, for sale. It seems also highly probable that this valuable tree may be transplanted, and thus be obtained by almost any farmer in the state, and that men of property, who will purchase kettles and hire hands for the above short period, may make large quantities.

No difficulty lies in the way of any person, who desires to become a free and equal citizen. On the day of his landing he may buy a farm, a house, merchandize, or raw materials; he may open a work shop, a counting house, an office, or any other place of lawful busi∣ness, and pursue his calling without any hindrance, or the payment of any sum of money to the public. The right of electing and being e∣lected (which does not affect his business or his safety) is not granted till the expiration of two years, which prudence requires.

A privilege, almost peculiar to this state, has been granted to for∣eigners by the legislature—that of buying and holding lands and hous∣es within this commonwealth, without relinquishing their allegiance to the country in which they were born. They can sell on bequeath the lands, receive the rents, and, in short, have every territorial and pecu∣niary right, that a natural born Pennsylvanian has; but no civil right. As they profess to owe allegiance to a foreign prince or government, and reside in a foreign country, where they of course have civil rights, they cannot claim them, nor ought they to desire them here; since no man can serve two masters. If they chuse, at any time after purchase, to come out to this country, and make themselves citizens; of if they chuse to give their estate to a child, or other person, who will do so; either of them may become citizens to all intents and purposes.

Such is the present situation of things in Pennsylvania which is more or less the same in several other of the American states, viz. District of Main, New Hampshire, Vermont, New York, Vir∣ginia, the Carolinas and Georgia; but though not so in the ••est, the principal difference is, that they are so fully people that there are few new lands of any value unsold, and farming lan••••, that are improved, are of course dearer. In those states, however, agriculture, commerce, manufactures, the fisheries, and navigation afford comfortable subsistence and ample rewards of profit to the in∣dustrious and well disposed, amidst the blessings of civil and religious liberty.

POPULATION AND CHARACTER.] The population of this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is mentioned in the table. It is nearly 10 for every square miles. The number of militia is estimated at upwards of 90,000, between 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 53 years of age.

The inhabitants are principally the descendants of the English, Irish, and Germans, with some Scotch, Welch, Swedes, and a few Dutch▪ There are also many of the Irish and Germans, who emigrated wh•••• young, or middle aged. The Friends and Episcopalians are chiefly of English extraction, and compose about one third of the inhabitants. They live principally in the city of Philadelphia, and in the count 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Chester, Philadelphia, Bucks and Montgomery. The Irish are mostly Presbyterians, but some Catholics. Their ancestors came from the north of Ireland, which was originally settled from Scotland hence they have sometimes been called Scotch Irish, to denote their double descent. But they are commonly and more properly called Irish, or the descendants of people from the north of Ireland. They inhabit the western and frontier counties, and are numerous.

The Germans compose about one quarter of the inhabitants of Pennsylvania. They are most numerous in the north parts of the city of Philadelphia, and the counties of Philadelphia, Montgomery, Bucks, Dauphin, Lancaster, York and Northampton; mostly in the four last, and are spreading in other parts. They consist of Luther∣ans, (who are the most numerous sect) Calvinists or Reformed Church, Mo••avians▪ Catholics, Mennonists▪ Tunkers (corruptly called Dunkers) and Zwingfelters, who are a species of Quakers. These are all dis∣tinguished for their temperance, industry and economy.

The Germans have usually fifteen of sixty nine members in the assem∣bly; and some of them have arisen to the first honours in the state, and now fill a number of the higher offices. Yet the body of them want education. A literary spirit has however of late been in∣creasing among them.

The Baptists (except the Mennonist and Tunker Baptists, who are Germans) are chiefly the descendants of emigrants from Wales, and are not numerous. A proportionate assemblage of the national prejudic∣es, the manners, customs, religions and political sentiments of all these, will form the Pennsylvanian character. As the leading traits in this character, thus constituted, we may venture to mention industry, fru∣••••lity, bordering in some instances on parsimony, enterprize, a taste and ability for improvements in mechanics, in manufactures, in agri∣culture, in public buildings and institutions, in commerce and in the ••••••ral sciences; temperance, plainness and simplicity in dress and manners; pride and humility in their extremes; inoffensiveness and intrigue; and in regard to religion, variety and harmony. Such ap∣pear to be the distinguishing traits in the collective Pennsylvanian character.

RELIGION.] The situation of religion and religious rights and liberty in Pennsylvania, is a matter that deserves the attention of all ••••ber and well disposed people, who may have thoughts of this coun∣try. This state always afforded an asylum to the persecuted sects of Europe. No church or society ever was established here, no tythes or tenths can be demanded; and though some regulations of the crown of England excluded two churches from a share in the government of the province, these are now done away with regard to every religious so∣ciety whatever, except the Hebrew church. But a convention of special representatives of the citizens of Pennsylvania have had un∣der consideration all the errors that have inadvertently crept into their constitution and frame of government, and, in the act they have pub∣lished for the examination of the people, they have rejected the half∣••••y doctrine of TOLERATION, and have established, upon firm and per∣••••••ly equal ground, all denominations of religious men. By the pro∣•••••••• of the new code▪ a Protestant, a Roman Catholic and a He∣•••••••• may elect or be elected to any office in the state, and pursue any 〈◊〉〈◊〉 calling, occupation or profession.

LITERARY, HUMANE, AND OTHER USEFUL SOCIETIES.] These 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more numerous and flourishing in Pennsylvania, than in any of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 States. The names of these improving institutions, the times when they were established, and a summary of the benevolent de∣•••••• they were intended to accomplish, will be mentioned in their or∣••••••.

1. THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, HELD AT PHILA∣DELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE. This society was formed January 2d, 1769, by the union of two other literary societies that had subsisted for some time in Philadelphia; and were created one body corporate and politic, with such powers▪ privileges, and immuni∣ties as are necessary for answering the valuable purposes which the so∣ciety had originally in view, by a charter granted by the common∣wealth of Pennsylvania, on the 15th of March, 1780. This society have already published two very valuable volumes of their transactions; one in 1771, the other in 1786.

In 1771, this society consisted of nearly 300 members; and up∣wards of 120 have since been added; a large proportion of which, are foreigners of the first distinction in Europe.

Their charter allows them to hold lands, gifts, &c. to the amount of the clear yearly value of ten thousand bushels of wheat. The number of members is not limited.

2. THE SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING POLITICAL EXQUIRIES; con∣sisting of fifty members, instituted in February, 1787.

3. THE COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS, instituted in 1787, for the promotion of medical, anatomical and chemical knowledge, incorpo∣rated by act of Assembly, March, 17••9.

4. THE PENNSYLVANIA HOSPITAL, a humane institution, which was first meditated in 1750, and carried into effect by means of a liber∣al subscription of about 3000l. and by the assistance of the assembly, who, in 1751, granted as much more for the purpose. The present building was begun in 1754, and finished in 1756. This hospital is under the direction of twelve managers, chosen annually, and is visit∣ed every year by a committee of the assembly. The accounts of the managers are submitted to the inspection of the legislature. Six phy∣sicians attend gratis, and generally prescribe twice or three times in a week, in their turns. This hospital is the general receptacle of luna∣tics and madmen, and of those affected with other disorders, and are unable to support themselves. Here they are humanely treated and well provided for.

5. THE PHILADELPHIA DISPENSARY, for the medical relief of the poor. This benevolent institution was established on the 12th of April 1786, and is supported by annual subscriptions of thirty five shillings each person. No less than 1800 patients were admitted, with•••• sixteen months after the first opening of the dispensary. It is under the direction of twelve managers, and six physicians, all of whom attend gr••tis. This institution exhibits an application of something like the mechanical powers, to the purposes of humanity. The greatest quantity of good is produced this way with the least money. Five hundred pounds a year defrays all the expenses of the institu∣tion. The poor are taken care of in their own houses, and pro∣vide every thing for themselves, except medicines, cordial drinks▪ &c.

6. THE PENNSYLVANIA SOCIETY for promoting the ABOLITI•••• OF SLAVERY, and the relief of FREE NEGROES unlawfully held in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 age. This society was begun in 1774, and enlarged on the 23d of April, 1787. The officers of the society consist of a president, two vice-presidents, two secretaries, a treasurer, four counsellors, an elect∣ing committee of twelve, and an acting committe•• of six members; all

of whom, except the last, are to be chosen annually be ballot, on the first Monday in January. The society meet quarterly, and each mem∣ber contributes ten shillings annually, in quarterly payments, towards defraying its contingent expenses.

The legislature of this state, have favoured the humane designs of this society, by "An Act for the gradual Abolition of Slavery;" passed on the first of March, 1780, wherein, among other things, it is ordained that no person born within the state, after the passing of the act, shall be considered as a servant for life; and all perpetual slavery, is by this act, forever abolished. The act provides, that those who would, in case this act had not been made, have been born ser∣vants or slaves, shall be deemed such, till they shall attain to the age of twenty-eight years; but they are to be treated in all respects as servants bound by indenture for four years.

7. THE SOCIETY OF THE UNITED BRETHREN for propagating the gospel among the heathens, instituted in 1787, to be held statedly at Beth∣••••hem. An act, incorporating this society, and investing it with all necessary powers and privileges for accomplishing its pious designs, was passed by the legislature of the state, on the 27th of February, 1788. They can hold lands, houses, &c. to the annual amount of two thousand pounds.

These pious Brethern, commonly called Moravians, began a mission among the Mahikan, Wampano, Delaware, Shawanoe, Nantikok and other Indians, about fifty years ago, and were so successful as to add 〈◊〉〈◊〉 than one thousand souls to the christian church by baptism. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hundred of these have died in the christian faith; about 300 live with the missionaries near Lake Erie, and the rest are either dead, or apostates in the wilderness.

8. THE PENNSYLVANIA SOCIETY for the encouragement of manufac∣tures and useful arts▪ instituted in 1787, open for the reception of ev∣ery citizen in the United States, which will fulfil the engagements of a member of the same. The society is under the direction of a pre∣sident, four vice-presidents▪ and twelve managers, besides subordinate officers. Each member, on his admission, pays ten shillings at least 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the general fund; and the same sum annually, till he shall cease to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a member.

••••••••sides these, a very respectable Insurance Company has lately been established in Philadelphia, with a capital of 600,000 dollars, who have commenced business to advantage—There is also a SOCIETY 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ALLEVIATING THE MISERIES O•• PRISONS; and a HUMANE SOCIETY, for the recovering and restoring to life the bodies of drown∣•••••• persons; instituted in 1770, under the direction of thirteen man∣agers. And a SOCIETY for the aid and protection of Irish emigrants.

Also, an Agricultural Society; a Society for German emigrants; a Marine ••••••ery, consisting of Captains of vessels; a Charitable Society for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 support of widows and families of Presbyterian clergymen; and St. George's, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Andrew's and the Hibernian charitable Societies. Most of these so∣••••••ies are in the city of Philadelphia.

COLLEGES, ACADEMIES AND SCHOOLS.] From the enterprizing and literary spirit of the Pennsylvanians, we should naturally conclude, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is fact, that these are numerous.

In Philadelphia is the University of Pennsylvania, founded and en∣dowed by the legislature during the war. Professorships are establish∣ed in all the liberal arts and sciences, and a complete course of educa∣tion may be pursued here from the first rudiments of literature to the highest branches of science.

The college and academy of Philadelphia, was founded by charter be∣tween 30 and 40 years ago, and endowed, by subscriptions of liberal minded persons. Though this institution was interrupted in its pro∣gress for several years during the late war, yet being re-established since the peace, it has rapidly recovered its former state of prosperity, and to the bench of professors has lately been added one of common and federal law, which renders it in reality, though not in name, a university. An act to unite these two institutions has passed the le∣gislature. By their union they will constitute one of the most respect∣able seminaries of learning in the United States.

DICKINSON COLLEGE, at Carlisle, 120 miles westward of Phila∣delphia, was founded in 1783, and has a principal, three professors, a philosophical apparatus, a library consisting of nearly 3000 volumes, four thousand pounds in funded certificates, and 10,000 acres of land; the last, the donation of the state. In 1787, there were eighty students belonging to this college. This number is annually increasing. It was named after his Excellency John Dickinson▪ author of the Pennsylva∣nia Farmer's letters, and formerly president of the supreme executive council of this state.

In 1787, a college was founded at Lancaster, 66 miles from Phila∣delphia, and honoured with the name of FRANKLIN COLLEGE, after his Excellency Dr. Franklin. This college is for the Germans; in which they may educate their youth in their own language, and in con∣formity to their own habits. The English language, however, is taught in it. Its endowments are nearly the same as those of Dickinson col∣lege. Its trustees consist of Lutherans, Presbyterians, Calvinists and Eng∣lish; of each an equal number. The principal is a Lutheran, and the vice principal is a Calvinist.

The Episcopalians have an academy at Yorktown, in York county. There are also academies at Germantown, at Pittsburg, at Washington, at Allen's town, and other places; these are endowed by do∣nations from the legislature, and by liberal contributions of individ∣uals.

The schools for young men and women in Bethlehem and Nazareth, under the direction of the people called Moravians, are upon the best establishment of any schools in America. Besides these, there are private schools in different parts of the state; and to promote the ed∣ucation of poor children, the state have appropriated a large tract of land for the establishment of free schools. A great proportion of the labouring people among the Germans and Irish, are, however, ex∣tremely ignorant.

CHIEF TOWNS.] The city of Philadelphia, capital of the state of Pennsylvania, and the present seat of government of the United States of America, lies in latitude 39° 56′ North, and longitude 73° West from the meridian of London, upon the western bank of the river Delaware, which is here but a mile in breadth, about 120 miles from the Atlantic Ocean, by the course of the bay and river, and about 55 or 60 miles from the sea, in a south eastward direction.

It was laid out by William Penn, the first proprietary and founder 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the province, in the year 1683, and settled by a colony from Eng∣land, which arrived in that and the preceding years, and was increas∣ed, by a constant and regular influx of foreigners, to so great a degree, that in less than a century, and within the life time of the first per∣son born within it of European parents, it was computed to contain 6,000 houses and 40,000 inhabitants in the city and suburbs.

The ground plot of the city is an oblong square, about one mile North and South, and two miles East and West, lying in the narrowest part of the isthmus between the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers, a∣bout five miles in a right line above their confluence. The plain is so nearly level, except upon the bank of the Delaware, that art and labour were necessary to dig common sewers and water courses in many places to drain the streets. In the beginning of this settlement it was expected, that the fronts on both rivers would be first improved for the convenience of trade and navigation, and that the buildings would extend gradually in the rear of each, until they would meet and form one town extending from east to west; but experience soon convinced the settlers that the Delaware front was alone sufficient for quays and landing places, and that the Schuylkill lay at too great a ••••stance 〈◊〉〈◊〉 form part of the town on its banks; whence it followed that the town increased northward and southward of the original plot, on the Delaware front, and now occupies a space near three miles in length, north and south, while the buildings in the middle, where they are most extended, do not reach a mile from the Dela∣ware.

The city has been twice incorporated, and the limits thereof re∣strained to the oblong, originally laid out by William Penn, without including the Northern or Southern suburbs. This plot is intersect∣ed by a number of streets at right angles with each other, nine of which run East and West from Delaware to Schuylkill, and twenty three North and South, crossing the first at right angles, forming one hundred and eighty four squares of lots for buildings. The streets ••••••ning East and West are named (except High Street near the middle of the city) from the trees found in the country upon the ar∣rival of the colony; Vine, Sa••••a••ras, Mulberry, High, Chesnut, Wal∣nut, Spruce, Pine and Cedar Streets, and those running North and South from their numeral order, Front, Second, Third, Fourth, &c. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Broad Street, which is midway between the two rivers. In deeds and other descriptive writings which require exactness, these streets have the Delaware or Schuylkill prefixed to their numeral names, to distinguish to which front they belong; as Delaware Second Street, &c. but as there ••e very few buildings Westward of Broad Street, this addition is never made in common conversation, but when they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 named they are understood of the Delaware front, unless Schuyl∣kill be added.

Of these, High Street is 100 feet, Broad Street 113, Mulberry 60, and all the others 30 feet wide. Within the improved parts of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they are paved, in the middle with pebble stones, for carts and ••••••riages, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 usually contains three fi••ths of the whole breadth, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 each side with bricks for foot passengers; between the brick and stone pavements, are gutters, paved with brick, to carry off the

water, and the foot ways are defended from the approach of carriages, by rows of posts placed without the gutters, at the distance of 10 or 12 feet from each other.

Besides the forementioned main streets, there are many others not originally laid down in the plot, the most public of which are Water Street and Dock Street. Water Street is 30 feet wide, running be∣low the bank, at the distance of about 40 feet Eastward from and paral∣lel to Front Street, extending from the North line of the city, South∣ward to the bridge over the Dock, which was formerly a draw bridge, and retains that name in common use, although it was converted in∣to a stone arch above 30 years since; from the bridge it is 40 feet wide in a right line to Pine Street, and leaves a row of houses without yards, on the bank, in its whole length, between it and Front Street; Southward of Pine Street, there is an offset of about 80 feet Eastward, and the street from thence to Cedar Street is 45 feet wide and called Penn Street. This street, in the original plan, was intended only for a call way to accommodate the wharves and stores to be erected under the bank and not to rise more than four feet above it, so as to leave the river open to the view from the west side of Front Street; but the inhabit∣ants were soon convinced that the ground, on both streets, was too valuable to be kept unimproved, in any degree, merely for the ••ake of a prospect, and it is closely built with lofty houses (except a very few vacancies here and there) throughout the whole front on both sides, and commodious wharves are extended into the river, at which the largest ships that use the port, can lie in safety to discharge and receive their cargoes, and are defended from the ice in winter by the piers, made of logs extending into the river, sunk with stone and filled with earth, so as to be equally firm with the main land.

Dock Street is the only crooked street in the city; beginning at the bridge in Front Street, and extending Northwestward in a serpentine tract, through two squares, across Second and Walnut Streets, and terminates at Third Street; another branch of it extends South West∣ward across Spruce Street, and terminates at Second Street. The ground occupied by this street, and by an open space between it and Spruce street, below the bridge, was formerly a swamp, and was given by William Penn to the corporation for the use of the city; it was in∣tended as a place to dig a bason and docks to shelter the shipping, but experience proved that ships could be defended from the ice by the piers extended into the river, and that the dock could not be kept clean but at an expense far beyond its utility, wherefore it was neglected till it became a nuisance offensive to the smell and injuri∣ous to the health of the inhabitants, and was by act of assembly, or∣dered to be arched over and covered with earth, whereby the city acquired a beautiful street more than 100 feet in breadth towards the water, and not less than 90 feet in the narrowest part.

The number of the streets, lanes and alleys, laid out by the owners of the lots before they were built on, is too great to be enumerated here, there being scarce a square that is not intersected by one or more of them, some of them, continued in a right line through sever∣al squares, and so spacious as to be easily mistaken for main streets, others only through one square.

The city was first incorporated by charter under the great seal of the province, in the year 1701: before that period it was called the town of Philadelphia. By this charter William Penn nominated the first mayor, recorder, aldermen and common councilmen, and granted them, among other privileges and franchises, that of electing others to supply vacancies, and even to encrease their own number at plea∣sure; the public grounds were granted to them by the name of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and commonalty of the city of Philadelphia, but the common∣••••y had no share in the government or estate of the city, the whole body being self elective, and not accountable to the citizens in any re∣••••••ct. It would be difficult to account for so extraordinary a charter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the wisdom of William Penn, did not tradition inform us that among the first settlers were a considerable number from the city of Bristol in England, whose charter, granted at an early period, before the rights of the commonalty were well understood, had been famil∣iarized by habit, which induced them to request a similar one; a copy of the Bristol charter was accordingly procured, and with little varia∣tion adopted. It was not long however, before the commonalty be∣g••n to be dissatisfied with it, and to make frequent complaints to the assembly, of the abuses that were practised under it; many of which appear upon the minutes of the house. At at an early period after the charter, the legislative powers of this corporation were very lim∣ited, they could not levy a shilling by taxes, for any use whatever, and could employ the income of the city estates only for the use and em∣bolishment of the city; wherefore we see few monuments raised to preserve the memory of that corporation. Although the first men for integrity and abilities to be found in the city were elected into the office of the body politic, yet such is the nature of unlimited power, not accountable to the people, that it will divert the best men from purposes, which, before they were invested with the power, they would have highly approved. The jealousy which the citizens ••••••••••tained of the corporation, pervaded the general assembly of the province, and when the lighting, watching and paving the city became a desirable object, the representatives of the freemen would not en∣•••••••• the corporation alone with the power of raising or expending the ••••••ey necessary for these purposes; they could not however cast such a reflection on the respectable characters of which that body was composed as wholly to vest these powers with others; they pursued a middle line, and constituted two separate bodies by the names of ci∣ty wardens and street commissioners, to the former of whom the light∣ing and watching, and to the latter the paving of the streets was com∣mitted; the mayor or recorder and four of the aldermen concurring with each body, in laying the taxes and prescribing the mode of ex∣pending them; thus the city legislation for these purposes became a ••••••pounded of two branches, the wardens and commissioners imme∣diately elected by the people, in the same manner as their representatives in assembly, constituted the democratic, and the mayor and aldermen the aristocratic branch. These bodies, thus compounded, conducted the business committed to them, with great harmony, nor is there the ••••st recollection of any disagreement between them; the taxes were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with equality, collected with moderation, and expended for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 use and improvement of the city; one complaint only had foun∣dation, which arose from the nature rather than from any abuse of the

powers; the number of wardens and street commissioners was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 great, as at very moderate wages, to render those boards too expen∣sive.

For the honour of the late corporation it ought not to be emitted, that the mayor's court was always filled with an able lawyer for the re∣corder, and another for the prosecution of criminal offences; and such was the orderly and upright administration of justice in it, that no court in the province, or perhaps in any other country, exceed∣ed it.

The prejudices under which the old corporation laboured from its original constitution, were so strong, that upon the revolution, the gen∣eral assembly declared by an act passed during their first session, "That the powers and jurisdiction hitherto exercised by the mayor, recorder and aldermen of the city of Philadelphia, were not founded on the authority of the people, and are therefore become null and void." Wherefore by that and several subsequent acts, the powers of the cor∣poration were distributed between the supreme executive council, the city magistrates, and the wardens and street commissioners, who ex∣ercised them from the year 1777, to 1789. The prejudices, which had no foundation as against corporations in general, but only against the constitution of the late corporation of the city, were however so strong, that it was with difficulty the people could be prevailed upon to submit to a new incorporation of the city. The defects in the ad∣ministration of justice and governing the police of the city at length became so glaring, that they were seen by all classes of people, and their minds prepared for an act of incorporation. The general assem∣bly, in the winter sessions of 1789, favouring the wishes of the citi∣zens, passed an act, entitled, an act to incorporate the city of Philadel∣phia, which, with a supplement passed in 1790, constitutes the present city charter. By these acts

The common council consists of two branches; fifteen aldermen are chosen by the freeholders to continue in office for seven years, they chuse a recorder from the citizens at large, for seven years, and a mayor from their own number for one year. Thirty common coun∣cilmen are chosen by the citizens at large, entitled to vote for repre∣sentatives in assembly, to continue in office for three years; these were intended to form a balanced government, upon the principle that the choice by freeholders, and for a longer term, would produce a more select body of aldermen, and that the citizens at large would chuse characters fitter to represent and form the popular branch of ci∣ty government. Eight aldermen and sixteen common councilmen form a quorum or board, to transact business, at which the mayor or recorder presides; they sit and deliberate together, but no act is legal, unless a majority of the aldermen, a majority of the common coun∣cilmen present, and the mayor or recorder concur.

There is not perhaps in the world a more liberal plan of city gov∣ernment; every class of citizens have an opportunity of representing and being represented. The body is sufficiently numerous to contain some of every description, and of every species of talents and infor∣mation necessary for deliberation and execution, and yet not so large as to be encumbered with its own weight; it possesses the powers of legislation and taxation in all cases necessary for the well governing and improving the city, except in contradiction to acts of the general

assembly; and from the many improvements already introduced, there is reason to hope that its police will be equal to that of any modern city.

A city court is held by the mayor, recorder and aldermen four times a year, and holds cognizance of all crimes and misdemeanors committed within the city.

A court of aldermen, having cognizance of debts above forty shil∣lings, and not exceeding ten pounds, is held every week, beginning on Monday morning, and setting by adjournments until the business of the week is finished.

Each alderman has separate cognizance of debts under forty shil∣lings.

The number of inhabitants within the city and suburbs (including the district of Southwark and the compactly built part of the North∣ern Liberties, which to every purpose but as to their government, are considered as parts of the city) is found by the late census to be 42,520, and the number of houses 6,65••, and stores or work shops 415.

The houses for publick worship are numerous, and are as follows:

The Friends or Quakers▪ have	5* 1.41	The Swedish Lutherans,	1† 1.42
The Presbyterians, and Seceders,	6	The Moravians,	1
The Episcopalians,	3	The Baptists,	1
The German Lutherans,	2	The Universal Baptists,	1
The German Calvinists,	1	The Methodists,	1
The Catholics,	4	The Jews.	1

The other publick buildings in the city, besides the university and college, already mentioned, are the following, viz.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 state house and offices,	Two incorporated banks,
The city court houses,	A house of correction,
A county court house,	A dramatic theatre,
A carpenters hall,	A publick observatory,
A philosophical society's hall,	A medical theatre and elabaratory,
A dispensary,	Three brick market houses,
A hospital, and offices,	A fish market,
〈◊〉〈◊〉 alms house,	A publick gaol,

The state house is in Chesnut street, between fifth and sixth streets, and was erected as early as 1735. The building is rather magnificent 〈◊〉〈◊〉 elegant▪ but when it is remembered that it was built within 53 years after the first European cabin was erected in Pennsylvania, its architecture is justly admired. The state house yard is a neat, ele∣gant and spacious publick walk, ornamented with rows of trees; but a high brick wall, which encloses it, limits the prospect.

In 1787, an elegant court house was erected on the left of the state house; and on the right, the town hall or ••ew court house, and a phi∣losophical hall. These add much to the beauty of the square.

South of the state house is the publick goal, built of stone. It has a ground half story, and two stories above it. Every apartment is

arched with stone against fire and force. It is a hollow square, 100 feet in front, and is the neatest and most secure building of the kind in America. To the gaol is annexed a work house, with yards to each, to separate the sexes, and criminals from debtors. There have lately been added apartments in the yards for solitary confinement of crimi∣nals according to the new penal code. Of 4060 debtors, and 4000 criminals, in the whole 8060 who were confined in this new gaol, be∣tween the 28th of September 1780, and the 5th of September 1790, 12 only died a natural death, in the gaol.

The hospital and poor house, in which are upwards of 300 poor peo∣ple, whether we consider the buildings, or the designs for which they were erected, are unrivalled in America.

The German church, lately erected, is one of the most elegant church∣es in America. Mr. D. Taneberger, one of the united brethren's so∣ciety at Litiz, a great mechanical genius, has completed and erected a large organ, for this church.

The market house in High street is acknowledged by Europeans, to exceed any thing they have seen of the kind, in extent, neatness, variety and abundance of provisions. That at Callow Hill, at the north and of the city, and that at the north end, do honour to the citizens and their police.

The city is provided with a number of public and private charita∣ble institutions; the principal of which are, the house of employ∣ment, a large commodious building, where the poor of the city and some adjoining townships are supported and employed in coarse manufactures to aid in defraying their expenses, under the care of the overseers and guardians of the poor, who are a corporate body creat∣ed for this purpose by act of assembly, with power to lay taxes for its further support.

The Pennsylvania hospital, already mentioned.

The Quaker's alms house is supported by that society for the use of their own poor; it is divided into a number of separate houses and rooms for families or single persons who have fallen into decay; most of them contribute by their industry towards their own support, but are supplied with whatever their industry falls short of procuring, by, a committee of the society, and live more comfortably than many who in full health and unhurt by accident, provide for their own subsist∣ance; there is a considerable garden belonging to this house, from which the city is supplied, at very moderate prices, with every kind of medicinal herbs common to the climate.

A house founded by the late Dr. John Kearsley the elder, for the support of twelve elderly widows of the Protestant Episcopal com∣munion, in which a number of persons of that description, who have seen better days, are very comfortably and decently provided for.

The humane society for recovering persons supposed to be dead by drowning, established upon similar principles with those of the same name in most sea ports in Europe; it is under the care of twelve managers, annually chosen by the subscribers; the physicians afford their aid to this institution gratis, a number of these being appointed for the purpose by the managers.

Almost every religious society has a fund under proper direction, some of which are incorporated for the relief of the widows and

children of their clergy or other distressed members of their commu∣nion.

There are also societies formed for the relief of particular descrip∣tions of persons, with funds raised by subscriptions or otherwise, for the purpose, such as the sea captains society, the Delaware pilots soci∣ety, separate societies for the relief and assistance of emigrants and o∣ther distressed persons, from England, Scotland, Ireland, Germany, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some of which are incorporated, ••o that there can scarce happen an instance of individual distress, for which a mode of advice, assistance or relief is not provided without resort to public beg∣••••g.

Seminaries of learning are established upon the most enlarged and liberal principles, of which the principal are, the university of Penn∣sylvania and college of Philadelphia already noticed.

Almost every religious society have one or more schools under their immediate direction, for the education of their own youth of both sex∣es, as well of the rich, who are able to pay, as of the poor, who are ••••ught and provided with books and stationary gratis; besides which, there are a number of private schools under the direction of masters and mistresses, independent of any public body; and there are sever∣al private academies for the instruction of young ladies in all the branches of polite literature, suitable to the sex, and there is no indi∣vidual, whose parents or guardians, masters or mistresses will take the ••••••ble to apply, but will be admitted into some one of these schools, and if they are unable to pay, will be taught gratis; it ought not to ••••••mitted, that there is a school for the Africans of every shade or colour, kept under the care and at the expense of the Quakers, into which are admitted gratis, slaves as well as free persons of whatever age, of both sexes, and taught reading, writing, arithmetic, knit∣ting, sewing and other useful female accomplishments; this school 〈◊〉〈◊〉 originally instituted by private subscriptions of the society, with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to prepare that degarded race for a better situation in civil life; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the will of the late Antony Benezet, of benovelent memory, a considerable donation from the society in England, and some other ••••••able devises, have provided funds adequate to its future support, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it will no longer be burthensome to individuals.

••••nday schools, for the instruction of children who would otherwise ••end that day in idleness or mischief, have lately been instituted, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 i•• to be hoped will tend to amend the morals and conduct of the rising generation.

The public library of Philadelphia is a most useful institution; it contains near ten thousand volumes, well selected, for the information and improvement of all ranks of the citizens; they are deposited ••n 〈◊〉〈◊〉 elegant building lately erected, in a modern style, and are accessa∣ble every day in the week, except Sunday. Here the man of learn∣ing may consult the work of the remotest ages, and trace histories, arts 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sciences from their infancy to this present state of improvement, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the mechanic, the labourer, the student or apprentice may be sup∣•••••••• with books to improve their minds or amuse them in their va∣•••••••• hours at home. The company consists of some hundreds of proprietors, incorporated by charter, who pay ten shillings annually 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the purchase of new books and defraying incidental expenses; ••••••lve directors are annually chosen, who manage the concerns of

the company and keep a correspondence with Europe, from whence they are regularly supplied with new publications of reputation and merit.

The corporation have lately ordered the streets, lanes and alleys to be marked at every intersection of each other, and the houses to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 numbered. The names painted on boards, with an index hand point∣ing to the progression of the numbers, are already affixed at the cor∣ners of the streets, so that with the aid of the directory, a stranger may find without difficulty, any house whose street and number is known.

The city within a few years past has experienced a very remarka∣ble revolution in respect to the healthiness of its inhabitants; the bill of mortality proves that the number of deaths has considerably de∣creased since the year 1783, notwithstanding the great increase of its population; this change in favour of health and life is ascribed by physicians to the co-operation of the following causes. 1st, The arch∣ing the dock, whereby a very noxious and offensive nuisance was re∣moved. 2d, The cultivation of the lots adjoining and partly sur∣rounding the city, whereby another extensive source of putrid exhala∣tions is dried up. 3d, An increased care in cleansing the streets. 4th, An increase of horticulture, and consequently greater consump∣tion of vegetable aliments. 5th, The institution of the dispensary, which has extended medical and to many hundreds in a year, who ei∣ther perished for the want of it or were sacrificed by quacks. 6th, The more improved state of physic, whence several diseases formerly fatal in most instances are better understood and treated, and therefore more generally cured. And 7th, From a general diffusion of know∣ledge among all classes of people, from their libraries, their numerous societies, monthly, weekly and daily publications, whence the people at large are better acquainted than formerly with the means of pre∣serving their health, as may be exemplified in one instance; there was but one death in the summer of 1792 from drinking cold water, whereas some years ago twenty has not been an uncommon number from this single cause.

No city can boast of so many useful improvements in manufactures, in the mechanical arts, in the art of healing, and particularly in the science of humanity▪ as Philadelphia. The tradesmen and manufac∣turers have become so numerous, that they are beginning to associate for mutual improvement, and to promote regularity and uniformity in their several occupations. The carpenters, the cordwainers, the tailors, the watch makers, the joiners and hair dressers, have alrea∣dy associated, and others are forming into companies upon the same plan.

The Philadelphians have exerted their endeavours with happy and growing success, to prevent the intemperate use of spirituous liquors. In accomplishing this benevolent purpose, on which so much of the prosperity and glory of our empire depend, every good citizen in the union ought cheerfully to send his aid and influence. As one impor∣tant step towards effecting their design, they are encouraging brewe∣ries which are fast increasing. There are 14 already in the city and 7 or 8 in the country. The increase of the consumption of beer, in the course of a few years past▪ in every part of America, and partic∣ularly in Pennsylvania, has been astonishing. It has become a fash∣ionable

drink, and it is not improbable but that in a few years, it will 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into universal use among all classes of people. In proportion 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the use of beer increases, in the same proportion will the use of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 liquors decrease. This will be a happy change. The Phi∣ladelphia porter, which is exported to various parts, is reckon∣•••• equal to that which is manufactured in London.

In short, whether we consider the local situation, the size the beau∣ty, the variety and utility of the improvements, in mechanics, in ag∣riculture and manufactures, or the industry, the enterprize▪ the human∣ity and the abilities of the inhabitants of the city of Philadelphia, it merits to be viewed as the capital of the flourishing EMPIRE OF UNITED AMERICA.

The borough of LANCASTER is the largest inland town in the Unit∣ed States. It is the seat of justice in Lancaster county, and stands on C••••••••oga creek, 66 miles, a little to the north of the west from Phi∣ladelphia. Its trade is already large; and must increase in proportion at the surrounding country populates. It contains about 7 or 800 ••••ses, besides a most elegant court house, a number of handsome ••••••rches and other public building, and about 5000 souls, a great proportion of whom are manufacturers.

CARLISLE is the seat of justice in Cumberland county, and is 120 ••••es westward of Philadelphia. It contains upwards of 1500 inhab∣itants, who live in more than 300 stone houses, and worship in three ••••••ches. They have also a court house and a college. Thirty eight years ago, this spot was a wilderness, and inhabited by Indians and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beasts. A like instance of the rapid progress of the arts of civ∣•••••• life is scarcely to be found in history.

PITT••••UGH, on the western side of the Allegany mountains, 320 〈◊〉〈◊〉 westward of Philadelphia, is beautifully situated on a large 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which is the po••••t of land between the Allegany and Mononga∣•••••• river, and about a quarter of a mile above their confluence, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 40° 26′ north. It contains about 200 houses, stores and shops, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 8 or 900 inhabitants, who are chiefly Presbyterians and Episcopa∣lians. The surrounding country is very hilly, but good land, ••••d well 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with excellent coal. The rivers abound with fine fish, such as 〈◊〉〈◊〉, perch▪ and cat fish, which are all much larger than the same spe∣•••••• on the eastern side of the mountains.

This town is laid out on Penn's plan, and is a thoroughfare for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the eastern and middle states, to the settlements on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

SUMBURY, the shire town of Northumberland county, is situated on the east side of Susquehannah river, just below the junction of the E. and W. branches, in about latitude 40° 53′ and about 120 miles ••. W. from Philadelphia, and contains about 100 houses.

BET••LEHEM is situated on the river Lehign▪ a western branch of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are, fifty three miles north of Philadelphia▪ in latitude 40° 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The town being built partly on high rising ground, and partly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lower banks of the Manakes, (a fine creek, which affords trout 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other ••••sh) has a very pleasant and healthy situation, and is fre∣quently visited in the summer season by gentry from different parts. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prospect is not extensive, being bounded very near by a chain of the Lehigh hills. To the northward is a tract of land called the dry 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

In the year 1787, the number of inhabitants amounted to between 500 and 600, and the houses were about sixty in number, mostly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 strong buildings of limestone. The town has since considerably in∣creased.

Besides the church public meeting-hall, there are three large ••••••∣cious building, viz.

1. The single brethren's or young men's house, facing the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 street or public road. Here the greatest part of the single 〈◊〉〈◊〉 journeymen and apprentices of the town are boarded at a mode∣rate, under the inspection of an elder and warden, and have, be•••••••• the public meetings, their house for devotions, morning and eve•••••••• prayers. Different trades are carried on in the house for the benefit of the same.

2. The single sister's, or young women's house, where they live un∣der the care of female inspectors. Such as are not employed in pri∣vate families, earn their bread mostly by spinning, sewing, fine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 work, knitting and other female occupations.

Though this house has its particular regulations to preserve 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and decorum, and may perhaps bear some resemblance to a nu••••ery▪ (being sometimes improperly so called) yet the plan is very different. The ladies are at liberty to go about their business in the town, or to take a walk for recreation; and some are employed in private famili•••• or live with their parents; neither are they bound to remain in the single state, for every year some of them enter into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state.

As to their almost uniform dress, the women in general for the sake of avoiding extravagance, and the follies of fashion, have hitherto kept to a particular simple dress, introduced among them in Germany many years ago.

3. The house for the widow women; where such as have not a house of their own, or means to have their own house furnished, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nearly in the same way as do the single sisters. Such as are poor, in firm and superannuated, are assisted or maintained by the congrega∣tion, as is the case with other members of the same, that are not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to obtain subsistence for themselves.

There is, besides, an institution of a society of married men, begun since the year 1770, for the support of their widows. A considera∣ble fund or principal has been raised by them, the interest of which, as well as the yearly contributions of the members, is regularly divid∣ed among the widows, whose husbands have been members of the in∣stitution.

In the house adjoining the church, is the school for girls; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the year 1787, a boarding school for young ladies from different part▪ who are instructed in reading and writing, (both English and Ger∣man) grammar, arithmetic, history, geography, needle-work, ••••••••∣sic, &c.

The minister of the place has the special care and inspection of this as well as of the boys school, which is kept in a separate house, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to that purpose, and are taught reading and writing in both language▪ the rudiments of the Latin tongue, arithmetic, &c. These schools, es∣pecially that for the young ladies, are deservedly in very high 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and scholars more than can be accommodated, are offered from all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the United States.

Besides the different houses for private tradesmen, mechanics and 〈◊〉〈◊〉, there is a public tavern at the north end of the town, with good ••••••modations; also a store, with a general assortment of goods; ••••••••thecary's shop; and large farm-yard; and on the lower part, on ••••••••kes creek, is a large tanyard, a carriers and dyers shop, a grist 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fulling mill, oil mill and saw mill; and on the banks of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a brewery.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 town is supplied with good water from a spring, which being in ••••wer part of the town, is raised up the hill by a machine of a my ••••ple construction, to the height of upwards of 100 feet, into 〈◊〉〈◊〉, whence it is conducted by pipes into the several streets and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 buildings of the town.

The ferry across the river is of such particular contrivance, that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 large enough to carry a team of six houses, runs on a strong 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fixed and stretched across; and, by the mere force of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, without any other assistance, crosses the river backwards and ••••••ds; the flat always being put in an oblique direction, with its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 end verging towards the line described by the rope.

The greater part of the inhabitants, as well as the people in the neighbourhood, being of German extraction, this language is more in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the English. The latter, however, is taught in the schools, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divine service performed in both languages.

NAZARETH is ten miles north from Bethlehem, and sixty three 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Philadelphia. It is a tract of good land, containing about 〈◊〉〈◊〉, purchased originally by the Rev. Mr. George Whitfield, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and sold two years after to the brethren. The town was laid 〈◊〉〈◊〉 almost in the center of this tract, in 1772. Two streets cross each 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at right angles, and form a square, in the middle, of 340 by 200 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The largest building is a stone house, erected in 1755, named 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hall, 98 feet by 46 long, and 54 in height. In the lower∣•••• story is a spacious meeting-hall, or church; the upper part of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is chiefly fitted for a boarding school, where youth, from ••••••ent parts, are under the care and inspection of the minister of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and several tutors, and are instructed in the English, Ger∣man Latin and French languages; in history geography, book keep∣•••••• mathematics, music, drawing and other sciences. The front of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 faces a large square open to the south, adjoining a fine piece of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ground, and commands a most beautiful and extensive pros∣••••••. Another elegant building on the east side of Nazareth Hall is ••••••ited by single sisters, who have the same regulations and way of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as those in Bethlehem. Besides their principal manufactory for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and twisting cotton, they have lately begun to draw wax 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

At the southwest corner of the aforesaid square, in the middle of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the single brethren's house, and on the east southeast corner a 〈◊〉〈◊〉. On the southermost end of the street is a good tavern. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are, a few excepted, built of lime stone, one or two stories high, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by tradesmen and mechanics mostly of German extraction. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inhabitants are supplied with water conveyed to them by pipes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fine spring near the town. The place is noted for having an ••••••ngly pleasant situation, and enjoying a pure and salubrious air. ••••••mber of inhabitants in the town and farms belonging to it, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 included) constituting one congregation, and meeting for

divine service on Sundays and holidays at Nazareth hall, was, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that year 1788, about 450.

LITIZ is in Lancaster county, and Warwick township; eight miles from Lancaster, and seventy miles west from Philadelphia. This set∣tlement was begun in the year 1757. There are now, besides 〈◊〉〈◊〉 el∣egant church, and the houses of the single brethren and single 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which form a large square, a number of houses for private 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with a store and tavern, all in one street. There is also a good farm and several mill works belonging to the place. The number of inhabit∣ants, including those that belong to Litiz congregation, living 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 farms in the neighbourhood, amounted, in 1787, to upwards of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

The three last mentioned towns are settled chiefly by Moravians, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the United Brethren.

HARRISBURGH, as it is commonly called, but legally styled Louisburgh, is the principal town in Dauphin county, is a very flourishing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 about 100 miles W. by N. from Philadelphia. It contained in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 130 dwelling houses, a stone goal, and a German church. At that period it had been settled but about three years.

Washington, 300 miles west of Philadelphia, and beyond the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 has been settled since the war, and is remarkable for the variety of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 manufactures, for so young and interior a town. It has 32 manufac∣turers of 22 different kinds.

CURIOUS SPRINGS.] In the neighbourhood of Reading, it a spring about fourteen feet deep, and about 100 feet square. A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mill stream issues from it. The waters are clear and full of 〈◊〉〈◊〉. From appearances it is probable that this spring is the outlet of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considerable river, which a mile and an half or two miles abov•••••• place, sinks into the earth, and is conveyed to this outlet in a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••anean channel.

In the northern parts of Pennsylvania there is a creek called 〈◊〉〈◊〉 creek, which empties into the Allegany river. It issues from a sp•••••• on the top of which floats an oil, similar to that called Barbadoes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and from which one man may gather several gallons in a day. The troops sent to guard the western posts, halted at this spring, coll•••••••• some of the oil, and bathed their joints with it. This gave 〈◊〉〈◊〉 great relief from the rheumatic complaints with which they were af∣fected. The waters, of which the troops drank freely, operated 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a gentle cathartic.

REMARKABLE CAVES.] There are three remarkable grott•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 caves in this state; one near Carlisle, in Cumberland county; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the township of Durham, in Bucks county, and the other at Swetata, in Lancaster county. The latter is on the east bank of Swetata riv∣er, about two miles above its confluence with the Susquehannah. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 aperture is under a pretty high bank, and from fifteen to twenty feet wide, and from seven to ten in height. You enter, by a gradual de∣scent, so low as that the surface of the river is rather higher than the bottom of the cave, and in your progress pass through a number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 passages and apartments of various dimensions, some low and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 others very high and spacious, vaulted by magnificent canopies, ••••••∣ted with a variety of depending petrifactions, some of which are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to a great length by means of the constant exudation and accretion of petrifying matter, till solid pillars have been gradually formed. These appear as supports to the roof, which is of solid limestone, perhaps 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 thick. Thirty years ago there were ten such pillars, each six in∣ches in diameter, and six feet high; all so ranged that the place 〈◊〉〈◊〉 enclosed resembled a sanctuary in a Roman church. No royal 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ever exhibited more grandeur than this lusus naturoe. The re∣••••••tances of several monuments are found indented in the walls on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sides of the cave, which appear like the tombs of departed heroes. ••••••••ded from the roof is 'the bell' (which is nothing more than a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 projected in an unusual form) so called from the sound it occa∣•••••• ••hen struck, which is similar to that of a bell.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the stalactites are of a colour like sugar candy, and others 〈◊〉〈◊〉 loaf sugar; but their beauty is much defaced by the smoke of the torches which are frequently employed in conducting the cu∣•••••••• traveller though this gloomy recess. The water which is exu∣•••••••• through the roof, runs down the declivity, and is both pleasant wholesome to drink. There are several holes in the bottom of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, descending perpendicularly, perhaps, into an abyss below, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 renders it dangerous to walk without a light. At the end of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is a pretty brook, which, after a short course, looses itself a∣•••••••• the rocks. Beyond this brook is an outlet from the cave by a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 narrow aperture. Through this the vapours continually pass 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with a strong current of air and ascend, resembling, at night, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 smoke of a furnace. Part of these vapours and fogs appear, on 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to be condensed at the head of this great alembic, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••atile parts to be carried off through the aperture communicat∣ion with the exterior air before mentioned, by the force of the air in 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

••••UITIES.] On a high hill, near the Tyoga river, a little to ••••••ward of the line which divides New York from Pennsylva∣nia 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to be seen the remains of an ancient fortification. The form 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••cular, and it is encompassed with an entrenchment. The ••••••••ment only remains. The Indians are entirely ignorant of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of these works. The hill is an excellent situation for a fort, ••••••••ands a delightful view of the country around it, which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fertile. There is a fortification, of a similar kind, at Unadil∣•••• in the flat lands, and they are numerous in the western coun∣••••••.

CONSTITUTION.] The supreme executive power of the common∣•••••• i•• vested in a governour; the legislative, in a general assembly, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a senate and a house of representatives. The governour 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for three years, but cannot hold his office more than nine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 twelve. A plurality of votes makes a choice. The represen∣•••••• are elected for one year; the senators for four. The latter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into four classes. The time of one class expires each 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whose seats are then filled by new elections. Each county 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its representatives separately. The senators are chosen in dis∣•••••• formed by the legislature. There is to be an enumeration of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 once in seven years. The number of senators and repre∣••••••s, i••, after each enumeration, to be fixed by the legislature, ••••portioned among the several counties and districts, according 〈◊〉〈◊〉 number of taxable inhabitants. There can be never fewer than 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more than one hundred representatives. The number of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cannot be less than one fourth, nor greater than one third of representatives. The elections are made on the second Tuesday of

October. The general assembly meets on the first Tuesday of Decem∣ber, in each year, unless sooner convened by the governor. A major∣ity of each house makes a quorum to do business, and a less number may adjourn from day to day and compel the attendance of ••••••∣bers. Each house chooses its speaker and other officers, judges the qualifications of its members, and establishes the rules of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••∣ceedings. Impeachments are made by the house of representatives and tried by the senate. All bills for raising revenue origi•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the lower house, but the senate may propose amendments. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sen∣ators and representatives are free from arrests, while 〈◊〉〈◊〉 public business, except in cases of treason, felony and breach 〈◊〉〈◊〉 peace; and are not liable to be questioned concerning any thing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in public debate. They are compensated out of the public 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from which no money can be drawn but in consequence of ••••••••∣ation by law. The journals of both houses are published 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their doors kept open, unless the business require secrecy. All 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which have passed both houses, must be presented to the gover••••••••. If he approve he must sign them, but if he does not approve 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 return them within ten days, with his objections, to the house in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they originated. No bill, so returned, shall become a law, unless 〈◊〉〈◊〉 repassed by two thirds of both houses. The governour is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in chief of the military force; may remit fines and forfeit•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grant reprieves and pardons, except in cases of impeachment 〈◊〉〈◊〉 require information from all executive officers; may, on extra••••••••∣ry occasions, convene the general assembly, and adjourn it, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 term not exceeding four months, in case the two branches 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the time themselves. He must inform the general assembly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state of the commonwealth; recommend such measures as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judge expedient; and see that the laws are faithfully exec•••••• case of vacancy in the office of governour, the speaker of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 exercises that office.—The judicial power is vested in a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inferior court, the judges of which, and justices of the peace, ap∣pointed by the governour, and commissioned during good 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but are removeable on the address of both houses. The other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the state are appointed, some by the governour, some by the ••••••••∣al assembly, and some by the people.—The qualifications for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are 21 years of age, 2 years residence, and payment of taxes▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are privileged from arrests in civil actions, while attending 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Those for a representative are, 21 years of age, and three years 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••••••∣itancy. For a senator, 25 years of age, and 4 years inhabitant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a governour, 30 years of age and 7 years inhabitancy. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 can hold no other office. The senators and representatives 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of attorney at law, and in the militia. No person, holding 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of ••rust, or profit, under the United States, can hold any 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state, to which a salary is by law annexed. All the officers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state are liable to impeachment, and are bound by oath, or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to support the constitution, and perform the duties of ••••••••∣sices.

The declaration of rights asserts the natural freedom and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of all; liberty of conscience; freedom of elections, and of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 subordination of the military to the civil powers; trial by ••••ry ••••••∣curity from unreasonable searches and seizures; a right to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 distribution of justice; to be heard in criminal prosecutions; to 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the redress of grievances; to bear arms; and to emigrate from 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It declares that all power is inherent in the people, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they may, at any time, alter their form of government; that no 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall be obliged ••o maintain religious worship, or support any 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that all persons believing in the being of a God, and a fu∣•••••• of rewards and punishments, are eligible to office; that laws 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be suspended but by the legislature; that all persons shall be baila∣•••• ••••••ess for capital offences, when the proof is evident, or presumption 〈◊〉〈◊〉 th•••• every deotor shall be released from prison, on delivering 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to his creditors, according to law, except there be strong ••••••••tion of ••raud; that the privileges of the writ of habe••s corpus 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be suspended but in time of rebellion, or public danger; that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 law shall be made; that no person shall be attainted by ••••••ature, or forfeit his estate for longer term than his own life; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 title of nobility, or hereditary distinction, shall ever be 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

••••••egoing constitution was ratified in 1790.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 other useful laws of this state, of a public nature, are, one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all rivers and creeks to be high ways—a law for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of negroes, already mentioned—a bankrupt law, nearly model of the bankrupt laws of England—a law commuting 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for a long term of years, for death, as a punishment for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which are made capital by the laws of England. Mur∣••••••, and one or two other crimes, are yet punished with death.

INVENTIONS.] These have been numerous and useful. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 others are the following: A new model of the planetary 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Mr. Rittenhouse, commonly, but improperly called an or∣•••••• quadrant, by Mr. Godfrey, called by the plagiary name of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quadrant—a steam boat, so constructed, as that by the assist∣•••••• steam, operating on certain machinery within the boat, it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with considerable rapidity against the stream, without the aid 〈◊〉〈◊〉 M••ssrs. Fitch and Rumsay, contend with each other, for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this invention. Besides these there have been invent∣•••••• manufacturing machines, for carding, spinning, winnowing, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 perform an immense deal of work with very little manual 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉.] Pennsylvania was granted by king Charles II. to Mr. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Penn, son of the famous admiral Penn, in consideration of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 services to the crown.* 1.43 Mr. Penn's petition for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 presented to the king in 1680; and after considerable delays, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by Lord Baltimore's agent, who apprehended it might in∣•••••• with the Maryland patent, the charter of Pennsylvania receiv∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 signature on the 4th of March 1681. To secure his title 〈◊〉〈◊〉 claims and prevent future altercation, Mr. Penn procured 〈◊〉〈◊〉 deed from the duke of York, of all the lands, covered by 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to which the duke could have the least pretensions. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hearts date, August 21, 1682. On the 24th of the same month, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the duke, by deed of fooffment, Newcastle, with

twelve miles of the adjacent territory, and the lands south to the H•••••• kills. In December following, Mr. Penn effected a union of the ••••••∣er counties with the province of Pennsylvania.* 1.44

The first frame of government for Pennsylvania, is dated in, 〈◊〉〈◊〉. By this form, all legislative powers were vested in the governor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 freemen of the province, in the provincial council, and a gen•••••• as∣sembly. The council was to consist of seventy two members, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the freemen; of which the governor or his deputy was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 president, with a treble vote. One third of this council we••t 〈◊〉〈◊〉 office every year, and their seats were supplied by new elections.

The general assembly was at first to consist of all the freemen ••••••∣wards of two hundred, and never to exceed five hundred.

In 1683, Mr. Penn offered another frame of government, in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the number of representatives was reduced, and the governor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a negative upon all bills, passed in assembly. By several 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••∣guments the people were persuaded to accept this frame of gove••••••••.

Not long after, a dispute between Mr. Penn and Lord Balti•••••• ••••∣quired the former to go to England, and he committed the ad••••••••∣tion of government to five commissioners, taken from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 In 1686, Mr. Penn required the commissioners to dissolve the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of government; but not being able to effect his purpose, he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 appointed Capt. John Blackwell his deputy. From this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 proprietors usually resided in England, and administred the ••••••••∣ment by deputies, who were devoted to their interest. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arose between the people and their governors, which never 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the late revolution. The primary cause of these jealousies, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣tempt of the proprietary to extend his own power, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the assembly; and the consequence was, incessant disputes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sensions in the legislature.

In 1689, governor Blackwell, finding himself opposed in his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 had recourse to artifice, and prevailed on certain members 〈◊〉〈◊〉 council to withdraw themselves from the house; thus defe•••••••• measures of the legislature.† 1.45 The house voted this to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and addressed the governor on the occasion.

In 1693, the king and queen assumed the government into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hands. Col. Fletcher was appointed governor of New York 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pennsylvania by one and the same commission, with equal 〈◊〉〈◊〉 both provinces. By this commission, the number of coun•••••••• Pennsylvania was reduced.

Under the administration of governor Markham in 1696, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 form of government was established in Pennsylvania. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the council and assembly now became annual, and the legislature their powers and forms of proceeding, was new modelled.

In 1699, the proprietary arrived from England and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 reins of government. While he remained in Pennsylvania 〈◊〉〈◊〉 charter of privileges or frame of government, which continued 〈◊〉〈◊〉 revolution, was agreed upon and established. This was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and delivered to the people by the proprietary, October 28, 17••••,

to his embarking for England. The inhabitants of the Territory, as it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 th••n called, or the lower counties, refused to accept this charter, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 separated themselves from the province of Pennsylvania. They afterwards had their own assembly, in which the governor of Pennsylvania used to preside.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 September 1700, the Susquehannah Indians granted to Mr. Penn∣sylvania lands on both sides the river. The Susquehannah, Shawan∣•••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Patomak Indians, however, entered into articles of agreement 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Mr. Penn, by which, on certain conditions of peaceable and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 behaviour, they were permitted to settle about the head of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in the province of Pennsylvania. The Conostoga chiefs al∣••••••, ratified the grant of the Susquehannah Indians, made the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 year.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Mr. Penn obtained from the Sachems of the country, a ••••••••tion of the grants made by former Indians, of all the lands 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 creek to the mountains, and from the Delaware to the ••••••••••anah. In this deed, the Sachems declared that 'they had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 heard read divers prior deeds which had been given to Mr. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by former chiefs.'

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Mr. Penn was in America, he erected Philadelphia into a ••••••••tion. The charter was dated October 25,1701; by which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the city was vested in a mayor, recorder, alderman and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 council, with power to enquire into treasons, murders and 〈◊〉〈◊〉; and to enquire into and punish smaller crimes. The ••••••••tion had also extensive civil jurisdiction; but it was dissolved 〈◊〉〈◊〉 revolution, and Philadelphia was governed like other coun∣•••••• the state, till 1789, when it was again incorporated.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the favourable terms which Mr. Penn offered to settlers, and an 〈◊〉〈◊〉 toleration of all religious denominations, the population of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was extremely rapid. Notwithstanding the attempts of ••••••••etary or his governors to extend his own power, and accu∣•••••• property by procuring grants from the people, and exempting 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from taxation, the government was generally mild, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the people by no means oppressive. The selfish de∣•••• the proprietaries were vigorously and constantly opposed by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, whose firmness preserved the charter rights of the province. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the revolution, the government was abolished. The proprie∣•••••••••• were absent, and the people by their representatives, formed a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ituation on republican principles. The proprietaries were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from all share in the government, and the legislature offered 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one hundred and thirty thousand pounds in lieu of all quit rents, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was finally accepted. The proprietaries however still possess in Pennsylvania many large tracts of excellent land.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 to be regretted that among all the able writers in this important 〈◊〉〈◊〉 none has yet gratified the publick with its interesting history. As 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not professedly the province of a geographer, a more particular 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of historical facts, than has already been given, will not be ex∣••••••. We shall therefore conclude with the following list of gov∣••••••.

A List of the several PROPRIETORS, GOVERNORS, LIEUTENANT GOVERNORS, and PRESIDENTS of the Province, with the times of their respective administration.

PROPRIETORS.

The Honorable William Penn, born 1644, died 1718.

Thomas Penn, and Richard Penn, died 1771.

John Penn, sen. and John Penn, jun.

GOVERNORS, &c.

Lieut. Governor,	William Penn, Propr. from Oct. 1682, to Aug. 16••••
President,	Thomas Lloyd, Aug. 1684. to Dec. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
Dept. Lt. Governor,	John Blackwell, Dec. 1688, to Feb. 1689-90
President and council	governed, Feb. 1689-90 to April 26, 〈◊〉〈◊〉
Dept. Governor,	Benjamin Fletcher, 26 April 1693, to 3 June 169••
Lt. Governor,	William Markham, 3 June 1693, to Dec. 16••••
Lt. Governor,	William Penn. Prop. 3 Dec. 1699 to 1 Nov. 1701
Dept. Lt. Governor	Andrew Hamilton, 1 Nov. 1701, to Feb. 1702-3
President and Council,	governed, Feb. 1702-3 to Feb. 1703-4
Dept. Lt. Governor,	John Evans, Feb. 1703-4, to Feb. 17••••-••
	Charles Gookin, March 1708-9. to 1717
Sir William Keith, Bart. 1717 to June 17••••
Patrick Gordon, June, 1726 to 173••
George Thomas, 1738 to 17••••
President.	Anthony Palmer, 1747 to 17••••
Dept. Lt. Governor.	James Hamilton, 1748 to Oct. 1754
Robert Hunter Morris, Oct. 1754 to 19 Aug. 1756
William Denny, 19 August 1756 to 17 Nov. 175••
James Hamilton 17 Nov. 1759 to 31 Oct. 17••••
John Penn, 31 Oct. 1763 to 6 May 1771
President.	James Hamilton, 6 May 1771 to 16 Oct. 177••
Lt. Governor.	Richard Penn, 16 Oct. 1771.
Presidents of the Supreme Executive Council of the State of Pennsylvania.	Thomas Wharton,	March 1777, to April 17••••
Joseph Reed,	Oct. 1778 to Oct. 17••••
William Moore,	Nov. 1781 to Nov. 17••••
John Dickinson,	Nov. 1782 to Oct. 17••••
Benjamin Franklin,	Oct. 1785 to Oct. 17••••
Thomas Mifflin,	Oct. 1788 to Oct. 17••••
Governor.	Thomas Mifflin, Oct. 1790

DELAWARE.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 92 Miles.	between	38° 30′ and 40° N. Lat. Square Miles. 2,000
Breadth 24 Miles.	0° and 1° 45′ W. Lon. Square Miles. 2,000

BOUNDARIES AND NAME.] BOUNDED on the east, by the river and bay of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 name, and the Atlantic ocean; on the south, by a line 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Fenewick's Island, in latitude 38° 29′ 30″, drawn west till it inter∣•••••• what is commonly called the tangent line, dividing it from the state 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Maryland; on the west, by the said tangent line, passing north∣•••••••• up the peninsula, till it touches the western part of the territo∣•••• circle; and thence on the north, by the said circle, described 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a radius of twelve miles about the town of Newcastle.

This state appears to have derived its name from Lord Delawar, who ••••••••cted the settlement of Virginia.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] This state is divided into three counties, which are subdivided into hundreds.

Counties.	No. Inhab.	Slaves.	Chief Towns.
NEW CASTLE	19,686	2562	Newcastle
〈◊〉〈◊〉	18,920	2300	DOVER
〈◊〉〈◊〉	20,488	4025	Lewes
Total	59,091	8887

Before the revolution this district of country was denominated, The three tower counties."

RIVERS AND CREEKS.] The eastern side of the state is indented 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a large number of creeks, or small rivers, which generally have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 course, soft banks, numerous shoals, and are skirted with ve∣•••• ••••••ensive marshes, and empty into the river and bay of Delaware. The southern and western parts of this state, spring the head waters ••••comoke, Wicomico, Nanticoke, Choptank, Chester, Sassafras 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Bohemia rivers, all falling into Chesapeak bay, and some of them 〈◊〉〈◊〉 navigable 20 or 30 miles into the country, for vessels of 50 or 60 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪

PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.] Just before the commencement of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a work of considerable importance was begun at Lewes, in the Southern part of the state, viz. the erection of a bridge and causeway 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the town, over the creek and marsh to the opposite cape. This ••••••ensive work was just completed when the British ships first came 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the road of Lewes. In order to prevent too easy a communica∣tion, they partially removed it; and it being afterwards neglected, it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in complete ruins at the close of the war. A bridge upon the ••••••plan, but upon a new foundation, has lately been erected, at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 expense of individuals. It extends about a quarter of a mile, from the town to the beach, over a wide creek and marsh. The in∣habitants are compensated for their expense, by the facility of the com∣munication between the town and the cape.

Several canals in different parts of this state, are contemplated, one of which is down the waters of the Brandywine.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.] The state of Delaware, the upper parts of the county of Newcastle excepted, is, to speak generally, extremely low and level. Large quantities of stagnant water, at particular seasons of the year, overspreading a great proportion of the land, render it equally unfit for the purposes of ag∣riculture, and injurious to the health of the inhabitants. The spine, or highest ridge of the peninsula, runs through the state of Delaware, inclined to the eastern of Delaware side. It is designated in Suffax, Kent, and part of Newcastle county, by a remarkable chain of swa••••••••, from which the waters descend on each side, passing, on the east, to the Delaware, and on the west to the Chesapeak. Many of the shrubs and plants, growing in these swamps, are similar to those seconds on the highest mountains.

Delaware is chiefly an agricultural state. It includes a very 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tract of country; and scarcely any part of the union can be selected more adapted to the different purposes of agriculture, or in which a greater variety of the most useful productions can be so conveniently and plentifuly reared. The foil along the Delaware river, and from 8 to 10 miles into the interior country, is generally a rich clay, pro∣ducing large timber, and well adapted to the various purposes of ag∣riculture. From thence to the swamps above mentioned, the soil is light, sandy and of an inferior quality.

The general aspect of the country is very favourable for cultivation. Excepting some of the upper parts of the county of Newcastle, the surface of the state is very little broken or irregular. The heights of Christiana are lofty and commanding; some of the hills of Brandy∣wine are rough and stony; but descending from these, and a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 o∣thers, the lower country is so little diversified as almost to form one extended plain. In the county of New castle, the soil consists of a strong clay; in Kent, there is a considerable mixture of sand; and in S••ssex, the quantity of sand altogether predominates. Wheat is the staple of this state. It grows here in such perfection as not only to be particularly sought by the manufacturers of flour throughout the union, but also to be distinguished and preferred, for its superior qual∣ities, in foreign markets. This wheat possesses an uncommon softness and whiteness, very favourable to the manufacture of superfine flour, and in other respects, far exceeds the hard and flinty grains raised in general on the high lands. Besides wheat, this state generally produces plentiful crops of Indian corn, barley, rye, oats, flax, buckwheat, and potatoes. It abounds in natural and artificial meadows containing a large variety of grasses. Hemp, cotton, and silk, if properly attended to, doubtless would flourish very well.

The county of S••ssex, besides producing a considerable quantity of grain, particularly of Indian corn, possesses excellent grazing lands. This county also exports very large quantities of lumber, obtained chiefly from an extensive swamp, called the Indian River or Cypress Swamp, lying partly within this state, and partly in the state of Ma∣ryland. This morass extends six miles from the east to west, and nearly twelve from north to south, including an area of nearly fifty thousand acres of land. The whole of this swamp is a high and level bason, very wet, though undoubtedly the highest land between the sea and the

〈◊〉〈◊〉, whence the Pokomoke descends on one side, and Indian River and St. Martin's on the other. This swamp contains a great variety of plants, trees, wild beasts, birds and reptiles.

CHIEF TOWNS.] DOVER, in the county of Kent, is the seat of government. It stands on Jones' creek, a few miles from the Dela∣ware river, and consists of about 100 houses, principally of brick. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 streets intersect each other at right angles, whose incidencies form ••••••••cious parade, on the east side of which is an elegant state house of brick. The town has a lively appearance and drives on a consider∣able trade with Philadelphia. Wheat is the principal article of ex∣port. The landing is five or six miles from the town of Dover.

NEWCASTLE is 35 miles below Philadelphia, on the west bank of Delaware river. It was first settled by the Swedes, about the year say, and called Stockholm. It was afterwards taken by the Dutch, and called New Amsterdam. When it fell into the hands of the English, it was called by its present name. It contains about 60 hous∣es which have the aspect of decay, and was formerly the feat of government.—This is the first town that was settled on Delaware river.

WILMINGTON is situated a mile and a half west of Delaware river, of Christiana creek, 28 miles southward from Philadelphia. It is much the largest and pleasantest town in the state, containing upwards of ••00 houses, which are handsomely built upon a gentle ascent of an ••••tnence, and show to great advantage as you sail up the Delaware. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 contains about 2400 inhabitants. In this town are a Presbyterian 〈◊〉〈◊〉—a Swedish Episcopal church—a Baptist and a Quaker 〈◊〉〈◊〉—and a few methodists. There is also a flourishing academy of about 40 or 50 scholars, who are taught the languages, and some of the sciences. This academy, in proper time, is intended to be erected 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a college. There is another academy at Newark, in this county, which was incorporated in 1769. These academies were interrupted sharing the war, and their funds ruined by the depreciation of Conti∣•••••• paper money. Since the peace learning seems to revive and 〈◊〉〈◊〉

••ILFORD, is situated at the source of a small river, 15 miles from Delaware bay, and 150 southward of Philadelphia. This town, which contains about 80 houses, has been built, except one house, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 evolution. It is laid out with much good taste, and is by no means disagreeable. The inhabitants are Episcopalians, Quakers and Methodists.

DUCK ••REEK CROSS ROADS, is 12 miles northwest from Dover, and has 80 or 90 houses, which stand on one street. It carries on a considerable trade with Philadelphia, and is one of the largest wheat markets in the state. Kent is also a place of considerable trade.

LEWES is situated a few miles above the light house, on Cape Hen∣••••••. It contains about 150 houses, built chiefly on a street which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more than three miles in length, and extending along a creek which separates the town from the pitch of the cape. The situation is high, and commands a full prospect of the light house, and the sea. The court house and goal are commodious buildings, and give an air of importance to the town. The situation of this place, must at some 〈◊〉〈◊〉 time render is considerably important. Placed at the entrance of a bay, which is crowded with vessels from all parts of the world,

and which is frequently closed with ice a part of the winter season, necessity seems to require, and nature seems to suggest, the forming this port into a harbour for shipping. Nothing has prevented this heretofore, but the deficiency of water in the creek. This want can be cheaply and easily supplied by a small canal, so as to afford a pas∣sage for the waters of Rehoboth into Lewes creek, which would ••••••∣sure an adequate supply. The circumjacent country is beautifully di∣versified with hills, wood, streams and lakes, forming an agreeable contrast to the naked sandy beach, which terminates in the cape; but it is greatly infested with musketoes and sand flies.

TRADE AND MANUFACTURES.] We have already mentioned wheat as the staple commodity of this state. This is manufactured in∣to flour and exported in large quantities. The exports from the part of Wilmington, where a number of square rigged vessels are owned, for the year 1786, in the article of flour, was 20,783 barrels superfine, 457 do. common, 256 do. middlings, and 346 do. ship stuff. The manufacture of flour is carried to a higher degree of perfection in this state, than in any others in the Union. Besides the well con∣structed mills on Red clay and white clay creeks, and other streams in different parts of the state, the celebrated collection of mills at Brandywine merit a particular description. Here are to be seen, at one view, 12 merchant mills (besides a saw mill) which have double that number of pairs of stones, all of superior dimensions, and excel∣lent construction. These mills are 3 miles from the mouth of the creek on which they stand, half a mile from Wilmington, and 27 from Philadelphia, on the post road from the eastern to the southern states. They are called the Brandywine mills, from the stream on which they are erected. This stream rises near the Welch mountains in Penn∣sylvania, and after a winding course of 30 or 40 miles through falls, which furnish numerous seats (130 of which are already occupied) for every species of water works, empties into Christiana creek, near Wil∣mington. The quantity of wheat manufactured at these mills, annu∣ally, is not accurately ascertained. It is estimated, however, by the best informed on the subject, that these mills can grand 400,000 bushels in a year. But although they are capable of manufacturing this quan∣tity yearly, yet from the difficulty of procuring a permanent supply of grain, the instability of the flour market and other circumstances, there are not commonly more than from about 290 to 300,000 bushels of wheat and corn manufactured here annually. In the fall of 1789, and spring of 1790, there were made at the Brandywine mills 50,000 barrels of superfine flour, 1354 do. of common, 400 do. middlings, as many of ship stuff, and 2000 do. corn meal. The quantity of wheat and corn ground, from which this flour &c. was made, was 308,000 bushels, equal to the export in those articles, from the port of Philadelphia for the same year.

These mills give employment to about 200 persons, viz. about 40 to tend the mills, from 50 to 70 coopers, to make casks for the flour, a sufficient number to man 12 sloops of about 30 tons each, which are employed in the transportation of the wheat and flour, the rest in va∣rious other occupations connected with the mills. The navigation quite to these mills is such, that a vessel carrying 1000 bushels of wheat may be laid along side of any of these mills; and beside some of them the water is of sufficient depth to admit vessels of twice the a∣bove

size. The vessels are unloaded with astonishing expedition. There have been instances of 1000 bushels being carried to the height 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stories in 4 hours. It is frequently the case that vessels with 1000 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of wheat come up with flood tide, unlade and go away the suc∣••••••ing ebb with 300 barrels of flour on board. In consequence of the machines introduced by the ingenious Mr. Oliver Evans, three quar∣•••••• of the manual labour before found necessary is now sufficient for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 purpose. By means of these machines, when made use of in the full extent proposed by the inventor, the wheat will be received on the shallop's deck—thence carried to the upper loft of the mill—and a considerable portion of the same returned in flour on the lower some, ready for packing, without the assistance of manual labour but in a very small degree, in proportion to the business done. The transporta∣tion of flour from these mills to the port of Wilmington, does not re∣quire half an hour, and it is frequently the case that a cargo is taken 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the mills and delivered at Philadelphia the same day. The situ∣ation of these mills is very pleasant and healthful—The first mill was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 here about 50 years since. There is now a small town of 40 houses, principally stone and brick, which, together with the mills and the vessels loading and unloading beside them, furnish a charming prospect from the bridge, from whence they are all in full view.

Besides the wheat and flour trade this state exports lumber and va∣rious other articles. The amount of exports for the year ending Sep∣tember 30th 1791, was 199,840 dollars.

LIGHT HOUSE.] The Light House, near the town of Lowes, was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in 1777. Since the war it has been completed and handsomely 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It is a fine stone structure, 8 stories high; the annual ex∣•••••• of which is estimated at about 650l. currency.

RELIGION.] In this state there is a variety of religious denomina∣••••••••. Of the Presbyterian sect, there are 24 churches—of the Epis∣copal, 14—of the Baptist, 7—of the Methodist, a considerable num∣ber, especially in the two lower counties of Kent and Sussex, the number of their churches is not exactly ascertained. Besides these there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Swedish Church at Wilmington, which is one of the oldest church∣•••••• the United States.

POPULATION.] See table of divisions.

MINERALS.] In the county of Sussex, among the branches of the ••••••ticoke river, large quantities of bog iron ore are to be found. Before the revolution, this ore was worked to considerable extent; it was thought to be of a good quality, and peculiarly adapted to the purposes of castings. These works have chiefly fallen to decay.

CONSTITUTION.] The constitution of this state begins by de∣claring some of the rights of the people, and enumerates nearly the some that are mentioned in the declaration of rights of Pennsylvania. It then delegates the legislative power to a general assembly consisting of a senate and a house of representatives; and the executive, to a gov∣ernor. All these are chosen by the people on the first Tuesday of Oc∣tober—the governor for 3 years; but he is not eligible for the next above. He must be thirty years old, and have been an inhabitant of the state 6 years, and of the United States 12 years. A plurality, of votes makes a choice. The Senators are chosen for 3 years, must be 27 years old, freeholders of 200 acres of land, or possessed of 100l. property, and have been inhabitants of the state 3 years. They are divided in∣to

3 classes, the time of one class expiring each year, and their found being filled by new erections.—The representatives are chosen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 one year, must be 24 years old, freeholders, and have been ••••••••∣tants 3 years. The constitution provides that there shall be 7 represen∣tatives and 3 senators chosen by each county; but the general ••••••∣bly has power to increase the number, where two thirds of each 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall think it expedient; provided the number of senators shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be greater than one half, nor less than one third, of the number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 representatives. The general assembly meets on the first Tuesday of January annually, unless sooner convened by the governor. Each branch has all the powers necessary for a branch of the legislative of a free and independant state. A majority of each constitution quorum to do business, and a less number may adjourn from day 〈◊〉〈◊〉 day and compel the attendance of members. They are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from arrests while attending on public business, except in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 treason, felony and branch of the peace, and for things said in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bate, are not questionable elsewhere. They are compensated out of the public treasury, from which no money can be drawn but in ••••••∣quence of appropriation by law. Impeachments are made by the ••••∣er house, and tried by the senate. Revenue bills originate 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house for representatives, but the senate may propose alteration 〈◊〉〈◊〉 journal is kept of their proceedings, and published at the and of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 session, and the doors of both houses are kept open unless the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 require secrecy.—The governor is commander in chief of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 force; may remit fines and forfeitures and grant reprieves and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 except in cases of impeachment; may require information from all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••∣tive officers, may convene the general assembly on extraordinary ••••••∣sions, and adjourn them to any time not exceeding 3 months, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cannot agree on the time themselves. He must inform them of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 concerning the state, recommend to them such measures as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 judge expedient, and see that the laws are faithfully executed. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 speaker of the senate, and after him, the speaker of the house 〈◊〉〈◊〉 re∣presentatives, shall exercise the office of governor, in case of 〈◊〉〈◊〉—The Judicial power is vested in a court of chancery, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 common law courts. The judges are appointed by the government, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 commissioned during good behaviour, and the justices of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for 7 years; all removable on the address of two thirds of both 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of assembly. The other officers of the state are appointed, some by the gov∣ernor, some by the general assembly, and some by the people. No ••••••∣son concerned in any army or navy contract, or holding any 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ••••••∣cept the attorney general, officers usually appointed by the courts of justice, attornies at law, and officers in the militia, can be a senate 〈◊〉〈◊〉 representative. The governor can hold no other office. No ••••••∣al officer can hold an office in this state to which a salary is by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 annexed. The clergy are excluded from all civil offices. All 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are impeachable and are bound by oath or affirmation to support 〈◊〉〈◊〉 constitution, and perform the duties of their officers. All free ••••••∣men, 21 years old, having been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 years inhabitants, and paid 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are electors; and are privileged from arrests in civil actions 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣tending elections. The general assembly, with the approbation 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 governor, have a right under certain regulations and restrictions 〈◊〉〈◊〉 make amendments to this constitution. A convention may also 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣ed where a majority of the people shall signify their wish for it.

The foregoing constitution was ratified on the 12th of June, 179••.

HISTORY.] The reader will find a well written sketch of the his∣•••••••• of this state in the American Edition of the Encyclopedia, ••••••shing by Thomas Dobson, in Philadelphia.

TERRITORY N. W. OF THE OHIO.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 900 Miles.	between	37° and 50° N. Lat. Square Miles. 411,000
Breadth 700 Miles.	6° and 23° W. Lon. Square Miles. 411,000.

BOUNDARIES.] THIS extensive tract of country is bounded north, by part of the northern boundary 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the United States; east, by the lakes and Pennsylvania; south, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Ohio river; West, by the Mississippi. Mr. Hutchins, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 geographer of the United States, estimates that this tract contains ••••••••40,000 acres, of which 43,040,000 are water; the deducted, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 will remain 220,000,000 of acres, belonging to the federal gov∣ernment, to be sold for the discharge of the national debt; except a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 strip of land bordering on the south of Lake Erie, and stretch∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles west of the western limit of Pennsylvania, which be∣•••••• to Connecticut.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 a small proportion of these lands is yet purchased of the na∣••••••••, and to be disposed of by congress. Beginning on the meridian 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which forms the western boundary of Pennsylvania, seven rang∣•••••••• townships have been surveyed and laid off by order of congress. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a north and south line strikes the Ohio in an oblique direction, the ••••••••tion of the 7th range falls upon that river, 9 miles above 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Muskingum, which is the first large river that falls into the Ohio. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this junction 172 miles below Fort Pitt, including the wind∣•••••••• of the Ohio, though in a direct line it is but 90 miles.

The lands in which the Indian title is extinguished, and which are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 purchasing under the United States, are defined within the lim∣•••••••• mentioned page 148, to which the reader is referred. On these 〈◊〉〈◊〉 several settlements are commencing, one at Marietta, at the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Muskingum, under the direction of the Ohio company—〈◊〉〈◊〉 between the Miami rivers, under the direction of Colonel 〈◊〉〈◊〉; and a French Settlement at Galliopolis. There are several other tracts, delineated on the map, which have been granted by con∣•••••••• to particular companies, and other tracts for particular uses, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 without any English settlements.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] That part of this territory in which the In∣•••••••• title is extinguished, and which is settling under the govern∣ment of the United States, is divided into four counties as follows,

Counties.	When erected.
Washington	1788 July 26th
Hamilton	1790 Jan. 2d
St. Clair	1790 April 27th
Knox	1790 June 20th

These counties have been organized with the proper civil and mili∣tary officers. The county of St. Clair is divided into three districts,

viz. the district of Cahokia, the district of Prairie-du-rochers, and the district of Kaskaskias. Courts of general quarter sessions of the peace, county courts of common pleas, and courts of probate, to be held in each of these districts, as if each was a distinct county; the officers of the county to act by deputy, except in the district where they reside.

RIVERS.] The Muskingum is a gentle river, confined by banks so high as to prevent its overflowing. It is 250 yards wide at its confid∣ence with the Ohio, and navigable by large batteaux and barges to the Three Legs; and, by small ones, to the lake at its head. From thence, by a portage of about one mile, a communication is opened to Lake Erie, through the Cayahoga, which is a stream of great utility, nav∣igable the whole length, without any obstruction from falls. From Lake Erie, the avenue is well known to the Hudson, in the state of New York.

The Hockhocking resembles the Muskingum, though somewhat in∣ferior in size. It is navigable for large boats about 70 miles, and for small ones much further. On the banks of this very useful stream are found inexhaustible quarries of free stone, large 〈◊〉〈◊〉 iron ore, and some rich mines of lead. Coal mines and salt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are fre∣quent in the neighbourhood of this stream, as they are in every part of the western territory. The salt that may be obtained from those springs will afford an inexhaustible store of that necessary article. Beds of white and blue clay, of an excellent quality, are likewise found here, suitable for the manufacture of glass, crockery and other earthen wares. Red bole and many other useful fossils have been ob∣served on the branches of this river.

The Scioto is a larger river, than either of the preceding, and opens a more extensive navigation. It is passable for large barges for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles, with a portage of only 4 miles to the Sandusky, a good naviga∣ble stream that falls into the Lake Erie. Through the Sandusky and Scioto lies the most common pass from Canada to the Ohio and Mis∣sissippi; one of the most extensive and useful communications that are to be found in any country. Prodigious extensions of territory are here connected; and, from the rapidity with which the western parts of Canada, Lake Erie and the Kentucky countries are settling, we may anticipate an immense intercourse between them. The lands on the borders of these middle streams, from this circumstance alone, aside from their natural fertility, must be rendered vastly valuable. The flour, corn, flax, hemp, &c. raised for exportation in that great country between the Lakes Huron and Ontario, will find an outlet through Lake Erie and these rivers, or down the Mississippi. The Ohio merchant can give a higher price than those of Quebec, for these commodities; as they may be transported from the former to Florida and the West India islands, with less expense, risk and insur∣ance, than from the latter; while the expense from the place of growth to the Ohio will not be one fourth of what it would be to Quebec, and much less than even to the Oneida lake. The stream of Scioto is gentle, no where broken by falls: At some places, in the spring of the year, it overflows its banks, providing for large natural rice plantations. Salt springs, coal mines, white and blue clay, and free stone, abound in the country adjoining this river.

The Little Miami is too small for batteaux navigation. Its banks are good land, and so high as to prevent, in common, the overflowing of the water.

The Great Miami has a very stoney channel, and a swift stream, but no falls. It is formed of several large branches, which are passable for boats a great distance. One branch comes from the west, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the Wabash country: Another rises near the head waters of Miami river, which runs into Lake Erie; and a short portage divides another branch of Sandusky river. It also interlocks with the Scioto.

The Wabash in a beautiful river, with high and fertile banks. It empties into the Ohio, by a mouth 270 yards wide, 1020 miles below fort Pitt. In the spring, summer and autumn, it is passable with bat∣teaux drawing three feet water, 412 miles, to Ouitanon, a small French settlement, on the west side of the river; and for large canoes 197 〈◊〉〈◊〉 further, to the Miami carrying place, 9 miles from Miami village. This village stands on Miami river, which empties into the northwest part of Lake Erie. The communication between Detroit, and the Illinois, and Ohio countries, is up Miami river to Miami vil∣lage, thence, by land, 9 miles, when the rivers are high—and from 18 to 30 when they are low, through a level country to the Wabash, and through the various branches of the Wabash to the places of destination.

A ••lver mine has been discovered about 28 miles above Quiatanon, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the northern side of the Wabash. Salt springs, lime, free-stone, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, yellow and white clay, are found in plenty upon this river.

The rivers A Vase and Kaskaskias empty into the Mississippi from the northeast; the former is navigable for boats 60, and the latter about 130 miles. They both run through a rich country, which has exten∣sive ••••••adows.

Between the Kaskaskias and Illinois rivers, which are 84 miles a∣part, is an extensive tract of level, rich land, which terminates in a high ridge, about 15 miles before you reach the Illinois river. In this delightful vale are a number of French villages which, together with those of St. Genevieve and St. Louis, on the western side of the Mississippi, contained in 1771, 1273 fencible men.

One hundred and seventy six miles above the Ohio, and 18 miles a∣bove the Missouri, the Illinois empties into the Mississippi from the northeast by a mouth about 400 yards wide. This river is bordered with fine meadows, which in some places extend as far as the eye can reach: This river furnishes a communication with Lake Michigan, by the Chicago river, between which and the Illinois, are two portages, the longest of which does not exceed four miles. It receives a num∣ber of rivers which are from 20 to 100 yards wide, and navigable for boats from 15 to 180 miles. On the northwestern side of this river is a coal mine, which extends for half a mile along the middle of the back of the river, and about the same distance below the coal mine are the salt ponds, 100 yards in circumference, and several feet in depth. The water is stagnant, and of a yellowish colour; but the French and natives make good salt from it. The soil of the Illinois country it, in general, of a superior quality—Its natural growth consists of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, hicory, cedar, mulberry, &c. hops, dying drugs, medicinal plants of several kinds, and excellent wild grapes. In the year 1769, the French settlers made 110 hogsheads of strong wine from these grapes.

These are many other rivers of equal size and importance with those we have been describing, which are not sufficiently known for accurate descriptions.

POPULATION.] The number of souls in this large tract of country has not been ascertained. From the best data the Author has receiv∣ed, the population may be estimated as follows.

Indians, (suppose)	65,000* 1.46	1792.
Ohio Company purchase,	2,500	Do.
Col. Symmes' settlements,	2,000	Do.
Galliopolis, (French settlement) opposite the Kanhawa river,	1,000	Do.
Vincennes and its vicinity, on the Wabash,	1,500	Do.
Kaskaskias and Cahokia,	680	1790.
At Grand Ruisseau, village of St. Phillip and Prairie-du-rochers,	240	Do.
Total	72,820

In 1790, there were, in the town of Vincennes, about 40 Ameri∣can families, and 31 slaves; and on the Missisippi 40 American families and 73 slaves, all included in the above estimate. On the Spanish or western side of the Missisippi, there were in 1790, about 1800 souls, principally at Genevieve and St. Louis.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.{ To the remarks on these heads, interspersed in the description of the rivers, we will add some observations from an annonymous pam∣phlet published not long since, which we presume are the most au∣thentic, respecting that part of that country which has been purchased of the Indians, of any that have been given.

'The undistinguished terms of admiration, that are commonly used in speaking of the natural fertility of the country on the western wat∣ers of the United States, would render it difficult, without acc•••••• attention in the surveys, to ascribe a preference to any particular part; or to give a just description of the territory under consideration, without the hazard of being suspected of exaggeration: But in this we have the united opinion of the geographer, the surveyors, and ev∣ery traveller that has been intimately acquainted with the country, and marked every natural object with the most scrupulous exactness—That no part of the federal territory unites so many advantages, in point of health, fertility, variety of production, and foreign inter∣course, as that tract which stretches from the Muskingum to the Scio∣to and the Great Miami rivers.† 1.47

'Colonel Gordon, in his journal, speaking of a much larger range of country, in which this is included, and makes unquestionably the finest part, has the following observation:—The country on the Ohio

is every where pleasant, with large level spots of rich land; and re∣markably healthy. One general remark of this nature will serve for the whole tract of the globe comprehended between the western skirts of the Allegany mountains; thence running southwestwardly to the distance of 500 miles to the Ohio falls; then crossing them northerly to the heads of the rivers that empty themselves into the Ohio; thence last along the ridge that separates the lakes and Ohio streams, to French Creek—This country may, from a proper knowledge, be af∣••••••ed to be the most healthy, the most pleasant, the most com∣modious and most fertile spot of earth, known to the European peo∣ple."

"The lands on the various streams abovementioned, which fall into the Ohio, are now more accurately known, and may be described with confidence and precision. They are interspersed with all the va∣riety of soil which conduces to pleasantness of situation, and lays the foundation for the wealth of an agricultural and manufacturing peo∣ple. Large level bottoms, or natural meadows, from 20 to 50 miles in circuit, are every where found bordering the rivers, and variegat∣ing the country in the interior parts. These afford as rich a soil as and be imagined, and may be reduced to proper cultivation with very little labour. It is said, that in many of these bottoms, a man may clear an acre a day, fit for planting with Indian corn; there being no under wood; and the trees, growing very high and large, but not thick ••••••ther, need nothing but girdling.

"The prevailing growth of timber and the more useful trees are, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or sugar tree, sycamore, black and white mulberry, black and white walnut, butternut, chesnut; white, black, Spanish and chesnut 〈◊〉〈◊〉, hiccory, cherry, buckwood or herse chesnut, honey locust, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cucumber tree, lynn tree, gum tree, iron wood, ash, as∣••••••••, sassafras, crab apple tree, paupaw or custard apple, a variety of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 trees, nine bark spice, and leather wood bushes. General Par∣•••••• measured a black walnut tree, near the Muskingum, whose circum∣••••••encee, at five feet from the ground, was 22 feet. A sycamore, near 〈◊〉〈◊〉 same place, measured 44 feet in circumference, at some distance from the gound. White and black oak, and chesnut, with most of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 abovementioned timbers, grow large and plenty upon the high 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Both the high and low lands produce vast quantities of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grapes of various kinds, of which the settlers universally make a sufficiency for their own consumption of rich red wine. It 〈◊〉〈◊〉 asserted in the old settlement of St. Vincent, where they have had opportunity to try it, that age will render this wine preferable to most 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the European wines. Cotton is the natural production of this country, and grows in great perfection.

"The sugar maple is a most valuable tree for an inland country. Any number of inhabitants may be forever supplied with a sufficiency of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, by preserving a few trees for the use of each family. A tree 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yield about ten pounds of sugar a year, and the labour is very 〈◊〉〈◊〉: The sap is extracted in the months of February and March, and granulated, by the simple operation of bo••ling, to a sugar equal in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and whiteness to the best Muscovado.

"Springs of excellent water abound in every part of this territory; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 small and large streams, for mills and other purposes, are actually ••••••••••ersed, as if by art, that there be no deficiency in any of the ••••••eniences of life.

"Very little waste land is to be found in any part of this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country. There are no swamps but such as may be readily 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and made into arable and meadow land; and though the hills are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣quent, they are gentle and swelling, no where high or incap•••••••• tillage. They are of a deep, rich soil, covered with a heavy 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of timber, and well adapted to the production of wheat, rye, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tobacco, &c.

"The communications between this country and the sea, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 principally in the four following directions.

"1. The route through the Scioto and Muskingum to Lake 〈◊〉〈◊〉 so to the river Hudson; which has been already described.

"2. The passage up the Ohio and Monongahela to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣bovementioned, which leads to the navigable waters of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This portage is thirty miles, and will probably be rendered 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the execution of the plans now on foot for opening the nav•••••• of those waters.

"3. The Great Kanhaway, which falls into the Ohio from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Virginia shore, between the Hockhocking and the Scioto, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 extensive navigation from the southeast, and leaves but 18 miles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 age from the navigable waters of James river, in Virginia. This 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣munication, for the country between Muskingum and Scioto, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 probably be more used than any other, for the exportation of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣factures, and other light and valuable articles; and, especially, 〈…〉〈…〉 importation of foreign commodities, which may be brought 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Chesapeek to the Ohio, much cheaper than they are now carried 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Philadelphia to Carlisle, and the other thick settled back 〈…〉〈…〉 Pennsylvania.* 1.48

"4. But the current down the Ohio and Missisippi, for heavy ••••••••∣cles that suit the Florida and West India markets, such as corn 〈◊〉〈◊〉 beef, lumber, &c. will be more frequently loaded than any 〈…〉〈…〉 earth. The distance from the Scioto to the Missisippi is 800 〈…〉〈…〉 from thence to the sea is 900. This whole course is easily run 〈…〉〈…〉 days; and the passage up those rivers is not so difficult as has 〈…〉〈…〉 been represented. It is found, by late experiments, that fails are 〈…〉〈…〉 to great advantage against the current of the Ohio: And it is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of observation, that in all probability stream beats will be found 〈◊〉〈◊〉 infinite service in all our extensive river navigation.

"The design of Congress and of the Ohio Company is, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 settlements shall proceed regularly down the Ohio; and north•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Lake Erie. And it is probable that not many years will elapse ••••••∣fore the whole country above Miami will be brought to that 〈…〉〈…〉 cultivation, which will exhibit all its latent beauties, and justify 〈…〉〈…〉 descriptions of travellers which have so often made it the garden 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the world, the seat of wealth, and the centre of a great empire."

ANIMALS, &c.] "No country is better stocked with wild 〈…〉〈…〉 of every kind: Innumerable herds of deer, and wild cattle, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣tered in the groves, and fed in the extensive bottoms that every 〈◊〉〈◊〉 abound: an unquestionable proof of the great fertility of 〈…〉〈…〉 Turkies, geese, ducks, swans, teal, pheasants, partridges, &c. 〈…〉〈…〉 observation, believed to be in greater plenty here, than the tam•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 try are in any part of the old settlements in America.

〈…〉〈…〉 are well stored with fish of various kinds, and many 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of an excellent quality. They are generally large, though of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sites. The cat fish, which is the largest, and of a delicious 〈◊〉〈◊〉 weighs from 6 to 80 pounds."

••••••••ITIES AND CURLO••IT••ES.] The number of old forts, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Kentucky country, are the admiration of the curious, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of much speculation. They are mostly of an oblong form, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 strong, well chosen ground, and contiguous to water. 〈…〉〈…〉 whom, and for what purpose, these were thrown up, is un∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they are undoubtedly very ancient, as there is not the least visi∣•••••••• in the age or size of the timber growing on or within 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and that which grows without; and the oldest natives have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tradition respecting them. Dr. Cutler, who has accurately ex∣•••••••• the ones on these forts, and which he thinks, from appearan∣•••••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 second growth, is of opinion that they must have been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 upwards of 1000 years ago. They must have been the efforts of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 church more devoted to labour than our present race of In∣•••••••• it is difficult to conceive how they could be constructed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 use of iron tools. At a convenient distance from these 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stands a small mound of earth, thrown up in the form of a 〈…〉〈…〉, and seems in some measure proportioned to the size of its adja∣•••••••• ••••casion. On examination, they have been found to con∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 substance, supposed to be bones, and of the human kind. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this head we may mention the extensive meadows, or as the 〈…〉〈…〉 them Prairie, which answer to what, in the southern states, 〈…〉〈…〉. They are a rich plain, without trees and cover∣•••••••• grass. Some of these, between St. Vincennes and the Mis∣•••••• 30 or 40 miles in extent. In passing them, as far as the eye 〈…〉〈…〉 there is not a tree to be seen; but there is plenty of deer, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 little, bears, and wolves, and innumerable flocks of turkies; these, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 green grass, form a rich and beautiful prospect.

〈◊〉〈◊〉.] The posts established for the protection of the frontiers, 〈…〉〈…〉 Franklin, on French Creek—Harmar, at the mouth of 〈◊〉〈◊〉—Stub••n, at the rapids of the Oirio—Fayette, Hamilton, 〈…〉〈…〉, St. Clair, Marietta, and St. Vincennes.

••••••••••NMENT. &c.] By an ordinance of congress, passed on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 July 1787, this country, for the purposes of temporary gov∣•••••••• was erected into one district, subject, however, to a division, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 circumstances shall make it expedient.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 same ordinance it is provided, that congress shall appoint a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, whose commission shall continue in force three years, unless 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 governor must reside in the district, and have a freehold es∣••••••••, in 1000 acres of land, while in the exercise of his office. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, from time to time, are to appoint a secretary, to con∣•••••••• office four years, unless sooner removed, who must reside 〈◊〉〈◊〉 district, and have an estate of 500 acres of land, while in 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the secretary is, to keep and preserve the acts and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 legislature, and the public records of the district, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 governor, in his executive department; and to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 copies of such acts and proceedings, every six 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the secretary of congress.

The ordinance provides that congress shall appoint three judges, possessed each of 500 acres of land in the district in which they are to reside, and to hold their commissions during good behaviour, any two of whom shall form a court, which shall have a com∣mon law jurisdiction. The governor and judges are authorized to adopt and publish in the district, such laws of the original states, criminal and civil, as may be necessary and best suited to the circum∣stances of the district, and report them to congress, and, if approved, they shall continue in force, till the organization of the general as∣sembly of the district, who shall have authority to alter them. The governor is to command the militia, and appoint and commission their officers, except general officers, who are to be appointed and commissioned by congress.

Previously to the organization of the assembly, the governor is to appoint such magistrates and civil officers, as shall be deemed necessary for the preservation of peace and order.

So soon as there shall be 5000 free male inhabitants of full age, in the district, they shall receive authority to elect representatives, one for every 500 free male inhabitants, to represent them in the general assembly; the representation to increase progressively with the num∣ber of free male inhabitants till there be 25 representatives; af∣ter which the number and proportion of the representatives shall be regulated by the legislature. A representative must possess, in fee simple, 200 acres of land, and be a resident in the district—and must have been a citizen of the United States, or a resident in the district, three years preceding his election. An elector must have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 acres of land in the district, must have been a citizen of one of the states, and must be a resident in the district, or must possess the same freehold and have been two years a resident in the district. The representa∣tives, when duly elected, are to continue in office two years.

The general assembly, or legislature, shall consist of the governor, legislative council and house of representatives. The legislative coun∣cil shall consist of five members, to continue in office five years, un∣less sooner removed by congress. Three make a quorum. The coun∣cil are to be thus appointed: The governor and representatives, when met, shall nominate ten persons, residents in the district, and each posses∣sed of a freehold in 500 acres of land, and return their names to congress, who shall appoint and commission five of them to serve as aforesaid.

All bills passed by a majority in the house, and in council, shall be referred to the governor for his assent; but no bill, or legislative act whatever, shall be of force without his assent. The governor shall have power to convene, prorogue, and dissolve the general assembly, when, in his opinion, it shall be expedient.

The legislature, when organized, shall have authority, by joint ••••••∣lot, to elect a delegate to congress, who shall have a seat in congress with a right of debating, but not of voting, during this temporary government.

And for extending the fundamental principles of civil and religion liberty, which form the basis whereon these republicks, their laws and constitutions, are erected; to fix and establish those principles as the basis of all laws, constitutions and governments, which forever here∣after shall be formed in the said territory; to provide also for the es∣tablishment of state and permanent government thereof, and for their admission to share in the federal councils on an equal footing with 〈◊〉〈◊〉

original states, at as early periods as may be consistent with the gen∣eral interest:

It is hereby ordained and declared by the authority aforesaid, That the following articles shall be considered as articles of compact, be∣tween the original states and the people, and states in the said ter∣ritory, and forever remain unalterable, unless by common consent, to wit:

Article 1st, No person, demeaning himself in a peaceable and order∣ly manner, shall ever be molested on account of his mode of worship or religious sentiments in the said territory.

Article 2d. The inhabitants of the said territory shall always be articled to the benefits of the writ of habeas corpus, and of the trial by jury, of a proportionate representation of the people in the legisla∣ture, and of judicial proceedings, according to the course of the com∣mon law: all persons shall be bailable unless for capital offences, where the proof shall be evident or the presumption great: all fines shall be moderate, and no cruel or unusual punishment shall be inflict∣ed; no man shall be deprived of his liberty or property but by the judgment of his peers, or of the law of the land; and should the public exigences make it necessary for the common preservation to take any person's property, or to demand his particular services, full compensation shall be made for the same; and in the just preservation of the rights and property, it is understood and declared, that no law ought ever to be made, or have force in the said territory, that shall in any manner whatever interfere with, or affect private contracts or en∣gagements bona fide and without fraud previously formed.

Article 3d. Religion, morality and knowledge, being necessary to good government and the happiness of mankind, schools and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of education shall forever be encouraged; the utmost good faith shall always be observed towards the Indians; their lands and proper∣ly shall never be taken from them without their consent; and in their property, rights and liberty, they shall never be invaded or disturbed, unless in just and lawful wars authorized by congress; but laws founded in justice and humanity shall from time to time be made, for preventing wrongs being done to them, and for preserving peace and friendship with them.

Article 4th. The said territory, and the States which may be formed therein, shall forever remain a part of this confederacy of the United States of America, subject to the articles of confederation, and to such alterations therein as shall be constitutionally made; and to all the acts and ordinances of the United States, in congress assembled, ••••formable thereto. The inhabitants and settlers in the said terri∣tory, shall be subject to pay a part of the federal debts contracted, or to be contracted, and a proportionable part of the expenses of govern∣ment, to be apportioned on them by congress, according to the same common rule and measure, by which apportionments thereof shall be made on the other states, and the taxes for paying their proportion, shall be laid and levied by the authority and direction of the legisla∣tion of the district or districts, or new states, as in the original 〈◊〉〈◊〉, within the time agreed upon by the United States, in congress ••••••bled. The legislatures of those districts, or new states, shall nev∣er interfere with the primary disposal of the soil by the United States, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 congress assembled, nor with any regulations congress may find nec∣essary

for securing the title in such soil to the bona side purchase 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tax shall be imposed on lands the property of the United States, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 no case shall nonresident proprietors be taxed higher than 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The navigable waters leading into the Missisippi St. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the carrying places between the same, shall be common high ways 〈◊〉〈◊〉 forever free, as well to the inhabitants of the said territory; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••∣izens of the United States, and those of any other states that may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣mitted into the confederacy, without any ••••x, import or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Article 5th. There shall be formed in the said 〈…〉〈…〉 than three, nor more than five states; and the boundaries 〈…〉〈…〉 as soon as Virginia shall alter her act of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and consents 〈◊〉〈◊〉 same, shall become fixed and established as follows, viz. That 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state in the said territory, shall be bounded on the Missisippi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Wabash rivers; a direct line drawn from the Wabash 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Vincents due north to the territorial line between the United States and Canada, and by the said territorial line to the Lake of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Missisippi. The middle state shall be bounded by 〈…〉〈…〉 line, the Wabash from Post Vincents to the Ohio 〈…〉〈…〉 by a direct line drawn due north from the mouth of 〈…〉〈…〉 Miami to the said territorial line, and by the said territorial 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The eastern state shall be bounded by the last 〈…〉〈…〉 line, the Ohio, Pennsylvania, and the said territorial line: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 however, and it is further understood and declared, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 boundaries of these three states, shall be subject so 〈…〉〈…〉 that if congress hereafter shall find it expedient, they 〈…〉〈…〉 thority to form one, or two states, in that part of the 〈…〉〈…〉 which lies north of an east and west line drawn through the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bend or extreme of lake Michigan; and when any 〈…〉〈…〉 shall have 60,000 free inhabitants therein, such state shall be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by its delegates into the congress of the United States, on an 〈…〉〈…〉 with the original states in all respects whatever; and shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 liberty to form a permanent constitution and state government 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣vided the constitution and government 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to be formed, shall be ••••••••••∣lican, and in conformity to the principles contained in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣cles, and so far as it can be consistent with the general 〈…〉〈…〉 confederacy, such admission shall be allowed at an earlier 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when there may be a less number of free inhabitants in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 60,000.

Article 6th. There shall be neither slavery nor involuntary 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣vitude in the said territory, otherwise than in the punish•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crimes, whereof the party shall have been only convicted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 always, that any person escaping into the same, from without 〈…〉〈…〉 service is lawfully claimed in any one of the original staves, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••∣••ive may be lawfully reclaimed and conveyed to the person 〈…〉〈…〉 or her labour or service as aforesaid.

Such is the present government of the Western Territory, 〈…〉〈…〉 the political obligations of the adventures into this fertile and ••••••••∣ful part of the United States.

In the ordinance of congress, for the government of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it is provided, that after the said territory acquires a 〈…〉〈…〉 population, it shall be divided into states. The eastern state, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thus provided to be made, is bounded on the Great Miami 〈◊〉〈◊〉 west, and by the Pennsylvania line on the east. The 〈…〉〈…〉 state will fall between the Scioto and the Hockhocking. At the 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of these rivers will probably be the seat of government for this 〈◊〉〈◊〉: And, if we may indulge the sublime contemplation of behold∣•••••••• whole territory of the United States settled by an enlightened 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and continued under one extended government—on the river 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and not far from this spot, will be the seat of empire for the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••minion. This is central to the whole; it will best accom∣•••••••••• every part; it is the most pleasant, and probably the most 〈◊〉〈◊〉!

〈◊〉〈◊〉 settlement of this country has been checked, for several years 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the unhappy Indian war, an amicable termination of which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wished, might speedily take place.

SOUTHERN STATES.

THIRD, and much the largest GRAND DIVISION of the UNITED STATES comprehends.

MARYLAND, VIRGINIA, KENTUCKY, NORTH CAROLINA, TERRITORY SOUTH of OHIO, SOUTH CAROLINA, and GEORGIA.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 extensive division is bounded north, by Pennsylvania and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river; west, by the Missisippi; south, by East and West Flor∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉, by the Atlantic ocean and the Delaware state. It is inter∣•••••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a N. E. and S. W. direction by the range of Allegany 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which give rise to many noble rivers, which fall either 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Atlantic, on the east, or the Missisippi on the west. From 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 coast, 60, 80, and in some parts 100 miles back towards the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the country, generally speaking, is nearly a dead level, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 large proportion of it is covered, in its natural state, with pitch 〈◊〉〈◊〉. In the neighbourhood of stagnant waters, which abound in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country, the inhabitants are sickly. In the back, hilly and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country, they are as healthy as in any part of 〈…〉〈…〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 district of the Union contains upwards of one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 nine 〈◊〉〈◊〉 thousand inhabitants, of whom 648,439 are slaves, which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fourteenths of the whole numbers of slaves in the United 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The influence of slavery has produced a very distinguishing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the general character of the inhabitants, which, though 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to their disadvantage, has been softened and 〈…〉〈…〉 by the benign effects of the revolution, and the progress of lib∣•••••••• humanity.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 following may be considered us the principal productions of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉—tobacco, rice, indigo, wheat, corn, cotton, tar, pitch, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and lumber.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 district is fixed the permanent seat of the general government.

MARYLAND.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 134 Miles.	between	37° 56′ and 39° 44′ N. Lat. Sq. Miles. 14,000 one fourth of which is water.
Breadth 110 Miles.	0° and 4° 30′ W. Lon. Sq. Miles. 14,000 one fourth of which is water.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Pennsylvania; east, by Delaware state, and the Atlantic ocean; south and west, by Virginia.

CIVIL DIVISIONS AND POPULATION.] This state is divided in∣to 19 counties, 11 of which are on the Western, and 8 on the Eastern shore of Chesapeek Bay.

Counties.	No. Inhabitants.
Western Shore.	Harford	14,976
Baltimore	25,434
Do. Town & Precincts	13,503
Ann Arundel,	22,598
Frederick	30,791
Allegany	4,809
Washington	15,822
Montgomery	18,003
Prince George	21,344
Calvert	8,652
Charles	20,613
St. Mary's	15,544
Total	212,089

Counties	No. Inhabitants.
Eastern Shore.	Cecil	13,625
Kent	12,836
Queen A••n	15,463
Caroline	9,500
Talbot	13,084
Somerset	15,610
Dorchester	15,875
Worcester	11,640
Eastern Shore	107,639
Western Shore	212,089
Total in the state	319,728

Number of Slaves in the state 103,036.

Each of the counties sends four representatives to the house of delegates, besides which the city of Annapolis, and town of Balti∣more, send each two.

BAYS AND RIVERS.] Chesapeek Bay, as we have already hinted, divides this state into the eastern and western divisions. This bay, which is the largest in the United States, was particularly described in the general account of the United States. It affords many good fish∣eries, and is remarkable for the excellence of its crabs, and also for a particular species of wild duck, called, "Canvas back". In a com∣mercial view, it is of immense advantage to the state. It receives a number of large rivers. From the eastern shore in Maryland, among other smaller ones, it receives Pokomoke, Nanticoke, Choptank, Ches∣ter and Elk rivers. From the north, the rapid Susquehannah; and from the west, Patapsco, Severn, Patuxent and Patomak, half of which is in Maryland, and half in Virginia. Except the Susquehannah and Patomak, these are small rivers. Patapsco river is but about 30 or 40 yards wide at the ferry, just before it empties into the bason upon which Baltimore stands. Its source is in York county in Pennsylva∣nia. Its course is southwardly, till it reaches Elk ridge landing, about 8 miles westward of Baltimore; it then turns eastward, in a broad bay∣like stream, by Baltimore, which it leaves on the north, and passes in∣to the Chesapeek.

The entrance into Baltimore harbour, about a mile below Fell's Point, is hardly pistol shot across, and of course may be easily defend∣ed against naval force.

Severn is a short, inconsiderable river, passing by Annapolis, which it leaves to the south, emptying, by a broad mouth, into the Chesa∣peek.

Patuxent is a larger river than the Patapsco. It rises in Ann Arun∣del county, and runs southeastwardly, and then east into the bay, 15 or 20 miles north of the mouth of Patomak. There are several small rivers, such as Wighcocomico, Eastern Branch, Monocasy and Con∣togcheague, which empty into Patomak river from the Maryland side.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, CLIMATE, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.} East of the blue ridge of mountains, which stretches across the western part of this state, the land, like that in all the south∣ern states, is generally level and free of stones; and appears to have been made much in the same way; of course the soil must be similar, and the natural growth not remarkably different.

The ground is uniformly level and low in most of the counties on the eastern shore, and consequently covered in many places with stag∣nant water, except where it is intersected by numerous creeks. Here also are large tracts of marsh, which, during the day, load the atmos∣phere with vapour, that falls in dew, in the close of the summer and salt seasons, which are sickly. The spring and summer are most healthy.

The soil of the good land in Maryland, is of such a nature and quality as to produce from 12 to 16 bushels of wheat, or from 20 to 30 bushels of Indian corn per acre. The bushels of wheat, and 15 bushels of corn per acre, may be the annual average crops in the state at large.

Wheat and tobacco are the staple commodities. Tobacco is gener∣ally cultivated in sets, by negroes, in the following manner: The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is sown in beds of fine mould, and transplanted the beginning of May. The plants are set at the distance of 3 or 4 feet from each o∣ther, and are hilled and kept continually free of weeds. When as many leaves have shot out as the soil will nourish to advantage, the up of the plant is broken off, which prevents its growing higher. It a carefully kept clear of worms, and the suckers, which put out be∣tween the leaves, are taken off at proper times, till the plant arrives at perfection, which is in August. When the leaves turn of a brownish colour, and begin to be spotted, the plant is out down and hung up to dry, after having sweat in heaps one night. When it can be hand∣led without crumbling, which is always in most weather, the leaves are stripped from the stalk, and tied in bundles, and packed for expor∣tation in hogsheads containing 800 or 900 pounds. No suckers nor ground leaves are allowed to be merchantable. An industrious person any manage 6000 plants of tobacco, (which yield a 1000 lb.) and four acres of Indian corn.

In the interior country, on the uplands, considerable quantities of hemp and flax are raised. As long ago as 1751, in the month of Oc∣tober, no less than 60 waggons, loaded with flaxseed, came down to Baltimore from the back country.

Two articles are said to be peculiar to Maryland. viz. the genuine white, wheat, which grows in Kent, Queen Anns and Talbot counties, on the eastern shore, and which degenerates in other places—and the bright ••ate's foot tobacco, which is produced at Elkridge, on the Patux∣ent, on the Western Shore.

Among other kind, of timber is the oak, of several kinds, which is of a strait grain and easily rives into staves, for exportation. The black walnut is in demand for cabinets, tables, and other furniture. The apples of this state are large, but mealy; their peaches plenty and good. From these the inhabitants distil cyder brandy and peach brandy.

The forests abound with nuts of various kinds, which are collect∣ively called mast. On this mast vast numbers of swine are fed, which run wild in the woods. These swine, when fatted, are caught, killed, barrelled and exported in great quantities. This traffic formerly was carried on to a very considerable extent. Douglas, says, that "in the year 1733, which was a good masting year, one gentleman, a pla•••••• and merchant, in Virginia, salted up 3000 barrels of pork".

POPULATION AND CHARACTER.] The population of this state is exhibited in the foregoing table. By that it appears that the ••••∣ber of inhabitants in the state, including the negroes, is 319.728; which is nearly 23 for every square mile. The inhabitants, except in the populous towns, live on their plantations, often several miles distant from each other. To an inhabitant of the middle, and espe∣cially of the eastern states, which are thickly populated, they appear to live very retired and unsocial lives. The effects of thus compara∣tive solitude are visible in the countenances, as well as in the manners and dress of many of the country people. You observe comparative∣ly little of that cheerful sprigtliness of look and action, which as the invariable and genuine offspring of social intercourse. Nor do you find that attention paid to dress, which is common, and which decen∣cy and propriety have rendered necessary, among people who are lia∣ble to receive company almost every day. Unaccustomed, in a great measure, to frequent and friendly visits, they often suffer too much negligence in their dress. As the negroes perform all the man∣ual labour, their masters are left to saunter away life in sloth, and too often in ignorance. These observations, however, must in justice be limited to the people in the country, and to those particularly, whose poverty or parsimony prevents their spending a part of their time in populous towns, or otherwise mingling, with the world. And with these limitations, they will equally apply to all the southern states. The inhabitants of the populous towns, and those from the country who have intercourse with them, are in their manners and custom genteel and agreeable.

That pride which grows on slavery, and is habitual to those, who, from their infancy, are taught to believe and to feel their superiority, is a visible characteristic of the inhabitants of Maryland. But 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this characteristic we must not fall to connect that of hospitality to strangers, which is equally universal and obvious. Many of the wo∣men possess all the amiable, and many of the elegant accomplishments of their sex.

The inhabitants are made up of various nations of many different religious sentiments; few general observations, therefore, of a char∣acteristical

kind will apply. It may be said, however, with great 〈◊〉〈◊〉, that they are in general very federal, and friends to good gov∣ernment. They owe little money as a state, and are willing and able to discharge their debts. Their credit is very good; and although they have so great a proportion of slaves, yet a number of influenc••al gen∣tlemen, have evinced their humanity and their disposition to abolish so disreputable a traffic, by forming themselves into a society for the ••••••ition of negro slavery.

CHIEF TOWNS.] ANNAPOLIS (city) is the capital of Maryland, and the wealthiest town of its size in America. It is situated at the mo••th of Severn river, on a healthy spot, 30 miles south of Baltimore. It is a place of little note in the commercial world. The houses, a∣bout 260 in number, are generally large and elegant, indicative of great wealth. The number of inhabitants does not exceed 2000. The de∣•••••••• of those who planned the city. was to have the whole in the form in a circle, with the streets like radii, beginning at the center where 〈◊〉〈◊〉 House stands; and thence diverging in every direction. The principal part of the buildings are arranged agreeably to this awk∣•••••••• plan. The State House is an elegant building.

BALTIMORE has had the most rapid growth of any town on the eminent, and is the fourth in size and the fifth in trade in the Unit∣ed States,* 1.49 It lies in lat. 39° 21′, on the north side of Pitapsco river, round what is called the Bacon, in which the water at common tides, is about five or six feet deep. Baltimore is divided into the town and Fell's point, by a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 over which are two bridges; but the houses extend, in a soa••se 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on, from one to the other. At Fell's wint the water is deep enough for ships of burden; but small vessels only go up to the town. The situation of the town is low and was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 unhealthy; but the increase of houses, and of course, of smoke, the tendency or which is to destroy or to dispel damp and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wholesome vapours, and the improvements that have been made, particularly that of passing the sheets, have rendered it tolerably ••••lthy. The houses were numbered in 1787, and found to be 1955; about 1200 of which were in the town, and the rest at Fell's point. The present number is about 2300. The number of ware houses and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is 164, and of churches nine, which belong to German ••••••inists and Lutherans, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Roman Cath∣••••••••ks, Baptists, Methodists. Quakers, Nicolites, or New Quakers. The number of inhabitants in the town and precincts, according to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 1790 was 13,503. There are many very respectable fami∣•••••• in Baltimore, who five genteely—are hospitable to strangers, and contain a friendly and improving intercourse with each other; but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the inhabitants, recently collected from almost all quarters of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 world—bent on the pursuit of wealth—varying in their habits, their ••••••ners and their religions, have yet their general character to form. Market street is the principal street in the town, and runs nearly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and west, a mile in length, parallel with the water. This is cros∣•••••• by several other streets leading from the water, a number of which, particularly Calvert, South and Gay streets, are well built. North and east of the town the land rises and affords a fine prospect of the town and bay. Belvidera, the seat of Col. Howard,

exhibits a fine landscape. The town—the point—the shipping both in the bason and at Fell's point—the bay as far as the eye can reach—rising ground on the right and left of the harbour—a grove of trees on the declivity at the right—a stream of water breaking over the rocks at the foot of the hill on the left, all conspire to complete the beauty and grandeur of the prospect.

GEORGETOWN stands on the bank of the River Patomak, about 160 miles from its entrance into Chesapeek Bay. The ground on which it stands is very broken, being a cluster of little hills, which, though at present elevated considerably above the surface of the river, were probably, at some former period overflowed, as at the depth of 8 or 10 feet below the surface, marine shells have been found. Dr. Martin, concludes an account of the climate and diseases, of this town, in the following words—

"Upon the whole, Georgetown and its vicinity may be considered as a healthy part of America; and in any disputes about the propriety of the seat of the general government being fixed here, no objection can be urged against it on account of its diseases."

FREDERICKTOWN is a fine flourishing inland town, of upwards of 300 houses, built principally of brick and stone, and mostly on one broad street. It is situated in a fertile country, about 4 miles south of Catokton mountain and is a place of considerable trade. It has four places for public worship, one for Presbyterians, two for Dutch Luther∣ans and Calvinists, and one for Baptists; besides a public goal and a brick market house.

HAGARSTOWN is but little inferior to Fredericktown, and is situated in the beautiful and well cultivated valley of Conegocheague, and carries on a considerable trade with the western country.

ELLTON is situated near the head of Chesapeek bay, on a small river which bears the name of the town. It enjoys great advantages from the carrying trade between Baltimore and Philadelphia. The tides ebb and flow to this town.

The city of WASHINGTON, in the territory of COLUMBIA, was ceded, by the states of Virginia and Maryland, to the United States, and by them established as the seat of their government, after the year 1800. This city, which is now building, stands at the junction of the rivers Pato∣mak and the Eastern branch, latitude 38° 53′ North, extending nearly four miles up each, and including a tract of territory, exceeded, in point of convenience, salubrity, and beauty, by none in America. For al∣though the land in general, appears level, yet by gentle and gradual swellings, a variety of elegant prospects are produced, and a sufficient descent formed for conveying off the water occasioned by rain. Within the limits of the city are a great number of excellent springs; and by digging wells, water of the best quality may readily be h••d. Besides, the never failing streams, that now run through that territory, may also be collected for the use of the city. The waters of Reedy branch, and of Tiber creek, may be conveyed to the President's house. The source of Tiber creek is elevated about 236 feet above the level of the tide in said creek. The perpendicular height of the ground on which the capital is to stand, is 78 feet above the level of the tide in Tiber creek. The water of Tiber creek, may, therefore, be conveyed to the capital, and, after watering that part of the city, may be destined to other useful purposes.

The Eastern branch is one of the safest and most commodious har∣bours in America, being sufficiently deep for the largest ships, for a∣bout four miles above its mouth, while the channel lies close along the bank adjoining the city, and affords a large and convenient har∣bour—The Patomak, although only navigable for small craft, for a considerable distance from its banks next to the city (excepting a∣•••••• half a mile above the junction of the rivers) will nevertheless af∣ford a capacious summer harbour; as an immense number of ships by ride in the great channel, opposite to, and below the city.

The situation of this metropolis is upon the great post road, equi∣••••ant from the northern and southern extremities of the Union, and nearly so from the Atlantic and Pittsburg, upon the best naviga∣••••••, and in the midst of a commercial territory, probably the rich∣est, and commanding the most extensive internal resources of any is America. It has therefore many advantages to recommend it, as is eligible place for the permanent seat of the general government; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as it is likely to be speedily built, and otherwise improved, by the public spirited enterprize of the people of the United States, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by foreigners, it may be expected to grow up with a degree of ••••••lity hitherto unparalleled in the annals of cities.

The plan of this city appears to contain some important improve∣ments upon that of the best planned cities in the world, combining, in a remarkable degree, convenience, regularity, elegance of prospect, and a free circulation of air.—The positions for the different public 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and for the several squares and areas of different shapes as lay are laid down, were first determined on the most advantageous stand, commanding the most extensive prospects, and from their ••••••tion, susceptible of such improvements as either use or ornament 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hereafter require. The Capitol will be situated on a most beau∣tiful eminence, commanding a complete view of every part of the ci∣•••••• and of a considerable part of the country around. The Presr∣••••••'s house will stand on a rising ground, possessing a delightful wa∣•••• prospect, together with a commanding view of the Capitol, and the most material parts of the city. Lines, or avenues, of direct com∣munication, have been devised to connect the most distant and impor∣tant objects. These transverse avenues, or diagonal streets, are laid 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the most advantageous ground for prospect and convenience, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are calculated not only to produce a variety of charming pros∣••••••, but greatly to facilitate the communication throughout the ci∣••••••—North and south lines, intersected by others running due east and west, make the distribution of the city into streets, squares, &c. and those lines have been so combined as to meet at certain given ••••ints, with the divergent avenues, so as to form, on the spaces first strained, the different squares or areas.—The grand avenues, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 streets as lead immediately to public places, are from 130 to 160 feet wide, and may be conveniently divided into footways, a walk 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with trees on each side, any a paved way for carriages. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 streets are from 90 to 110 feet wide.

In order to execute this plan, Mr. Elhcott draw a true meridionad 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by celestial observation, which passes through the area intended 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Capitol. This line he crossed by another, running due east and west, which passes through the same area. These lines were ac∣••••ely measured, and made the bases on which the whole plan was ••••••ted. He ran all the lines by a transit instrument, and deter∣mined

the acute angles by actual measurement, leaving nothing to the uncertainly of the compass.* 1.50

MINES AND MANUFACTURIES.] Mines of iron ore, of a superior quality, abound in many parts of the state. Furnaces for running this ore into pigs and hollow ware, and forges to refine pig iron into bars, are numerous, and worked to great extent and profit. This is the only manufacture of importance carried on in the state, except it be that of wheat into flour and curing tobacco.

TRADE.] The trade of Maryland is principally carried on from Baltimore, with the other states, with the West Indies, and with some parts of Europe. To these places they send annually about 30,000 hogsheads of tobacco, besides large quantities of wheat, flour, pig iron, lumber and corn—beans, pork and flax seed in smaller quantities 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and receive in return, clothing for themselves and negroes, and other dry goods, wines, spirits, sugars and other West India commodities. The balance is generally in their favour.

The total amount of exports from Baltimore	Dols.	Cts.
from Oct. 1, 1739, to Sept. 30, 1790, was	2,027,777	64
Value of imports for the same time,	1,945,899	55
Exports from Oct. 1, 1790, to Sept. 30, 1791.	3,131,227	55

During the last mentioned period, the quantity of wheat exported was 205,571 bushels—Indian corn 205,643 do.—buck wheat 4,286 do. peas, 10,619 do. besides 151,445 barrels of wheat flour, 4,325 do. Indian meal, 6,761 do. bread, and 3,10½ kegs of crackers.

RELIGION.] The Roman Catholics, who were the first settled i•• Maryland, are the most numerous religious sect. Besides these the•••• are Protestant Episcopalians, English, Scotch and Irish Presbyterians, German Calvinists, German Lutherans, Friends, Baptists, Methodist, Mennonists, Nicolites or new Quakers; who all enjoy liberty of conscience.

SEMINARIES OF LEARNING, &c.] Washington academy, in So••••∣erset county, was instituted by law in 1779. It was founded and is supported by voluntary subscriptions and private donations, and is au∣thorized to receive gifts and legacies, and to hold 2000 acres of land. A supplement to the law, passed in 1784, increased the number of trus∣tees from eleven to fifteen.

In 1782, a college was instituted at Chestertown, in Kent county, and was honoured with the name of WASHINGTON COLLEGE, after President Washington. It is under the management of 24 visitors or governors, with power to supply vacancies, and hold estates whose yearly value shall not exceed 6000l. current money. By a law enact∣ed in 1787, a permanent fund was granted to this institution of 1250l. a year, currency, out of the monies arising from marriage licenses, fines and forfeitures on the Eastern Shore.

St. John's College was instituted in 1784, to have also 24 trustees, with power to keep up the succession by supplying vacancies, and to receive an annual income of 9000l. A permanent fund is assigned this college, of 1750l. a year, out of the monies arising from marriage licenses, ordinary licenses. fines and forfeitures on the Western Shore. This college is to beat Annapolis, where a building is now prepared for

it. Very liberal subscriptions were obtained towards founding and carry∣ing on these seminaries. The two colleges constitute one university, by the name of 'the University of Maryland,' whereof the governor of the State, for the time being, is chancellor, and the principal of one of them, vice chancellor, either by seniority or by election, as may ••••easter be provided for by rule or by law. The chancellor is em∣••••ered to call a meeting of the trustees, or a representation of men of each, and two of the members of the faculty of each, (the principal being one) which meeting is stiled 'The Convocation of the university of Mary land,' who are to frame the laws, preserve uni∣versity of manners and literature in the colleges, confer the higher 〈◊〉〈◊〉 determine appeals, &c.

The Roman Catholics have also erected a college at Georgetown, ••••••••mak river, for the promotion of general literature.

In 1••85, the Methodists instituted a college at Abington, in Harford 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the name of Cokesbury college, after Thomas Coke, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Asbury, bishops of the Methodist Episcopal Church. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 edifice is of brick, handsomely built, on a healthy spot; enjoy∣•••••• a fine air, and a very extensive prospect.

The students, who are to consist of the sons of travelling preachers, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sons of annual subscribers, the sons of the members of the Method 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ciety and orphans, are instructed in English, Latin, Greek, Logic, ••••••••ric, History, Geography, Natural Philosophy and Astronomy; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 when the finances of the college will ad••••••, they are to be taught 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hebrew, French and German languages.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 college was erected and is supported wholly by subscription 〈◊〉〈◊〉 voluntary donations.

The students have regular hours for rising, for prayers, for their meals, ••••udy and for recreation. They are all to be in bed precisely at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 o'clock. Their recreations, (for they are to be 'indulged in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which the world calls play') are gardening walking, riding 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bathing without doors; and within doors, the carpenters, joiners 〈◊〉〈◊〉 makers or turners' business. Suitable provision is made for the several occupations, which are to be considered, not as masters ••••ugery and constraint, but as pleasing and healthful recreations, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the body and mind. Another o•• their rules, which though 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and singular, is favourable to the health and vigour of the body 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mind, is, that the students shall not sleep on feather beds, but on ••••••resses, and each one by himself. Particular attention is paid to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 morals and religion of the students.

There are a few other literary institutions, of inferior note, in dif∣ferent parts of the state, and provision is made for free schools in most of the counties; though some are entirely neglected, and very few 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on with any success: so that a great proportion of the lower 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of people are ignorant; and there are not a few who cannot write 〈◊〉〈◊〉 names. But the revolution, among other happy effects, has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the spirit of education, which is salt spreading its salutary influ∣ence over this and the other southern states.

••••TURAL CURIOSITIES.] There are several remarkable caves in ••••••••estern part of this state, but particular and accurate descriptions ••••em, have not been received.

EXPENSES OF GOVERN∣MENT AND TAXES.} The annual expenses of government are estimated at about 20,000l. currency. The revenue arises chiefly from taxes on real and personal property.

CONSTITUTION.] The legislature is composed of two district branches, a Senate and house of Delegates, and stiled The General assembly of Maryland. The senators are elected in the following manner. On the first of September, every fifth year, the freemen choose two men in each county to be electors of the senate, and the elector for the city of Annapolis, and one for the town of Baltimore. These electors must have the qualifications necessary for county 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gates. These electors meet at Annapolis, or such other place on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be appointed for convening the legislature, on the third Monday 〈◊〉〈◊〉 September, every fifth year, and elect by ballot fifteen senators one of their own body or from the people at large. Nine of these must 〈◊〉〈◊〉 residents on the western shore, and six on the eastern—they must 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more than twenty five years of age—must have resided in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more than three years next preceding the election, and have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 personal property above the value of a thousand pounds. The ••••••∣ate may originate and bills, except money bills, to which they can ••••••∣ly give their assent of dissent. The senate choose their president 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ballot. The house of delegates is composed of four members for each county, chosen annually the first Monday in October. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Annapolis and town of Baltimore send each two delegates. The qualifications of a delegate, are, full age, one year's residence in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 county where be is chosen, and real and personal property above the value of five hundred pounds. Both houses choose their own 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and judge of the election of their members. A majority of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quorum. The election of senators and delegates is viva voce, and ••••••∣iffs the returning officers, except in Baltimore town, where the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 missioners superintend the elections and make returns. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 session of the legislature is on the first Monday in November.—The qualifications of a freeman are full age, a freehold estate of fifty 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of land, and actual residence in the county where he offers to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 property to the value of thirty pounds in any part of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and a year's residence in the county where he offers to vote.

On the second Monday in November, annually, a governor is ap∣pointed by the joint ballot of both houses, taken in each house re∣spectively, and deposited in a conference room; where the boxes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 examined by a joint committee of both houses, and the number 〈◊〉〈◊〉 votes severally reported. The governor cannot continue in offi•••••• longer than three years successively, nor be reelected until the expira∣tion of four years after he has been out of office.—The qualification for the chief magistracy, are twenty five years of age, five years ••••••••∣dence in the state, next preceding the election, and real and persb•••••••• estate above the value of five thousand pounds, one thousand on which must be freehold estate.—On the second Tuesday of November, an∣nually, the senators and delegates elect by joint ballot, five able 〈◊〉〈◊〉 discreet men, above twenty five years of age, residents in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 three years next preceding the election, and possessing a freehold 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lands and tenements above the value of a thousand pounds, to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 council for assisting the governor in the duties of his office.—Senators delegates and members of council, whilst such, can hold no other office of profit, nor receive the profits of any office exercised by another.—The governor with the advice of his council, appoints the chancellor

〈◊〉〈◊〉 all judges and justices, the attorney general, naval and militia 〈◊〉〈◊〉, registers of the land office, surveyors, and all other civil offi∣•••••• except constables, assessors and overseers of the roads.—A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of appeals is established for the final determination of all causes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may be brought from the general court* 1.51 of admiralty, or of ••••••••ery

This constitution was established by a convention of delegates, at 〈◊〉〈◊〉, August 14, 1776.

HISTORY.] Maryland was granted by king Charles I. to George 〈◊〉〈◊〉,† 1.53 baron of Baltimore, in Ireland, June 20, 1632. The gov∣ernment of the province, was by charter, vested in the proprietary; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it appears that he either never exercised these powers alone, or but ••••ort time; for we find that in 1637, the freemen rejected a body 〈◊〉〈◊〉 drawn up in England, and transmitted by his lordship, in or∣•••••• be passed for the government of the province. In the place of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they proposed forty two bills to be enacted into laws, by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the proprietary. These were however never enacted; at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they are not on record.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Honourable Leonard Calvert, Esq Lord Baltimore's brother, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 first governor, or lieutenant general. In 1638, a law was 〈◊〉〈◊〉, constituting the first regular House of Assembly, which was to

consist of such representatives, called 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as should be elected pursuant to writs issued by the governor. These burgesses possessed all the powers of the persons electing them; but any other freemen, who did not assent to the election, might take their seats in person. Twelve burgesses or freemen, with the lieutenant general and secretary, con∣stituted the assembly or legislature. This assembly sat at St. Mary's, one of the southern counties, which was the first settled part of Mary∣land.

In 1642, it was enacted that 10 members of the assembly, of whom the governor and six burgesses were to be 7, should be a house; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sickness should prevent that number from attending, the members present should make a house.

In 1644▪ one Ingle excited a rebellion, forced the governor to fly to Virginia for aid and protection, and seized the records and the great seal; the last of which, with most of the records of the prov∣ince, were lost or destroyed. From this period, to the year 1647, when order was restored, the proceedings of the provinces are involv∣ed in obscurity.

In July, 1646, the house of assembly, or more properly the burgesses requested that they might be separated into two branches—the burgesses by themselves, with a negative upon bills. This was not granted by the lieutenant general at that time; but in 1650, an act was passed di∣viding the assembly into two houses. The governor, secretary, and any one or more of the council, formed the Upper House; the delegated from the several hundreds, who now represent the freemen, formed the Lower House. At this time there were in the province but two counties, St. Mary's and the Isle of Kent; but Ann Arundel was added the same session. This was during the administration of gov∣ernor Stone.

In 1654, during Cromwell's usurpation in England, an act was pas∣sed, restraining the exercise of the Roman Catholic religion. The must have been procured by the mere terror of Cromwell's power for the first and principal inhabitants were Catholic. Indeed the power of Cromwell was not established in Maryland without force and bloodshed. His friends and foes came to an open rupture, an engage∣ment ensued, governor Stone was taken prisoner and condemned 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be shot. This sentence however was not executed, but he was ke•••• a long time confinement.

In March, 1658, Josiah Fendall, Esq was appointed lieutenant general of Maryland by commission from Oliver Cromwell. He dis∣solved the upper house, and surrendered the powers of government in to the hands of the delegates.

Upon the restoration in 1660, the Honourable Phillip Calvert, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was appointed governor; the old form of government was revived Fendall, and one Gerrard, a counsellor, were indicted, found guilty and condemned to banishment, with the loss of their estates; but up on petition they were pardoned.

In 1689, the government was taken out of the hands of Lord Bal∣timore by the grand convention of England; and in 1692 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••opley was appointed governor by commission from William 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Mary.

In 1692, the Protestant religion was established by law.

In 1699, under the administration of governor Blackiston, it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 enacted that Annapolis should be the seat of government.

In 1716, the government of this Province was restored to the pro∣prietary, and continued in his hands till the late revolution, when, ••••ough a minor, his property in the lands was confiscated, and the government assumed by the freemen of the province, who formed the constitution now existing. At the close of the war, Henry Harford, Esq the natural son and heir of Lord Baltimore, petitioned the legis∣lature of Maryland for his estate; but his petition was not granted. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Harford estimated his loss of quit-rents, valued at twenty years ••••••chase and including arrears, at £259,488:5:0, dollars at 7••6—and the value of his manors and reserved lands at £327,441 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 money.

LIST of GOVERNORS, with the date of their appointments.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Leonard Calvert. Esq appointed Governor,	1637
Thomas Green, Esq	1647
William Stone, Esq	1649
The government remained in the hands of the parliament commissioners during the time of Oliver Cromwell's usur∣pation	1654
The commissioners, by certain articles of agreement then en∣••••••ed into, delivered up the government into the hands of Jo∣siah Fendale, Esq then governor	1658
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Phillip Calvert made Governor	1660
Charles Calvert, Esq	1662
Upon the death of Cecilius, the government descended to Charles, Lord Baltimore, who came into the province	1675
••••••mas Notly, Esq Governor	1678
Who continued till his Lordship returned a second time to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 province in	1681
King William and Queen Mary took upon them the gov∣ernment, and appointed Lyonel Copley, Esq Governor	1692
••••••ncis Nicholson, Esq	1694
Upon the death of Queen Mary, the government was altoge∣ther in the hands of King William the III.	1696
Daniel Blackiston, Esq Governor	1699
By the death of King William III. Queen Ann took upon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the government—and the same governor was continued	1701-2
••••••mas Finch, Esq President	1703
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Seymour, Esq Governor	1704
••••••ard Lloyd, Esq President	1704
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hart, Esq Governor	1714
Upon the death of Queen Ann, King George the I. took 〈◊〉〈◊〉 him the government—and the same governor was con∣••••ed	1715
The government was restored to Charles, Lord Baltimore, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 issued a new commission to John Hart, Esq	1716
••••rles Calvert, Esq Governor	1720
••••••edict Leonard Calvert, Esq Governor	1727
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Proprietor came into the province in	1733
〈◊〉〈◊〉 returned to England	1734
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ogle, Esq Governor	1737
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Bladen, Esq Governor	1742
〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ogle, Esq Governor	1747

By the Death of Charles, Lord Baltimore, the province de∣scended to his son Frederick.—Governor Ogle died the same year	1752
Benjamin Tasker, Esq President	1751
Horatio Sharp, Esq Governor	1753
Robert Eden, Esq Governor	1769
Frederick, Lord Baron of Baltimore, died	1771
Robert Eden, Esq Governor	1773

Some of the governors since the revolution have been—

• Thomas Johnson, Jun.
• William Paca
• Thomas Sim Lee
• William Smallwood
• John Eager Howard
• George Plater

VIRGINIA.* 1.54

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 446 Miles.	between	0° and 8° W. Lon. Square Miles. 70,000
Breadth 224 Miles.	36° 30′ and 40° 30′ N. Lat. Square Miles. 70,000

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Maryland, part of Pennsylvania and Ohio river; west, by Kentucky; south, by North Carolina; east, by the Atlantic ocean.

CIVIL DIVISIONS AND POPULATIONS.] This state is divided in∣to 82 counties, (and by another division into parishes) which, with the number of inhabitants, according to the census of 1790, are mentioned in the following table.

TABLE.

	Counties.	Slaves.	Tot. Inhab.
West of the Blue Ridge.	Ohio	281	5212
Monongalia	154	4768
Washington	450	5625
Montgomery	2087	23752
Wythe
Botetourt
Greenbria••	319	6015
Kanawa
Hampshire	454	7346
Berkley	2932	19713
Frederick	4250	19681
Shenendoah	512	10510
Rockingham	772	7449
Augusta	1222	10886
Rockbridge	682	6548

[figure]

MAP of the States of VIRGINIA NORTH CAROLINA SOUTH CAROLINA and GEORGIA Comprehending the Spanish Provinces of EAST and WEST FLORIDA Exhibiting the boundaries between the United States and Spanish Dominions as fixed by the Treaty of Paris in 1783 Comp••••ed from 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Observations

By Joseph Purrell

	Counties	Slaves	Total Inhab.
〈…〉〈…〉	Loudoun	4030	18962
Fauquier	6642	17892
Culpepper	8226	22105
Spotsylvania	5933	11252
Orange	4421	9921
Louisa	4573	8467
Goochland	4656	9053
Flavania	1466	3921
Albemarle	5579	12585
Amherst	5296	13703
Buckingham	4168	9779
Bedford	2754	10531
Henry	1551	8479
Pittsylvania	2979	11579
Halifax	5565	14722
Charlotte	4816	10078
Prince Edward	3986	8100
Cumberland	4434	8153
Powhatan	4325	6822
Amelia	11307	18097
Nottaway
Lunenburg	4332	8959
Mecklenburg	6762	14733
Brunswick	6776	12827
〈…〉〈…〉	Greensville	3620	6362
Dinwiddie	7334	13934
Chesterfield	7487	14214
Prince George	45••9	8173
Surry	3097	6227
Sussex	5387	10554
Southampton	5993	12864
Isle of Wight	3867	9028
Nansemond	3817	9010
Norfolk	5345	14524
Princess Ann	3202	7793
〈…〉〈…〉	Henrico	5819	12000
Hanover	8223	14754
New Kent	3700	6239
Charles City	3141	5518
James City	2405	4070
Williamsburg	2760	5233
York
Warwick	990	1690
Elizabeth City	1876	3450
Caroline	10292	17489
〈…〉〈…〉	King William	5151	8128
King and Queen	5143	9377
Essex	5440	9122
Middlesex	2558	4140
Gloucester	7063	13498

Between Rappa∣hannoc and Pato∣mak rivers.	Fairfax	4574	12320
Prince William	4704	11615
Stafford	4036	9588
King George	4157	7366
Richmond	3984	6985
Westmoreland	4425	7722
Northumberland	4460	9163
Lancaster	3236	5638
East shore	Accomac	4262	13959
Northampton	3244	6889

The following are new counties.

Counties.	Slaves.	Total Inhab.
Camphell	2488	7685
Franklin	1073	6842
Harrison	67	2080
Randolph	19	951
Hardy	369	7336
Pendleton	73	2452
Russell	190	3338
Total amount	292,627	454,983

The whole number of Inhabitants 747,610

Kentucky, which till lately belonged to this state, contains 73,677 inhabitants, which, added to 747,610, makes 821,287.

In the year 1781, a very inaccurate census was taken, several coun∣ties made no return: but supplying by conjecture the deficiencies, the population of Virginia was then computed at 567,614—The increase then is 258,673, and is as 9 to 13 in 10 years.

The increase of slaves, during those 10 years, has been less than it had been observed for a century before—The reason is, that about 30,000 slaves perished with the small pox or camp fever caught from the British army, or went off with them while Lord Cornwallis was roving over that state.

CLIMATE.] In an extensive country, it will be expected that the climate is not the same in all its parts. It is remarkable that, proceed∣ing on the same parallel of latitude westwardly, the climate becomes colder in like manner as when you proceed northwardly. This con∣tinues to be the case till you attain the summit of the Allegany, which is the highest land between the ocean and the Missisippi. From thence, descending in the same latitude to the Missisippi, the changes reverses; and, if we may believe travellers, it becomes warmer there than it is in the same latitude on the sea side. Their testimony is strengthened by the vegetables and animals which submit and multiply there natur∣ally, and do not on the sea coast. Thus catalpas grow spontaneously on the Missisippi, as far as the latitude of 37°, and feeds as far as 3••°. Parroquets even winter on the Scioto, in the 39th degree of lat∣itude.

The S. W. winds, east of the mountains, are most predominant. Next to these, on the sea coast, the N. E. and at the mountains, the N. W. winds prevail. The difference between these winds is very great. The N. E. is loaded with vapour, insomuch that the salt man∣ufacturers have found that their chrystals would not shoot while that blows; it occasions a distressing chill, and a heaviness and depression of the spirits. The N. W. is dry, cooling, elastic and animating.

The E. and S. E. breezes come on generally in the afternoon. They have advanced into the country very sensibly within the memory of people now living. Mr. Jefferson reckons the extremes of heat and cold to be 98° above, and 6° below 0, in Farenheit's Thermom∣eter.

That fluctuation between heat and cold, so destructive to fruit, pre∣vails less in Virginia than in Pennsylvania, in the spring season; nor is the overflowing of the rivers in Virginia so extensive or so frequent at that season, as those of the New England states; because the snows in the former do not lie accumulating all winter, to be dissolved all at once i•• the spring, as they do sometimes in the latter. In Virginia, below the mountains, snow seldom lies more than a day or two, and seldom a 〈◊〉〈◊〉; and the large rivers seldom freeze over. This fluctuation on of ••••••ther, however, is sufficient to render the winters and spring•• very an wholesome, as the inhabitants have to walk in almost perpetual 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

The months of June and July, though often the hottest, are the must healthy in the year. The weather is then dry and less liable to change than in August and September, when the rain commences, and sudden variations take place.

On the sea coast, the land is low, generally within 12 feet of the level of the sea, intersected in all directions with salt creeks and riv∣ers, the heads of which form swamps and marshes, and fenny ground, covered with water, in wet seasons.—The uncultivated lands are cov∣ered with large trees, and thick underwood. The vicinity of the sea, and salt creeks and rivers, occasion a constant moisture and warmth of the atmosphere, so that although under the same latitude, 100 or 150 miles in the country, deep snows, and frozen rivers frequently happen, for a short season, yet here such occurrences are considered as pheno∣mena for these reasons, the trees are often in bloom as early as the last of February; from this period, however, till the end of April, the inhabitants are incommoded by cold rains, piercing wind, and sharp frosts, which subjects them to the inflammatory diseases, known 〈◊〉〈◊〉 under the names of pleurisy and peripneumony.

RIVERS AND CANALS.] An inspection of the map of Virginia, will give a better idea of the geography of its rivers, than any description 〈◊〉〈◊〉 writing. Their navigation may be imperfectly noted.

Roanoke, so far as it lies within this state, is no where navigable, but for canoes, or light batteaux; and even for these, in such detached parcels as to have prevented the inhabitants from availing themselves of it at all.

James River, and its waters, afford navigation as follows. The whole of Elizabeth River, the lowest of those which run into James River, is a harbour, and would contain upwards of 300 ships. The channel is from 150 to 200 fathoms wide, and at common flood tide, affords 18 feet water to Norfolk. The Strafford, a 60 up ship, went there, lightening herself to cross the bar at Sowell's point. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rodrigue, pierced for 64 guns, and carrying 50, went there with∣out lightening. Craney island, at the mouth of this river, commands the channel tolerably well.

Nansemond River is navigable to Sleepy Hole, for vessels of 250 tons; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Suffolk, for those of 100 tons; and to Milner's, for those of 25.

Pagan Creek affords 8 or 10 feet water to Smithfield, which admits ves∣sels of 20 tons. Chickahominy has at its mouth a bar, on which is on∣ly 12 feet water at common flood tide. Vessels passing that, may go 8 miles up the river; those of ten feet draught may go four miles further, and those of 6 tons burthen, 20 miles further.

Appamattox may be navigated as far as Broadways, by any vessel which has crossed Harrison's bar in James river; it keeps 8 or 9 feet water a mile or two higher up to Fisher's bar, and four feet on that and upwards to Petersburg, where all navigation ceases.

James river itself affords harbour for vessels of any size in Hampton Road, but not in safety through the whole winter; and there is nav∣igable water for them as far as Mulberry island. A forty gun ship goes to Jamestown, and, lightening herself, may pass to Harrison's bar, on which there is only 15 feet water. Vessels of 250 tons may go to Warwick; those of 125 go to Rocket's, a mile below Richmond; from thence is about seven feet water to Richmond; and about the centre of the town, four feet and a half, where the navigation is in∣terrupted by falls, which in a course of six miles descend about 80 feet perpendicular: Above these it is resumed in canoes and batteaux, and is prosecuted safely and advantageously to within 10 miles of the Blue Ridge; and even through the Blue Ridge a ton weight has been brought; and the expense would not be great, when compared with its object, to open a tolerable navigation up Jackson's river and Carpenter's creek, to within 25 miles of Howard's creek of Green Bri∣ar, both of which have then water enough to float vessels into the Great Kanhaway. In some future state of population, it is possible that its navigation may also be made to interlock with that of Patomak, and through that to communicate by a short portage with the Ohio. It is to be noted, that this river is called in the maps James river, only to its confluence with the Rivanna; thence to the Blue Ridge it is called the Fluvanna, and thence to its source; Jackson's river. But in common speech it is called James river to its source.

The Rivanna a branch of James river, is navigable for canoes and batteaux to its intersection with the South West mountains, which is about 22 miles; and may easily be opened to navigation through those mountains, to its fork above Charlottesville.

York River, at Yorktown, affords the best harbour in the state for vessels of the largest size. The river there narrows to the width of a mile, and is contained within very high banks, close under which the vessels may ride. It holds four fathom water at high tide for 25 miles above York to the mouth of Po••opotank, where the river is a mile and a half wide, and the channel only 75 fathom, and passing under a high bank. At the confluence of Pamunkey and Mattapony, it is re∣duced to three fathom depth, which continues up Pamunkey to Cum∣berland, where the width is 100 yards, and up Mattapony to within two miles of Frazier's ferry, where it becomes two and a half fathom deep, and holds that about five miles. Pamunkey is then capable of navigation for loaded flats to Brockman's bridge, 50 miles above Han∣over town, and Mattapony to Downer's bridge, 70 miles above its mouth.

Piankatank, the little rivers making out of Mobjack Bay and those of the Eastern shore, receive only very small vessels, and these can but enter them. Rappahannok affords 4 fathom water to Hobb's Hole, and two fathom from thence to Fredericksburg, 110 miles.

Patomak is 7½ miles wide at the mouth; 4frac12; at Nomony Bay; 3 at Aq••ia; 1½ at Halloing Point; 1¼ at Alexandria. Its soundings aro, 7 fathom at the mouth; 5 at St. George's Island; 4 and a half at lower Matchodic; 3 at Swan's Point, and thence up to Alexandria; thence 10 feet water to the falls, which are 13 miles above Alexan∣dria. The tides in the Patomak are not very strong, excepting after great rains, when the ebb is pretty strong—then there is little or no flood—and there is never more than 4 or 5 hours flood, except with long and strong south winds.

The distance from the Capes of Virginia to the termination of the tide water in this river is above 300 miles; and navigable for ships of the greatest burthen, nearly that distance. From thence this river, ob∣structed by four considerable falls, extends through a vast tract of in∣habited country towards its source. These falls are, 1st, The Little folk, three miles above tide water, in which distance there is a fall of of feet: 2d, The Great Falls, six miles higher, where is a fall of 76 feet in one mile and a quarter: 3d, The Seneca Falls, six miles above the former, which form short, irregular rapids, with a fall of about 10 feet; and 4th, the Shenandoah Falls, 60 miles from the Seneca, where is a fall of about 30 feet in three miles: From which last, Fort Cumber∣land is about 120 miles distant. The obstructions, which are opposed to the navigation above and between these falls, are of little conse∣quence

Early in the years 1785, the legislature of Virginia and Maryland passed acts to encourage opening the navigation of this river. It was estimated that the expense of the works would amount to 50,000l. ster∣ling and ten years were allowed for their completion. The president and directors of the incorporated company have since supposed that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 would be adequate to the operation, and that it will be ac∣complished in a shorter period than was stipulated. Their calculations as sounded on the progress already made, and the summary mode es∣tablished for enforcing the collection of the dividends, as the money may become necessary.

According to the opinion of the president and directors, locks* 1.55 will be necessary at no more than two places—the Great and the Little Falls: Six at the former, and three at the latter. At the latter nothing had been attempted in 1789. At the Great Falls, where the difficulties were judged by many to be insurmountable, the work is nearly or quite completed. At the Seneca Falls, the laborious parts of the business

is entirely accomplished, by removing the obstacles and making the descent more gradual; so that nothing remained, in 1789, but to finish the channel for this gentle current in a workmanlike manner. At the Shenandoah, where the river breaks through the Blue Ridge, through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 prodigious quantity of labour has been bestowed, yet the passage is not yet perfected. Such proficiency has been made, however, that an avenue for a partial navigation has been opened from Fort Cumber∣land to the Great Falls, which are within nine miles of a shipping port.* 1.56

As soon as the proprietors shall begin to receive toll, they will doubtless find an ample compensation for their pecuniary advances. By an estimate made many years ago, it was calculated that the amount, in the commencement, would be at the rate of 11,875l. Virginia cur∣rency, per annum. The toll must every year become more productive; as the quantity of articles for exportation will be augmented is a ra∣pid ratio, with the encrease of population and the extention of settle∣ments. In the mean time the effect will be immediately seen in the agriculture of the interior country; for the multitude of horse now employed in carrying produce to market, will then be used altogether for the purpose of tillage. But, in order to form just conceptions of the utility of this inland navigation, it would be requisite to notice the long rivers which empty into the Patomak, and even to take a survey of the geographical position of the western waters.

The Shenandoah, which empties just above the Blue Mountains, may, according to report, be made navigable, at a trifling expense, more than 150 miles from its confluence with the Patomak; and will receive and bear the produce of the richest part of the state. Com∣missioners have been appointed to form a plan, and to estimate the ex∣pense of opening the channel of this river, if on examination it should be found practicable. The South Branch, still higher, is navigable i•• its actual condition nearly or quite 100 miles, through exceedingly fertile lands. Between these, on the Virginia side, are several smaller rivers, that may with ease be improved, so as to afford a passage for boats. On the Maryland side are the Monocasy, Antietam, and co••∣egocheague, some of which pass through the state of Maryland, and have their sources in Pennsylvania.

From Fort Cumberland, (or Wills' Creek) one or two good waggon roads may be had (where the distance is said by some to be 35 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other 40 miles) to the Youghiogany, a large and navigable branch of the Monongahela, which last forms a junction with the Allegany at Fort Pitt.

But, by passing farther up the Patomak, than Fort Cumberland, which may very easily be done, a portage by a good waggon road to Cheat river, another large branch of the Monongahela, can be obtain∣ed through a space which some say is 20, others 22, others 25, and none more than 30 miles.

When we have arrived at either of these western waters, the navigation through that immense region is opened by a thousand directions, and to the lakes in several places by portages of less than 10 miles; and by one portage, it is asserted, of not more than a sin∣gle mile.

Notwithstanding it was sneeringly said by some foreigners, at the beginning of this undertaking, that the Americans are fond of en∣gaging in splendid projects which they could never accomplish; yet it is hoped the success of this first essay towards improving their in∣•••••• navigation, will, in some degree, rescue them from the reproach ••••••••ded to have been fixed upon their national character, by the un∣marked imputation.

The Great Kanhawa is a river of considerable note for the fertility of its lands, and still more, as leading towards the head waters of James river. Nevertheless, it is doubtful whether its great and nume∣•••••••• rapids will admit a navigation, but at an expense to which it will require ages to render its inhabitants equal. The great obstacles be∣•••••• at what are called the Great Falls, 90 miles above the mouth, be∣•••••• which are only five or six rapids, and these passable, with some difficulty even at low water. From the falls to the mouth of Green 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is 100 miles, and thence to the lead mines 120. It is 280 yards 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at its mouth.

The Little Kanhawa is 250 yards wide at the mouth. It yields a navigation of 10 miles only. Perhaps its northern branch, called ••••••••us' Creek, which interlocks with the western waters of Monon∣gahela, may one day admit a shorter passage from the latter into the Ohio.

MOUNTAINS.] It is worthy notice, that the mountains are not ••••••tary and scattered confusedly over the face of the country; but ••••••••••ence at about 150 miles from the sea coast, are disposed in ridges 〈◊〉〈◊〉 behind another, running nearly parallel with the sea coast, though 〈◊〉〈◊〉 approaching it as they advance northeastwardly. To the south∣west as the tract of country between the sea coast and the Missisippi becomes narrower, the mountains converge into a single ridge, which, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it approaches the Gulph of Mexico, subsides into plain country, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gives rise to some of the waters of that Gulph, and particularly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a river called Apalachicola, probably from the Apalachies, an In∣•••••• nation formerly residing on it. Hence the mountains giving rise 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river, and seen from its various parts, were called the Apalachian mountains, being in fact the end or termination only of the great ridges ••••••••ing through the continent. European geographers, however, ex∣••••ed the name northwardly as far as the mountains extended; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 giving it after their separation into different ridges, to the Blue 〈◊〉〈◊〉, others to the North Mountains, others to the Allegany, others to the Laurel Ridge, as may be seen in their different maps. But none of these ridges were ever known by that name to the inhabitants, either native or emigrant, but as they saw them so called in European maps. In the same direction generally are the veins of lime stone, coal and other minerals hitherto discovered; and so range the falls of the great rivers. But the courses of the great rivers are at right angles with these. James and Patomak penetrate through all the ridges of mountains eastward of the Allegany, that is broken by no water course. It is in fact he spine of the country between the Atlantic on one side, and the Missisippi 〈◊〉〈◊〉 St. Lawrence on the other. The passage of the Patomak through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 blue ridge is perhaps one of the most stupendous scenes in nature. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stand on a very high point of land. On your right comes up the ••••••••nandoah, having ranged along the foot of the mountain an hun∣dred miles to seek a vent. On Your left approaches the Patomak, in∣quest

of a passage also. In the moment of their junction they rush to∣gether against the mountain, rend it asunder, and pass off to the sea. The first glance of this scene hurries our senses into the opinion, that this earth has been created in time, that the mountains were formed first, that the rivers began to flow afterwards, that in this place partic∣ularly they have been dammed up by the Blue ridge of mountains, and have formed an ocean, which filled the whole valley; that continuing to rise they have at length broken over at this spot, and have torn the mountain down from its summit to its base. The piles of rock on each hand, but particularly on the Shenandoah, the evident marks of their disruption and avulsion from their beds by the most powerful a∣gents of nature, corroborate the impression. But the distant fin∣ishing which nature has given to the picture, is of a very different cha∣racter. It is a true contrast to the fore ground. It is as placid and delightful, as that is wild and tremendous. For the mountain, being cloven asunder, presents to the eye, through the cleft, a small catch of smooth blue horizon, at an infinite distance, in the plain country, inviting you, as it were, from the riot and tumult roaring around, to pass through the breach and participate of the clam below. Here the eye ultimately composes itself; and that way too, the road actually leads. You cross the Patomak above the junction, pass along its side through the base of the mountain for three miles, its terrible precipices hanging in fragments over you, and within about twenty miles reach Fredericktown and the fine country round that. This scene is worth a voyage across the Atlantic. Yet here, as in the neighbourhood of the Natural Bridge, are people who have passed their lives within half a dozen miles, and have never been to survey these monuments of a war between rivers and mountains, which must have shaken the earth it∣self to its centre.—The height of the mountains has not yet been esti∣mated with any degree of exactness. The Allegany being the great ridge which divides the waters of the Atlantic from those of the Mis∣sisippi, its summit is doubtless more elevated above the ocean than that of any other mountain. But its relative height, compared with the base on which it stands, is not so great as that of some others, the country rising behind the successive ridges like the steps of stairs. The moun∣tains of the Blue Ridge, and of these, the Peaks of Otter, are thought to be of a greater height measured from their base, than any others in Virginia, and perhaps in North America. From data, which may found a tolerable conjecture, we suppose the highest peak to be about 4000 feet perpendicular, which is not a fifth part of the height of the mountains of South America, nor one third of the height which would be necessary in our latitude to preserve ice in the open air unmelted through the year. The ridge of mountains next beyond the Blue Ridge, called the North Mountain, is of the greatest extent; for which reason they are named by the Indians the Endless Mountains.

The Ouasioto mountains, are 50 or 60 miles wide at the Gap. These mountains abound in coal, lime and free stone; the summits of them are generally covered with a good soil, and a variety of timber; and the low, intervale lands are rich and remarkably well watered.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL, PRODUCTIONS, &c.} The whole country below the mountains, which are about 150, some say 200 miles from the sea, is level, and seems from various ap∣pearances to have been once washed by the sea. The land between

York and James rivers is very level, and its surface about 40 feet above high water mark. It appears from observation, to have arisen to its present height, at different periods far distant from each other, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at these periods it was washed by the sea; for near Yorktown, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the banks are perpendicular, you first see a stratum, intermixed with small shells resembling a mixture of clay and sand, and about five feet thick; on this lies horizontally, small white shells, cockle, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, &c. an inch or two thick; then a body of earth similar to that first mentioned, 18 inches thick; then a layer of shells and another 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of earth; on this a layer of 3 feet of white shells mixed with sand, on which lay a body of oyster shells 6 feet thick, which were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with earth to the surface. The oyster shells are so united by a very strong cement that they fall, only when undermined, and then in large bodies from 1 to 20 tons weight. They have the appearance of large rocks on the shore.* 1.57

These appearances continue in a greater or less degree in the banks of James river, 100 miles from the sea; the appearances then vary, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the banks are filled with sharks' teeth, bones of large and small 〈◊〉〈◊〉, petrified, and many other petrifactions, some resembling the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of land and other animals, others vegetable substances. These appearances are not confined to the river banks, but are seen in vari∣ous places in gullies at considerable distances from the rivers. In one part of the state for 70 miles in length, by sinking a well, you appar∣ently come to the bottom of what was formerly a water course. And even ••s high up as Botetourt county, among the Allegany mountains, there is a tract of land, judges to be 40,000 acres, surrounded on every side by mountains, which is entirely covered with oyster and cockle shells, and, from some gullies, they appear to be of considerable depth. A plan∣tation at Day's Point, on James river, of as many as 1000 acres, appears at a distance as if covered with snow, but on examination the white appearance is found to arise from a bed of clam shells, which by re∣p••••ed plowing have become fine and mixed with earth.

The soil below the mountains, seems to have acquired a character for goodness which it by no means deserves. Though not rich it is well suited to the growth of tobacco and Indian corn, and parts of it, for wheat. Good crops of cotton, flax and hemp are also raised; and i•• some counties they have plenty of cyder, and exquisite brandy, dis∣•••••••• from peaches, which grow in great abundance upon the nu∣merous rivers of the Chesapeak.

The planters, before the war, paid their principal attention to the cul∣ture of tobacco, of which there used to be exported, generally, 55,000 hogs∣••••••ds a year. Since the revolution they are turning their attention more to the cultivation of wheat, Indian corn, barley, flax and hemp. It is expected that this state will add the article of rice to the list of her ••••••••rts; as it is supposed, a large body of swamp in the easternmost 〈◊〉〈◊〉, is capable of producing it.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 or neat cattle are bred in great numbers in the western ••••••••ties of Virginia, as well as in the states south of it, where they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 an extensive range, and mild winters, without any permanent 〈◊〉〈◊〉.—They run at large, are not housed, and multiply very fast.—'In the lower parts of the state a disease prevails among the neat cat∣•••••• which proves fatal to all that are not bred there. The oxen, from

the more northern states, which were employed at the siege of York∣town in October 1781, almost all died, sometimes 40 of them in a night, and often suddenly dropped down dead in the roads. It is said that the seeds of this disease were brought from the Havanna to South Ca∣rolina or Georgia in some hides, and that the disease has progressed northward to Virginia. Lord Dunmore imported some cattle from Rhode Island, and kept them confined in a small pasture, near his seat, where no cattle had been for some years, and where they could not intermix with other cattle, and yet they soon died.'† 1.58

The gentlemen, being fond of pleasure, have taken much pains to raise a good breed of horses, and have succeeded in it beyond any of the States. They will give 1000l. sterling for a good seed horse. Horse racing has had a great tendency to encourage the breeding of good horses, as it affords an opportunity of putting them to the trial of their speed. They are more elegant, and will perform more service, than the horses of the northern states.

An intelligent gentlemen, and inhabitant of Virginia, informs, that caves among the mountains, have lately been discovered which yield salt petre in such abundance, that he judges 500,000 pounds of it might be collected from them annually.

This state does not abound with good fish. Sturgeon, shad, and herring are the most plenty—pearch, sheepshead, drum, rock fish and trout, are common—Besides these they have oysters in abundance, crabs, shrimps, &c.

CASCADES, CURIOSITIES AND CAVERNS.] The only remarkable cascade in this state is that of Falling Spring, in Augusta. It is a water of James river, where it is called Jackson's river, risi ROLE="label"ng in the warm spring mountains about 20 miles southwest of the warm spring, and flowing into that valley. About three quarters of a mile from i•• source, it falls over a rock 200 feet into the valley below. The sheet of water is broken in its breadth by the rock in two or three places, but not at all in its height. Between the sheet and rock, at the bottom, you may walk across dry. This, cataract will bear no comparison with that of Niagara, as to the quantity of water compos∣ing it; the sheet being only 12 or 15 feet wide above, and somewhat more spread below; but it is half as high again.

In the lime stone country, there are many caverns of very consider∣able extent. The most noted in called Madison's cave, and is on the north side of the blue ridge, near the intersection of the Rockingham and Augusta line with the south fork of the southern river of Shenan∣doah. It is in a hill of about 200 feet perpendicular height, the as∣cent of which, on one side, is so steep that you may pitch a biscuit from its summit into the river which washes its base. The entrance of the cave is, in this side, about two thirds of the way up. It extends into the earth about 300 feet, branching into subordinate caverns, some∣times ascending a little, but more generally descending, and at length terminates in two different places, at basons of water of unknown ex∣tent, and which appear to be nearly on a level with the water of the river. It is probably one of the many reservoirs with which the in∣terior parts of the earth are supposed to abound, and which yield sup∣plies to the fountains of water, distinguished from others only by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 being accessible. The vault of this cave is of solid lime stone, from

〈◊〉〈◊〉 to 40 or 50 feet high, through which water is continually exudat∣i••••. This, trickling down the sides of the cave, has incrusted them over i•• the form of elegant drapery; and dripping from the top of the vault, ••••••••rates on that, and on the base below, stalactites of a conical form, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of which have met and formed massive columns.

Another of these caves is near the North Mountain, in the county of Frederick. The entrance into this is on the top of an extensive ridge∣•••••• descend 30 or 40 feet, as into a well, from whence the cave then 〈◊〉〈◊〉, nearly horizontally, 400 feet into the earth, preserving a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of from 20 to 50 feet, and a height of from 5 to 12 feet.—After entering this cave a few feet, the mercury, which in the open 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was at 50°, rose to 57° of Farenheit's thermometer.

At the Panther gap, in the ridge which divides the waters of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and the Calf pasture, is what is called the Blowing cave. It is i•• the side of a hill, is of about 100 feet diameter, and emits constant∣ly a current of air of such force, as to keep the weeds prostrate to the distance of twenty yards before it. This current is strongest in dry 〈◊〉〈◊〉 weather, and in long spells of rain weakest. Regular inspira∣tions and expirations of air, by caverns and fissures, have been proba∣bly enough accounted for, by supposing them combined with inter∣••••••ing fountains, as they must of course inhale the air while the re∣servoirs are emptying themselves, and again emit it while they are 〈◊〉〈◊〉. But a constant issue of air, only varying in its force as the ••••ther is drier or damper, will require a new hypothesis. There is ••••••ther blowing cave in the Cumberland mountain, about a mile from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it crosses the Carolina line. All we know of this is, that it is ••••constant, and that a fountain of water issues from it.

The Natural Bridge, is the most sublime of nature's works. It is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the ascent of a hill, which seems to have been cloven through its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by some great convulsion. The fissure, just at the bridge, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 admeasurements, 270 feet deep, by others only 205. It is a∣•••••• 45 feet wide at the bottom, and 90 feet at the top; this of course ••••••••ines the length of the bridge, and its height from the water ••••••readth in the middle is about 60 feet, but more at the ends, and the thickness of the mass at the summit of the arch, about 40 feet. A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this thickness is constituted by a coat of earth, which gives 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to many large trees. The residue, with the hill on both sides, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rock of lime stone. The arch approaches the semi elliptical 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but the larger axis of the ellipsis, which would be the cord of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 each, is many times longer than the transverse. Though the side of this bridge are provided in some parts with a parapet of fixed ••••cks, yet few men have resolution to walk to them and look over in∣to the abyss. You involuntarily fall on your hands and feet, creep to the parapet and peep over it. If the view from the top be pain∣ful and intolerable, that from below is delightful in an equal extreme. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 impossible for the emotions arising from the sublime, to be felt 〈◊〉〈◊〉 what they are here: so beautiful an arch, so elevated, so light, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 springing as it were up to Heaven, the rapture of the spectator is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 indescribable! The fissure continuing narrow, deep and streight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 considerable distance above and below the bridge, opens a short 〈◊〉〈◊〉 very pleasing view of the North mountain on one side, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ridge on the other, at the distance each of them of about five 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This bridge is in the county of Rockbridge, to which it has

given name, and affords a public and commodious passage over a val∣ley, which cannot be crossed elsewhere for a considerable distance. The stream passing under it is called Cedar creek. It is a water of James river, and sufficient in the driest seasons to turn a grist mill, though its fountain is not more than two miles above.* 1.59 There is a natural bridge similar to the above over Stock creek, a branch of Peleson riv∣er, in Washington county.

MINES AND MINERALS.] Virginia is the most pregnant with minerals and fossils of any state in the union. A single lump of gold ore has been found, near the falls of Rappahannock river, which yielded 17 dwt. of gold, of extraordinary ductility. No other indi∣cation of gold has been discovered in its neighbourhood.

On the great Kanhawa, opposite to the mouth of Cripple creek, and also about 25 miles from the southern boundary of the state, in the country of Montgomery, are mines of lead. The metal is mixed, sometimes with earth, and sometimes with rock, which requires the force of gunpowder to open it; and is accompanied with a portion of silver, too small to be worth separation under any process hitherto attempted there. The proportion yielded is from 50 to 80 lb. of pure metal from 100 lb. of washed ore. The most common is that of 60 to the 100 lb. The veins are at sometimes most flattering; at others they disappear suddenly and totally. They enter the side of the hill, and proceed horizontally. Two of them have been wrought by the public. These would employ about 50 labourers to advantage. Thir∣ty men, who have at the same time raised their own corn, have produc∣ed 60 tons of lead in the year; but the general quantity is from 20 to 25 tons. The present furnace is a mile from the ore bank, and on the opposite side of the river. The ore is first waggoned to the river, a quarter of a mile, then laden on board of canoes and carried across the river, which is there about 200 yards wide, and then again taken into waggons and carried to the furnace. This mode was originally adopted, that they might avail themselves of a good situation on a creek, for a pounding mill; but it would be easy to have the furnace and pounding mill on the same side of the river, which would yield water, without any dam, by a canal of about half a mile in length. From the furnace the lead is transported 130 miles along a good road leading through the peaks of Otter to Lynch's ferry or Winston's on James river, from whence it is carried by water about the same distance to Westham. This land carriage may be greatly shortened, by delivering the lead on James river, above the Blue Ridge, from whence a ton weight has been brought in two canoes. The Great Kanhawa has considerable falls in the neighbourhood of the mines. About seven miles below are three falls, of three or four feet perpen∣dicular each; and three miles above is a rapid of three miles contin∣uance, which has been compared in its descent to the great fall of James river. Yet it is the opinion, that they may be laid open for useful navigation, so as to reduce very much the portage between the Kanhawa and James river.

A mine of copper was opened in the county of Amherst, on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of James river, and another in the opposite county, on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. However, either from bad management or the poverty of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they were discontinued. A few years ago there were six 〈◊〉〈◊〉 worked in this state. Two of them made about 150 tons 〈◊〉〈◊〉 each—the others made each from 600 to 1600 tons of pig iron 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Besides these, a forge at Fredericksburgh, made about 300 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of bar iron, from pigs imported from Maryland; and a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Neapsco of Patomak, worked in the same way. The indi∣•••••••• of iron in other places are numerous, and dispersed through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 middle country. The toughness of the cast iron of some of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ces is very remarkable. Pots and other utensils, cast thin∣•••••••• usual, of this iron, may be safely thrown a into or out of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in which they are transported. Salt pans made of the same, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 longer wanted for that purpose, cannot be broken up in order 〈◊〉〈◊〉 melted again, unless previously drilled in many parts.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 the western part of the state, we are ••old of iron mines on Ches∣•••••••• a branch of the Great Kanhawa••, near where it crosses the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ne; and in other places.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 considerable quantities of black lead are taken occasionally for 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Winterham, in the county of Amelia. There is no 〈◊〉〈◊〉 established at it, those who want, going and procuring it for 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 country on both sides of James river, from 15 to 20 miles above 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and for several miles northward and southward, in replete 〈◊〉〈◊〉 coal of a very excellent quality. Being in the hands 〈◊〉〈◊〉 proprietors, pits have been opened and worked to an ex∣•••••••• to the demand. The pits which have been opened, lie 150 〈◊〉〈◊〉 feet above the bed of the river, and have been very little in∣•••••••• with water. The first discovery of the coal, is said to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 made by a boy, digging after a cray fish; it has also been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 she bottom of trees blown up. In many places it lies with∣•••••••• 4 feet of the surface of the ground. It is conjectured that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 bushels might be raised from one pit in 12 months.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 western country coal is known to be in so many places, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 induced an opinion, that the whole tract between the Laurel 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Missisippi, and Ohio, yields coal. It is also known in ma∣•••••••• on the north side of the Ohio. The coal at Pittsburgh is of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 superior quality. A bed of it at that place has been a fire 〈◊〉〈◊〉 year 1765. Another coal hill on the Pil••e Run of Monon∣•••••••• has been a fire ten years; yet it has burnt away about 20 yards 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 known one instance, says Mr. Jefferson, of an emerald found 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country. Amethysts have been frequent, and chrystals 〈◊〉〈◊〉; yet not in such numbers any of them as to be worth 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 is very good marble; and in very great abundance, on James 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at the mouth of Rockfish. Some white and as pure as one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 expect to find on the surface of the earth; but generally vari∣•••••••• with red, blue and purple. None of it has ever been worked. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a very large precipice, which hangs over a navigable part of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

But one vein of lime stone is known below the Blue Ridge. Its first appearance is in Prince William, two miles below the Pignut ridge of mountains; thence it passes on nearly parallel with that, and crosses the Rivanna about five miles below it, where it is called the southwest Ridge. It then crosses Hardware, above the mouth of Hudson's creek, James river at the mouth of Rockfish, at the marble quarry before spoken of, probably runs up that river to where it ap∣pears again at Ross's iron works, and so passes off southwestwardly by Flat creek of Otter river. It is never more than 100 yards wide. From the Blue ridge westwardly the whole country seems to be found∣ed on a rock of lime stone, besides infinite quantities on the surface, both loose and fixed. This is cut into beds, which range, as the mountains and sea coast do, from southwest to northeast.

MEDICINAL SPRINGS.] There are several medicinal springs, some of which are indubitably efficacious, while others seem to owe their reputation as much to fancy, and change of air and regimen, as to their real virtues. None of them have undergone a chymical analysis in skilful hands, nor been so far the subject of observations as to have produced a reduction into classes of the disorders which they relieve; it is in my power to give little more than an enumeration of them.

The most efficacious of these are two springs in Augusta, near the sources of James river, where it is called Jackson's river. They 〈◊〉〈◊〉 near the foot of the ridge of mountains, generally called the Warm spring mountain, but in the maps Jackson's mountains. The one is distinguished by the name of the Warm Spring, and the other of the Hot Spring. The Warm Spring issues with a very bold stream, suffi∣cient to work a grist mill, and to keep the waters of its bason, which is 30 feet in diameter, at the vital warmth, viz. 96° of Farenheit's ther∣mometer. The matter with which these waters is allied in very vola∣tile; its small indicates it to be sulphureous, as also does the circum∣stance of turning silver black. They relieve rheumatisms. Other complaints also of very different natures have been removed of lessen∣ed by them. It rains here four or five days in every week.

The Hot Spring is about six miles from the Warm, is much smaller, and has been so hot as to have boiled an egg. Some believe its degree of heat to be lessened. It raises the mercury in Farenheit's thermom∣eter to 112 degrees, which is fever heat. It sometimes relieves where the Warm Spring fails. A fountain of common water issuing within a few inches of its margin, gives it a singular appearance. Compar∣ing the temperature of these with that of the hot springs of Kan∣schatka, of which Krachininnikow gives an account, the difference is very great, the latter rising the mercury to 200 degrees, which is with∣in 12 degrees of boiling water. These springs are very much resorted to in spite of a total want of accommodation for the sick. Their wa∣ters are strongest in the hottest months, which occasions their being visited in July and August principally.

The Sweet Springs are in the county of Botetourt, at the eastern foot of the Allegany, about 42 miles from the warm springs. They are still less known. Having been found to relieve cases in which the others had been ineffectually tried, it is probable their composition is different. They are different also in their temperature, being as cold as common water; which is not mentioned, however, as a proof of

a distinct impregnation. This is among the first sources of James 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Patomak river, in Berkeley county, above the North Mountain, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Medicinal springs, much more frequented than those of Augusta. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 powers, however, are less, the waters weakly mineralized, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 warm. They are more visited, because situated in a fertile, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and populous country, provided with better accommo∣••••••••, always safe from the Indians, and nearest to the more popu∣•••••••• states.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 Louisa county, on the head waters of the South Anna branch of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river, are springs of some medicinal virtue. They are however 〈◊〉〈◊〉 much used. There is a weak chalybeate at Richmond; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 others in various parts of the country, which are of too lit∣•••••• north, or too little note to be enumerated after those before men∣••••••••.

We are told of a Sulphur Spring on Howard's creek of Green Bri∣•••••••• in the low grounds of the Great Kanhaway, 7 miles above the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Elk river, and 67 above that of the Kanhaway itself, is a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the earth of the capacity of 30 or 40 gallons, from which is∣•••••• constantly a bituminous vapour in so strong a current, as to give 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sand about its orifice the motion which it has in a boiling spring∣•••••• presenting a lighted candle or torch within 18 inches of the hole, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 up in a column of 18 inches diameter, and four or five feet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 height, which sometimes burns out in 20 minutes, and at other times 〈◊〉〈◊〉 known to continue three days, and then has been left burn∣••••••••. The flame is unsteady, of the density of that of burning spirits, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 smells like burning pit coal. Water sometimes collects in the ba∣•••••• which is remarkably cold, and is kept in ebullition by the vapour 〈◊〉〈◊〉 through it. If the vapour be fired in that state, the water soon 〈◊〉〈◊〉 so warm that the hand cannot bear it, and evaporates wholly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 short time. This, with the circumjacent lands, is the property of ••••••••dent Washington and of General Lewis.

There is a similar one on Sandy river, the flame of which is a column 〈◊〉〈◊〉 about 12 inches diameter, and 3 feet high. General Clarke kind∣•••••••• vapour, staid about an hour, and left it burning.

The mention of uncommon springs leads to that of Syphon foun∣••••••••. There is one of these near the intersection of the lord Fair∣•••••••• boundary with the North mountain, not far from Brock's gap, on the stream of which is a grist mill, which grinds two bushels of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at every flood of the spring. Another near the Cow pasture 〈◊〉〈◊〉, a mile and a half below its confluence with the Bull pasture 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and 16 or 17 miles from the Hot Springs, which intermits 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in every twelve hours. One also near the mouth of the North Hol••ton.

After these may be mentioned the Natural Well, on the lands of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Lewis in Fredertick county. It is somewhat larger than a com∣•••••••• well; the water rises in it as near the surface of the earth as in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neighbouring artificial well 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and is of a depth as yet unknown. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 said there is a current in it tending sensibly downwards. If this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 true, it probably feeds some fountain, of which it is the natural re∣••••••••, distinguished from others, like that of Madison's cave, by being ••••ssible. It is used with a bucket and windlass as an ordinary well.

POPULATION.] See table.

MILITIA.] Every able bodied freeman, between the ages of 16 and 50 is enrolled in the militia. Those of every county are formed into companies, and these again into one or more battalions, accord∣ing to the numbers in the county. They are commanded by colonels, and other subordinate officers, as in the regular service. In every county is a county lieutenant, who commands the whole militia in has county, but ranks only as a colonel in the field. They have no gen∣eral officers always existing. These are appointed occasionally, when an invasion or insurrection happens, and their commission determines with the occasion. The governor is head of the military as well as civil power. The law requires every militia man to provide him∣self with the arms usual in the regular service. But this injunction was always indifferenly complied with, and the arms they had have been so frequently called for to arm the regulars, that in the lower parts of the country they are entirely disarmed. In the middle coun∣try a fourth or fifth part of them may have such firelocks as they had provided to destroy the noxious animals which infest their farms; and on the western side of the Blue Ridge they are generally armed with rifles.

The intersection of Virginia by so many navigable rivers, renders it almost incapable of defence. As the land will not support a great number of people, a force cannot soon be collected to repel a sudden invasion. If the militia bear the same proportion to the number of inhabitants now, as in 1782, they amount to about 68,000.

CHIEF TOWNS.] They have no townships in this state, nor any towns of consequence, owing probably to the intersection of the coun∣try by navigable rivers, which brings the trade to the doors of the in∣habitants, and prevents the necessity of their going in quest of it to a distance.

Williamsburgh, which till the year 1780 was the seat of government, never contained above 1800 inhabitants, and Norfolk, the most popu∣lous town they ever had in Virginia, contained but 6000. The towns, or more properly villages or hamlets, are as follows.

On James river and its waters, Norfolk, Portsmouth, Hampton, Suffolk, Smithfield, Williamsburg, Petersburg, Richmond the seat of government, Manchester, Charlottesville, New London.—On York River and its waters, York, Newcastle, Hanover.—On Rappahannock, Urbanna, Port Royal, Fredericksburg, Falmouth.—On Patomak and its waters, Dumfries, Colchester, Alexandria, Winchester, St••••∣ton.

There are places, at which, like some of the foregoing, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have said there shall be towns; but nature has said there shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and they remain unworthy of enumeration. Norfolk will probably become the emporium for all the trade of the Chesapeak Bay and its waters; and canal of 8 or 10 miles, which is contemplated, and will probably soon be completed, with bring it to all that of ••••••∣marle sound and its waters. Secondary to this place, are the towns of the head of the tide waters, to wit, Petersburg on Appamattox, Rich∣mond on James river, Newcastle on York river, Fredericksburgh 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rappahannock, and Alexandria on Patomak. From these the distri∣bution will be to subordinate situations of the country. Accidental cir∣cumstances however may control the indications of nature, and in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 instances do they do it more frequently than in the rise and fall of to••••••.

To the foregoing general account, we add the following more par∣ticular descriptions.

ALEXANDERIA stands on the south bank of Patomak river in Fair∣•••••••• county. Its situation is elevated and pleasant. The soil is clay. The original settlers, anticipating its future growth and importance, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 out the streets upon the plan of Philadelphia. It contains about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ses, many of which are handsomely built, and nearly 3000 in∣habitants. This town, upon opening the navigation of Patomak river, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 consequence of its vicinity to the city of Washington, will 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be one of the most thriving commercial places on the conti∣nent.

••OUNT VERNON, the celebrated seat of President Washington, ••••••••santly situated on the Virginia bank of the river Patomak, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it is nearly two miles wide, and is about 280 miles from the sea, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 127 from point Look out, at the mouth of the river. It 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles below Alexandria, and four above the beautiful seat of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Col. Fairfax; called Bellevoir. The area of the mount is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 feet above the surface of the river, and, after furnishing a lawn 〈◊〉〈◊〉 acres in front, and about the same in rear of the buildings, falls ••••••ber abruptly on those two quarters. On the north end it sub∣•••••••• gradually into extensive pasture grounds; while on the south it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more steeply, in a shorter distance, and terminates with—the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house, stables, vineyard and nurseries. On either wing is a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grove of different, flowering forest trees. Parallel with them, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 land side, are two spacious gardens, into which one is led by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 serpentine gravel walks, planted with weeping willows and shady 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The Mansion house itself (though much embellished by, yet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 perfectly satisfactory to the chaste taste of the present possessor) ap∣•••••••• venerable and convenient. The superb banquetting room has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 finished since he returned home from the army. A lofty portico, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in length, supported by eight pillars, has a pleasing effect when 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the water; the whole assemblage of the green house, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house, offices and servant's halls, when seen from the land side, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a resemblance to a rural village—especially as the lands on that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are laid out somewhat in the form of English gardens, in meadows 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grass grounds, ornamented with little copses, circular clumps and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 trees. A small park on the margin of the river, where the En∣•••••• fallow deer, and the American wild deer are seen through the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, alternately with the vessels as they are sailing along, add a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and picturesque appearance to the whole scenery. On the ••••••••site side of a small creek to the northward, an extensive plain, ••••••••ting cornfields and cattle grazing, affords in summer a luxuriant 〈◊〉〈◊〉; while the blended verdure of woodlands and cultivated 〈◊〉〈◊〉, on the Maryland shore, variegates the prospect in a charm∣•••••• manner. Such are the philosophic shades to which the late Com∣•••••••• in chief of the American Armies retired from the tumultuous 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a busy world, and which he has since left to dignify, by his ••••••••alled abilities, the most important office in the gift of his fellow 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

FREDERICKSBURGH, in the county of Spotsylvania, is situated on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 side of Rappahannock river, 110 miles from its mouth; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 about 200 houses, principally on one street, which runs near∣•••• ••••••llel with the river, and 1500 inhabitants.

RICHMOND, in the county of Henrico, is the present seat of govern∣ment, and stands on the north side of James river, just at the foot of the falls, and contains between 400 and 500 houses, and nearly 4000 inhab∣itants. Part of the houses are built upon the margin of the river, convenient for business; the rest are upon a hill which overlooks the lower part of the town, and commands an extensive prospect of the river and adjacent country. The new houses are well built. A large state house or capitol, has lately been erected on the hill. The lower part of the town is divided by a creek, over which is a convenient bridge. A bridge between 300 and 400 yards in length, has lately been thrown across James river at the foot of the fall, by Col. Mayo. That part from Manchester to the island is built on 15 boats. From the island to the rocks was formerly a floating bridge of rafts; but Col. Mayo has now built it of framed log piers, filled with stone. From the rocks to the landing at Richmond, the bridge is continued on framed piers filled with stone. This bridge connects Richmond with Manchester; and as the passengers pay toll, it produces a hand∣some revenue to Col. Mayo, who is the sole proprietor.

The falls above he bridge are seven miles in length. A noble canal is cutting and nearly completed on the north side of the river, which is to terminate in a bason of about two acres, in the town of Richmond. From this bason to the wharves in the river, will be a land carriage of about a mile. This canal is cutting under the direction of a company, who have calculated the expense at 30,000l. pounds, Virginia money. This they have divided into 500 shares of 60l. each. The opening of this canal promises the addition of much wealth of Richmond.

PETERSBURG, 25 miles southward of Richmond, stands on the south side of Appamattox river, and contains upwards of 300 houses in two divisions; one is upon a clay cold soil, and is very dirty, the oth∣er upon a plain of sand or loam. There is no regularity and very little el••∣gance in Petersburg, it is merely a place of business. The Free Masons have a hall tolerably elegant. It is very unhealthy,* 1.60 being shut out from the access of the winds by high hills on every side. This confined sit∣uation has such an effect upon the constitutions of the inhabitants, that they very nearly resemble those of hard drinkers; hence, in the opinion of physicians, they require a considerable quantity of stimu∣lating aliments and vinous drinks, to keep up a balance between the several functions of the body.

About 2200 hogsheads of tobacco are inspected here annually. Like Richmond, Williamsburg, Alexandria and Norfolk, it is a cor∣poration; and what is singular, Petersburg city comprehends a part of three counties. The celebrated Indian queen, Pocahonta, from whom descended the Randolph and Bowling families, formerly resided at this place. Petersburg and its suburbs contain about 3000 inhab∣itants.

WILLIAMSBURGH is 60 miles eastward of Richmond, situated be∣tween two creeks; one falling into James, the other into York 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The distance of each landing place is about a mile from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which, with the disadvantage of not being able to bring up large ves∣sels, and want of enterprize in the inhabitants, are the reasons why ••t never flourished. It consists of about 200 houses, going fast to 〈◊〉〈◊〉

〈◊〉〈◊〉 has about 1400 inhabitants. It is regularly laid out in parallel 〈◊〉〈◊〉, with a square in the center, through which runs the principal 〈◊〉〈◊〉, E. and W. about a mile in length, and more than 100 feet wide. A•• the ends of this street are two public buildings, the college and 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Besides these there is an Episcopal church, a prison, a hospit∣al for lunatics, and the palace; all of them extremely indifferent. In the capital is a large marble statue, in the likeness of Narbone Berk∣••••••, Lord Botetourt, a man distinguished for his love of piety, litera∣ture and good government, and formerly governor of Virginia. It 〈◊〉〈◊〉 erected at the expense of the state, sometime since the year 1771. The capitol is little better than in ruins, and this elegant statue is ex∣posed to the rudeness of negroes and boys, and is shamefully de∣••••••••.

Every thing in Williamsburgh appears dull, forsaken and melancho∣ly no trade—no amusements, but the infamous one of gaming—no industry, and very little appearance of religion. The unprosperous 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the college, but principally the removal of the seat of govern∣ment, have contributed much to the decline of this city.

YORKTOWN, 13 miles eastward from Williamsburgh, and 14 from Monday's point at the mouth of the river, is a place of about 100 〈◊〉〈◊〉, situated on the south side of York river, and contains about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inhabitants. It was rendered famous by the capture of Lord ••••••••wallis and his army, on the 19th of October, 1781, by the united 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of France and America.

COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, &c.] The college of William and Ma∣•••••• was founded in the time of king William and queen Mary, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to it 20,000 acres of land, and a penny a pound duty on cer∣•••••• tobaccoes exported from Virginia and Maryland, which had 〈◊〉〈◊〉 levied by the statute of 25 Car. 2. The assembly also gave it, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 temporary laws, a duty on liquors imported, and skins and furs ex∣••••••••. From these resources it received upwards of 3000l. The buildings are of brick, sufficient for an indifferent accommodation of perhaps 100 students. By its charter it was to be under the govern∣ment of 20 visitors, who were to be its legislators, and to have a pres∣ident and six professors, who were incorporated. It was allowed a representative in the general assembly. Under this charter, a professor∣ship of the Greek and Latin languages, a professorship of mathemat∣ics, one of moral philosophy, and two of divinity, were established. To these were annexed, for a sixth professorship, a considerable dona∣•••••• by a Mr. Boyle of England, for the instruction of the Indians, and their conversion to christianity. This was called the professor∣ship of Brafferton, from an estate of that name in England, purchased 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the monies given. The admission of the learners of Latin and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 filled the college with children. This rendering it disagreeable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 degrading to young gentlemen already prepared for entering on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sciences, they were discouraged from resorting to it, and thus the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for mathematics and moral philosophy, which might have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of some service, became of very little. The revenues too were ••••••sted in accommodating those who came only to acquire the ru∣••••••ts of science. After the present revolution, the visitors, having 〈◊〉〈◊〉 power to change those circumstances in the constitution of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which were fixed by the charter, and being therefore confin∣•••••• the number of professorships, undertook to change the objects

of the professorships. They excluded the two schools for divinity, and that for the Greek and Latin languages, and substituted others; so that at present they stand thus—A professorship for law and police,—anatomy and medicine—natural philosophy and mathematics—mo••∣ral philosophy, the law of nature and nations, the fine arts—modern languages—for the Brafferton.

Measures have been taken to increase the number of professorships▪ as well for the purpose of subdividing those already instituted, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of add∣ing others for other branches of science. To the professorships usually established in the universities of Europe, it would seem proper to add one for the ancient languages and literature of the north, on account of their connection with our own language, laws, customs, and history. The purposes of the Brafferton institution would be better answered by maintaining a perpetual mission among the Indian tribes, the ob∣ject of which, besides, instructing them in the principles of christiani∣ty, as the founder requires, should be to-collect their traditions, laws, customs, languages, and other circumstances which might lead to a discovery of their relation to one another, or descent from other na∣tions. When these objects are accomplished with one tribe, the mis∣sionary might pass on to another.

The college edifice is a huge, misshapen pile. 'Which but that it has a roof, would be taken for a brick kiln.' In 1787, there were a∣bout 30 young gentlemen members of this college, a large proportion of which were law students. The Academy in Prince Edward coun∣ty has been erected into a college by the name of 'Hampden Sy••ney College.' It has been a flourishing seminary, but is now said to be on the decline.

There are several academies in Virginia—one at Alexandria—one at Norfolk—one at Hanover, and others in other places.

Since the declaration of independence, the laws of Virginia have been revised by a committee appointed for the purpose, who have re∣ported their work to the assembly; one object of this revisal was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 diffuse knowledge more generally through the mass of the people. The bill for this purpose 'proposes to lay off every county into small districts of five or six miles square, called hundreds, and in each of them to establish a school for teaching reading, writing, and arith∣metic. The tutor to be supported by the hundred, and all persons in it entitled to send their children 3 years gratis, and as much longer as they please, paying for it. These schools to be under a visitor, who is annually to chuse the boy of best genius in the school, of those whose parents are too poor to give them further education, and to send him forward to one of the grammar schools, of which twenty are proposed to be erected in different parts of the country, for teach∣ing Greek, Latin, geography, and the higher branches of numerical arithmetic. Of the boys thus sent in any one year trial is to be m••de at the grammar schools one or two years, and the best genius of the whole selected and continued six years, and the residue dismissed▪ by this means twenty of the best geniusses will be raked from the rub•••••• annually, and instructed, at the public expense, so far as the gram∣mar schools go. At the end of six years instruction, one half are to be discontinued (from among whom the grammar schools will proba∣bly be supplied with future masters,) and the other half, who are to be chosen for the superiority of their parts and disposition, are to be sent

〈◊〉〈◊〉 continued three years in the study of such sciences as they shall 〈◊〉〈◊〉, at William and Mary college, the plan of which is pro∣•••••• to be enlarged, as will be hereafter explained, and extended 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the useful sciences. The ultimate result of the whole scheme of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 would be the teaching all the children of the state reading, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and common arithmetic; turning out ten annually of superior 〈◊〉〈◊〉 well taught in Greek Latin, geography, and the higher branches 〈◊〉〈◊〉 arithmetic; turning out ten others annually, of still superior parts, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••o those branches of learning, shall have added such of the scien∣•••• their genius shall have led them to; the furnishing to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the people convenient schools, at which their chil∣dren may be educated, at their own expense—The general objects of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are to provide an education adapted to the years, to the ca∣••••••y, and the condition of every one, and directed to their freedom ••••ppiness. Specific details were not proper for the law. These 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be the business of the visitors entrusted with its execution. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this education being the schools of the hundreds, wherein 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mass of the people will receive their instruction, the princi∣•••••• foundations of future order will be said here. The first elements ••••••••••lity may be instilled into their minds; such as, when further ••••dopted as their judgments advance in strength, may teach them how 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their own greatest happiness, by shewing them that it does 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the condition of life in which chance has placed them, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 always the result of a good conscience, good healthy occupation, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 freedom in all just pursuits. Those whom either the wealth of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 parents or the adoption of the state shall destine to higher degrees 〈◊〉〈◊〉, will go on to the grammar schools, which constitute the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••age, there to be instructed in the languages. As soon as they 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a sufficient age, it is supposed they will be sent on from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 schools to the university, which constitutes the third and 〈◊〉〈◊〉, there to study those sciences which may be adapted to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 views. By that part of the plan which prescribes the selection 〈◊〉〈◊〉 youths of genius from among the classes of the poor, the state 〈◊〉〈◊〉 itself of those talents which nature has sown as liberally a∣•••••••• the poor as the rich, but which perish without use, if not sought 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and cultivated. But of all the views of this law none is more im∣••••••t, none more legitimate, than that of rendering the people the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as they are the ultimate, guardians of their own liberty. For this 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the reading in the first stage, where they will receive their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 education, is proposed, as has been said, to be chiefly historical. ••••ry, by apprising them of the past, will enable them to judge of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉; it will avail them of the experience of other times and other 〈◊〉〈◊〉; it will qualify them as judges of the actions and designs of 〈◊〉〈◊〉; it will enable them to know ambition under every disguise it 〈◊〉〈◊〉 assume; and knowing it to defeat its views. In every govern∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 earth is some tra••e of human weakness, some germ of cor∣•••••• and degeneracy, which cunning will discover, and wickedness 〈◊〉〈◊〉 open, cultivate and improve. Every government degener∣•••••• when trusted to the rulers of the people alone. The people them∣•••••••• therefore are its only safe depositories. And to render even 〈◊〉〈◊〉, their minds must be improved to a certain degree. This in∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not all that is necessary, though it be essentially necessary. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 influence over government must be shared among all the people.

If every individual which composes their mass participates of the ••••••••∣mate authority, the government will be safe; because the corrupting the whole mass will exceed any private resources of wealth; and pub∣lic ones cannot be provided but by levies on the people. In this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 every man would have to pay his own price. The government of Great Britain has been corrupted, because but one man in ten has a right to vote for members of parliament. The sellers of the govern∣ment therefore get nine tenths of their price clear.

The excellent measures for the diffusion of useful knowledge, which the forementioned bill proposes, have not yet been carried into off 〈◊〉〈◊〉. And it will be happy if the great inequality in the circumstances of the citizens—the pride, the independence, and the indolence of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 class—and the poverty and depression of the other, do not pro••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 superable difficulties in the way of their universal operation.

RELIGION.] The first settlers in this country were emigrants from England, of the English church, just at a point of time when it was flushed with complete victory over the religious of all other persuasions Possessed, as they became, of the powers of making, administering and executing the laws, they shewed equal intolerance in this country with their Presbyterian brethren, who had emigrated to the northern government. The Quakers were flying from persecution in England. They cast their eyes on these new countries, as asylums of civil and religious freedom; but they found them free only for the reigning sect. Several acts of the Virginia assembly of 1659, 1662, and 166•• had made it penal in their parents to refuse to have their children baptized; had prohibited the unlawful assembling of Quakers; had made it penal for any master of a vessel to bring a Quaker into the state; had ordered those already here, and such as should come thereafter, to be imprisoned till they should abjure the country; pro∣vided a milder punishment for their first and second return, but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the third; had inhibited all persons from suffering their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in or near their houses, entertaining them individually, or disposing of books which supported their tenets. If no capital execution 〈◊〉〈◊〉 place here, as did in New England, it was not owing to the modera∣tion of the church, or spirit of the legislature, as may be inferred from the law itself; but to historical circumstances which have not been handed down to us. The Episcopalians retained full possession of the country about a century. Other opinions began to creep in; and the great care of the government to support their town church, having begotten an equal degree of indolence in its clergy, two thirds of the people had become dissenters at the commencement of the present rev∣olution. The laws indeed were still oppressive on them, but the spirit of the one party had subsided into moderation, and of the other had risen to a degree of determination which commanded respect.

The present denominations of christians in Virginia are, Presbyterians, who are the most numerous, and inhabit the western parts of the state; Episcopalians, who are the most ancient settlers, and occu•••• the eastern and first settled parts of the state. Intermingled with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are great numbers of Baptists and Methodists.

CHARACTER, MANNERS AND CUSTOMS.} Virginia prides itself in being. "The Ancient Dominion." It has produced some of the most distinguished and influential men that have been ac∣tive in effecting the two late grand and important revolutions in A∣merica.

Her political and military character will rank among the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the page of history. But it is to be observed that this charac∣ter has been obtained for the Virginians by a few eminent men, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 taken the lead in all their public transactions, and who in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 govern Virginia; for the great body of the people do not con∣•••••• themselves with politics—so that their government, though nom∣•••••• republican, is, in fact, oligarchal or aristrocratical.

The Virginians, who are rich, are in general sensible, polite and hos∣••••ble, and of an independent spirit. The poor are ignorant and ab∣••••—and all are of an inquisitive turn. A considerable proportion of the people are much addicted to gaming, drinking, swearing, horse ••••ing, cock fighting, and most kinds of dissipation. There is a much ••••••er disparity between the rich and the poor, in Virginia, than in any of the northern states. The native inhabitants are too generally 〈◊〉〈◊〉 acquainted with business, owing to their pride, and false notions of ••••••ness. Before the revolution they considered it as beneath a ••••ntleman to attend to mercantile matters, and devoted their time prin∣••••••y to amusement. By th••••e means the Scotch people, and other ••••••••ners who came among them, became their merchants, and sudden∣ly grew rich. The influence of slavery here is equally pernicious to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 morals of the citizens as in the other southern states.

CONSTITUTION, COURTS AND LAWS.] The executive powers 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lodged in the hands of a governor, chosen annually, and incapa∣•••• of acting more than three years in seven. He is assisted by a coun∣•••• of eight members. The judiciary powers are divided among sev∣•••••••• courts, as will be hereafter explained. Legislation is exercised by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 houses of assembly, the one called the house of delegates, compos∣ed of two members from each county, chosen annually by the citizens, ••••••ssing an estate for life in 100 acres of uninhabited land, or 25 a∣•••••• with a house on it, or in a house or lot in some town; the other 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the senate, consisting of 24 members, chosen quadrennially by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 same electors, who for this purpose are distributed into 24 districts. The concurrence of both houses is necessary to the passing of a law. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have the appointment of the governor and council, the judges of the superior courts, auditors, attorney general, treasurer, register of the land office, and delegates to Congress.

This constitution was the first that was formed in the whole United 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

There are three superior courts, to which appeals lie from the courts 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to wit, the high court of chancery, the general court, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of admiralty. The first and second of these receive appeals 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the county courts, and also have original jurisdiction where the ••••••ject of controversy is of the value of ten pounds sterling, or where it concerns the title or bounds of land. The jurisdiction of the ad∣miralty is original altogether. The high court of chancery is com∣•••••• of three judges, the general court of five, and the court of ad∣miralty of three. The two first hold their sessions at Richmond at stated 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the chancery twice in the year, and the general court twice for ••••••ness civil and criminal, and twice more for criminal only. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of admiralty ••its at Williamsburg whenever a controversy arises. There is one supreme court, called the Court of Appeals, composed of the judges of the three superior courts, assembling twice a year at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 times at Richmond. This court receives appeals in all civil

cases from each of the superior courts, and determines them finally. But it has no original jurisdiction.

All public accounts are settled with a board of auditors, consisting of three members, appointed by the general assembly, any two of whom may act. But an individual, dissatisfied with the determination of that board, may carry his case into the proper superior court.

In 1661, the laws of England were expressly adopted by an act of the assembly of Virginia, except so far as 'a difference of condition' render them inapplicable. To these were added a number of acts of as∣sembly, passed during the monarchy, and ordinances of convention, and acts of assembly since the establishment of the republic. The follow∣ing variations from the British model are worthy of notice.

Debtors unable to pay their debts, and making faithful delivery of their whole effects, are released from their confinement, and their per∣sons forever discharged from restraint for such previous debts: But any property they may afterwards acquire will be subject to their creditors.—The poor, unable to support themselves, are maintained by an assessment on the titheable persons in their parish.—A foreigner of any nation, not in open war, becomes naturalized by removing to the state to reside, and taking an oath of fidelity; and thereby acquires every right of a native citizen.—Slaves pass by descent and dower as lands do.—Slaves as well as lands, were entailable during the monar∣chy: But, by an act of the first republican assembly, all donees in tail, present and future, were vested with the absolute dominion of the en∣tailed subject. Gaming debts are made void, and monies actually paid to discharge such debts (if they exceed 40 shillings) may be recovered by the payer within three months, or by any other person afterwards.—Tobacco, flour, beef, pork, tar, pitch and turpentine, must be inspected by persons publicly appointed before they can be exported.

In 1785, the assembly enacted that no man should be compelled to support any religious worship, place or minister whatsoever, nor be enforced, restrained, molested or burdened in his body or goods, nor otherwise suffer on account of his religious opinions or belief; but that all men should be free to profess, and by argument to maintain their opinion, in matters of religion; and that the same should in no wise diminish, enlarge or affect their civil capacities.

In October 1786, an act was passed by the assembly prohibiting the importation of slaves into the commonwealth, upon penalty of the for∣feiture of the sum of 1000l. for every slave. And every slave import∣ed contrary to the true intent and meaning of this act, becomes free.

MANUFACTURES AND COMMERCE.] Before the war, the inhabit∣ants of this state paid but little attention to the manufacture of their own clothing. It has been thought they used to import as much as seven eighths of their clothing, and that they now manufacture three quar∣ters of it. We have before mentioned that considerable quantities of iron are manufactured in this state.—To these we may add the manufacture of lead; besides which they have few others of consequence. The people are much attached to agriculture, and prefer foreign manufac∣tures.

Before the war this state exported, communibus annis, according to the best information that could be obtained, as follows:

Articles.	Quantity.	Amo. in dols.
Tobacco	55,000 hhds. of 1000 lb.	1,650,000
Wheat	800,000 bushels	666,666〈◊〉〈◊〉
Indian corn	600,000 bushels	200,000
Shipping		100,000
Ma••ts, planks, skantling, shingles, staves		66,666〈◊〉〈◊〉
Tar, pitch, turpentine	30,000 barrels	40,000
Paltry, viz. skins of deer, bea∣vers, otters, musk rats, ra∣coons, foxes	180 hhds. of 600 lb.	42,000
lark	4,000 barrels	40,000
Flaxseed, hemp, cotton		8,000
Pitcoal, pig iron		6,666⅔
〈◊〉〈◊〉	5,000 bushels	3,333〈◊〉〈◊〉
〈◊〉〈◊〉	1,000 barrels	3,333⅓
••••geon, white shad, herring		3,333⅓
••••andy from peaches and apples, and whiskey		1,666〈◊〉〈◊〉
••••rses		1,666⅔
		2,833,333⅓

This sum is equal to 850,000l. Virginia money, 657,142 guineas.

The amount of exports from this state in the year succeeding Octo∣ber 2, 1790, consisting chiefly of articles mentioned in the foregoing table, was 3,131,227 dollars. About 40,000 hogsheads of tobacco only were exported this year.

In the year 1758 this state exported seventy thousand hogsheads of to∣bacco, which was the greatest quantity ever produced in this country in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 year. But its culture has fast the declined since the commencement of the war, and that of wheat taken its place. The price which it com∣mands at market will not enable the planter to cultivate it. Were the apply still to depend on Virginia and Maryland alone, as its culture 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more difficult this price would rise, so as to enable the planter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 surmount those difficulties and to live. But the western country 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Missisippi, and the midlands of Georgia, having fresh and fer∣tile lands in abundance▪ and a hotter sun, are able to undersell these 〈◊〉〈◊〉 states, and will oblige them in time to abandon the raising tobac∣co altogether. And a happy obligation for them it will be. It is a culture productive of infinite wretchedness. Those employed in it are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 continued state of exertion beyond the powers of nature to support. Little food of any kind is raised by them; so that the men and animals 〈◊〉〈◊〉 these farms are badly fed, and the earth is rapidly impoverished. The cultivation of wheat is the reverse in every circumstance. Be∣sides clothing the earth with herbage, and preserving its fertility, it feeds the labourers plentifully, requires from them only a moderate toil, ex∣cept in the season of harvest, raises great numbers of animals for food 〈◊〉〈◊〉 service, and diffuses plenty and happiness among the whole. It is

easier to make an hundred bushels of wheat than a thousand weight of tobacco, and they are worth more when made.

It is not easy to say what are the articles either of necessity, com∣fort, or luxury, which cannot be raised here, as every thing hardier than the olive, and as hardy as the fig, may be raised in the open air. Sugar, coffee and tea, indeed, are not between these limits; and habit having placed them among the necessaries of life with the wealthy, an long as these habits remain, they must go for them to those countries which are able to furnish them.

HISTORY.] We have already given a brief historical account of the first settlement of Virginia, till the arrival of Lord Delaware in 1610. His arrival with a fresh supply of settlers and provisions, re∣vived the drooping spirits of the former company, and gave perma∣nency and respectability to the settlement.

In April 1613, Mr. John Rolf, a worthy young gentleman, was married to Pocahontas, the daughter of Powhatan, the famous Indian chief. This connection, which was very agreeable both to the Eng∣lish and Indians, was the foundation of a friendly and advantageous commerce between them.

In 1616, Mr. Rolf, with his wife Pocahontas, visited England, where she was treated with that attention and respect which she had merited by her important services to the colony in Virginia. She di∣ed the year following at Gravesend, in the 22d year of her age, just as she was about to embark for America. She had embraced the christian religion; and in her life and death evidenced the sincerity of her profession. She left a little son, who, having received his ed∣ucation in England, came over to Virginia, where he lived and died in affluence and honour, leaving behind him an only daughter. Her descendants are among the most respectable families in Vir∣ginia.

Tomocomo, a sensible Indian, brother in law to Pocahontas, accom∣panied her to England; and was directed by Powhatan to bring him an exact account of the numbers and strength of the English. For this purpose, when he arrived at Plymouth, he took a long stick, in∣tending to cut a notch in it for every person he should see. This he soon found impracticable, and threw away his stick. On his return, being asked by Powhatan, how many people there were, he is said to have replied, 'Count the stars in the sky, the leaves on the trees, and the sands on the sea shore; for such is the number of the people in England'.

In pursuance of the authorities given to the company by their sev∣eral charters, and more especially of that part in the charter of 1609, which authorised them to establish a form of government, they, on the 24th July, 1621, by charter under their common seal, declared, That from thenceforward there should be two supreme councils in Virginia, the one to be called the council of state, to be placed and displaced by the treasurer, council in England, and company, from time to time, whose office was to be that of assisting and advising the governor; the other to be called the general assembly, to be convened by the governor once yearly, or oftener, which was to consist of the council of state, and two burgesses out of every town, hundred, or plantation, to be respectively chosen by the inhabitants. In this all matters were to be decided by the greater part of the votes present

••••••serving to the governor a negative voice; and they were to have ••••wer to treat, consult and conclude all emergent occasions concern∣ing the public weal, and to make laws for the behoof and govern∣ment of the colony, imitating and following the laws and policy of ••ngland as nearly as might be: Provided that these laws should 〈◊〉〈◊〉 no force till ratified in a general quarter court of the company 〈◊〉〈◊〉 England, and returned under their common seal, and declaring that, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the government of the colony should be well framed and settled, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 orders of the council in England should bind the colony unless 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the said general assembly. The King and company quar∣••••••••d, and by a mixture of law and force, the latter were ousted of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their rights, without retribution, after having expended 100,000l. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 establishing the colony, without the smallest aid from government. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 James suspended their powers by proclamation of July 15, 1624, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Charles I. took the government into his own hands. Both sides 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their partisans in the colony: But in truth the people of the col∣•••••• in general thought themselves little concerned in the dispute. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 being three parties interested in these several charters, what 〈◊〉〈◊〉 between the first and second it was thought could not affect the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. If the King seized on the powers of the company, they only 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into other hands, without increase or diminution, while the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the people remained as they were. But they did not re∣•••••••• so long. The northern parts of their country were granted a∣•••••• to the Lords Baltimore and Fairfax, the first of these obtain∣ing also the rights of separate jurisdiction and government. And 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1650 the parliament, considering itself as standing in the place of their deposed king, and as having succeeded to all his powers, with∣out 〈◊〉〈◊〉 well as within the realm, began to assume a right over the col∣••••••••, passing an act for inhibiting their trade with foreign nations. This succession to the exercise of the kingly authority gave the first col∣•••••• for parliamentary interference with the colonies, and produced 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fatal precedent which they continued to follow after they had re∣••••••••••, in other respects, within their proper functions. When this 〈◊〉〈◊〉, therefore, which still maintained its opposition to Cromwell and the parliament, was induced in 1651 to lay down their arms, the•• ••••••ously secured their most essential rights by a solemn conven∣••••••.

This convention, entered into with arms in their hands, they sup∣•••••••• had secured the ancient limits of their country—its free trade—its exemption from taxation but by their own assembly, and ex∣•••••••••• of military force from among them. Yet in every of these 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was this convention violated by subsequent kings and parlia∣ments, and other infractions of their constitution, equally dangerous, committed. The general assembly, which was composed of the coun∣•••• of state and burgesses, sitting together and deciding by plurality of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, was split into two houses, by which the council obtained a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 negative on their laws. Appeals from their supreme court, which had been fixed by law in their general assembly, were arbitrari∣•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to England, to be there heard before the king and council. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 400 miles on the sea coast, they were reduced, in the space 〈◊〉〈◊〉 years, to about 100 miles. Their trade with foreigners was to∣•••••• ••••ppressed, and, when carried to Great Britain, was there load∣•••••• imposts. It is unnecessary, however, to glean up the several

instances of injury, as scattered through American and British history; and the more especially, as, by passing on to the accession of the present king, we shall find specimens of them all, aggravated, multiplied and crowded within a small compass of time, so as to evince a fixed design of considering the rights of the people, whether natural, conventional o•• chartered, as mere nul••••ties. The colonies were taxed internally; their essential interests sacrificed to individuals in Great Britain; their legisla∣tures suspended; charters annulled; trials by juries taken away; their persons subjected to transportation across the Atlantic, and to trial before foreign judicatories; their supplications for redress thought be∣neath answer; themselves published as cowards in the councils of their mother country and courts of Europe; armed troops sent among them to enforce submission to these violences; and actual hostilities com∣menced against them. No alternative was presented but resistance or unconditional submission. Between these could be no hesitation. They closed in the appeal to arms. They declared themselves inde∣pendent states. They confederated together into one great republic; thus securing to every state the benefit of an union of their whole force. They fought—they conquered—and obtained an honourable and glorious peace.

LIST of PRESIDENTS and GOVERNORS of VIRGINIA, from its first settlement to the year 1624.* 1.61

Edward Maria Wingfield, from	May, 1607, to Sept▪ 1607.
John Ratcliffe,	Sept. 1607, to July, 1608.
Mat. S••••ivener, Vice President,	July, 1608, to Sept. 1608.
John Smith,	Sept. 1608, to Sept. 1609.
George Percy, Governor,	Sept. 1609, to May, 1610.
Sir Thomas Gates,	May, 1610, to June, 1610.
Lord Delaware,	June, 1610, to March, 1611.
George Percy,	March, 1611, to May, 1611.
Sir Thomas Dale,	May, 1611, to Aug. 1611.
Sir Thomas Gates,	August 1611, to 1614.
Sir Thomas Dale,	1614, to 1616.
George Yeardley,	1616, to 1617.
Samuel Argall,	1617, to 1619.
George Yeardley,	1619, to Nov. 1621.
Sir Francis Wyat,	Nov. 1621, to 1624.

INDIANA

INDIANA, so called, is a tract of land lying on the Ohio river, in the state of Virginia, ceded to William Trent and twenty two others, by the Six Nations and the Shawanese, Delaware and Huron tribes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a compensation for the losses they had sustained by the depreda∣tions of the latter, in the year 1763. This session was made in a ••••gress of the representatives of the Six Nations, at Fort Stanwix, by an indenture, signed the 3d of November, 1768, witnessing, 'That for and in consideration of £85,916:10:8, York currency, (the same being the amount of the goods seized and taken by said Indians from said Trent, &c.) they did grant, bargain, sell, &c. to his majesty, his 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and successors, for the only use of the said William Trent, &c. all that tract or parcel of land, beginning at the southerly side of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Kanhaway creek, where it empties itself into the river Ohio; and running thence southeast to the Laurel Hill; thence along the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hill until it strikes the river Monongahela; thence down the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said river, according to the several courses thereof, to the southern boundary line of the province of Pennsylvania; thence westwardly along the course of the said province boundary line as far 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the same shall extend; thence by the same course to the river Ohio, and then down the river Ohio to the place to beginning, inclusively. This indenture was signed by six Indian chiefs, in presence of Sir William Johnson, Governor Franklin of New Jersey, and the Com∣missioners from Virginia, Pennsylvania, &c. making twelve in the whole.

Since the Indians had an undisputed title to the above limited terri∣tory, either from pre-occupancy or conquest, and their right was ex∣••••••ly acknowledged by the above deed of cession to the crown, it is very evident that Mr. Trent, in his own right, and as attorney for the ••••ders, has a good, lawful and sufficient title to the land granted by the said deed of conveyance.

This matter was laid before congress in the year 1782, and a com∣mittee appointed to consider it, who, in May, reported as follows: 'On the whole, your committee are of opinion that the purchases of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Croghan and the Indian company, were made bona fide for a valuable consideration, according to the then usage and customs of purchasing Indian lands from the Indians, with the knowledge, con∣•••••• and approbation of the crown of Great Britain, the then gov∣ernment of New York and Virginia, and therefore do recommend 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it be

Resolved, That if the said lands are finally ceded or adjudged to the United States in point of jurisdiction, that congress will confirm to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said purchasers who are, and shall be, citizens of the United States, or either of them, their respective shares and propor∣•••••• of said lands, making a reasonable deduction for the value of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rents reserved by the crown of England.'

Notwithstanding this report of the committee, the question could never ••••••••ught to a decision before congress. The federal constitution has, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, made provision for the determination of this business before the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 federal court. But previous to an appeal to this court, the

proprietors thought proper, by their agent, Colonel Morgan, (who is also a proprietor) to present a memorial to the legislature of Virginia, setting forth their claims, and praying that the business might be equi∣tably settled. This memorial was presented in November, 1790; and thus the Indiana business rests for the present.

KENTUCKY.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 230 Miles.	between	80 and 15° W. Lon. Square Miles. 5,000
Breadth 200 Miles.	360 30' and 39° 30′ N. Lat. Square Miles. 5,000

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED northwest, by the river Ohio; west, by Cumberland river; south, by North Carolina; east, by Sandy river, and a line drawn due south from its source, till it strikes the northern boundary of North Carolina.

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] Kentucky was originally divided into two counties, Lincoln and Jefferson. It has since been subdivided into nine, which follow:

Counties.	No. Inhab.	Chief Towns.	No. Inhab.
Jefferson,	4,565	LOUISVILLE,	200
Fayette,	17,576	LEXINGTON,	834
Bourbon,	7,837
Mercer,	6,941	Danville,	150
Nelson,	11,099	Beardstown,	216
Madison,	5,772
Lincoln,	6,548
Woodford,	9,210
Mason,	2,267	Washington,	462
Total	73,677	of whom 12,430 are slaves.

As most of these counties are very large, it is probable that subdi∣visions will continue to be made, as population increases.

RIVERS.] The river Ohio washes the northwestern side of Ken∣tucky, in its whole extent. Its principal branches, which water this fertile tract of country, are Sandy, Licking, Kentucky, Salt, Green and Cumberland rivers. These again branch in various directions, into rivulets of different magnitudes, fertilizing the country in all its parts. At the bottoms of these water courses the limestone rock, which is common to this country, appears of a greyish colour; and where it lies exposed to the air, in its natural state, it looks like brown freestone. On the banks of these rivers and rivulets, this stone has the appearance of fine marble, being of the same texture, and is found in the greatest plenty.

Sandy, Licking and Kentucky rivers rise near each other, in the Cumberland mountains. Of these, Sandy river only breaks through the mountain. This river constitutes a part of the eastern boundary of Kentucky.

Licking river runs in a northwest direction, upwards of 100 miles, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is about 100 yards broad at its mouth.

Kentucky is a very crooked river, and after running a course of more than 200 miles, empties into the Ohio by a mouth 150 yards broad.

Salt river rises at four different places near each other. The wind∣ings of this river are curious. The four branches, after a circuitous course round a fine tract of land, unite; and after running about 15 miles, empty into the Ohio, 20 miles below the falls. Its general course is westward—its length about 90 miles—and at its mouth is 80 yards wide.

Green river pursues a western course upwards of 150 miles, and by a mouth 80 yards wide, falls into the Ohio, 120 miles below the rapids:

Cumberland river interlocks with the northern branch of Ken∣tucky, and rolling round the other arms of Kentucky, among the mountains in a southern course, 100 miles—then in a southwestern course for above 200 more—then in a southern and southwestern course for about 250 more, finds the Ohio, 413 miles below the falls. At Nashville, this river is 200 yards broad, and at its mouth 300. The river in about half its course, passes through North Carolina.

These rivers are navigable for boats almost to their sources, with∣out rapids, for the greatest part of the year. The little rivulets which checker the country, begin to lessen in June, and quite disap∣pear in the months of August, September and October. The autum∣nal rains, however, in November replenish them again. The method of getting a supply of water in the dry season is by sinking wells, which are easily dug, and afford excellent water. The want of wa∣ter in autumn, is the great complaint. Mills that may be supplied with water eight months in a year, may be erected in a thousand dif∣ferent places. Wind mills and horse mills may supply the other four months.

The banks of the rivers are generally high and composed of lime 〈◊〉〈◊〉. After heavy rains, the water in the rivers rises from 10 to 30 feet.

SPRINGS.] There are five noted salt springs or licks in this coun∣try; viz. the higher and lower Blue Springs, on Licking river, from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of which, it is said, issue streams of brinish water—the Big Bone lick, Drennon's licks; and Bullet's lick, at Salisburgh. The last of these licks, though in low order, has supplied this country and Cum∣berland with salt at 20 shillings he bushel, Virginia currency; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is exported to the Illinois country. The method of procuring 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from these licks, is by sinking wells from 30 to 40 feet deep. The water drawn from these wells is more strongly impregnated with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 than the water from the sea. A strait road, 40 feet wide, has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cut from Saltsburgh to Louisville, 24 miles.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL AND PRODUCE.} This whole country, as far as has yet been discovered, lies upon a bed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stone, which in general is about six feet below the furface, ex∣cept in the vallies, where the soil is much thinner. A tract of about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles wide, along the banks of the Ohio, is hilly, broken land, in∣terspersed with many fertile spots. The rest of the country is ••••••ably uneven, gently ascending and descending at no great dis∣tances.

The angles of ascent are from eight to twenty four degrees, and sometimes more. The vallies in common, are very narrow, and the soil in them is very thin, and of an inferior quality; and that along the ascending ground is frequently not much better; for where you see a tree blown up, you find the roots clinging to the upper parts of the rock. The soil, on these agreeable ascents, (for they cannot be called hills) is sufficiently deep, as is evident from the size of the trees. The soil is either black, or tinged with a lighter or deeper vermillion, or is of the colour of dark ashes. In many places there are appear∣ances of potter's clay, and coal in abundance. The country prom∣ises to be well supplied with wholesome, well tasted water. In Nel∣son county, northwest of Rolling fork, a branch of Salt river, is a tract of about 40 miles square, mostly barren, interspersed with plains and strips of good land, which are advantageous situations for raising cattle, as the neighbouring barrens, as they are improperly styled, are covered with grass, and afford good pasturage. The lands east of Nolin creek a branch of Green river, are in general of ••n inferior quality; but the banks of Green river afford many desirable situations.

Towards the head waters of Kentucky river, which interlock with the waters of Cumberland and Sandy rivers, and the whole country eastward and southward as far as the Holstein river, is broken, moun∣tainous and almost impenetrable; and from the description given by hunters▪ it is much doubted whether it will even be practicable to make a passable road from Kentucky across to Winchester, in Virginia, on the east side of the mountains, which, on a straight line, is not perhaps more than 400 miles, and the way now travelled is 600. No country will admit of being thicker settled with farmers, who confine them∣selves to agriculture, than this.

Elkhorn river, a branch of the Kentucky, from the southeast, waters a country fine beyond description. Indeed, the country east and south of this, including the head waters of Licking river, Hickman's and Jessamine creeks, and the remarkable bend in Kentucky river, may be called an extensive garden. The soil is deep and black, and the natural growth, large walnuts, honey and black locust, poplar, elm, oak, hickory, sugar tree, &c. Grape vines run to the tops of the trees; and the surface of the ground is covered with clover, blue grass and wild rye. On this fertile tract, and the Licking river, and the head waters of Salt river, are the bulk of the settlements in this country. The soil within a mile or two of Kentucky river is general∣ly of the third and fourth rates; and as you advance towards the O∣hio, the land is poor and hilly.

Dick's river runs through a great body of first rate land, abounding with cane, and affords many excellent mill seats. Salt river has good lands on its head waters, except that they are low and unhealthy, but for 25 miles before it empties into the Ohio, the land on each side is level and poor, and abounds with ponds.

Cumberland river, so much of it as passes through Kentucky, trav∣erses, some parts excepted, a hilly poor country.

Green river overflows its banks a considerable way up, at the season when the Ohio swells, which is in April. This swell in Green river o ccasions several of its branches to overflow, and cover the low grounds with water, leaves and vegetable substances, which, in sum∣mer, become noxious and unhealthy. Its banks are fine and fertile.

There is a great body of good land near the falls and rapids in the O∣hio, called Bare grass; but the climate is rendered unhealthy by ponds of stagnant water, which may be easily drained.

This country in general is well limbered. Of the natural growth which is peculiar to this country, we may reckon the sugar, the coffee, the papaw and the cucumber tree. The two last are soft wood, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a fruit of the shape and size of a cucumber. The coffee tree re∣sembles the black oak, and bears a pod, which encloses a feed, of which a drink is made not unlike coffee. Besides these there is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 locust, black mulberry, wild cherry, of a large size. The buck∣••••••, an exceedingly soft wood, is the horse chesnut of Europe. The ••••••olia bears a beautiful blossom of a rich and exquisite fragrance, ••uch is the variety and beauty of the flowering shrubs and plants which grow spontaneously in this country, that in the proper season the wilderness appears in blossom.

The accounts of the fertility of the soil in this country, have, in some instances, exceeded belief; and probably have been exaggerat∣ed.—That some parts of Kentucky, particularly the high grounds, are remarkably good, all accounts agree. The lands of the first rate are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rich for wheat, and will produce 50 and 60, and in some instances, it is affirmed, 100 bushels of good corn, and acre. In common, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 will produce 30 bushels of wheat or rye an acre. Barley, oats, cotton, flax, hemp, and vegetables of all kinds common in this cli∣mate, yield abundantly. The old Virginia planters say, that if the climate does not prove 100 moist, few soils known, will yield more 〈◊〉〈◊〉 better tobacco. Experience has proved, that the climate is not 100 moist. Great quantities of this article have been exported to France and Spain, through New Orleans; and it is a well known 〈◊〉〈◊〉 that Philadelphia is a profitable market for the Kentucky planter, notwithstanding all the inconveniences and expenses of reshipment a New Orleans, under a Spanish government. What advantages 〈◊〉〈◊〉 may not this country expect from a free navigation of the Missi∣sippi, unrestrained by Spanish policy!

In the rivers are plenty of buffalo, pike and catfish of uncommon 〈◊〉〈◊〉, salmon, mullet, rock, perch, garfish, eel, sucke••s, sunfish, &c.—〈◊〉〈◊〉 have not been caught in the western waters.

Swamps are ra••e in Kentucky; and of course the reptiles which they produce, such as snakes, frogs, &c. are not numerous. The hon∣••y bee may be called a domestic infect, as it is said not to be found but in civilized countries. This is confirmed by a saying which is common among the Indians, when they see a swarm of bees in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, 'Well brothers, it is time for us to decamp, for the white peo∣ple are coming.' Nevertheless bees, of late years, have abounded, to their amazement, even 200 miles N. and N. W. of the Ohio.

The quadrupeds, except the buffalo, are the same as in Virginia and the Carolinas.

CLIMATE.] Healthy and delightful, some few places in the neigh∣bourhood of ponds and low grounds excepted. The inhabitants do not experience the extremes of heat and cold. Snow seldom falls 〈◊〉〈◊〉, or lies long.—The winter, which begins about Christmas, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 longer than three months, and is commonly but two, and is so 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as that cattle can subsist without fodder.

CHIEF TOWNS.] LEXINGTON, which stands on the head waters of Elkhorn river, is reckoned the capital of Kentucky. Here the courts are held, and business regularly conducted. In 1786, it con∣tained about 100 houses, and several stores, with a good assortment of dry goods. It has greatly increased since, and contains about 900 in∣habitants.

WASHINGTON, the shire town of Mason county, is the second town in this state, containing about 500 inhabitants.

LEESTOWN is west of Lexington, on the eastern bank of Kentucky river. It is regularly laid out, and is flourishing. The banks of Ken∣tucky river are remarkably high, in some places 3 and 400 feet, com∣posed generally of stupendous perpendicular rock; the consequence is, there are few crossing places. The best is at Leestown, which is a circumstance that must contribute much to its increase.

LOUISVILLE, is at the rapids of the Ohio, in a fertile country, and promises to be a place of great trade. It has been made a port of en∣try. Its unhealthiness, owing to stagnated waters back of the town, has considerably retarded its growth. Besides these there is Beardstown, in Nelson county, and Harrodsburg, in Mercer county, both on the head waters of Salt river; Danville, Boonsborough and Granville are also increasing towns.

POPULATION AND CHARACTER.] The population of this state in 1790, is given in the preceding table. In 1783, in the county of Lincoln* 1.62 only, there were, on the militia rolls, 3570 men, chiefly em∣igrants from the lower parts of Virginia. In 1784, the number of in∣habitants were reckoned at upwards of 30,000. It is asserted that at least 20,000 migrated here in the year 1787. These people, collected from different states, of different manners, customs, religions, and po∣litical sentiments, have not been long enough together to form a uni∣form national character. Among the settlers there are many gentle∣men of abilities, and many genteel families, from several of the states, who give dignity and respectability to the settlement. They are, in general, more regular than people who generally settle new coun∣tries.

RELIGION.] The Baptists are the most numerous religious sect in Kentucky. There are several large congregations of Presbyterians, and some few of other denominations.

CONSTITUTION.] By the constitution of this state, formed and a∣dopted in 1792, the powers of government are divided into 3 distinct departments; legislative, executive, and judiciary. The legislative power is vested in a general assembly, consisting of a senate and house of representatives; the supreme executive, in a governor; the judi∣ciary, in the supreme court of appeals, and such inferior courts as the legislature may establish. The representatives are chosen annually, by the people; the senators and governor are chosen four years, by electors appointed for that purpose; the judges are appointed during good behaviour, by the governor, with advice of the senate. An enu∣meration of the free male inhabitants, above 21 years old, is to be made once in four years. After each enumeration, the number of senators and representatives is to be fixed by the legislature, and ap∣portioned among the several counties, according to the number of in∣habitants.

There can never be fewer than 40, nor more than 100 repre∣sentatives. The senate at first consisted of 11 members; and for the addition of every four representatives, one senator is to be added. The representatives must be 24 years old; the senators 27; the gov∣ernor 30, and all of them must have been inhabitants of the state two years. The governor can hold no other office. The members of the general assembly none, but those of attorney at law, justice of the peace, coroner, and in the militia. The judges, and all other officers, must be inhabitants of the counties for which they are appointed. The governor, members of the general assembly, and judges, receive stated salaries out of the public treasury, from which no money can be drawn but in consequence of appropriation by law. All officers take an oath of fidelity to discharge the duties of their offices, and are liable to impeachment for misconduct. Elective officers must swear that they have not used bribery in obtaining their elections. All free male cit∣i••••ns 21 years old, having resided in the state 2 years, or in the coun∣ty where they offer to vote, one year, have a right to vote for rep∣resentatives, and for electors of senators and governor, and are privileged from arrest, in civil actions, while attending that business. The general assembly meets on the first Monday in November, in each year, unless sooner convened by the governor. Each house chooses its speaker and other officers, judges of the qualifications of its mem∣bers, and determines the rules of its proceedings, of which a journal i•• kept and published weekly, unless secrecy be requisite. The doors of both houses are kept open. The members of the legislature, while attending the public business, are privileged from arrests in civil ac∣tions, and may not be questioned elsewhere for any thing said in pub∣lic debate. Impeachments are made by the lower house, and tried by the upper. All revenue bills originate in the house of representatives, and are amendable by the senate, like other bills. Each bill passed by both houses is presented to the governor, who must sign it if he ap∣prove it; if not, he must return it within ten days, to the house in which it originated; if it be not returned, or if, when returned, it be repassed by two thirds of both houses, it is a law without his signature. The governor has power to appoint most of the executive officesd of the state; to remit fines and forfeitures, and grant reprieves an pardons, except in cases of impeachment; to require information from executive officers; to convene the general assembly on extraordinary occasions, and adjourn them in case they cannot agree on the time themselves. He must inform the legislature, of the state of the com∣monwealth; recommend to them such measures as he shall judge ex∣pedient; and see that the laws are faithfully executed. The speaker of the senate exercises the office of governor in case of vacancy. The legislature has power to forbid the farther importation of slaves, but not to emancipate those already in the state, without the consent of the owner, or paying an equivalent. Treason against the common∣wealth consists only in levying war against it, or in adhering to its en∣emies, giving them aid and comfort.

The declaration of rights asserts the civil equality of all; their right to alter the government at any time; liberty of conscience; freedom of elections and of the press; trial by jury; the subordination of the military to the civil power; the rights of criminals to be heard in their own defence; the right of the people to petition for the redress of

grievances, to bear arms, and to emigrate from the state. It prohibits unreasonable searches and seizures; excessive bail; confinement of debtors, unless there be presumption of fraud; suspension of habeas cor∣pus writ, unless in rebellion or invasion; ex post facto laws; attainder by the legislature; standing armies; titles of nobility and hereditary dis∣tinction.

LITERATURE AND IMPROVEMENTS.] The legislature of Virginia, while Kentucky belonged to that state, made provision for a college in it, and endowed it with very considerable landed funds. The Rev. John Todd gave a very handsome library for its use. Schools are es∣tablished in the several towns, and in general, regularly and handsome∣ly supported. They have a printing office, and publish a weekly ••a∣zette. They have erected a paper mill, an oil mill, fulling mills, saw mills, and a great number of valuable grift mills. Their salt works are more than sufficient to supply all their inhabitants, at a low price. They make considerable quantities of sugar from the sugar trees. Labourers, particularly tradesmen, are exceedingly wanted here.

CURIOSITIES.] The banks, or rather precipices, of Kentucky and Dick's river, are to be reckoned among the natural curiosities of this country. Here the astonished eye beholds 300 or 400 feet of solid perpendicular rock, in some parts, of the lime stone kind, and in others of fine white marble, curiously checkered with strata of aston∣ishing regularity. These rivers have the appearance of deep artifi∣cial canals. Their high rocky banks are covered with red cedar groves.

Caves have been discovered in this country of several miles in length, under a fine lime stone rock, supported by curious arches and pillars. Springs that emit sulphureous matter have been found in several parts of the country. One is near a salt spring, in the neigh∣bourhood of Boonsborough. There are three springs or ponds of bitumen near Green river, which do not form a stream, but empty themselves into a common reservoir, and when used in lamps, answer all the purposes of the best oil. Copperas and allum are among the minerals of Kentucky. Near Lexington are found curious ••••••••∣chres full of human skeletons. It has been asserted that a man, in or near Lexington, having dug 5 or 6 feet below the surface of the ground, came to a large flat stone, under which was a well of com∣mon depth, regularly and artificially stoned.

HISTORY.] See our general account of the discovery and settle∣ment of North America, page 117 and 118.

NORTH CAROLINA.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 300 Miles.	between	1° and 6° 30′ W. Long. Sq. Miles. 34,000
Breadth 120 Miles.	33° 50′ and 36° 30′ N. Lat. Sq. Miles. 34,000.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Virginia; east, by the Atlantic ocean; south, by South Carolina and Georgia; west, by a chain of Mountains a few miles to the west∣•••••• of the great Appalachian mountain. This chain of mountains, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the whole for a part, has occasionally been called the great Iron 〈◊〉〈◊〉. All that vast country which lies on the west of the Iron 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was surrendered to the United States by the State of North 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the year 1789. It has since been erected into a separate ••••••nment, commonly called the Territory South of Ohio, or the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 government.* 1.63

CIVIL DIVISIONS.] This state is divided into eight districts, which are subdivided into 54 counties, as follows:

TABLE

Districts.	Counties.
These 3 distr. are on the se•• coast, extend. from the Virgin. line southward to S. Carolina.	EDENTON. 9 counties, 53.770 inhabitants. Chief town, Edenton.	Chowan,
Currituck,
Camden,
Pasquotank,
Perquimins,
Gates,
Hertford,
Bertie,
Tyrrel,
WILMING∣TON. 5 counties. 26,035 inh. Ch. town Wilmingt.	N. Hanover,
Brunswick,
Duplin,
Biaden,
Onslow,
NEWBERN. 9 counties, 55 540 inhabitants. Chief town, Newbern.	Craven,
Beaufort,
Carteret,
Johnston,
Pitt,
Dobbs,
Wayne,
Hyde,
Jones,
These 5 districts, beginning on the Virginia line, cover the whole state west of the 3 mar••time districts before mentio.; and the greater part of them extend quite across the state from N. to S.	HALIFAX. 7 counties, 64630 inh. Ch. Town Halifax.	Halifax,
Northampton
Martin,
Edgecomb,
Warren,
Franklin,
Nash,
HILLSBORO' 6 coun. 59,983 inh. Ch. town Hillsborough.	Orange,
Chatham,
Granville,
Caswell,
Wake,
Randolf,
SALISBURY. 8 coun. 66,480 inh. Chief town Salis∣bury.	Rowan,
Mecklenburg,
Rockingham,
Iredell,
Surry,
Montgomery,
Stokes,
Guilford,
MORGAN 4 counti. 33,293 inhab.	Burke,
Ruthford,
Linclon,
Wilkes,
Cumberland,
FAYETTE. 6 coun. 340••0 inh. Ch. town Fayetteville.	Moore,
Richmond,
Robison,
Sampson,
Anson,

RIVERS.] Chowan river is formed by the confluence of three rivers, viz. the Meherrin, Nottaway and Black rivers; all of which rise in Virginia. It falls into the northwest corner of Albemarle sound, and is three miles wide at its mouth, but narrows fast as you ascend it.

Roanoke is a long rapid river, formed by two principal branches, Staunton river, which rises in Virginia, and Dan river, which rises in North Carolina. The low lands on this river are subject to in••••∣dations. It is navigable only for shallops, nor for these, but about 60 or 70 miles, on account of falls, which in a great measure obstruct the water communication with the back country. It empties, by several mouths, into the southwest end of Albemarle sound. The planters on the banks of this river are supposed to be the wealthiest in North Carolina. One of them, it is said, raises about 3000 barrels of corn, and 4000 bushels of peas, annually.

Cushal is a small river, which empties into Albemarle found between Chowan and the Roanoke.

Pamlico or Tar river opens into Pamlico sound. Its course is from northwest to southeast. It is navigable for vessels drawing nine feet water to the town of Washington, about 40 miles from its mouth; and for scows or flats, carrying 30 or 40 hogsheads, 50 miles further, to the town of Tarborough. Beyond this place the river is inconsider∣able and is not navigable.

Nous river empties into Pamlico sound below Newbern. It is nav∣igable for sea vessels about 12 miles above the town of Newbern; for scows 50 miles, and for small boats 200 miles.

Trent river, from the southwest, falls into the Neus at Newbern. It is navigable for sea vessels about 12 miles above the town, and for boats thirty.

There are several other rivers of less note, among which are the Pasq••otank, Perquimins, Little river, Alligator, &c. which discharge themselves into Albemarle sound. All the rivers in North Carolina, and, it may be added, in South Carolina, Georgia, and the Floridas, which empty into the Atlantic ocean, are navigable by any vessel that can pass the bar at their mouth. While the water courses continue ••ide enough for vessels to turn round, there is generally a sufficient depth of water for them to proceed.

Cape Fear, more properly Clarendon river, opens into the sea at Cape Fear, in about lat▪ 33° 45′. As you ascend it, you pass Bruns∣wick on the left, and Wilmington on the right. The river then di∣vides into northeast and northwest branches, as they are called. It is navigable for large vessels to Wilmington, and for boats to Fayetteville, near 90 miles further. This river affords the best navigation in North Carolina. Yadkin river rises in this state, and running southeast∣wardly, crosses into South Carolina, where it takes the name of Pe∣••••e, and passes to sea below Georgetown.

This state would be much more valuable, were it not that the rivers are barred at their mouths, and the coast furnishes no good harbours. These circumstances will prevent the state from building large ships, for which they have an abundance of excellent timber. Several caus∣es have been assigned for all the harbours and rivers being barred, south of the Chesapeak. Some suppose the bars are formed by the current of the long rivers, throwing up the sands where their rapidi∣ty terminates—Others say that a bank is thrown up by the Gulf Stream, which runs near these shores.

The banks of the rivers in this, and the other neighbouring states, often overflow after great rains; which does much damage to the plantations. A gentleman on the spot asserts, that he has seen the water 30 feet below the banks of the river, just after it had been 10 feet above them. This is owing to the narrowness of the mouths of the rivers, which do not afford a sufficient channel for the waters, accu∣••••lating every mile, to discharge themselves into the ocean.

SOUNDS, CAPES, INLETS, &c.] Pamlico sound is a kind of lake 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inland sea, from 10 to 20 miles broad, and nearly 100 miles in length. It is separated from the sea, in its whole length, by a beach of sand hardly a mile wide, generally covered with small trees or bushes. Through this bank are several small inlets, by which boats may pass. But Ocrecok inlet is the only one that will admit vessels 〈◊〉〈◊〉 burden into the districts of Edenton and Newbern. This inlet is in latitude 35° 10′, and opens into Pamlico sound, between Ocrecok

island and Core bank; the land on the north is called Ocrecok; and on the south Portsmouth. A bar of hard sand crosses this inlet, on which, at low tide, there are 14 feet water. Six miles within this bar, is a hard sand shoal, called the Swash, lying across the channel. On each side of the channel are dangerous shoals, sometimes dry. There is from 8 to 9 feet water at full tide, according to the winds, on the Swash. Common tides rise 18 inches on the bar, and ten on the Swash. Between the bar and the Swash is good anchoring ground, called the Upper and Lower anchorages. Ships drawing 10 feet water do not come farther than the first anchorage, till light∣ened. Pew mariners, though acquainted with the inlets, choose to bring in their own vessels, as the bar often shifts during their absence on a voyage. North of Pamlico sound, and communicating with it, is Albemarle sound, 60 miles in length, and from 8 to 12 in breadth.

Core sound lies south of Pamlico, and communicates with it. These sounds are so large when compared with their inlets from the sea, that no tide can be perceived in any of the rivers which empty into them; nor is the water salt even in the mouths of these rivers.

Cape Hatteras is in latitude 35° 15′. At the time of Sir Walter Raleigh's approaching the American shores, the shoals in the vicinity of Hatteras were found to be extremely dangerous, and no vessels, in that latitude, ventured within 7 leagues of the land. From a survey of the ancient drafts of this part of the coast, there can be no doubt but the fears of former navigators were not without foundation, as these shoals are laid down very large in extent, and in many places covered with not more than 5 or 6 feet water, at a great distance from the land.

The constant experience of the coasting trade of the United States demonstrates, either that the ancient drafts were purposely falsified in order to deter seamen from venturing too near a coast, with which they had as yet a very slender acquaintance, or (which is the most prob∣able) that by the strong currents hereabouts, which are only counter currents of the Gulph Stream, the sands, which were originally heap∣ed up in this part of the ocean by some ancient convulsion of nature, have been gradually wearing away, and diminishing to what we find them to be at this time.

At present the out shoals, which lie about 14 miles southwest of the Cape▪ are but of 5 or 6 acres extent, and where they are really dan∣gerous to vessels of moderate draught, not more than half that number of acres. On the shoalest part of these is, at low water, about 10 feet, and here at times the ocean breaks in a tremendous manner, spouting, as it were, to the clouds, from the violent agitations of the Gulf Stream, which touches the eastern edge of the banks, from whence the declivity is sudden, that is to say, from ten fathoms to no soundings. On the spot abovementioned, which is firm sand▪ it has been the lot of many a good vessel to strike, in a gale of wind, and to go to pieces. In moderate weather, however, these shoals may be passed over, if nec∣essary, at full tide, without much danger, by vessels not drawing more than 8, 9, or 10 feet water.

From this bank, which was formerly of vast extent, and called the Full Moon Sh••al, a ridge runs the whole distance to the Cape, about a N. W. course: This ridge, which is about half a mile wide, has on it at low tide generally 10, 11, and 12 feet water, with gaps at equal in∣tervals,

affording good channels of about 15 or 16 feet water. The most noted of these channels, and most used by coasting vessels, is about one mile and an half from the land, and may easily be known by a range of breakers which are always seen on the west side, and a br••••ker head or two on the eastern side, which however are not so constant, only appearing when the sea is considerably agitated. This channel is at least two and an half miles wide, and might at full sea be ••••••••ly passed by the largest ships. These, however, rarely attempt it. The common tides swell about 6 feet, and always come from the S. E. A little north of the Cape is good anchoring in 4 or 5 fathoms, and with the wind to the westward, a boat may land in safety, and even 〈◊〉〈◊〉 off casks of fresh water, plenty of which is to be found every 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the beach, by digging a foot or two, and putting a barrel into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Cape Lookout is south of Cape Hatteras, opposite Core sound, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 already been mentioned as having had an excellent harbour en∣••••••ly filled up with land since the year 1777.

Cape Fear is remarkable for a dangerous shoal called, from its form, the Frying pan. This shoal lies at the entrance of Cape Fear river, the south part of it, 6 miles from Cape Fear pitch, in latitude 33° 32′.

SWAMPS.] There are two swamps that have been called Dismal. Great Dismal is on the dividing line between Virginia and North Carolina. It is chiefly owned by two companies. The Virginia com∣pany, of whom the President of the U. States is one, own 100,000 acres. The North Carolina company owns 40,000 acres. In the midst of this dismal there is a lake about seven miles long, called Drummond's 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The waters of that lake in rainy seasons discharge themselves to the southward into Pasquotank of North Carolina, and to the north and eastward into the branches of the Nansemond, Elizabeth river, and a river which runs into Currituck found; a navigable canal is to be dug from the head of Pasquetank to the head of Eli∣zabeth river in Virginia, the distance about 14 miles. This canal will pass about a mile to the eastward of Drummond's pond, and will ••••ive water from that lake: To pass through the lake would not be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for low sided vessels. The company by whom this canal is to be cut, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 been incorporated by the concurring laws of Virginia and North Carolina. In September, 1791, the subscription being nearly full, the ••••••pany chose their directors and other officers. By the canal the ••••ports of Norfolk must be greatly increased.

The other dismal is in Currituck county on the south side of Al∣bemarle sound. This dismal had not drawn the public attention as a object of importance before the end of the late war, at which time it was chiefly taken up. It is now supposed to contain one of the most ••••••able rice estates in America. In the midst of this dismal there is ••••lake of about 11 miles long, and 7 miles broad. In the year 1785, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 1786, Josiah Collins, Esq of Edenton, in company with Messrs. Al∣•••••• and Dickinson of that place, having taken up near 100,000 acres of land round the lake, resolving to make a navigable canal from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the head of Skuppernong river: The distance five and a half miles. This canal, 20 feet wide, was finished in 1790, and the com∣pany in 1791 raised above 120 acres of rice on the margin. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 channel by which the lake used to discharge its waters is now

stopped, and the waters pass off by the canal. About 500 yards 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the lake: The company have erected several saw mills. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the lake is higher than the surface of the ground for about half 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the lake on both sides of the canal; whence it follows that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 company, can at any time, lay under water about ten thousand 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a rich swamp, which proves admirably fitted for rice.

PRINCIPAL TOWNS.] Newbern, Edenton, Wilmington, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Hillsborough, Salisbury and Fayetteville, each in their turns have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the seat of the general assembly. At present they have no 〈◊〉〈◊〉. According to the constitution of this state, the general assembl•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to meet at any place they think fit on their own adjournments▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 effect of this power was such as might be expected, in a state 〈◊〉〈◊〉 there is no very large city or town nearly central; it was the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of constant intrigue and disquietude. The assembly seldom sat 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in succession in the same place. The public officers were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 over every part of the country. You could seldom visit the govern•••••••••• the secretary, the treasurer or the comptroller, in less riding than 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or three hundred miles. Hence records were loft, accounts were ••••••∣ly kept, and the state from that single misfortune is supposed to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lost more than a million of dollars. It was equally clear to all par∣ties that the government should not be itinerant, and the convention which met in the year 1788, to consider of the new federal constitu∣tion, according to their instructions, took this part of their own con∣stitution into their consideration, and by a very small majority resolv∣ed that the seat of government should be fixed at some place to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 agreed on by commissioners, within ten miles of Wake court 〈◊〉〈◊〉. This is a healthy and central situation. But an act of the legislat•••••• became necessary to give effect to this ordinance, and in subsequent assemblies, there has generally been a similar majority, that is to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 majority of one or two to oppose the ordinance. The profits that might arise to a few publicans and shop keepers at some other town in which the assembly might meet, occasioned more activity and pro∣cured more votes than the patriotic desire of terminating disputes and securing a quiet orderly and good government. For the honour of reason, by which we should be governed rather than by passion, it is to be wished that other legislatures, in similar circumstances, had not acted in a similar manner.

The general assembly of the state, at their session in December 1791, passed a law for carrying the ordinance into effect, and appropriated 10,000l. towards erecting public buildings.

NEWBERN is the largest town in the state. It is stands on a flat, sandy point of land, formed by the confluence of the rivers Neus on the north, and Trent on the south. Opposite the town, the Neus is about a mile and a half, and the Trent three quarters of a mile wide. The town contains about 400 houses,* 1.64 all built of wood, excepting the palace, the church, the goal and two dwelling houses, which are of brick. The palace is a building erected by the province before the revolution, and was formerly the residence of the governors. It is large and elegant, two stories high, with two wings for offices, a little advanced in front towards the town; these wings are connected with the principal building by a circular arcade. This once handsome and

〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••ished building is now much out of repair. One of the halls 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for a dancing, and another for a school room—which are the, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 present uses of this palace. The arms of the king of the Great Brit∣•••• appear in a pediment in front of the building. The Episco∣•••••• is a small brick building, with a bell. It is the only house 〈◊〉〈◊〉 public worship in the place. A rum distillery has lately been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in this town. It is the county town of Craven county, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 house and gaol. The court house is raised on brick arches 〈◊〉〈◊〉 render the lower part a convenient market place; but the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 marketing is done with the people in their canoes and boats 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river side.

••••••••NTON is situated on the north side of Albemarle Sound; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 150 indifferent wood houses, and a few handsome buildings. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a brick church for Episcopalians, which for many years has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 neglected, and serves only to shew that the people once 〈◊〉〈◊〉 regard, at least, for the externals of religion. Its local situation ••••••tageous for trade, but not for health. It is the county town ••••ow an county, and has a court house and goal. In or near the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lived the proprietary, and the first of the royal governors.

WILMINGTON is a town of about 180 houses, situated on the east 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the eastern branch of Cape Fear or Clarendon river, 34 miles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the sea. The course of the river, as it passes by the town, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 north to south, and is about 150 yards wide.

In 1786 a fire broke out, supposed to have been kindled by ne∣••••••, and consumed about 25 or 30 houses. The town is rebuilding 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

HILLSBOROUGH is an inland town, situated in a high, healthy and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country, 180 miles north of the west from Newbern. It is set∣tled by about 60 or 70 families.

SALISBURY is agreeably situated, about 5 miles from Yadkin river, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 contains about 90 dwelling houses.

HALIFAX is a pretty town, and stands on the western bank of the Ro∣••••••, about 6 miles below the falls, and has about 30 or 40 dwelling 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

FAYETTEVILLE stands on the west side of Clarendon, commonly called Cape Fear river, and about a mile from its banks. It is well built on both sides of a creek, from which the town was formerly call∣ed Cross Creek. Two small creeks unite near the town, and an island, just below the junction, divides the creek. Some person took it into his head that the creeks crossed each other without mixing their waters; and the strangeness or improbability of the thing, as 〈◊〉〈◊〉 many other cases, seems to have been the reason, why it was be∣••••ved. Since the peace, this town has flourished, but a considerable part of it was burnt in 1792. It is situated in a settlement of Scotch ••••••ghlanders.

WASHINGTON is situated in the county of Beaufort, on the north 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Tar river, in latitude 35° 30′, distant from Ocrecok inlet 90 miles. From this town is exported tobacco of the Petersburgh quan∣•••••• pork, beef, Indian corn, peas, beans, pitch, tar, turpentine, rosin, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and pine boards, shingles and oak staves. About 130 vessels en∣•••• annually at the custom house in this town.

G••••ENRVILLE, so called after Major General Nathaniel Greene, is situated in Pitt county, on the south bank of Tar river, in latitude 35° 35′,

distant from Ocrecok inlet 110 miles. At this town there is an acad∣emy established, called the Pitt Academy.

TARBOROUGH is situated in the county of Edgecomb, on the south bank of Tar river, in latitude 35° 45′, distant from Ocrecok inlet 14•• miles. At this town large quantities of tobacco of the Petersburgh quality, pork, beef, and Indian corn, are collected for exportation.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY, SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.} North Carolina, in its whole width, for 60 miles from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is a dead level. A great proportion of this tract lies in forest, and is barren. On the banks of some of the rivers, particularly of the Roa••ok••, the land is fertile and good. Interspersed through the other parts, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 glades of rich swamp, and ridges of oak land, of a black, fertile soil. In all this champagne country, marine productions are found by digging 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or 20 feet below the surface of the ground. The sea coast, the sounds, inlets and the lower parts of the rivers, have uniformly a mud∣dy, soft bottom. Sixty or eighty miles from the sea, the country rises into hills and mountains, as described under this head is South Carolina and Georgia.

Wheat, rye, barley, oats and flax grow well in the black hilly country. Indian corn and pulse of all kinds in all parts. Ground peas run on the surface of the earth, and are covered by hand with a light mould, and the pods grow under ground: They are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 raw or roasted, and taste much like a hazlenut. Cotton and hemp are also considerably cultivated here, and might be raised in much greatly plenty. The cotton is planted yearly: The stalk dies with the f••••st. The labour of one man will produce 1000 pounds in the seeds, or 230•••• for manufacturing. The country is generally friendly to the raising of sheep, which yield from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to 2½ pounds of wool, which is short and not very fine.

It is no uncommon thing for the farmer to mark from 500 to 1000 calves in a year. No farther attention is paid to them till they are fit for slaughter; then they are taken up, killed, barrelled and sent to the West India market. Their pork is raised with as little trouble, large quantities of which, before the war, were sent to New England, particularly to Boston and Salem.

TARDE.] A great proportion of the produce of the back country, consisting of tobacco, wheat, Indian corn, &c. is carried to market is South Carolina and Virginia. The southern interior countries, carry their produce to Charleston; and the northern to Petersburgh in Virginia. The exports from the lower parts of the state, are tar, pitch, turpentine, rosin, Indian corn, boards, scantling, staves shingles, furs, tobacco, pork, lard, tallow, beeswax, myrtle wax, and a few other ar∣ticles, amounting in the year, ending September 30th 1791, to 524,54•• dollars. Their trade is chiefly with the West Indies and the northern states. From the latter they receive flour, cheese, cyder, apples, pota∣toes, iron wares, cabinet wares, hats and dry goods of all kinds, im∣ported from Great Britain, France and Holland, teas, &c. From the West Indies, rum, sugar and coffee.

CLIMATE, DISEASES, &c.] In the flat country, near the sea coast, the inhabitants, during the summer and autumn, are subject to inter∣mitting fevers, which often prove fatal, as bilious or nervous symptoms prevail. These fevers are seldom immediately dangerous to the na∣tives who are temperate, or to strangers who are prudent. They, how∣ever,

if suffered to continue for any length of time, bring on other disorders, which greatly impair the natural vigor of the mind, debili∣tate the constitution, and terminate in death. The countenances of the inhabitants during these seasons, have generally a pale yellowish 〈◊〉〈◊〉, occasioned by the prevalence of bilious symptoms. They have very little of the bloom and freshness of the people in the northern states.

It has been observed that more of the inhabitants, of the men specially, die during the winter, by pleurisies and peripn••umonies, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 during the warm months by bilious complaints. These pleuri∣sies are brought on by intemperance, and by an imprudent exposure to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 weather. Were the inhabitants cautious and prudent in these ••••pects, it is alleged by their physicians, that they might in general 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the danger of these fatal diseases. The use of flannel next to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 skin during the winter, is reckoned an excellent preventative of the ••••••••ses incident to this climate. The western hilly parts of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are as healthy as any of the United States. That country is fer∣••••, full of springs and rivulets of pure water. The air there is ••••••••ene a great part of the year, and the inhabitants live to old 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which cannot so generally be said of the inhabitants of the flat country. Though the days in summer are extremely hot, the nights 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cool and refreshing. Autumn is very pleasant, both in regard to the temperature and serenity of the weather, and the richness and va∣riety of the vegetable productions which the season affords. The ••••••••ers are so mild in some years, that autumn may be said to continue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 spring. Wheat harvest is the beginning of June, and that of In∣dian corn early in September.

NATURAL HISTORY, MANUFACTURES, &c.] The large natural growth of the plains in the low country, is almost universally pitch pine, which is a tall, handsome tree, far superior to the pitch pine of the northern states. This tree may be called the staple commodity of ••••••th Carolina. It affords pitch, tar, turpentine, and various kinds of ••••••ber, which together, constitute at least one half of the exports of this state. This pine is of two kinds, the common and the long ••••ved. The latter has a leaf shaped like other pines, but is nearly half a yard in length, hanging in large clusters. No country pro∣duces finer white and red oak for staves. The swamps abound with ••••prus and bay trees. The latter is an evergreen, and is food for the cattle in the winter. The leaves are shaped like those of the peach tree, but larger. The most common kinds of timber in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country, are, oak, walnut and pine. A species of oak grows in the ••••ist, sandy soil, called black jack. It seldom grows larger than 8 or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 inches diameter. It is worthy of remark, that the trees in the low country, near the sea coast, are loaded with vast quantities of a long species of moss, which, by absorbing the noxious vapour that is exhal∣•••••• from stagnated waters, contributes much, it is supposed, to the healthiness of the climate. This hypothesis is confirmed by experience, since it is commonly observed, that the country is much less healthy for a few years after having been cleared, that while in a state of nature.

The Missletoe is common in the back country. This is a shrub which differs in kind, perhaps, from all others. It never grows out of the earth, but on the tops of trees. The roots (if they may be so call∣ed)

run under the bark of the tree, and incorporate with the wood. It is an evergreen, resembling the garden box wood.

The principal wild fruits are plums, grapes, strawberries and black∣berries.

The country is generally covered with herbage of various kinds, and a species of wild grass. It abounds with medicinal plants and roots. Among others are the ginseng; Virginia snake root; Seneca snake root, an herb of the emetic kind, like the epicacuana; Lyons hart, which is a sovereign remedy for the bite of a serpent. A species of the sensitive plant is also found here; it is a sort of brier, the stalk of which dies with the frost, but the root lives through the winter, and shoots again in the spring. The lightest touch of a leaf causes it to turn and cling close to the stalk. Although it so easily takes the alarm, and apparently shrinks from danger, in the space of two minutes after it is touched, it perfectly recovers its former situation. The mucipu∣la veneris is also found here. The rich bottoms are overgrown with canes. The leaves are green all the winter, and afford an excellent food for cattle. They are of a sweetish taste, like the stalks of green corn, which they in many respects resemble.

There is a long ridge of lime stone, which, extending in a southwest∣erly direction, crosses the whole state of N. Carolina. It crosses Dan river to the westward of the Saw••o towns, crosses the Yadkin about 50 miles N. W. from Salisbury, and thence proceeds by the way of Kings mountain to the southern states. No limestone has been found to the eastward of that ridge. A species of rock has been found in several places, of which lime is made, which is obviously a concretion of marine shells. The state is traversed nearly in the same direction by another stratum of rocks which passes near Warrenton. It is a circumstance worthy of observation that the springs of water on the northwest side of the ridge are apt to fail in dry seasons; on the southwest side they seldom fail.

The river Yadkin, where it passes Salisbury, is about 400 yards broad, but it is reduced between two hills, about 25 miles to the southward of that town, to the width of 80 or 100 feet. For 2 miles it is narrow and rapid, but the most narrow and most rapid part is not above half a mile in length. In this narrow part, shad are caught in the spring of the year, by hoop nets, in the eddies, as fast as the strongest men are able to throw them out. Perhaps there is not in the United States a more eligible situation for a large manufacturing town. Boats with 40 or 50 hogsheads pass easily from these rapids to Georgetown.

The late war, by which North Carolina was greatly convulsed, put a stop to several iron works. At present there are four or five furnaces in the state that are in blast, and a proportionable number of forges. There is one in Guilford county, one in Surry, and one in Wilkes, all on the Yadkin—and one in Lincoln. The quality of the iron is excellent.

One paper mill has lately been erected at Salem by the Moravians to great advantage.

RELIGION.] The western parts of this state, which have been set∣tled within the last 40 years, are chiefly inhabited by Presbyterians from Pennsylvania, the descendants of people from the North of Ire∣land, and are exceedingly attached to the doctrines, disciplines and usa∣ges of the church of Scotland. They are a regular industrious peo∣ple.

Almost all the inhabitants between the Catawba and Yadkin rivers are of this denomination, and they are in general well supplied with a sensible and learned ministry. There are interspersed some set∣tlements of Germans, both Lutherans and Calvinists, but they have may few ministers.

The Moravians have several flourishing settlements in this state. In 〈◊〉〈◊〉, they purchased of Lord Granville one hundred thousand acres of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 between Dan and Yadkin rivers, about 10 miles south of Pilot mountain, in Surry county, and called it Wachovia, after an estate of ••ount Zinzendorf, in Austria. In 1755, this tract, by an act of assem∣bly, was made a separate parish by the name of Dobb's parish. The first settlement, called Bethabara, was begun in 1753, by a number of the brethren from Pennsylvania, in a very wild, uninhabited country, which, from that time; began to be rapidly settled by farmers from the middle states.

In 17••9, Bethany, a regular village, was laid out and settled. In 1766, Salem, which is now the principal settlement, and nearly in the center of Wachovia, was settled by a collection of tradesmen. The same constitution and regulations are established here, as in other regular settlements of the united brethren. Besides, there are i•• Wachovia three churches, one in Friedland, one in Friedburg, and another at Hope, each of which has a minister of the brethren's church. These people, by their industry and attention to vari∣ous branches of manufacture; are very useful to the country around 〈◊〉〈◊〉.

The Friends or Quakers have a settlement in New Garden, in Guil∣ford county, and several congregations at Perquimins and Pasquotank. The Methodists and Baptists are numerous and increasing. Besides in denominations already mentioned, there is a very numerous body of people, in this, and in all the southern states, who cannot properly 〈◊〉〈◊〉 classed with any sect of christians, having never made any profession of christianity.

The inhabitants of Wilmington, Newbern, Edenton and Halifax districts, making about three fifth of the state, once professed them∣selves of the Episcopal church. The clergy, in these districts, were ••••••••ly missionaries; and in forming their political attachments, at the commencement of the late war, personal safety, or real interest, or perhaps a conviction of the impolicy of opposing Great Britain, from whence they received their salaries, induced them almost universally 〈◊〉〈◊〉 declare themselves in favour of the British government, and to em∣i••••te. There may be one or two of the original clergy remaining, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at present they have no particular pastoral charge. Indeed the inhabitants in the districts abovementioned seem now to be making the experiment, whether christianity can exist long in a country have where there is no visible christian church. The Baptists and Method∣ists have sent a number of missionary preachers into these districts; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 some of them have pretty large congregations. It is not improb∣able that one or the other of these denominations, and perhaps both, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 acquire consistency, and establish permanent churches.

COLLEGES AND ACADEMIES.] The general assembly of North 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in December, 1789. passed a law incorporating 40 gentle∣men, 5 from each district, as Trustees of the University of North Car∣olina. To this university they gave, by a subsequent law, all the

debts due to the state, from sheriffs or other holders of public money, and which had been due before the year 1783. They also gave it all escheated property within the state. Whenever the trustees shall have collected a sufficient sum of the old debts, or from the sale of escheat∣ed property, the value of which is considerable, to pay the expense of erecting buildings, they are to fix on a proper place, and proceed to finish the buildings. A considerable quantity of land has already been given to the university. The general assembly in December, 1791, loaned five thousand pounds to the trustees, to enable them to proceed immediately with their buildings.

There is a very good academy at Warrenton, another at Williams∣borough in Granville, and three or four others in the state, of consid∣erable note.

POPULATION, CHARACTER, MANNERS AND CUSTOMS.] From the Marshals return, it ap∣pears that the number of inhabit∣ants in the year 1791, was 393,751, of whom 293,179 were citizens. Perhaps there are few instances of such a rapid increase of inhabit∣ants as we find in this state. In the year 1710, we are well assured that the number of inhabitants in North Carolina did not exceed six thousand. This extraordinary increase must arise, in a great measure, from the migration of inhabitants from other states, or from distant countries; but this will not fully account for the present state of pop∣ulation in North Carolina. By examining the return, we find there are 147.494 white male inhabitants; we also find that the number of males under 16 years exceeds the number above 16 by 7518, which i•• about one nineteenth of the whole. This is a very remarkable fact, as it respects the increase of the human species. We find a small differ∣ence in the states of Delaware, Virginia and Georgia, in favour of those under 16. The difference in Kentucky is similar to that in North Carolina. In the other states, the number above 16 is greatest, and in the several kingdoms in Europe, as far as our information reaches, the inhabitants above 16 are universally much more nume∣rous than those under that age. The great difference that appears in North Carolina in favour of children, cannot be explained by sup∣posing that the climate is sickly; for we know that such climates are equally fatal to young and old. The idea too of a sickly climate, does not accord with the prodigious increase of inhabitants in this state, nor with another fact, viz. that there is a considerable proportion of very old inhabitants in the state. To explain this we must observe that the human species, and all other animals, are found of increase in proportion to the comforts of life, and the ease with which they can support their progeny. Remove the rigors of an inhospitable climate, and the more uniform dissuasive to matrimony, the apprehended difficulty of supporting a family, and the human species would double, not in 20, but in 15 years. In North Carolina, neither the cold of winter, not the heat of summer, are in the back country, at all disagreeable; land continues to be plenty and cheap; grain is raised with so much ••••se, and the trouble of providing for cattle in winter so trifling, that a man supports his family with half the labour that is required in the cold climates. Under these advantages, we are not to wonder that people in all ranks of life should marry very young. We have heard of grandmothers in that state who were not more than 27 years old.

The North Carolinians are mostly planters, and live from half a

mile to 3 and 4 miles from each other, on their plantations. They have a plentiful country—no ready market for their produce—little intercourse with strangers, and a natural fondness for society, which induce them to be hospitable to travellers.

The general topics of conversation among the men, when cards, the bottle, and occurrences of they day do not intervene, are negroes, the prices of indigo, rice, tobacco, &c. They appear to have little 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the sciences. Political inquiries, and philosophical disquisi∣tions are attended to but by a few men of genius and industry, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 too laborious for the minds of the people at large. Less attention 〈◊〉〈◊〉 respect are paid to the women here, than in those parts of the United States where the inhabitants have made greater progress in the arts of civilized life. Indeed, it is a truth, confirmed by observation, that in proportion to the advancement of civilization, in the same pro∣portion will respect for the women be increased; so that the progress of civilization in countries, in states, in towns and in families, may be marked by the degree of attention which is paid by husbands to their wives, and by the young men to the young women.

Temperance and industry are not to be reckoned among the virtues of the North Carolinians. The time which they waste in drinking, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and gambling, leaves them very little opportunity to improve their plantations or their minds. The improvement of the former is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to their overseers and negroes; the improvement of the latter is too often neglected. Were the time, which is thus wasted, spent in cultivating the soil, and in treasuring up knowledge, they might be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wealthy and learned; for they have a productive country, and are by no means destitute of genius.

Time that is not employed in study or useful labour, in every country, is generally spent in hurtful or innocent exercises, according in the custom of the place or the taste of the parties. The citizens of North Carolina, who are not better employed, spend their time in drinking, or gaming at cards and dice, in cock fighting or horse rac∣ing.

We are told that a strange and very barbarous practice prevailed among the lower class of people before the revolution in the back parts of Virginia, North and South Carolinas, and Georgia; it was ••••••ed gouging, and was neither more nor less than a man, when box∣ing, putting out the eye of his antagonist with his thumb. How quick, under a mild government, is the reformation of manners. We have lately been told that in a particular county, where, at the quarter∣ly court 20 years ago, a day seldom passed without 10 or 15 boxing ••••••••ches, it is now a rare thing to hear of a fight.

North Carolina, as already observed, has had a rapid growth. In the year 1710, it contained but about 1200 fencible men. It is now, in point of numbers, the fourth state in the union. During this ••••••••ing progress in population, which has been greatly aided by immigrations from Pennsylvania, Virginia and other states, while each has been endeavouring to increase his fortune, the human mind, like an ••••weeded garden, has been suffered to shoot up in wild disorder. But when we consider, that, during the late revolution, this state pro∣duced many distinguished patriots and politicians, that she sent her thousands to the defence of Georgia and South Carolina, and gave ••••easional succours to Virginia—when we consider too the difficulties

she has had to encounter from a mixture of inhabitants, collected from different parts, strangers to each other, and intent upon gain, we shall find many things worthy of praise in her general char∣acter.

CONSTITUTION.] By the constitution of this state, which was ratified in December, 1776, all legislative authority is vested in two distinct branches, both dependent on the people, viz. a Senate and House of Commons, which when convened for business, are styled the General Assembly.

The senate is composed of representatives, one for each county, chosen annually by ballot.

The house of commons consists of representatives chosen in the same way, two for each county, and one for each of the towns of Ed∣enton, Newbern, Wilmington, Salisbury, Hillsborough, Halifax and Fayetteville.

The qualifications for a senator, are one year's residence imme∣diately preceding his election, in the county in which he is chosen, and 300 acres of land in fee.

A member of the house of commons must have usually resided in the county in which he is elected, one year immediately preceding his elec∣ction, and for six months shall have possessed, and continue to possess, in the county which he represents, not less than 100 acres of land in fee, or for the term of his own life.

A free man of 21 years of age, who-has been an inhabitant in the state twelve months immediately preceding the day of any election, and who had possessed a freehold of fifty acres of land within the county for six months next before, and at the day of election, is en∣titled to vote for a member of the senate.

All freemen of 21 years of age, who have been inhabitants of the state the year next before the election, and have paid public taxes, may vote for members of the house of commons.

The senate and house of commons, when convened, choose each their own speaker, and are judges of the qualifications and elections of their members. They jointly, by ballot, at their first meeting after each annual election, choose a governor for one year, who is not eli∣gible to that office longer than three years, in six successive years; and who must posses a freehold of more than 1000l. and have been an inhabitant of the state above five years. They, in the same man∣ner, and at the same time, elect seven persons to be a council of state for one year, to advise the governor, in the execution of his office. They appoint a treasurer or treasures for the state. They triennially choose a state secretary. They jointly appoint judges of the supreme courts of law and equity—judges of admiralty, and the attorney gen∣eral, who are commissioned by the governor, and hold their offices during good behaviour. They prepare bills—which must be read three times in each house, and be signed by the speaker of both houses, before they pass into laws.

Judges of the supreme court—members of the council—judges of admiralty—treasurers—secretaries—attorney generals for the state—clerks of record—clergymen—persons denying the being of a God, the truth of the protestant religion, or the divine authority of the old and New Testament—receivers of public monies, whose accounts are unsettled—military officers in actual service, are all ineligible to a sent

either in the senate or house of commons—justices of the peace, being recommended by the representatives, are commissioned by the govern∣or, and hold their offices during good behaviour. The constitution allows of no religious establishment, the legislature are authorized to regulate entails so as to prevent perpetuities. A majority of both houses is necessary to do business.

HISTORY.] The history of North Carolina is less known than that of any of the other states. From the best accounts that history af∣fords, the first permanent settlement in North Carolina was made a∣bout the year 1710, by a number of Palatines from Germany, who had been reduced to circumstances of great indigence, by a calamitous war. The proprietors of Carolina, knowing that the value of their lands depended on the strength of their settlements, determined to give every possible encouragement to such grants. Ships were accordingly provided for their transportation—and instructions were given to governor Tynte to allow an hundred acres of land for eve∣ry man, woman and child, free of quit rents, for the first ten years; but at the expiration of that term, to pay one penny per acre, annual ••••nt forever, according to the usages and customs of the province. Upon their arrival, governor Tynte granted them a tract of land in North Carolina, since called Albemarle and Bath precincts, where they settled, and flattered themselves with having found, in the hideous wilderness, a happy retreat from the desolations of a war which then raged in Europe.

In the year 1712, a dangerous conspiracy was formed by the Coree and Tuscorora tribes of Indians, to murder and expel this infant col∣ony. The foundation for this conspiracy is not known. Probably they were offended at the encroachments upon their hunting ground. They managed their conspiracy with great cunning and profound se∣crecy. They surrounded their principal town with a breast work to secure their families. Here the warriors convened to the number of 1200. From this place of rendezvous they sent out small parties, by different roads, who entered the settlement under the mask of friendship. At the change of the full moon all of them had agreed to begin their murderous operations the same night. When the night came, they entered the houses of the planters, demanding pro∣visions, and pretending to be offended, fell to murdering men, women and children without mercy or distinction. One hundred and thirty seven settlers, among whom were a Swiss baron, and almost all the poor Palatines that has lately come into the country, were slaughter∣ed the first night. Such was the secrecy and dispatch of the Indians in this expedition, that none knew what had befallen his neighbour, until the barbarians had reached his own door. Some few, how∣ever, escaped and gave the alarm. The militia assembled in arms, and kept watch day and night, until the news of the sad disaster had reached the province of South Carolina. Governor Craven lost no time in sending a force to their relief. The assembly voted 4000l. for the service of the war. A body of 600 militia, under the command of colonel Barnwell, and 366 Indians of different tribes, with different commanders, marched with great expedition, through a hideous wilderness, to their assistance. In their first encounter with the In∣dians, they killed 300 and took 100 prisoners. After this defeat, the Tuscororas retreated to their fortified town—which was shortly after

surrendered to colonel Barnwell. In this expedition it was computed that near a thousand Tuscororas were killed, wounded and taken. The remainder of the tribe soon after abandoned their country, and joined the Five Nations, with whom they have ever since remained. After this, the infant colony remained in peace, and continued to flourish under the general government of South Carolina, till about the year 1729, when seven of the proprietors, for a valuable considera∣tion, vested their property and jurisdiction in the crown, and the colony was erected into a separate province, by the name of North Carolina, and its present limits established by an order of George II. From this period to the revolution in 1776, the history of North Car∣olina is unpublished, and of course unknown, except to those who have had access to the records of the province. Some of the most important events that have since taken place, have been already men∣tioned in the general history of the United States.

TERRITORY S. OF OHIO. OR THE TENNESSEE GOVERNMENT.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 360 Miles.	between	6° 20′ and 16° 30′ W. Lon.
Breadth 105 Miles.	35° and 36° 30′ N. Lat.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Kentucky and part of Virginia; east, by the Stone, Yellow, Iron and Bald mountains, which divides it from North Carolina; south, by South Carolina and Georgia; west, by the Missisippi.* 1.65

CIVIL DIVISIONS AND POPULATION.] This extensive district is divided into the following counties:

Counties.	No. Inhab.
WASHING∣TON district.	Washington,	5872
Sullivan,	4447
Green,	7741
Hawkins,	6970
South of French Broad	3619
MERO dis∣trict.	Davidson,	3459
Summer,	2196
Tennessee,	1387
Total	35691

The above is according to the returns made by the governor of this territory, in 1791. Owing to imperfect returns made to him, it does not comprehend the whole number of inhabitants. We have no data, on which to calculate the probable deficiency. In 1788, the number of inhabitants were reckoned at about 40,000. They must have great∣ly increased since that period. In 1765, there were but about 10 fam∣ilies, settled west of the Kanhaway. So many had joined them, in 1773, that the settlement west of the Kanhaway was erected into a county, and in 1776, subdivided into three counties.

The inhabitants of this district emigrated chiefly from Pennsylva∣nia, and that part of Virginia that lies west of the Blue Ridge. The ancestors of these people were generally of the Scotch nation, some

of whom emigrated first to Ireland, and from thence to America. A few Germans and English are intermixed.—The proportion of the whites to the blacks in this district, judging from the foregoing imper∣fect census, is as ten to one. In 1788, it was thought there were ••o white persons to one negroe. The erection of this territory into a separate government, it is believed, will tend to lessen the negroe pop∣ulation.

CLIMATE.] Moderate and healthy. In the tract lying between the Great Island, as it is called, and the Kanhaway, the summers are remarkably cool, and the air rather moist. Southwest of this as far as the Indian towns, the climate is much warmer, and the soil better adapted to the productions of the southern states.

The diseases to which the adult inhabitants are most liable, are preu∣••••sies, rheumatisms, and rarely agues and severs. So healthy have been the inhabitants, that from the first settlement of the country, to 1788, not a single physician had settled among them. It is to the inhab∣itants a real advantage, that they are almost beyond the reach of those luxuries which are enjoyed, and those epidemical diseases which are consequently frequent, in populous towns on the sea coast. An in habitant of this district writes, "Our physicians are, a fine climate, healthy robust mothers and fathers, plain and plentiful diet, and enough of exercise. There is not a regular bred physician residing in the whole district."

RIVERS AND MOUNTAINS.] The Tennessee, called also the Cherokee, and absurdly the Hogohege river, is the largest branch of the Ohio. It rises in the mountains of Virginia, latitude 37° and pur∣sues a course of about 1000 miles south and southwest, nearly to lati∣tude 34°, receiving from both sides a number of large tributary streams. It then wheels about to the north, in a circuitous course, and mingles with the Ohio, nearly 60 miles from its mouth. From its entrance into the Ohio, to the Muscle shoals, 250 miles, the current is very gen∣tle, and the river deep enough, at all seasons, for the largest row boats. The Muscle shoals are about 20 miles, in length. At this place the river spreads to the width of 3 miles, and forms a number of islands, and is of difficult passage, except when there is a swell in the river. From these shoals to the whirl or suck, the place where the river breaks through the Great ridge, or Cumberland mountain, is 250 miles, the navigation all the way excellent.

The Cumberland mountain, in its whole extent, from the Great Kanhaway to the Tennessee, consists of the most stupendous piles of craggy rocks of any mountain in the western country. In several parts of it, for miles, it is inaccessible even to the Indians on foot. In one place particularly, near the summit of the mountain, there is a most remarkable ledge of rocks, of about 30 miles in length, and 200 feet thick, shewing a perpendicular face to the S. E. more noble and grand than any artificial fortification in the known world, and appar∣ently equal in point of regularity. Through this stupendous pile, ac∣cording to a modern hypothesis, had the waters of all the upper branches of the Tennessee to force their way. The attempt would have been impracticable at any other place than the one mentioned, for more than 100 miles eastwardly. Here then seems to have been the chasm, left by the Creator, to convey off those waters, which must otherwise have overflowed, and rendered useless a vast tract of ••••••able country, encompassed within the mountains.

The Whirl, as it is called, is in about latitude 35°. It is reckoned a greater curiosity than the bursting of the Patomak through the Blue Ridge, which is so inimitably described by Mr. Jefferson. The river, which a few miles above is half a mile wide, is here compressed to the width of about 100 yards. Just as it enters the mountain, a large rock projects from the northern shore, in an oblique direction, which renders the bed of the river still narrower, and causes a sudden bend; the water of the river is of course thrown with great rapidity against the southern shore, whence it rebounds around the point of the rock, and produces the whirl, which is about 80 yards in circumference. Canoes have often been carried into this whirl, and escaped by the dexterity of the rowers, without damage.—In less than a mile below the whirl, the river spreads into its common width, and, except Muscle shoals, already mentioned, flows beautiful and placid, till it mingles with the Ohio.

Six miles above the whirl are the Chiccamogga towns, on the banks of the river, and of a large creek of the same name. From these towns of the mouth of the Hiwassee, is 60 miles by water, and about 40 by land. This river is a south branch of the Tennessee, and nav∣igable till it penetrates the mountains on its south side. Up this river, in these mountains, a mine has been discovered, and ore taken, from which it is said gold was extracted by an artist, while the British were in possession of Georgia. It is ce••••n but few Indians know the spot, and those who do are very anxious to keep it a secret. The gentlemen who gave the author this information, has been within view of the place. The mountain is very high and barren, and has several of the appearances described by minera••••sts. The discovery was made by means of the river's undermining the base of a large cliff or spur of the mountain, which occasioned a great column of the earth or rock to tumble into the river. This disrupture discovered the vein of yellow metal at a great depth. This climate, the fine springs, and fertile plains, render the banks of this river a most delight∣ful place of settlement. From a branch of the Hiwassee, called Amoia, there is but a short portage to a branch of the Mobile, and the road all the distance firm and level.

Passing up the Tenessee, sixty miles from the mouth of the Hiwassee, you come to the mouth of Peleson or Clinch river, from the north, which is large and navigable for boats upwards of 200 miles, receiving in its course, besides inferior streams, Powell's river, which is nearly as large as the main river, and boata∣ble 100 miles. This last mentioned river runs through Powell's valley, an excellent tract of country, abounding with fine springs.

From the Peleson to the junction of the Holstein and Tennessee, is computed 40 miles. This last is the branch which formerly gave its name to the main river, not from its size, but from its notoriety, having on its banks a vast number of Indian villages, and the Chief town of the Cherokee Indians, called Chota, and was therefore called 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river; but the name of Tennessee has of late obtained. It crosses the valley at nearly right angles with the mountains, and has on its banks a number of beautiful plains, which are chiefly improved as corn fields by the Indians. In 1788, the whites had advanced their settlements within 10 miles of the Indian villages. Forty miles from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, up the Holstein branch, comes in Frank river, vulgar∣ly

called French Broad, 4 or 500 yards wide; thence, pursuing the Holstein, 200 miles, you come to Long Island, which is the highest navigation yet used—thence about 100 miles is the source of the river. The miles below Long Island comes in North Holstein; and 20 miles ••••••re it, the Wattago; the former is 100 yards wide at its mouth, and, with a small expense, might be made navigable to Campbell's Salmes, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles further up. On the banks of the Holstein are many mines 〈◊〉〈◊〉 iron ore, of the best kind, some of which have been opened and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to advantage; and enough might be made to supply the whole ••••••stern country; and these mines are the more valuable, as there is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to be none of this ore near the Missisippi, and very little north of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ohio. In the Tennessee and its upper branches, are great num∣bers of fish, some of which are very large and of an excellent flavour.

The head waters of the Great Kanhaway, are in the western part of North Carolina, in the most eastern ridge of the Allegany or Ap∣••••••chian mountains, and south of the 36th degree of latitude. Its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 branches encircle those of the Holstein, from which they are ••••••••rated by the Iron mountain, through which it passes, 10 miles above the lead mines; thence steering its course along the foot of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 any mountain, until it receives Little river from the east, it turns 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the north, which is its general course till it meets the Ohio. About 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles from Little river, it receives Green Briar river, from the east, which is the only considerable tributary stream in all that distance. About forty miles below the mouth of Green Briar river, (in Virgin∣ia) in the Kanhaway, is a remarkable cataract. A large rock, a little ••evated in the middle, crosses the bed of the river, over which the water shoots and falls about 50 feet perpendicularly, except at one side, where the descent is more gradual.

The Shawanee, now called Cumberland river, of the southern 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Ohio, is next in size to the Tennessee, and extends eastward nearly as far, but runs a much more direct course. It is navigable for small craft as far as Nashville. From the south it re∣ceives Harper's, Convey, Obey's and Clear Fork rivers; and from the north, Red and Rock Castle rivers, besides many smaller streams.

It would take a volume to describe particularly the mountains of this territory, above half of which is covered with those which are ••••inhabitable. Some of these mountains, particularly the Cumber∣land, or Great Laurel Ridge, are the most stupendous piles in the United States. They abound with ginseng, and stone coal. Clinch mountain is south of these; in which Burk's Garden and Morris ••••ob, might be described as curiosities.

The Iron mountain, which constitutes the boundary between this district and North Carolina, extends from near the lead mines, on the Kanhaway, through the Cherokee country, to the south of Chota, and terminates near the sources of the Mobile.—The caverns and cascades in these mountains are innumerable.

ANIMALS.] A few years since, this country abounded with large ••••ds of wild cattle, improperly called buffaloes; but the improvi∣dent or ill disposed among the first settlers, have destroyed multitudes of them out of mere wantonness. They are still to be found on some of the south branches of Cumberland river. Elk or moose, are seen in many places, chiefly among the mountains. The deer are become

comparatively scarce; so that no person makes a business of hunting them for their skins only. Enough of bears and wolves yet remain. Beavers and otters are caught in plenty in the upper branches of Cum∣berland and Kentucky rivers.

The mammoth, the king of the land animals, was formerly as in∣habitant of this country, as appears from his bones, which have been dug up by labourers, at Campbell's Salines, on North Holstein, when sinking salt pits. They were from three to seven feet below the sur∣face of the earth.

SALINES, MINES, SPRINGS, &c.] Campbell's Salines, just men∣tioned, are the only ones that have yet been discovered on the upper branches of the Tennessee and on this side the wilderness, though 〈◊〉〈◊〉 search has been made for them. The tract which contains these sa∣lines is a great natural curiosity. It was discovered by Capt. Charles Campbell, about 1745, who was one of the first explorers of the west∣ern country. In 1753, he procured a patent for it from the governor of Virginia.—His son the late Gen. William Campbell, the same who behaved so gallantly in the American war in the years 1780 and 1781, became owner of it on his death. But it was not till the time of his death, when salt was very scarce and dear, that salt water was discov∣ered and salt made by a poor man. Since that time, under the di∣rection of Col. Arthur Campbell, it has been improved to a consider∣able extent, and many thousands of inhabitants are supplied from it, with salt of a superior quality, and at a low price. The tract consists of about 300 acres of flat marsh land, of as rich a soil as can be imag∣ined. In this flat, pits are sunk, in order to obtain the salt water. The best is found from 30 to 40 feet deep; after passing through the rich soil or mud, from six to ten feet, you come to a very brittle lime stone rock, with cracks or chasms, through which the salt water issues into the pits, whence it is drawn by buckets, and put into the boilers, which are placed in furnaces adjoining the pits. The hills that surround this flat are covered with fine timber, and not far distant a coal mine has been discovered.

On Frank river, about 30 miles in a direct line from its mouth, a large, clear, medicinal spring has lately been discovered, which, on ex∣periment, has been found to relieve various complaints of the human body. Its temperature rather exceeds blood heat.

On the same river, nearer its mouth, a valuable lead mine has lately been discovered.

COMMERCE.] This country furnishes many valuable articles of export, such as fine waggon and saddle horses, beef, cattle, ginseng, deer skins and furs, cotton, hemp and flax, which may be transported by land; also, iron, lumber, pork and flour, which might be exported in great quantities, if the navigation of the Missisippi were opened; but there are few of the inhabitants who understand commerce, or are possessed of proper capitals; of course it is badly managed. The wicked practice of land jobbing engrosses too much of the attention of the inhabitants. The degraded state of commerce has rendered neces∣sary a general attention to home manufactures; and it is to be hoped that the eyes of the people will soon be opened to their true interest, and agriculture, commerce and manufactures, each receive proper at∣tention.

RELIGION.] The presbyterians are the prevailing denomination 〈◊〉〈◊〉 christians in this district. They have a presbytery, called the Ab∣ingdon Presbytery, established by act of synod, which, in 1788, con∣•••••••• of 23 large congregations, who were then supplied by only six misters. There are also some of the Baptist and Methodist denom∣inations.

ACADEMY AND SOCIETY.] The inhabitants of this district have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 been inattentive to the interests of science. An academy and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grammar schools have been established; and a society, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 themselves, "A Society for promoting Useful Knowledge." It is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 modern date, but much good is expected from it. A taste for ••••••ture is increasing among them.

GOVERNMENT.] Similar to that established by congress, in the territory of the United States Northwest of the Ohio. The gov∣•••••• is the executive (and in his absence, the secretary) and the gov∣•••••• and three judges the legislative power, in the district.

CHARACTER, MANNERS AND DRESS.] There is nothing in the ••••••••cter of this people, that distinguishes them from the settlers of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 countries of general. Among the bulk of the inhabitants a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 simplicity of manners prevails. Duplicity or the etiquette of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and populous places is unknown among them. If a man de∣•••••••• another, he is deemed and called a liar; and it frequently hap∣•••••••• that 'a bloody nose' is the consequence. Wrestling, jumping, ••••••••ing foot races, and playing at ball, are the common diversions. ••••••eing is coming into fashion. Card playing is a rare amusement. The hunting shirt is still worn by the militia on duty, and by hunt∣•••••• in pursuit of game. At home and at public assemblies, they dress 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Virginians.

DAMAGE BY THE WAR.] Great was the damage sustained by the inhabitants of this district, during the war, occasioned by the incur∣sions of the Indians; and it is much to the honor of this patriotic people, that when they were offered protection by the British, in the only stage of the war, they nobly refused it.

PRINCIPAL TOWNS.] Nashville, the shire town of Davidson ••••••ty, is the largest town in the territory. The courts are held have; and it has two houses for public worship, and a handsomely ••••dowed academy, established in 1786.

Abingdon is the county town of Washington county. It contained, in 1788, about 20 houses, and was rapidly increasing. It is about 260 miles from Richmond in Virginia, in a direct line, and 310 to as the road 〈◊〉〈◊〉, bearing a little to the south of west, latitude 36° 30′.

MILITIA.] In 1788, the militia of this district amounted to be∣tween 7 and 8000 effective men, who were principally armed with rises. It is supposed that their number is increased nearly one half since that period.

REVENUE.] The public revenue amounts to about 5 or 6000 pounds, raised chiefly by a tax on slaves, lands and horses.

ROADS.] The following are the distances on the new road from Nashville, in Davidson county, to Fort Campbell, near the junction of ••••••••in river with the Tennessee.

	Miles.
From Nashville to Stony river	9
Big Spring	6
Cedar Lick	4
Little Spring	6
Barton's creek	4
Spring creek	5
Martin's Spring	5
Blair's Spring	5
Buck Spring	12
Fountaines	8
Smith's creek	6
Coney river	11
Mine Lick	9
Falling creek	9
War Path	7
Bear creek	18
Camp creek	8
King's Spring	16
From Grovet's creek	7
The foot of Cumber∣land Mountain	2
Through the mountain to Emmery's river, a branch of the Peleson	11
To the Pappa Ford of the Peleson or Clinch river	1••
To Campbell's station near Holstein	10
To the Great Island	100
To Abingdon in Wash∣ington county	35
To Richmond in Vir∣ginia	310
Total	635

By this new road, a pleasant passage may be had to the western coun∣try with carriages, as there will be only the Cumberland moun∣tain to pass; and that is easy of ascent—and beyond it, the road is generally level and firm, abounding with fine springs of water.

INDIANS.] The Indian tribes within and in the vicinity of this district are the Cherokees and Chicasaws. The Cherokees have been a warlike and numerous nation; but by continual wars, in which it has been their destiny to be engaged, with the northern Indian tribes, they were reduced at the commencement of the last war to a∣bout 2000 fighting men; since which they have been reduced more than one half, and have become weak and pusillanimous.

The Chicasaws, of all the Indian tribes within the limits of the U∣nited States, merit the most from the Americans, having at all times maintained a brotherly attachment to them. They glory in saying that they never shed the blood of an Anglo American. There is so great and affinity between the Chicasaw and Choctaw languages, that the common people can converse together, each speaking in his own dialect. They are a personable people, and have an openness in their countenances and behaviour, uncommon among savages. These nations say they are the remnant of a great nation that once lived far to the west, which was destroyed by the Spaniards, for whom they still retain an hereditary hatred. Would it not be the policy of congress to treat with these nations? and might not their friendship be greatly ser∣viceable to the Union?

HISTORY.] The eastern parts of this district, were explored by Cols. Wood, Patton, Buchanan, Capt. Charles Campbell, and Dr. T. Walk∣er, (each of whom were concerned in large grants of land from the government) as early as between the years of 1740 and 1750. In 1754, at the commencement of the French war, not more than 50 families had settled here, who were either destroyed or driven off by the Indians before the close of the following year. It remained uninhabited till 1765, when the settlement of it recommenced, and in 1773, (such was

the vast accession of emigrants) the country as far west as the Long Is∣land of Holstein, an extent of more than 120 miles in length from east 〈◊〉〈◊〉 west, was well peopled.

In 1774, a war broke out with the northern Indians, over the Ohio, which issued in their suing for peace, which was granted them on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 terms.

The year 1776 was signalized by a formidable invasion of the Cherokees, contrived by the British superintendant, Mr. Steuart. Their intention was to depopulate the country as far as the Kanhaway, because this brave people had rejected, with a noble firmness and ••••ignation, the proposals of Henry Steuart and Alexander Camer∣•••••••• for joining the British standard, and were almost unanimous in their resolution to support the measures of congress. This invasion ••••ued in a total defeat of the Indians.

In 1780, the tor••es of the western parts of North Carolina and Vir∣ginia, emboldened by the reduction of Charleston by the British, em∣bodied in armed parties, and proceeded towards the lead mines on the Kanhaway, to take possession of some lead stores at that place, but were defeated in their attempt by the vigilance of Col. A. Campbell and Col. Chockett.

Various other movements took place in the course of this year, but the most interesting and brilliant was the battle of King's mountain, which was fought and won by about 900 Mountaineers, (as the vete∣•••••• sons of this district were called) commanded by the brave Gen. William Campbell, against a party of the British under the command of Col. Ferguson. Upwards of 1100 of the enemy were either killed, ••••••••nded or taken; among the former was Col. Ferguson, and officer of distinguished merit.* 1.66 In arousing the inhabitants, issuing orders, collecting the forces, and in arranging and animating the men, at the place of rendezvous, previous to this successful expedition, much was done by the activity and decision of Col. Arthur Campbell, the se∣nior officer of the district, to whom much praise is due.

Soon after this, to defeat a meditated invasion of the Cherokee In∣dians, which was discovered by Nancy Ward, an Indian woman, call∣ed, from this circumstance, the western Pocahonta, Col. A. Campbell, with 700 Mountaineers, well mounted, penetrated far into the Cherokee country; introduced the new and successful mode of fighting In∣•••••• on horseback; accomplished his designs, and returned in Jan. 1781.

In the celebrated battle at Guilford, March 15, 1781, the Mountaineers, under Gen. W. Campbell, who on that day command∣ed with great applause the left wing of the army, behaved with their usual gallantry. This nearly closed the active part which the Moun∣tain men took in the American war.

In 1782, the legislature of North Carolina appointed commission∣ers to explore the western part of the state, (by which is meant as well 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lands included in Davidson county, as those between the south boundary of this county and those between the rivers Missisippi and Tennessee) and report to the succeeding legislature, which part was best for the payment of the bounty promised to the officers and soldiers of the continental line of that state; and they accordingly did ex∣plore in the before described tract of country, and reported to the legis∣lature in the spring of the year 1783.—Although this country was

not established by law before the last mentioned period, yet a few families had settled in the year 1780, principally under the guidance of Col. James Robertson, on Cumberland river, and called the place Nashville, in honor of brigadier general Francis Nash, who fell at Germantown; in the year 1777; but he had but few followers until the year 1783, after the peace had taken place, and after an act had passed directing the military or bounty warrants of the officers and soldiers to be located in this county. These circumstances induced many officers and soldiers to repair immediately thither, to secure and settle their lands; and such as did not choose to go, sold their warrants to citizens who did go: In consequence of this, many peo∣ple from almost every state in the union became purchasers of these mil∣itary warrants, and are since become residents of this county; and many valuable and opulent families have removed to it from the Natches.—Col. Robertson, when he settled at Nashville, was up∣wards of 200 miles distant (to the westward) from any other settle∣ment in his own state, and was equally distant from the then settled parts of Kentucky. Hence it will readily be supposed that himself and party were in danger every hour of being cut off by the Indians, against whom his principal security was, that he was as far distant from them as from the white people; and slender as this se∣curity may appear, his party never sustained any damage from the In∣dians but what was done by parties of hunters, who happened to ••nd out his settlements.—The face of this country is in general level, and the soil very rich, equal to any other part of America, and produce in abundance every thing that can be expected from so temperate a climate and so rich a soil. It is common for the planter to gather from his fields, upon an average, sixty bushels of Indian corn per acre. This county is well watered by the rivers Tennessee and Cumberland, and their branches. Both of these rivers empty into the Ohio shortly after they pass the north boundary of the state. As the waters of the Cumberland from Nashville, and of the Tennessee from this Muscle shoals to the Ohio, are navigable to the Ohio and Missisippi, the peo∣ple of course, who live in this county or the adjacent country, have the same advantages of water conveyance for trade, as those who live on the Ohio or Missisippi, to New Orleans or elsewhere.

Besides, there is another probable avenue through which trade will be carried on with this county and the adjacent country, which is from Mobile, up the waters of the Mobile river as far as it is navigable, thence by a land carriage of about 50 miles (at most) to Ocochapp•• creek, which empties into the Tennessee at the lower end of the Muscle shoals. The mouth of this creek, is the center of a piece of ground, the diameter of which is 5 miles, ceded by the southern Indians at the treaty of Hopwell, on Keeowee, to the United States, for the establishment of trading posts.

In 1785, in conformity to the resolves of congress of April 23, 1784, the inhabitants of this district essayed to form themselves into a body politic, by the name of the "State of Frankland;" but, differing among themselves as to the form of government, and about other matters, in the issue of which some blood was shed; and being opposed by some leading characters in the eastern parts, the schemes was given up, and the inhabitants remained in general peaceable until 1790, when con∣gress

established their present government. Since this period, some late incursions of the Indians excepted, the inhabitants have been peaceable and prosperous.

SOUTH CAROLINA.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 200 Miles.	between	4° and 9° W. Long. Sq. Miles. 20,000
Breadth 125 Miles.	32° and 35° N. Lat. Sq. Miles. 20,000

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by North Carolina, and the Tennessee Government; east, by the Atlantic ocean; south, and southwest, by Savannah river, and a branch of its head waters, called Tugulo river, which divides this 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Georgia.* 1.67

CIVIL DIVISIONS AND POPULATION.] The proprietors who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sent settlers to Carolina, divided it into counties and parishes. The counties are generally named after the proprietors. No county q••••ts, however, were established, and this division, though for a long 〈◊〉〈◊〉 kept up in the province, became in a great measure obsolete pre∣•••••• to the revolution. Since the revolution, county courts have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 established, where a majority of the inhabitants have petitioned 〈◊〉〈◊〉 them, and the state is now divided into districts and counties; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 counties are subdivided, in the lower country, into parishes; and i•• the upper country, into smaller or voting districts.

There are 7 districts, in which are 36 counties, as follows:

Districts.	Counties.
〈…〉〈…〉 18,753 inhabitants.	Hilton,
Lincoln,
Granville,
Shrewsbury.
〈…〉〈…〉 inhabitants.	Charleston,
Washington,
Marion,
Berkley,
Colleton,
Bartholomew.
ORANGEBURGH, district, west of-Beauf••rt district. Chief town ORANGE∣BURGH. 18,513 inhab.	Lewisburgh,
Orange,
Lexington,
Winton.
CAMDEN district, west of Georgetown district. Chief town CAMDEN. 38,065 inhabitants.	Clarendon,
Richland,
Fairfield,
Claremont,
Lancaster,
York,
Chester.

GEORGETOWN district, between S••ntee river and North Caroli∣na Chief town GEORGE∣TOWN. 22,122 Inhabitants.	Winyah,
Williamsburgh,
Kingston,
Liberty.
NINETY SIX district, compre∣hend 〈◊〉〈◊〉 other parts of the state, not included in the other dist∣rict. Ch. Town, CAMBRIDGE. 73,729 inhabitants.	Abbeville,
Edgefield,
Newbury,
Union,
Laurens,
Spartanburgh,
Greenville,
Pendleton,
〈◊〉〈◊〉 district, west of Georgetown district. Ch. town—10,706 inhabitants.	Marlborough,
Chesterfield,
Darlington,

Total number of inhabitants in 1791 249,073, of whom 107,094 were slaves.

The committee, appointed by act of assembly to divide the districts into counties, were directed to lay them as nearly 40 miles square as was practicable, due regard being paid to situations, natural bounda∣ries, &c.

As the lower country was originally sfettled by people from Europe under the proprietary government and influence, all the then coun∣ties were divided into parishes. And even now, although the old coun∣ties are done away, the boundaries altered, and new ones established, the division of parishes subsists in the three lower districts, the peo∣ple choose their senators and representatives by parishes, as formerly. But in the middle and upper districts, which were settled by people of various nations from Europe, but principally by northern emigrants, parishes are hardly known, except perhaps in Orangeburgh district. In these districts the people vote in small divisions, as convenience dictates.

CLIMATE.] The climate is different in different parts of the state. Along the sea coast bilious diseases and severs of various kinds are prevalent between July and October. The probability of dying is much greater between the 20th of June and the 20th of October, than in the other 8 months in the year.

One cause of these diseases is, a low marshy country, which is over∣flowed for the sake of cultivating rice. The exhalations from these stagnated waters, from the rivers, and from the neighbouring ocean, and the profuse perspiration of vegetables of all kinds, which cov∣er the ground, fill the air with moisture. This moisture falls in fre∣quent rains and copious dews. From actual observation it has been found that the average annual fall of rain for ten years was 42 inches; without regarding the moisture that fell in fogs and dews. The great heat of the day relaxes the body, and the agreeable coolness of the evening invites to an exposure to these heavy dews.

The disagreeable effects of this climate, experience has proved, might in a great measure be avoided, by those inhabitants whose cir∣cumstances will admit of their removal from the neighbourhood of the rice, swamps, to healthier situations, during the months of the July, August, September and October; and in the worst situations, by tempe∣rance and care. Violent exercise on horseback, chiefly, exposure to the meridian rays of the sun, sudden showers of rain, and the night air, are too frequently the causes of fevers and other disorders. Would the sportsmen deny themselves, during the fall months, their favourite amusements of hunting and fishing, or confine themselves to a very few hours, in the morning or evening—would the industri∣ous planter visit his fields only at the same hours—or would the poor∣er class of People pay due attention to their manner of living, and observe the precautions recommended to them by men of knowledge and experience, much sickness and many distressing events might be prevented. The upper country, situated in the medium between ex∣treme heat and cold, is as healthful as any part of the United States.

RIVERS.] This state is watered by four large, navigable rivers, besides a great number of smaller ones, which are passable in boats. The river Savannah washes it in its whole length from southeast to northwest. The Edisto rises in two branches from a remarkable ridge in the interior part of the state. These branches unite below Orange∣burgh, which stands on the North Fork, and form Edisto river, which, having passed Jacksonsburgh, leaving it on the south, branches and embraces Edisto island.

Santee is the largest and longest river in this state. It empties in∣to the ocean by two mouths, a little south of Georgetown. About 120 miles in a direct line from its mouth, it branches into the Congaree and Wateree; the latter or northern branch passes the Catabaw na∣tion of Indians, and bears the name of the Catabaw river from this settlement to its source. The Congaree branches into Saluda and Broad rivers. Broad river again branches into Enoree, Tyger and Pacolet rivers; on the latter of which are the celebrated Pacolet Springs.

Pedee river rises in North Carolina, where it is called Yadkin river. In this state, however, it takes the name of Pedee, and, receiving the waters of Lynches creek, Little Pedee, and Black river, it joins the Wakkamaw river, near Georgetown. These united streams, with the accession of a small creek, on which Georgetown stands, form Win∣yaw bay, which about 12 miles below communicates with the ocean. All the forementioned rivers, except Edisto, rise from various sources in that ridge of mountains which divides the waters which flow into the Atlantic Ocean from those which fall into the Missisippi.

The rivers of a secondary size, as you pass from N. to S. are Wak∣kamaw, Black river, Cooper, Ashepoo, and Combahee. These rivers afford to the proprietors of their banks a considerable quan∣tity of tide swamp, or rice land, flowable from the rivers, except in extraordinary droughts.

In the third class are comprehended those rivers which extend but a short distance from the ocean, and serve, by branching into number∣less creeks, as drains to take off the quantity of rain water, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 down from the large inland swamps; or are merely arms of the

sea. Of this kind, are Ashley, Stono, Coosaw, Broad, Colleton, May, New, and Right's rivers. The tide, in no part of the state, flows more than 25 miles from the sea.

CANAL.] A company has been incorporated for the purpose of connect∣ing Cooper and Santee rivers by a Canal of 21 miles in length. The sum supposed to be necessary to complete this extensive work is 55,620l. sterling. Twenty five per cent. are allowed by the legislature in tolls for all monies advanced by stockholders. The advantage of a canal at this place, to one who inspects a map of the Carolinas, must appear to be great, both to the public and to the proprietors.

MOUNTAINS.] Except the High Hills of Santee, the Ridge, and some few other hills, this country is like one extensive plain, till you reach the Tryon and Hogback mountains, 220 miles northwest of Charleston. The elevation of these mountains above their base, is 3840 feet, and above the sea coast 4640. There is exhibited from the top of these mountains an extensive view of this state, North Caroli∣na and Georgia. And as no object intervenes to obstruct the view, a man with telescopic eyes might discern vessels at sea. The mountains west and northwest rise much higher than these, and form a ridge, which divides the waters of Tennessee and Santee rivers.

HARBOURS.] The only harbours of note are those of Charleston, Port Royal, and Georgetown. Charleston harbour is spacious, conve∣nient and safe. It is formed by the junction of Ashley and Cooper riv∣ers. Its entrance is guarded by Fort Johnson. Twelve miles from the city is a bar, over which are four channels: One by the name of Ship Channel, has 18 feet water; another 16½, the other two are for smaller vessels. The tides rise from 5 to 8 feet. Port Royal has an excellent harbour, of sufficient extent to contain the largest floot in the world.

The bar at the entrance of Winyaw bay, which leads to George∣town, does not admit of vessels drawing more than. 11 feet water; and is in many respects a very dangerous place. This circumstance has proved injurious to the growth of Georgetown, which is other∣wise exceedingly well situated, for all the purposes of an extensive trade.

ISLANDS.] The sea coast is bordered with a chain of fine sea is∣lands, around which the sea flows, opening an excellent inland navi∣gation, for the conveyance of produce to market.

North of Charleston harbour, lie Bull's Dewee's, and Sullivan's islands, which form the north part of the harbour. James island lies on the other side of the harbour, opposite Charleston, containing about 50 families. Farther S. W. is John's island, larger than James; Stono river, which forms a convenient and safe harbour, divides these islands. Contiguous to John's island, and connected with it, by a bridge, is Wadmeiaw; east of which are the small isles of Keywaw and Simmon. Between these and Edisto island, is N. Edisto inlet, which also affords a good harbour for vessels of easy draft of water. South of Edisto island, is S. Edisto inlet, through which enter, from the northward, all the vessels bound to Beaufort, Asheepoo, Combahac•• and Coosaw.

On the S. W. side of St. Helena island, lies a cluster of islands, one of the largest of which is Port Royal. Adjacent to Port Royal lie St. Helena, Ladies Island, Paris Island, and the Hunting Islands, 5 or

6 in number, bordering on the ocean, so called from the number of deer and other wild game sound upon them. All these islands and some others of less note belong to St. Helena parish.

Crossing Broad river, you come to Hilton Head, the most southern sea island in Carolina. West and southwest of Hilton Head, lie Finckney's, Bulls, Dawfuskies and some smaller islands, between which and Hilton Head, are Calibogie river and sound, which form the out∣let of May and New rivers.

The soil on these islands, is generally better adapted to the culture of indigo than the main, and less suited to rice. Cotton grows very well upon them. The natural growth is the live oak, which is so ex∣cellent for ship timber, and the palmetto or cabbage tree, the utility of which, in the construction of forts, was experienced during the late war.

CHIEF TOWNS.] CHARLESTON is the only considerable town in South Carolina. It is situated on the tongue of land which is form∣ed by the confluence of Ashley and Cooper rivers, which are large and navigable. These rivers mingle their waters immediately below the town, and form a spacious and convenient harbour, which communicates with the ocean just below Sullivan's island, which it leaves on the north, seven miles southeast of the town. In these riv∣ers the tide rises, in common about 6½ feet.* 1.68 The continued agita∣tion which this occasions in the waters which almost surround Charles∣ton—the refreshing sea breezes which are regularly felt, and the smoke rising from so many chimneys, render Charleston more healthy than any part of the low country in the southern states. On this ac∣count it is the resort of great numbers of gentlemen, invalids from the West India islands, and of the rich planters from the country, who come and here to spend the sukly months, as they are called, in quest of health and of the social enjoyments which the city affords. And is no part of America are the social blessings enjoyed more rationally and liberally than in Charleston. Unaffected hospitality—affability—••••se in manners and address—and a disposition to make their guests welcome, easy and pleased with themselves, are characteristics of the respectable people in Charleston.

The land on which the town is built is flat and low, and the water brackish and unwholesome. The streets from east to west extend from river to river, and, running in a straight line, not only open beau∣tiful prospects each way, but afford excellent opportunities, by means of subterranean drains, for removing all nuisances, and keeping the city clean and healthy. These streets are intersected by others, near∣ly at right angles, and throw the town into a number of squares, with dressing houses in front, and office houses and little gardens behind. ••••me of the streets are conveniently wide, but most of them are much 〈◊〉〈◊〉 narrow, especially for so populous a city, in so warm a climate. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their being a nursery for various diseases from their confined 〈◊〉〈◊〉, they have been found extremely inconvenient in case of fires, the destructive effects of which have been frequently felt in this city. The houses, which have been lately built, are brick, with tiled roofs.

Some of the buildings in Charleston are elegant, and most of them are neat, airy and well furnished. The public buildings are, an exchange, state house, lately rebuilt, armoury, poor house, two large churches for Episcopalians, two for Congregationalists or Independents, one for Scotch Presbyterians, one for Baptists, one for German Lutherans, two for the Methodists, (a large house for worship, being lately finished by them)—one for French Protestants—besides a meeting house for Quak∣ers, a Roman Catholic chapel, and a Jewish synagogue.

But little attention is paid to the public markets. A great propor∣tion of the most wealthy inhabitants have plantations, from which they receive supplies of almost every article of living. The country abounds with poultry and wild ducks. Their beef, mutton and veal, are not of the best kind. Few fish are brought to market.

In 1787, it was computed that there was 1600 houses in this city, and 9600 white inhabitants, and 5400 negroes; and what evinces the healthiness of the place, upwards of 200 of the white inhabitants were above 60 years of age. In 1791, there were 16,859 inhabitants, of whom 7684 were slaves.

Charleston was incorporated in 1783, and divided into 13 wards, which choose as many wardens, from among whom the citizens elect an Intendant of the city. The Intendant and wardens form the city council, who have power to make and enforce bye laws for the regu∣lation of the city.

BEAUFORT, on Port Royal Island, is a pleasant little town, of about 50 or 60 houses, and, 200 inhabitants, who are distinguished for their hospitality and politeness. The courts which were formerly held here, are now held at Coosawhatchie.

GEORGETOWN, the seat of justice in Georgetown district, stands, on a spot of land near the junction of a number of rivers, which, when united in one broad stream, by the name of Winyaw, fall into the ocean 12 miles below the town.

COLUMBIA, which has lately been made the seat of government, by the legislature, stands, just below the junction of Saluda and Broad rivers, on the Congaree. The public offices have, however, in some instances been divided, for the accommodation of the inhabitants of the lower counties, and a branch of each retained in Charles∣ton.

CAMDEN, on the Wateree, N. W. of Santee Hills, 130 miles west of north from Charleston, is regularly built, upon a good plan; but a small part of it is yet executed.

PURYSBURGH is a hilly village, about 20 miles above Savannah, on the north bank of the river of the same name. It was early settled by foreigners, with a view to the culture of silk, which for a while they attended to with spirit. The mulberry trees are yet standing, and some attention is still paid to the making of silk. But the profits of the rice and indigo, soon diverted the original planters from almost every other; pursuit. Besides these, are Jacksonborough, Orangeburgh, Wynnsborough and Cambridge, which are all inconsiderable villages of from 30 to 60 dwelling houses.

GENERAL FACE OF THE COUNTRY.] The whole state, to the dis∣tance of 80 miles from the sea, is level, and almost without a stone. In this distance, by a gradual ascent from the sea coast, the land rises about 190 feet. Here, if you proceed in a W. N. W. course from Charles∣ton,

commences a curiously uneven country. The traveller is con∣stantly ascending or descending little sand hills, which nature seems 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have disunited in a frolic. If a pretty high sea were suddenly ar∣rested, and transformed into sand hills, in the very form the waves ••••isted at the moment of transformation, it would present they eye with just such a view as is here to be seen. Some little herbage, and a few small pines grow even on this soil. The inhabitants are few, and have but a scanty subsistence on corn and sweet potatoes, which grow here tolerably well. This curious country continues for 60 miles, till you arrive at a place called The Ridge, 140 miles from Charleston. This 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is a remarkable tract of high ground, as you approach it from the sea, but level as you advance northwest from its summit. It is a fine high, healthy belt of land, well watered, and of a good soil, and extends from the Savannah to Broad river, in about 6° 30′ west lon∣gitude from Philadelphia. Beyond this ridge, commences a country ••••tactly resembling the northern states. Here hills and dales, with all their verdure and variegated beauty, present themselves to the eye. Wheat fields, which are rare in the low country, begin to grow common. Here Heaven has bestowed its blessings with a most bounteous hand. The air is much more temperate and healthful, than nearer to the sea. The hills are covered with valuable woods—the vallies watered with beautiful rivers, and the fertility of the soil is equal to every vegetable production. This, by way of distinction, is called the upper country, where are different modes and different articles of cultivation; where the manners of the people, and even their language, have a different tone. The land still rises by a gradual ascent; each succeeding hill overlooks that which immediately precedes it, till, having advanced 〈◊〉〈◊〉 miles in a northwest direction from Charleston, the elevation of the land above the sea coast is found by mensuration to be 800 feet. Here commences a mountainous country, which continues rising to the western terminating point of this state.

SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.] The soil may be divided into four kinds; first, the pine barren, which is valuable only for its timber. Interspers∣ed among the pine barren, are tracts of land free of timber, and every kind of growth but that of grass. These tracts are called Savan∣nah, constituting a second kind of soil, good for grazing. The third kind is that of the swamps and low grounds on the rivers, which is a mixture of black loam and fat clay, producing naturally canes is great plenty, cypress, bays, loblolly pines, &c. In these swamps rice is cul∣tivated, which constitutes the staple commodity of the state. The high lands, commonly known by the name of oak and hiccory lands, constitute the fourth kind of soil. The natural growth is oak, hic∣cory, walnut, pine and locust. On these lands, in the low country, are cultivated Indian corn principally; and in the back country, besides these, they raise tobacco in large quantities, wheat, rye, barley, oats, hemp, flax, cotton and silk.* 1.69

There is little fruit in this state, especially in the lower parts of it. They have oranges, which are chiefly sour, and figs in plenty, a few li••••es and lemons, pomegranates, pears and peaches; apples are scarce, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are imported from the northern states, Melons, (especially the water melon) are raised here in great perfection.

The river swamps, in which rice can be cultivated with any toler∣able degree of safety and success, do not extend higher up the rivers than the head of the tides; and in estimating the value of this species of rice land, the height which the tide rises is taken into consideration, those lying where it rises to a proper pitch for overflowing the swamps being the most valuable. The best inland swamps, which constitute a second species of rice land, are such as are furnished with reserves of water. These reserves are formed by means of Tares banks thrown up at the upper parts of the swamps, whence it is conveyed, when needed, to the fields of rice.

At the distance of about 110 miles from the sea, the river swamps terminate, and the high lands extend quite to the rivers, and form banks, in some places, several hundred feet high from the surface of the water, and afford many extensive and delightful views. These high banks are interwoven with layers of leaves and different coloured earth, and abound with quarries of free stone, pebbles, flint, chrystals, iron ore in abundance, silver, lead, sulphur and coarse diamonds.

The swamps above the head of the tide, are occasionally planted with corn, cotton and indigo. The soil is very rich, yielding from 40 to 50 bushels of corn an acre.

It is curious to observe the gradations from the sea coast to the up∣per country, with respect to the produce, the mode of cultivation, and the cultivators. On the islands upon the sea coast, and for 40 or 50 miles back (and on the rivers much farther) the cultivators are all slaves. No while man, to speak generally, ever thinks of settling a farm and improving it for himself without negroes. If he has no negroes, he hires himself as overseer to some rich planter, who has more than he can or will attend to, till he can purchase for himself. The articles cultivated are corn and potatoes, which, with the small rice, are food for the negroes; rice, indigo and cotton, for exporta∣tion. The culture of this last article, is capable of being increased equal to almost any demand. The soil was cultivated, till lately, al∣most wholly by manual labour. The plough, till since the peace was scarcely used. Now, the plough and harrow and other improvements are introduced into the rice swamps with great success, and will no doubt become general. In the middle settlements, negroes are not so numerous. The master attends personally to his own business. The land is not properly situated for rice. It produces moderately good indigo weed, and some tobacco is raised for exportation. The farmer is contented to raise corn, potatoes, oats, rye, poultry, and a little wheat.—In the upper country, there are but sew negroes; generally speaking, the farmers have none, and depend, like the inhabitants of the northern states, upon the labour of themselves and families for sub∣sistence; the plough is used almost wholly. India corn in great quantities, wheat, rye, potatoes, &C. are raised for food, and much tobacco and some wheat, cotton and indigo for exportation.

MODE OF CULTIVATING RICE.] Rice ground is prepared only by effectually securing it from the water, except some higher parts of it, which are sometimes dug up with a hoe, or mellowed by a plough or harrow. When the rice is young the overflowing of the water does not prevent its growth. Those who have water in reserve, commonly let it in upon their rice, after first going through with the hoe, while it is young, though it is deemed best to keep out the grass

without this aid, by the hoe only. The water is commonly kept on the rice eight or ten days after hoeing. When the ear is formed, the water is continued on till it is ripe. It is hoed three or four times. When the grass is very thick, a negroe cannot hoe more than one six∣••••ch of an acre in a day. From three pecks to a bushel is sown an 〈◊〉〈◊〉. It produces from 50 to 80 bushels of rough rice an acre—120 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of rough rice have been produced on one acre; 20 bushels of which make about 500 pounds, or eight and a quarter bushels clean 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for market. After it is threshed, it is winnowed, and then 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in a mill, constructed of two blocks in a simple manner—then ••••owed by a fan constructed for that purpose—then beat in a mor∣•••• by hand, or now generally by horse or water machines—then sift∣ed to separate the whole rice from that which is broken and the flour. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whole rice is then barrelled in casks of about 500 pounds, or eight 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a quarter bushels.—The small rice serves for provisions, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for provender, the chaff for manure, and the straw for fodder. The blade is green and fresh while the ear is ripe. The price is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••4 to 10S6 a hundred—dollars 4S8.

MANUFACTURES.] In the middle, and especially in the upper country, the people are obliged to manufacture their own cotton and we••llen clothes, and most of their husbandry tools; but in the lower country, the inhabitants, for these articles, depend almost entirely on 〈◊〉〈◊〉 merchants. Late accounts from the interior parts of this state inform, that the inhabitants manufacture, entirely in the family way, as much as they have occasion for; that cotton, hemp and flax are plenty; that they have a considerable stock of good sheep; that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 exertions are made, and much done in the household way; that may have long been in the habit of doing something in family man∣ufactures, but within a few years past great improvements have been made. The women do the weaving and leave the men to attend to agriculture.

This state furnishes all the materials, and of the best kind, for his building. The live oak, and the pitch and yellow pines, are of imperior quality. Ships might be built here with more ease, and to much greater advantage, than in the middle and eastern states. A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of seamen, is one reason why this business is not more generally attended to.

So much attention is now paid to the manufacture of indigo, in this 〈◊〉〈◊〉, that it bids fair to rival that of the French. It is to be regret∣••••••, that it is still the practice of the merchants concerned in the Car∣•••••• trade, to sell at foreign markets, the Carolina indigo of the first p••••lity, as French.

CONSTITUTION.] The legislative authority is vested in a general assembly, consisting of a senate and house of representatives. There are 〈◊〉〈◊〉 representatives, and 35 senators appointed among the several districts. The representatives are chosen for two years, must be free white men, 21 years old, and have been inhabitants of the state three years. If resident in the district, they must have a freehold of 500 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of land, and ten negroes, or real estate worth 150l. sterling, dept of debt; if nonresident, must have a freehold in the district w••••th 500l. sterling, clear of debt. The senators are chosen for four years, and divided into two classes, one class being chosen every second year. They must be free white men, 30 years old, and have

been inhabitants five years. If resident in the district, they must have a freehold worth 300l. sterling, clear of debt; if nonresident, a free hold worth 1000l. sterling, clear of debt. Every free white man, 21 years old, having been an inhabitant of the state two years, and been a freeholder of 50 acres of land, or a town lot, six months, or having been resident in the district six months, and paid a tax of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sterling has a right to vote for members of the legislature. The general as∣sembly is chosen on the second Monday of October, and meets 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the fourth Monday in November annually. Each house chooser its own officers, judges of the qualifications of its members, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 negative on the other. A majority of each makes a quorum from 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to day, and compel the attendance of members. They are protec••••••, in their persons and estates, during the sessions, and ten days before and after; except in cases of treason, felony, and breach of the pence. They are paid out of the public treasury, from which no money 〈◊〉〈◊〉 drawn but by the legislative authority. Revenue bills originate in the lower house, but may be altered or rejected by the senate. Army and navy contractors, and all officers excepting officers in the militia, justices of the peace, and justices of the county courts which have no salaries, are excluded from the general assembly. The clergy are ex∣cluded from civil offices. The executive authority is vested in a governor, chosen for two years, by both houses of assembly jointly; but he cannot be reelected till after four years. He must be thirty years old, have been an inhabitant of the state ten years, and have as estate in it worth 1500l. sterling, clear of debt. He can hold no oth∣er office, except in the militia. A lieutenant governor is chosen in the same manner, for the same time, and possessing the same qualifications; and holds the office of governor in case of vacancy. The gov∣ernor is commander in chief of the military force; has power to remit fines and forfeitures, and grant reprieves and pardons, except in cases of impeachment; to require information of executive officers; to convene the general assembly on extraordinary occasions, and to ad∣journ them to any time not beyond the fourth Monday in November next ensuing, in case they cannot agree on the time themselves. His must inform the general assembly of the condition of the state; recom∣mend such measures as he shall judge expedient; and take care that the laws are faithfully executed in mercy. The legislature has power to vest the judicial authority in such courts as it shall think proper. The judges hold their commission during good behaviour. Those of the superior courts are elected by the joint ballot of both houses of as∣sembly; have a stated salary, and can hold no other office. All of∣ficers take an oath of fidelity to their duty, and to the constitution of this state, and of the United States; and, for malconduct, may be impeach∣ed by the house of representatives, and tried by the senate.—This con∣stitution asserts the supreme power of the people; liberty of con∣science; trial by jury; and subordination of the military to the civil power. It excludes ex post facto laws; bills of attainder; excessive bail; and titles of nobility and hereditary distinction.

The legislature has power, under certain regulations, to make a∣mendments to the constitution. And a convention may be called by vote of two thirds of both branches of the whole representation.

This constitution was ratified June 3d, 1790.

LAWS.] The laws of this state have nothing in them of a particul∣ar nature, excepting what arises from the permission of slavery. The evidence of a slave cannot be taken against a white man; and the neither who kills his slave is not punishable otherwise than by a pe∣••••••iary mulct, and 12 months imprisonment.

A committee was appointed, at the session of the legislature in 1792, to put in train the business of revising and amending the negro act, or the their for governing the slaves. The issue we hope will meliorate the ••••tition of the slaves, and afford an evidence to the world of the en∣••••ened policy, and increasing humanity, of the citizens of this state. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 anticipate an issue of this nature the rather, because a dispo∣•••••••• to soften the rigors of slavery has of late been manifested, by drawing them fish, tobacco and summer clothing, which formerly was not customary.

A ••aw, altering the mode of the descent of intestate estates, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 descended according to the laws of England, was passed in 1792. According to the present law, a more equal partition takes place and were conformable to a republican government, and to the dictates of natural affection.

By a late regulation, the judges of the court, who before had a sal∣ary of 500l. each, and fees, have now 600l. and no fees. The chief justice has 800l.

STATE or LITERATURE.] Gentlemen of fortune, before the late 〈◊〉〈◊〉, sent their sons to Europe for education. During the war and since, they have generally sent them to the middle and north∣•••••••• states. Those who have been at this expense in educating their 〈◊〉〈◊〉, have been but comparatively few in number, so that the litera∣•••••• of the state is at a low ebb. Since the peace, however, it has be∣•••••••• to flourish. There are several respectable academies in Charles∣••••••—one at Beaufort, on Port Royal island—and several others in different parts of the state. Three colleges have lately been incor∣porated by law—one at Charleston—one at Winnsborough, in the district of Camden—the other at Cambridge, in the district of Nine∣ty Six. The public and private donations for the support of these three colleges, were originally intended to have been appropriated jointly, for the erecting and supporting of one respectable college. The division of these donations has frustrated this design. Part of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 barracks in Charleston has been handsomely fitted up, and con∣verted into a college, and there are a number of students; but it does not yet merit a more dignified name than that of a respectable academy. The Mount Sion college, at Winnsborough, is supported by a respect∣able society of gentlemen, who have long been incorporated. This institution flourishes and bids fair for usefulness. The college at Cambridge is no more than a grammar school. That the literature of this state might be put upon a respectable footing, nothing is wanting but a spirit of enterprize among its wealthy inhabitants.

CHARITABLE AND OTHER SOCIETIES.] These are the South Carolina, Mount Sion, Library and St. Cecillia Societies—a society for the relief of the widows and orphans of clergymen, a Medical society lately instituted in Charleston, and a musical society. At Beaufort and on St. Helena are several charitable societies, incorporated with funds to a considerable amount, designed principally for the education of poor children, and which promise, at a future day, to be of great

public utility. What are called Jockey clubs, have increased within a few years.

INDIANS.] The Catabaws are the only nation of Indians in this state. They have but one town, called Catabaw, situated on Catah•••••• river, in latitude 34° 49′, on the boundary line between North and South Carolinas, and contains about 450 inhabitants, of which th•••• 150 are fighting men.

It is worthy of remark, that this nation was long at war with the six nations, into whose country they often penetrated, which it is said no other Indian nation from the south or west ever did. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Nations always considered them as the bravest of their enemies, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 they were surrounded by the settlements of white people, whole neighbourhood, with other concurrent cause, have rendered them corrupt and nerveless.

RELIGION.] Since the revolution, by which all denomination were put on an equal footing, there have been no disputes between different religious sects. They all agree to differ.

The upper parts of this state are settled chiefly by Presbyterians Baptists and Methodists. From the most probable calculations, it is supposed that the religious denominations of this state, as to numbers may be ranked as follows: Presbyterians, including the Congregations and Independent churches—Episcopalians, Baptists, Methodists, &c.

CHARACTER.] There is no peculiarity in the manners of the in∣habitants of this state, except what arises from the mischievous influ∣ence of slavery; and in this, indeed, they do not differ from the in∣habitants of the other southern states. Slavery, by exempting great numbers from the necessities of labour, leads to luxury, dissipating and extravagance. The absolute authority, which is exercised other their slaves, too much favors a haughty supercilious behaviour 〈◊〉〈◊〉 disposition to obey the christian precept, 'Do to others as you would that others should do unto you,' is not cherished by a daily exhib••••ion of many made for one. The Carolinians sooner arrive at maturity, both in their bodies and minds, than the natives of colder climates. They possess a natural quickness and vivacity of genius, superior in the inhabitants of the north; but too generally want that enterpti•••• and perseverance, which are necessary for the highest attainments in the arts and sciences. They have, indeed, few motives to enterprise. Inhabiting a fertile country, which, by the labour of the slaves, pro∣duces plentifully, and creates affluence—in a climate which favour indulgence, ease, and a disposition for convivial pleasures, they too generally rest contented with barely knowledge enough to transact the common affairs of life. There are not a few instances, however, in this state, in which genius has been united with application, and the effects of their union have been happily experienced, not only by this state, but by the United States.

The wealth produced by the labour of the slaves, furnishes their pro∣prietors with the means of hospitality; and no people in the world use these means with more liberality. Many of the inhabitants spare as pains nor expense in giving the highest polish of education to their children, by enabling them to travel, and by other means unattainable by those who have but moderate fortunes.

The Carolinians are generally affable and easy in their manners, and polite and attentive to strangers. The ladies want the bloom of

the north, but have an engaging softness and delicacy in their appear∣ance and manners, and many of them possess the polite and elegant accomplishments.

Munting is the most fashionable amusement in this state. At 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the country gentlemen are extremely expert; and with sur∣••••ting dexterity pursue their game through the woods. Gaming of all kinds is more discountenanced among fashionable people in this, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in any of the southern states. Twice a year, statedly, a class of active gentlemen, in this and the neighbouring states, have their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 races. Bets of terror fifteen hundred guineas have been some∣•••••• said on these occasions.

There is no instance, perhaps, in which the richer class of people 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more on the rules of propriety than in the mode of conduct∣ing their funerals. That a decent respect be paid to the dead, is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dictate of the refined humanity; but this is not done by sumptu∣•••••• expensive entertainments, splendid decorations and pompous 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which a misguided fashion has here introduced and ren∣de••d necessary. In Charleston and other parts of the state, no persons 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a funeral any more than a wedding, unless particularly invit∣ed. Wine, punch and all kinds of liquors, tea, coffee, cake, &c. in pro••ection, are handed round on these solemn occasions. In short, one would suppose that the religious proverb of the wise man, 'It is bet∣ween to go to the house of mourning than to the house of feasting,' would be unintelligible and wholly inapplicable here, as it would be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to distinguish the house of mourning from the house of feasting.

MILITARY STRENGTH.] There are between 20,000 and 30,000 ••••••ting men in this state. About 10 men are kept to guard Fort 〈◊〉〈◊〉, on James island, at the entrance of Charleston harbour, by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 no vessel can pass, unless the' master or mate make oath that there is no malignant distemper on board. The militia laws, enacting 〈◊〉〈◊〉 every freeman between 16 and 50 years of age shall be prepared 〈◊〉〈◊〉 war, have been but indifferently obeyed since the peace. An un∣••sful degree of military spirit, however, seems lately to have arisen 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the citizens of Charleston. Noless than eight volunteer uniform de••••••nies have lately formed in this city, besides a troop of horse, and the ancient battalion of artillery.

PUBLIC REVENUE AND EXPENSES.] The public Revenue of this state is, nominally, 90,000l. sterling. But a great part of this is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 not collected, or paid in securities, which are much de∣pre••••ted. The expenses of government are about 16,000l. sterling.

MUDE OF LEVYING TAXES.] The great bulk of the revenue of the state is raised by a tax on lands and negroes. The lands, for the purpose of being taxed according to their value, are divided into their grand divisions; the first reaches from the sea coast to the ex∣•••••• of the flowing of the tides; the second, from these points to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the rivers; and thence to the utmost verge of the western set∣tlement makes the third. These grand divisions, for the sake of more ••••acty ascertaining the value of the lands, are subdivided into 21 〈◊〉〈◊〉 species. The most valuable of which is estimated at six 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the least valuable at one shilling per acre. One per cent. on the value thus estimated, is levied from all granted lands in the 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The collection of taxes is not annexed to the office of sheriff, but is committed to particular gentlemen appointed for that purpose,

who are allowed two and a half per cent. in Charleston, and five per cent. in the other parts of the state, on all they collect.

BANES.] Besides a branch of the national bank, a bank by the name of the South Carolina bank, was established in 1792, in Charleston.

DAMAGE BY THE ••ATE WAR.] The damages which this states sustained in the late war are thus estimated—The three entire crops of 1779, 1780 and 1781, all of which were used by the British—The crop of 1782, taken by the Americans—About 25,000 negroes—Many thousands of pounds worth of plate, and household furniture in abundance—The villages of Georgetown and Camden burnt.—The loss to the citizens directly by the plunderings and devastations of the British army—and indirectly by American impressments, and by the depreciation of the paper currency, together with the heavy d••bt of 1,200,000l. sterling, incurred for the support of the war, in own aggregate view, make the price of independence to South Carolina, exclusive of the blood of its citizens, upwards of 3,000,000l. sterling.

COMMERCE.] The little attention that has been paid to manufac∣tures, occasions a vast consumption of foreign imported articles; but the quantities and value of their exports generally leave a balance in favour of the state, except when there are large importations of negroes.

The amount of exports from the port of Charleston, in the year, ending November 1787, was then estimated, from authentic documents, at £.505,279:19:5 sterling money. The number of vessels cleared from the custom house the same year, was 947, measuring 62,118 tons; 735 of these, measuring 41,531 tons, were American; the others belong∣ed to Great Britain, Spain, France, the United Netherlands and Ireland.

The principal articles exported from this state, are rice, indigo, to∣bacco, skins of various kinds, beef, pork, cotton, pitch, tar, rosin, tur∣pentine, myrtle wax, lumber, naval stores, cork, leather, pink 〈◊〉〈◊〉, snake root, ginseng, &c. In the most successful seasons, there have been as many as 140,000 barrels of rice, and 1,300,000 pounds of in∣digo, exported in a year. From the 15th Dec. 1791, to September, 1798, 108,567 tierces of rice, averaging 550 lb. nett weight each, were export∣ed from Charleston. In the year ending September, 30th, 1791, exclu∣sive of two quarters for which no returns were made, the amount of exports from this state was 1,866,0••1 dollars.

PRACTICE OF LAW, COURTS, &c.] From the first settlement of this country in 1669, to the year 1769, a single court, called the Court of Common Pleas, was though sufficient to transact the judicial business of the state. This court was invariably held at Charleston, where all the records were kept, and all civil business transacted. As the province increased, inconveniences arose, and created uneafina•••• among the people.

To remedy these inconveniences an act was passed in 1769, by which the province was divided into seven districts, which have been mentioned. The court of common pleas (invested with the powers of the same cour in England) sat four times a year is Charleston. By the abovementioned act, the judges of the court of common pleas were empowered to fit as judges of the court of sessions, invested with the powers of the court of king's bench, in England, in the criminal ju∣risdiction. The act likewise directed the judges of the courts of com∣mon pleas and sessions, in Charleston district, to divide, and two of the judges to proceed on what is called the northern circuit, and the

••••her two on the southern circuit, distributing justice in their progress. This was to be done twice in the year. This mode of administring jus∣•••• ••••nti••••ed till 1785, when, by the unanimous exertions of the two 〈◊〉〈◊〉 districts, an act was passed, establishing county courts in all the ••••••ties of the four districts of Camden, Ninety Six, Cheraws, and ••••••geburgh. The county courts are empowered to sit four times in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Before the establishment of county courts, the lawyers all 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at Charleston, under the immediate eye of government; and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carolina bar was as pure and genteel as any in the United States. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this establishment, lawyers have flocked in from all quarters, ••••••s••ttled in different parts of the country, and law suits have been ••••••plied beyond all former knowledge.

••••••TORY.] The reformation in France occasioned a civil war be∣•••••• the Protestant and Catholic parties in that kingdom. During 〈◊〉〈◊〉 domestic troubles Jasper de Coligni, a principal commander of the Protestant army, fitted out two ships, and sent them with a colony America, under the command of Jean Ribaud, for the purpose of spring a retreat from prosecution. Ribaud landed at the mouth of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 now called Albemarle river, in North Carolina. This colony, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, enduring incredible hardships, were extirpated by the Spaniards. I•• further attempts were made to plant a colony in this quarter, till the ••eign of Charles II. of England. Mention is, however, made of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Robert Health's having obtained a grant of Carolina, from Charles 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in 1630; but no settlements were made in consequence of this grant.

In 1662, after the restoration of Charles II. Edward, earl of Clar∣••••••, and seven others, obtained a grant of all lands lying between the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 36th degrees of north latitude.

A second charter, given two years after, enlarged their boundaries, and comprehended all that province, territory, &c. extending east∣•••••• as far as the north end of Currituck inlet, upon a straight line ••••derly to Wyonoke creek, which lies within or about latitude 36° 〈◊〉〈◊〉 end so west, in a direct line as far as the South Sea; and south and westward as far as 29° north latitude, inclusive, and so west in ••••rect lines to the South Sea.* 1.70 Of this large territory, the king con∣stituted

these eight persons absolute Lords Proprietors—investing 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with all necessary powers to settle and govern the same.

Nothing was successfully done towards the settlement of this coun∣try till 1609. At this time, the proprietors, in virtue of their pow∣ers, engaged the famous Mr. Locke to frame for them a constitution and body of laws. This constitution, consisting of 120 articles, was aristocratical, and though ingenious in theory, could never be success∣fully reduced to practice.

Three classes of nobility were to be established, (viz.) barons, enssrq•••••••• and landgraves. The first to possess twelve—the second twenty 〈◊〉〈◊〉—the third forty eight thousand acres of land, which was to be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 enable.

In 1669, William Sayle, being appointed first governor of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 country, embarked with a colony, and settled on the neck of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 where Charleston now stands.

During the continuance of the proprietary government, a period 〈◊〉〈◊〉 50 years (reckoning from 1669 to 1719) the colony was involved of perpetual quarrels. Oftentimes they were harassed by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉—sometimes infested with p••rates—frequently invaded by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Spanish fleets—constantly uneasy under their injudi••••ous govern∣ment—and quarrelling with their governors.—But their most 〈◊〉〈◊〉 dissensions were respecting religion. The Episcopalians being 〈◊〉〈◊〉 numerous than the dissenters, attempted to exclude the latter 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉

seat in the legislature. These attempts were so far succeeded, as that the church of England, by a majority of votes, was established by law. This illiberal act threw the colony into the utmost confusion, and was followed by a train of evil consequences, which proved to be the prin∣cipal cause of the revolution which soon followed. Notwithstanding the act establishing the church of England was repealed, tranquillity was not restored to the colony. A change of government was generally desired by the colonists. They found that they were not sufficiently protected by their proprietory constitution, and effected a revolution about the year 1719, and the government became regal.

In 1728, the proprietors accepted 22,500l. sterling from the crown, for the property and jurisdiction, except Lord Granville, who reserv∣ed his eighth of the property, which has never yet been formally ••••en up. At this time the constitution was new modelled, and the ••••ritory, limited by the original charter, was divided into North and South Carolinas.

From this period the colony began to flourish. It was protected by a government formed on the plan of the English constitution. Under the fostering care of the mother country, its growth was aston∣ishingly rapid. Between the years 1763 and 1775, the number of in∣habitants was more than doubled. No one indulged a wish for a ••••ange in their political constitution, till the memorable stamp act, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in 1765.

From this period till 1775, various attempts were made by Great Britain to tax her colonies without consent. These attempts were ••••••riably opposed. The congress, who met at Philadelphia this year, ••••nimously approved the opposition, and on the 19th of April war ••••••••enced.

During the vigorous contest for independence, this state was a great sufferer. For three years it was the seat of the war. It feels and la∣••••nts the loss of many respectable citizens. Since the peace, it has been ••••••ging from that melancholy confusion and poverty, in which it was generally involved by the devastations of a relentless enemy. The inhabitants are fast multiplying by immigrations from other states—the agricultural interests of the state are reviving—commerce is flour∣ishing—economy is becoming more fashionable—and science begins to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 her salutary influences among the citizens. And under the op∣••••ion of the present government, this state, from her natural, com∣mercial and agricultural advantages, and the abilities of her leading characters, promises to become one of the richest in the union.

See Ramsay's Hist. Revol. in S. Carolina, and Hist. of Carolina and Georgia, anonymous, supposed to be by Hewet••.

GEORGIA.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 600 Miles.	between	5° and 16° W. Lon.
Breadth 250 Miles.	31° and 35° N. Lat.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED east, by the Atlantic ocean; south, by East and West Floridas; West, by the river Missisippi: north and northeast, by South Carolina, and by lands ceded to the United States by South Carolina.

CIVIL DIVISIONS AND POPULATION.] That part of the state which has been laid out in counties, is divided into three districts, which are subdivided into 11 counties, which, with the number of in∣habitants, are as follows:

Districts.	Counties.	Ch. Towns.
Lower district. 21,566 Inhabitant.	Camden,	St. Patrick's,
Glyn,	Brunswick,
Liberty,	Sunbury,
Chatham,	SAVANNAH,
Essingham.	Ebenezer.
Upper district. 37,946 inhabi.	Wilkes,	Washington,
Franklin,
Green.	Greensburgh.
Middle district. 25,336 Inhabitants.	Richmond,	AUGUSTA,
Burke,	Wayne••bo. Louisville,
Washington.	Golphinton.

Total number of inhabitants in the state, 82,548, of whom 29,264 are slaves.

Before the revolution, Georgia, like all the southern States, was di∣vided into parishes; but this mode of division is now abolished, and that of counties has succeeded in its room.

FACE OF THE COUNTRY.] The eastern part of the state, between the mountains and the ocean, and the rivers Savannah and St. Mary's, a tract of country more than 120 miles from north to south, and 40 or 50 east and west, is entirely level, without a hill or stone. At the distance of about 40 or 50 miles from the sea board, or salt marsh, the lands begin to be more or less uneven. The ridges gradually rise one above another into hills, and the hills successively increasing in height, till they finally terminate in mountains. That vast chain of moun∣tains which commences with the Katts Kill, near Hudson's river, in the state of New York, known by the names of the Allegany and Apal∣achian mountains, terminate in this state, about 60 miles south of its northern boundary.—From the foot of this mountain, spreads a wide extended plain, of the richest soil, and in a latitude and climate well adapted to the cultivation of most of the East India produc∣tions.

CLIMATE, DISEASES, &c.] In some parts of this state, at partic∣ular seasons of the year, the climate cannot be esteemed salubrious.

In the low country near the rice swamps, bilious complaints and fevers of various kinds are pretty universal during the months of July, Au∣gust and September, which, for this reason, are called the sickly months.

The disorders peculiar to this climate originate partly from the badness of the water, which in the low country, except in and about Savannah and some other places, where good springs are found, is generally brackish, and partly from the noxious putrid vapours which are exhaled from the stagnant waters in the rice swamps. Besides, the long continuance of warm weather produces a general relaxation of the nervous system, and as a great proportion of the inhabitants have no necessary labour to call them to exercise, a large share of in∣dolence is the natural consequence; and indolence, especially amongst a luxurious people, is ever the parent of disease. The immense quan∣tities of spirituous liquors, which are used to correct the brackishness of the water, form a species of intemperance which too often proves minous to the constitution. Parents of infirm, sickly habits, often, in more senses than one, have children of their own likeness. A consid∣erable part of the diseases of the present inhabitants may therefore be considered as hereditary.

Before the sickly season commences, many of the rich planters of this state remove with their families to the sea islands, or some ele∣••ated healthy situation, where they reside three or four months, for the benefit of the fresh air. In the winter and spring, pleurisies, pe∣••••••umonies and other inflammatory disorders, occasioned by sudden and violent colds, are considerably common and frequently fatal. Consumptions, epilepsies, cancers, palsies and apoplexies, are not so common among the inhabitants of the southern as northern cli∣mates.

The winters in Georgia are very mild and pleasant. Snow is sel∣dom or never seen. Vegetation is not frequently prevented by severe frosts. Cattle subsist tolerably well through the winter, without any other food than what they obtain in the woods and savannas, and are fatter in that season than in any other. In the hilly country, which begins about 50 and in some places 100 miles from the sea, the air is pure and salubrious, and the water plenty and good. From June to September, the mercury in Farenheit's thermometer commonly fluc∣ta••tes from 76° to 90°—in winter, from 40° to 60°.—The most pre∣vailing winds, are S. W. and E—in winter, N. W. The east wind is warmest in winter and coolest in summer. The south wind, in sum∣mer and fall particularly, is damp, sultry, unelastic, and of course un∣healthy.

In the southeast parts of this state, which lie within a few degrees of the torrid zone, the atmosphere is kept in motion by impressions from the trade wines. This serves to purify the air, and render if fit for respiration; so that it is found to have a very advantageous effect 〈◊〉〈◊〉 persons of consumptive habits.

RIVERS.] Savannah river divides this state from South Carolina. Its course is nearly from northwest to southeast. It is formed princi∣pally of two branches, by the names of Tugulo and Keowee, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the mountains, and unite 15 miles N. W. of the northern boundary of Wilkes county. It is navigable for large vessels up to Savannah, and for boats of 100 feet keel as far as Augusta. After

rising a fall just above this place, it is passable for boats to the month of Tugulo river. After it takes the name Savannah, at the confluence of the Tugulo and Keowee, it receives a number of tributary streams, from the Georgia side, the principal of which is Broad river, which rises in the county of Franklin, and runs S. E. through part of Wilkes county, and mingles with Savannah at the town of Petersburgh, and might, with a trifling expense, be made boatable 25 or 30 miles through the best settlement in Wilkes county. Tybee bar, at the entrance of Savannah river, in lat. 31° 57′, has 16 feet water at half tide.

Ogeechee river, about 18 miles south of the Savannah, is a smaller river, and nearly parallel with it in its course.

Alatamaha,* 1.71 about 60 miles south of Savannah river, has its source in the Cherokee mountains, near the head of Tugulo, the great west branch of Savannah, and, before it leaves the mountains, is joined and aug∣mented by innumerable rivulets; thence it descends through the hilly country, with all its collateral branches, and winds rapidly amongst the hills two hundred and fifty miles, and then enters the flat, plain coun∣try, by the name of the Oakmulge; thence meandering 150 miles, it is joined on the east side by the Ocone, which likewise heads in the lower ridges of the mountains. After this confluence, having now gained a vast acquisition of waters, it assumes the name of Alatamahs, when it becomes a large majestic river, flowing with gentle windings through a vast plain forest, near 100 miles, and enters the Atlantic by several mouths. The north channel, or entrance, glides by the height, of Darien, on the east bank, about ten miles above the bar, and run∣ning from thence with several turnings, enters the ocean between S••∣pello and Wolf islands. The south channel, which is esteemed the largest and deepest, after its separation from the north, descends gent∣ly, winding by M••lntosh's and Broughton islands; and lastly, by the west coast of St. Simon's island, enters the ocean, through St. Simon's Sound, between the south end of the island of that name and the north end of Jekyl island. On the west banks of the south channel, ten or twelve miles above its month, and nearly opposite Darien, are to be seen the remains of an ancient fort, or fortification; it is now a regular tetragon terrace, about four feet high, with bastions at each angle; the area may contain about an acre of ground, but the fosse which surrounded it is nearly filled up. There are large live oaks, pines, and other trees, growing upon it, and in the old fields adjoining. It is supposed to have been the work of the French or Spaniards. A large swamp lies betwixt it and the river, and a considerable creek runs close by the works, and enters the river through the swamp, a small distance above Broughton island. About 70 or 80 miles above the confluence of the Oakmulge and Ocone, the trading path from Augusta to the Creek nation, crosses these fine rivers, which are there forty miles apart. On the east banks of the Oakmulge, this treading road runs nearly two miles through ancient Indian fields, which are called the Oakmulge fields; they are the rich low lands of the river. On the heights of these low grounds are yet visible monuments or traces of an ancient town, such as artificial mounts or terraces, squares and banks, encircling considerable areas. Their old fields and plan∣ning land extend up and down the river, fifteen or twenty miles from this site. And, if we are to give credit to the account the Creeks

〈◊〉〈◊〉 of themselves, this place is remarkable for being the first town 〈◊〉〈◊〉 settlement, when they sat down (as they term it) or established themselves, after their emigration from the west, beyond the Missisippi, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 original native country.

Besides these, there is Turtle river, Little Sitilla or St. Ille, Great Sitilla, Crooked river, and St. Mary's, which forms a part of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 boundary of the United States. St. Mary's river has its 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from a vast lake, or rather marsh, called Ouaquaphenogaw, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 described, and flows through a vast plain and pine forest, about 150 miles to the ocean, with which it communicates between the points of Amelia and Talbert's islands, lat. 30° 44′, and is naviga∣•••••• vessels of considerable burthen for 90 miles. Its banks afford 〈◊〉〈◊〉 quantities of fine timber, suited to the West India market. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this river, every four or five miles, are bluffs convenient for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to haul to and load.

The rivers in the middle and western parts of this state are, Apal∣••••cols, which is formed by the Chatahouchee and Flint rivers, Mo∣•••••• pascagoula and Pearl rivers. All these running southwardly, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into the Gulf of Mexico. The forementioned rivers abound 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a great variety of fish, among which are the mullet, whiting, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, cat, rock, trout, drum, bass, brim, white, shad and stur∣••••••. The bays and lagoons are stored with oysters, and other shell 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crabs, shrimps, &c. The clams, in particular, are large, their 〈◊〉〈◊〉 white, tender and delicate. The shark and great black stingray, ••••••tiable cannibals, and very troublesome to the fishermen.

〈◊〉〈◊〉 AND SWAMPS.] The lake, or rather marsh, called Ouaqua∣••••gaw, lies between Flint and Oakmulge rivers, and is nearly 300 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in circumference. In wet seasons it appears like an inland sea, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 several large islands of rich land; one of which the present 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Creek Indians represent as the most blissful spot on 〈◊〉〈◊〉. They say it is inhabited by a peculiar ••ace of Indians, whose 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are incomparably beautiful. They tell you also that this ter∣•••••• paradise has been seen by some enterprising hunters, when in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of their game, who being lost in inextricable swamps and bogs, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the point of perishing, were unexpectedly relieved by a com∣•••••• of beautiful women, whom they call daughters of the Sun, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gave them such provisions as they had with them, consisting ••••uit and corn cakes, and then enjoined them to fly for safety to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 own country, because their husbands were fierce men and cruel ••••••gers. They further say that these hunters had a view of their ••••••ents, situated on the elevated banks of an island, in a beautiful 〈◊〉〈◊〉; but that in their endeavours to approach it, they were involved ••••petual labyrinths, and, like enchanted land, still as they imag∣•••••• they had just gained it, it seemed to fly before them. They de∣••••••ined at length to quite the delusive pursuit, and with much difficul∣••••sted a retreat. When they reported their adventures to their countrymen, the young warriors were inflamed with an irresistable 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to invade and conquer so charming a country, but all their at∣•••••• had hitherto proved fruitless, they never being able again to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 spot. They tell another story concerning this sequestered 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which seems not improbable, which is, that the inhabitants the posterity of a fugitive remnant of the ancient Yamases, who 〈◊〉〈◊〉 massacre after a bloody and decisive battle between them and

the Creeks, (who, it is certain, conquered and nearly exterminated that once powerful people) and here found an asylum, remote and secure from the fury of their proud conquerors.

The rivers St. Mary, Sitilla or St. Ille, and the beautiful Little St. Juan, which empties into the Bay of Appalachi at St. Mark's, are said to flow from this lake.* 1.72

About 16 miles from the mouth of Broad river, on its south side, is what is called the Goosepond, a tract of about 180 acres, covered with living water about two feet deep. It discharges into the river, and is fed by two springs.

CHIEF TOWNS.] The present seat of government in this state is AUGUSTA. It is situated on the southwest bank of Savannah river, which is here about 500 yards wide, about 144 miles from the sea, and 127 northwest of Savannah. The town, which in 1787 contained 200 houses, is on a fine large plain, at the foot of the first falls in the river, which in a dry season are 4 to 5 feet in height; and as it en∣joys the best soil, and the advantage of a central situation between the upper and lower counties, is rising fast into importance. In 1782 there were but 3 or 4 houses in the town.

SAVANNAH, the former capital of Georgia, stands on a high sandy bluff, on the south side of the river of the same name, and 17 miles from its mouth. The town is regularly built in the form of a paral∣lellogram, and, including its suburbs, contained, in 1787, 227 dwelling houses, one Episcopal church, a Presbyterian church, a Synagog•••• and Court house. The number of its inhabitants, exclusive of the blacks, amounted at that time to about 830, 70 of whom were Jews.

In Savannah, and within a circumference of about 10 miles from it, there were, in the summer of 1787, about 2300 inhabitants. Of these 192 were above 50 years of age, and all in good health. The ages of a lady and her six children, then living in the town, amounted to 385 years. This computation, which was actually made, serves to shew that Savannah is not really so unhealthy as has been commonly represented.

SUNBURY is a sea port town, favoured with a safe and very conve∣nient harbour. Several small islands intervene, and partly obstruct a direct view of the ocean; and, interlocking with each other, render the passage out to sea winding, but not difficult. It is a very pleasant, healthy town, and is the resort of the planters from the adjacent places of Midway and Newport, during the sickly months. It was burnt by the British in the late war, but has since been rebuilt. An academy was established here in 1788, which, under an able instructor, has proved a very useful institution.

BRUNSWICK, in Glynn county, latitude 31° 10′, is situated at the mouth of Turtle river, at which place this river empties itself into St. Simon's sound. Brunswick has a safe and capacious harbour; and the bar, at the entrance into it, has water deep enough for the largest vessel that swims. The town is regularly laid out, but not yet built. From its advantageous situation, and from the fertility of the back country, it promises to be hereafter one of the first trading towns in Georgia.

FREDERICA, on the island of St. Simon, is nearly in latitude 31° 15′. It is the first town that was built in Georgia, and was founded by General Oglethorpe. The fortress was regular and beautiful, construct∣ed chiefly with brick, and is now in ruins. The town contains but few houses, which stand on an eminence, if considered with regard to the marshes before it, upon a branch of Alatamaha river, which washes the west side of this agreeable island, and forms a bay before the town, affording a safe and secure harbour for vessels of the largest burthen, which may lie along the wharf.

WASHINGTON, the chief town in the county of Wilkes, is situated in latitude 33° 22′, about 50 miles northwest of Augusta. It had, in 1788, a court house, gaol, 34 dwelling houses, and an academy, whose funds amounted to about 800l. sterling, and the number of students to between 60 and 70.

The town of LOUISVILLE, which is designed as the future seat of government in this state, has been laid out on the bank of Ogeechee river, about 70 miles from its mouth, but is not yet built.

SOIL, PRODUCTIONS, &c.] The soil and its fertility are various, according to situation and different improvement. The islands on the sea board, in their natural state, are covered with a plentiful growth of pine, oak, and hiccory, live oak, (an uncommonly hard and a very valuable wood,) and some red cedar. The soil is a mixture of sand and black mould, making what is commonly called a grey soil. A considerable part of it, particularly that whereon grow the oak, hic∣cory, and live oak, is very rich, and yields, on cultivation, good crops of indigo, cotton, corn and potatoes. These islands are surrounded by navigable creeks, between which and the main land is a large ex∣tent of salt marsh, fronting the whole state, not less, on an average, than 4 or 5 miles in breadth, intersected with creeks in various direc∣tions, admitting, through the whole, an inland navigation, between the islands and main land, from the northeast to the southeast corners of the state. The east sides of these islands are, for the most part, clean, hard, sandy beaches, exposed to the wash of the ocean. Between these islands are the entrances of the rivers from the interior country, winding through the low salt marshes, and delivering their waters into the sounds, which form capacious harbours of from three to eight miles over, and which communicate with each other by par∣allel salt creeks. The principal islands are Skidaway, Wassaw, Ossa∣h••w, St. Catharine's, Sapelo, Frederica, Jekyl, Cumberland and Amelia.

The soil of the main land, adjoining the marshes and creeks, is near∣ly of the same quality with that of the islands; except that which borders on those rivers and creeks which stretch far back into the country. On these, immediately after you leave the salts, begin the valuable rice swamps, which, on cultivation, afford the present princi∣pal staple of commerce. The most of the rice lands lie on rivers, which, as far as the tide flows, are called tide lands; or on creeks and particular branches of water, flowing in some deeper or lower parts of the lands, which are called inland swamps, and extend back in the country from 15 to 25 miles, beyond which very little rice is planted, though it will grow exceedingly well, as experiment has proved, 120 miles back from the sea. The intermediate lands, between these creeks and rivers, are of an inferior quality, being of a grey soil, cov∣ered

chiefly with pine, and a sort of wild grass and small reads, which afford a large range of feeding ground for stock both summer and winter. Here and there are interspersed oak and hiccory ridges, which are of a better soil, and produce good crops of corn and indigo, but these are very little elevated above the circumjacent lands. The lands adjoining the rivers, and, for an hundred miles in a direct line from the sea, continue a breadth from 2 to 3 or 4 miles, and wherever, in that distance, you find a piece of high land that extends to the bank of the river on one side, you may expect to find the low∣er or swamp ground proportionably wide on the opposite side of the riv∣er. This seems to be an invariable rule till you come to that part where the river cuts and mountains.

The soil between the rivers, after you leave the sea board and the edge of the swamps, at the distance of 20 or 30 miles, changes from a grey to a red colour, on which grows plenty of oak and hiccory, with a considerable intermixture of pine. In some places it is grav∣elly, but fertile, and so continues for a number of miles, gradually deepening the reddish colour of the earth, till it changes into what is called the Mulatto soil, consisting of a black mould and red earth. The composition is darker or lighter according as there is a larger or smaller portion of the black or red earth in it. The mulatto lands are generally strong, and yield large crops of wheat, tobacco, corn, &c. To this kind of land succeeds by turns a soil nearly black and very rich, on which grow large quantities of black walnut, mulberry, &c. This succession of different soils continues uniform and regular, though there are some large veins of all the different soils intermixed; and what is more remarkable, this succession, in the order mentioned, stretches across this state nearly parallel with the sea coast, and ex∣tends through the several states, nearly in the same direction, to the banks of Hudson's river. In this state are produced, by culture, rice, indigo, cotton, silk, (though not in large quantities) Indian corn, po∣tatoes, oranges, figs, pomegranates, &c. Rice, at present, is the staple commodity; and as a small proportion only of the rice ground is un∣der cultivation, the quantity raised in future must be much greater than at present. But the rapid increase of the inhabitants, chiefly by immigrations, whose attention is turned to the raising of tobacco, and the vast extent of land, with a richness of soil suited to the culture of that plant, renders it probable, that tobacco will shortly become the staple in this state. Cotton was formerly planted only by the poor∣er classes of people, and that only for family use. They planted of two kinds, the annual and the West Indian; the former is low and planted every year. The balls of this are very large, and the phlox long, strong and perfectly white. The latter is a tall perennial plant, the stalk somewhat shrubby, several of which rise up from the root for several years successively, the stems of the former year being kill∣ed by the winter frosts. The balls of West India cotton are not quite as large as the other, but the phlox or wool is long, extremely fine, silky and white. A plantation of this kind will last several years, with moderate labour and care. The culture of cotton is now much more attended to—several indigo planters have converted their plantations into cotton fields. The tobacco lands are equally well adapted to wheat, which may hereafter make an important article of commerce.

On the dry plains, grow large crops of sweet potatoes, which are found so afford a wholesome nourishment, and from which is made, by distillation, a kind of whisky, tolerably good, but inferior to that 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of rye. It is by properly macerating and washing this root that a sediment or starch is made, which has obtained the name of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and answers all the purposes of the India sago.

Most of the tropical fruits would flourish in this state with proper 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The rice plant has been transplanted, and also the tea plant, of which such immense quantities are consumed in the United States, was introduced into Georgia, by Mr. Samuel Bowen, about the year 17•••• from India. The seed was disseminated, and the plant now 〈◊〉〈◊〉, without cultivation, in most of the fenced lots in Savannah.

From many considerations we, may perhaps venture to predict, that the south western part of the state, and the parts of East and West Florida, which lie adjoining, will, in some future time, become the ••••••yard of America.

REMARKABLE SPRING.] In the county of Wilkes, within a mile and a half of the town of Washington, is a medicinal spring, which rises from a hollow tree, four or five feet in length. The in∣side of the tree is covered with a coat of matter, an inch thick, and the leaves around the spring are incrusted with a substances as white as snow. It is said to be a sovereign remedy for the scurvy, scrofulous disorders, consumptions, gouts, and every other disease arising from honours in the blood.—A person, who had a severe rheumatism in his right arm, having, in the space of ten minutes, drank two quarts of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, experienced a momentary chill, and was then thrown into a perspiration, which, in a few hours, left him entirely free from pain, and in perfect health.

This spring, situated in a fine healthy part of the state, in the neighbourhood of Washington, where are excellent accommodations, will no doubt prove a pleasant and salutary place of resort for inva∣lids from the maritime and unhealthy parts of this and the neigh∣bouring states.

CURIOSITIES.] One of the greatest curiosities in this state is the bank of oyster shells in the vicinity of Augusta, 90 miles from the sea, already described page 165.

COMMERCE, MANUFACTURES AND AGRICULTURE.} The chief articles of export are rice, tobacco, (of which the county of Wilkes only exported in 1788 about 3000 hogsheads) in∣digo, sago, lumber of various kinds, naval stores, leather, deer skins, snake root, myrtle and bees wax, corn, and live stock. The planters and farmers raise large stocks of cattle, from 100 to 1500 head, and some more.

The value, in sterling money, of the exports of Georgia, for eight∣•••• years, from 1755 to 1772, was as follows:

	£
1755,	15,744
1756,	16,776
1757,	15,649
1758,	8,613
1759,	12,694
1760,	20,852
1761,	15,870
1762,	27,021
1763,	47,551
1764,	55,025
1765,	73,426
1766,	81,228
1767,	67,092
1768,	91,284
1769,	86,485
1770,	99,383
1771,	106,337
1772,	121,677

Statement of the number of vessels cleared out of Georgia, from 1755 to 1772.

Square	rigged.	Sloops.	tons.
1755,	9	43	1,899
1756,	7	35	1,799
1757,	11	33	1,559
1758,	4	17	665
1759,	13	35	1,981
1760,	7	30	1,457
1761,	9	36	1,604
1762,	22	35	2,784
1763,	34	58	4,761
1764,	36	79	5,586
1765,	54	94	7,685
1766,	68	86	9,974
1767,	62	92	8,465
1768,	77	109	10,406
1769,	87	94	9,276
1770,	73	113	10,514
1771,	64	121	9,553
1772,	84	133	11,246

The amount of exports in the year ending September 30th, 17••••, was 491,472 dollars. In return for the enumerated exports are im∣ported West India goods, teas, wines, various articles of clothing, any dry goods of all kinds—From the northern states, cheese, fish, potatoes, apples, cyder and shoes. The imports and exports of this state are principally to and from Savannah, which has a fine harbour, and is a place where the principal commercial business of the state is transacted. The trade with the Indians in furs and skins was very con∣siderable before the war, but has since been interrupted by the wars in which they have been involved. The manufactures of this state have hitherto been very inconsiderable, if we except indigo, silk and sago. The manner in which the indigo is cultivated and manufactured is as follows.—The ground, which must be a strong rich soil, is thrown into beds of 7 or 8 feet wide, after having been made very mellow, and is then raked till it is fully pulverized. The seed is then sown, in April, in rows at such a distance as conveniently to admit of hoeing between them. In July the first crop is fit to cut, being commonly two and a half feet high. It is then thrown into vats, constructed for the purpose, and steeped about 30 hours; after which the liquor is drawn off into other vats, where it is beat, as they call it, by which means it is thrown into much such a state of agitation as cream is by churning. After this process, lime water is put into the liquor, which causes the particles of indigo to settle at the bottom. The liquor is then drawn off, and the sediment, which is the indigo, is taken out and spread on cloths, and partly dried; it is then put into boxes and pressed, and while it is yet soft, cut into square pieces, which are thrown into the sun to dry, and then put up in casks for the market. They have commonly three cuttings a season. A middling crop for 30 acres in 1300 pounds.

The culture of silk and the manufacture of sago are at present but little attended to. The people in the lower part of this state manu∣facture none of their own clothing for themselves or their negroes. For almost every articles of their wearing apparel, as well as for their husbandry tools, they depend on their merchants, who import them from Great Britain and the northern states. In the upper parts of the country, however, the inhabitants manufacture the chief part of their clothing from cotton, hemp and flax.

CHARACTER AND MANNERS.] No general character will apply to the inhabitants at large. Collected from different parts of the world, as interest, necessity or inclination led them, their character

〈◊〉〈◊〉 manners must of course partake of all the varieties which distin∣guish the several states and kingdoms from whence they came. There 〈◊〉〈◊〉 so little uniformity, that it is difficult to trace any governing prin∣ciples among them. An aversion to labour is too predominant, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in part to the relaxing heat of the climate, and partly to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of necessity to excite industry. An open and friendly hospitali∣ty particularly to strangers, is an ornamental characteristic of a great 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this people.

Their diversions are various. With some, dancing is a favourite 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Others take a fancied pleasure at the gaming table, which, however, frequently terminates in the ruin of their happiness, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and constitutions. In the upper counties, horse racing and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 sighting prevail, two cruel diversions imported from Virginia, and the Carolinas, from whence those who practice them principally ••••••grated. But the most rational and universal amusement is hunt∣•••••••• and for this Georgia is particularly well calculated, as the woods 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with plenty of deer, racoons, rabits, wild turkies, and other 〈◊〉〈◊〉; at the same time the woods are so thin and free from obstruc∣tions, that you may generally ride half speed in chace without danger. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this amusement pleasure and profit are blended. The exercise, more than any other, contributes to health, fits for activity in business and expertness in war; the game also affords them a palatable food, and the skins a profitable article of commerce.

RELIGION.] The inhabitants of this state, who profess the chris∣••••••••, religion, are of the Presbyterian, Episcopalian, Baptist and ••••••thodist denominations. They have but a few regular ministers among them.

CONSTITUTION.] The present constitution of this state was armed and established in the year 1789, and is nearly upon the plan 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the constitution of the United States.

STATE OF LITERATURE.] The literature of this state, which is yet 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its infancy, is commencing on a plan which affords the most flat∣••••••ing prospects. It seems to have been the design of the legislature of this state, as far as possible, to unite their literary concerns, and pro∣vide for them in common, that the whole might feel the benefit and no part be neglected or left a prey to party rage, private prejudices and contentions, and consequent ignorance, their inseparable at∣tendant. For this purpose, the literature of this state, like its policy, appears to be considered as one object, and in the same man∣ner subject to common and general regulations for the good of the whole. The charter containing their present system of education, was passed in the year 1785. A college, with ample and liberal en∣dowments, is instituted in Louisville, a high and healthy part of the country, near the center of the state. There is also provision made for the institution of an academy, in each county in the state, to be supported from the same funds, and considered as parts and mem∣ber of the same institution, under the general superintendence and ••••••ction of a president and board of trustees, appointed, for their literacy acomplishments, from the different parts of the state invest∣ed with the customary powers of corporations. The institution 〈◊〉〈◊〉 composed, is denominated 'The University of Georgia.'

That this body of literati, to whom is intrusted the direction of the general literature of the state, may not be so detached and indepen∣dent,

as not to possess the confidence of the state; and in order to secure the attention and patronage of the principal officers of govern∣ment, the governor and council, the speaker of the house of assembly, and the chief justice of the state, are associated with the board of trustees, in some of the great and more solemn duties of their offices, such as making the laws, appointing the president, settling the prop∣erty, and instituting academies. Thus associated, they are denomi∣nated 'The Senate of the University,' and are to hold a stated, an∣nual meeting, at which the governor of the state presides.

The senate appoint a board of commissioners in each county, for the particular management and direction of the academy, and the other schools in each county, who are to receive their instructions from, and are accountable to the senate. The rector of each academy is an officer of the university, to be appointed by the president, with the advice of the trustees, and commissioned under the public seal, and is to attend with the other officers at the annual meeting of the senate, to deliberate on the general interests of literature, and to de∣termine on the course of instruction for the year, throughout the uni∣versity. The president has the general charge and oversight of the whole, and is from time to time to visit them, to examine into their order and performances.

The funds for the support of their institution are principally in lands, amounting in the whole to about fifty thousand acres, a great part of which is of the best quality, and at present very valuable. There are also nearly six thousand pounds sterling in bonds, houses and town lots in the town of Augusta. Other public property to the amount of 1000l. in each county, has been set apart for the purposes of building and furnishing their respective academies.

INDIANS.] The Muskogee or Creek Indians inhabit the middle parts of the state, and are the most numerous tribe of Indians of any within the limits of the United States. Their whole number some years since was 17,280, of which 5,860 were fighting men. They are composed of various tribes, who, after bloody wars, thought it good policy to unite and support themselves against the Chactaws, &c. They consist of the Appalachies, Alibamas, Abecas, Cawittaws, Coosas, Conshacks, Coosactees, Chacsihoomas, Natchez, Oconies, Oakmulgies, Okohoy••, Pakanas, Taensas, Talepoosas, Weetumkas, and some others. Their union has rendered them victorious over the Chactaws, and formidable to all the nations around them. They are a well made, expert, hardy, sagacious, politic people, extremely jealous of their rights, and averse to parting with their lands. They have abundance of tame cattle and swine, turkeys, ducks and other poultry; they cultivate tobacco, rice, Indian corn, potatoes, beans, peas, cabbage, melons, and have plenty of peaches, plumps, grapes, strawberries, and other fruits. They are faithful friends, but inveter∣ate enemies—hospitable to strangers, and honest and fair in their dealings. No nation has a more contemptible opinion of the white men's faith in general than these people, yet they place great confi∣dence in the United States, and wish to agree with them upon a per∣manent boundary, over which the southern states shall not trespass.

The country which they claim is bounded northward by about the 34th degree of latitude; and extends from the Tombeckbee, or Mo∣bile river, to the Atlantic ocean, though they have ceded a part of

this tract on the sea coast, by different treaties, to the state of Georgia. Their principal towns lie in latitude 32° and longitude 11° 20′ from Philadelphia. They are settled in a hilly but not mountainous coun∣try. The soil is fruitful in a high degree, and well watered, abound∣ing in creeks and rivulets, from whence they are called the Creek In∣dians.* 1.73

The Chactaws, or flat heads, inhabit a very fine and extensive tract of hilly country, with large and fertile plains intervening, between the Alabama and Missisippi rivers, in the western part of this state. This nation had, not many years ago, 43 towns and villages, in three divisions, containing 12,123 souls, of which 4,041 were fighting men.

The Chicasaws are settled on the head branches of the Tombeckbee, Mobile and Yazoo rivers, in the northwest corner of the state. Their country is an extensive plain, tolerably well watered from springs, and of a pretty good soil. They have seven towns, the central one of which is in latitude 34° 23′, and longitude 14° 30′ west. The number of souls in this nations have been formerly reckoned at 1725, of which 575 were fighting men.

HISTORY.] The settlement of a colony between the rivers Savan∣nah and Alatamaha, was meditated in England in 1732, for the accom∣modation of poor people in Great Britain and Ireland, and for the further security of Carolina. Private compassion and public spirit conspired to promote the benevolent design.—Humane and opulent men suggested a plan of transporting a number of indigent families, to this part of America, free of expense. For this purpose they ap∣plied to the King, George the II. and obtained from him letters pat∣••••, bearing date June 9th, 1732, for legally carrying into execution what they had generously projected. They called the new province GEORGIA, in honor of the King, who encouraged the plan. A cor∣poration, consisting of 21 persons, was constituted by the name of the trustees, for settling and establishing the colony of Geor∣gia; which was separated from Carolina by the river Savannah.—The trustees having first set an example themselves, by largely contrib∣uting to the scheme, undertook also to solicit benefactions from others, and to apply the money towards clothing, arming, purchasing utensils for cultivation, and transporting such poor people as should consent to go over and begin a settlement. They did not confine their charita∣•••• views to the subjects of Britain alone, but wisely opened a door, for the indigent and oppressed protestants of other nations. To pre∣vent a misapplication of the money, it was deposited in the bank of England.

About the middle of July, 1732, the trustees for Georgia, held their first meeting, and chose Lord Percival president of the corporation—and ordered a common seal to be made.—In November following, 116

settlers embarked for Georgia, to be conveyed thither free of expense, furnished with every thing requisite for building and for cultivating the soil. James Oglethorpe, one of the trustees, and an active pro∣moter of the settlement, embarked as the head and director of these settlers. They arrived at Charleston early in the next year, where they met a friendly reception from the governor and council. Mr. Oglethorpe, accompanied by William Bull, shortly after his arrival, visited Georgia, and after reconnoitering the country, marked the spot on which Savannah now stands, as the fittest to begin a settle∣ment. Here they accordingly began and built a small fort, and a num∣ber of small huts for their defence and accommodation.—Such of the settlers as were able to bear arms, were embodied, and well ap∣pointed with officers, arms and ammunition.—A treaty of friendship was concluded between the settlers and their neighbours, and the Creek Indians, and every thing wore the aspect of peace and future prosperity.

In the mean time the trustees of Georgia had been employed in framing a plan of settlement, and establishing such public regulations as they judged most proper for answering the great end of the cor∣poration. In the general plan they considered each inhabitant both as a planter and a soldier, who must be provided with arms and am∣munition for defence, as well as with tools and utensils for cultivation. As the strength of the province was the object in view, they agreed to establish such tenures for holding lands in it as they judged most favourable for a military establishment. Each tract of land granted was considered as a military fief, for which the possessor was to ap∣pear in arms, and take the field, when called upon for the public de∣fence. To prevent large tracts from falling, in process of time, to one person, they agreed to grant their lands in tail male in preference to tail general. On the termination of the estate in tail male, the lands were to revert to the trust; and such lands thus reverting were to be granted again to such persons, as the common council of the trust should judge most advantageous for the colony; only the trus∣tees in such a case were to pay special regard to the daughters of such persons as had made improvements on their lots, especially when not already provided for by marriage. The wives of such persons as should survive them, were to be, during their lives, entitled to the mansion house, and one half of the lands improved by their husbands. No man was to be permitted to depart the province without license. If any of the lands granted by the trustees shall not be cultivated, cleared, and fenced round about with a worm fence, or pales, six feet high, within eighteen years from the date of the grant, such part was to revert to the trust, and the grant with respect to it to be void. All forfeitures for nonresidences, high treasons, felonies, &c. were to the trustees for the use and benefit of the colony. The use of negroes was to be absolutely prohibited, and also the importation of rum. None of the colonists were to be permitted to trade with the In∣dians, but such as should obtain a special license for that purpose.

These were some of the fundamental regulations established by the trustees of Georgia, and perhaps the imagination could scarcely have framed a system of rules worse adapted to the circumstances and sit∣uation of the poor settlers, and of more pernicious consequence to the prosperity of the province. Yet, although the trustees were great∣ly

mistaken, with respect to the plan of settlement, it must be ac∣knowledged their views were generous. As the people sent out by them were the poor and unfortunate, who were to be provided with necessaries at their public store, they received their lands upon con∣dition of cultivation, and (by their personal residence) of defence. Silk and wine being the chief articles intended to be raised, they judged negroes were not requisite for these purposes. As the colony was designed to be a barrier to South Carolina, against the Spanish settlement at Augustine, they imagined that negroes would rather weaken then strengthen it, and that such poor colonists would run in debt, and ruin themselves by purchasing them. Rum was judged pernicious to health, and ruinous to the infant settlement. A free trade with Indians was a thing that might have a tendency to involve the people in quarrels and troubles with the powerful savages, and expose them to danger and destruction. Such were probably the motives which induced those humane and generous persons to im∣pose such foolish and ridiculous restrictions on their colony. For by granting their small estates in tail male, they drove the settlers from Georgia, who soon found that abundance of lands could be obtained in America upon a larger scale, and on much better terms. By the pro∣hibition of negroes, they rendered it impracticable in such a climate to make any impression on the thick forests, Europeans being utterly unqualified for the heavy task. By their discharging a trade with the West Indies, they deprived the colonists of an excellent and con∣venient market for their lumber, of which they had abundance on their lands. The trustees like other distant legislators, who framed their and mistakes; and however good their design, their rules were stand improper and impracticable. The Carolinians plainly per∣ceived that they would prove insurmountable obstacles to the progress and prosperity of the colony, and therefore from motives of pity be∣gan to invite the poor Georgians to come over Savannah river, and little in Carolina, being convinced that they could never succeed under such impolitic and oppressive restrictions.

Besides the large sums of money which they trustees had expended for the settlement of Georgia, the parliament had also granted during the two last years 36,000l. towards carrying into execution the hu∣mane purpose of the corporation. But after the representation and memorial from the legislature of Carolina reached Britain, the nation considered Georgia to be of the utmost importance to the British set∣tlements in America, and began to make still more vigorous efforts for in speedy population. The first embarkations of poor people from England, being collected from towns and cities, were found equally ille and useless members of society abroad as they had been at home. An hardy and bold race of men, inured to rural labour and ••••••tigue, they were persuaded would be much better adapted both for cultivation and defence. To find men possessed of these qualifications, they turned their eyes to Germany and the Highlands of Scotland, and resolved to send over a number of Scotch and German labourers to their infant province. When they published their terms at Inver∣ness, an hundred and thirty Highlanders immediately accepted them, and were transported to Georgia. A township on the river Alatama∣ha,

which was considered as the boundary between the British and Spanish territories, was allotted for the Highlanders, in which dan∣gerous situation they settled, and built a town, which they called New Inverness. About the same time an hundred and seventy Ger∣mans embarked with James Oglethorpe, and were fixed in another quarter; so that, in the space of three years, Georgia received above four hundred British subjects, and about an hundred and seventy foreigners. Afterwards, several adventurers, both from Scotland and Germany, followed their countrymen, and added further strength to the province, and the trustees flattered themselves with the hope of soon seeing it in a promising condition.

Their hopes, however, were vain. Their injudicious regulations and restrictions—the wars in which they were involved with the Span∣iards and Indians—and the frequent insurrections among themselves, threw the colony into a state of confusion and wretchedness too grant for human nature to endure. Their oppressed situation was represent∣ed to the trustees by repeated complaints; till at length, finding that the province languished under their care, and weary with the com∣plaints of the people, they, in the year 1752, sur••endered their charter to the king, and it was made a royal government. In consequence of which, his majesty appointed John Reynolds, an officer of the nave, governor of the province, and a legislature, similar to that of the other royal governments in America, was established in it. Great had been the expense which the mother country had already incurred, besides private benefactions, for supporting this colony; and small had been the returns yet made by it. The vestiges of cultivation were scarce∣ly perceptible in the forests, and in England all commerce with it was neglected and despised. At this time the whole annual exports of Georgia did not amount to 10 000l. sterling. Though the people were now favoured with the same liberties and privileges enjoyed by their neighbours under the royal care, yet several years more elapsed before the value of the lands in Georgia was known, and that spirit of industry broke out in it, which afterwards diffused its happy influ∣ence over the country.

In the year 1740, the Rev. George Whitefield founded and orphan house academy in Georgia, about 12 miles from Savannah.—For the support of this, in his Itinerations, he collected large sums of money of all denominations of christians, both in England and America. A part of this money was expended in erecting proper buildings to accommodate the students, and a part in supporting them. In 1768, it was proposed that the orphan house should be erected into a college. Whereupon Mr. Whitefield applied to the crown for a charter. In consequence of some dispute, the affair of a charter was given up, and Mr. Whitefield made his assignment of the orphan house in trust to the Countess of Huntington. Mr. Whitefield died at Newbury Port, in New England, September ••••th, 1770, in the 56th year of his age and was buried under the Presbyterian church in that place.

Soon after his death, a charter was granted to his institutions in Georgia, and the Rev. Mr. Percy was appointed president of the college. Mr. Percy accordingly came over to execute his office, but unfortu∣nately, on the 30th of May, 1775, the orphan house building caught fire, and was entirely consumed, except the two wings, which are still remaining. The American war soon after came on, and put every thing

into confusion, and the funds have ever since lain in an unproductive state. It is probable that the college estate, by the consent of the countess of Huntington, may hereafter be so incorporated with the university of Georgia, as to subserve the original and pious purposes of its founder.

From the time Georgia became a royal government, in 1752, till the peace of Paris, in 1763, she struggled under many difficulties, arising from the want of credit from friends, and the frequent molestations of enemies. The good effects of the peace were sensibly felt in the province of Georgia. From this time it began to flourish, under the fatherly care of Governor Wright. To form a judgment of the rap∣id growth of the colony, we need only attend to its exports, in the foregoing table.

During the late war, Georgia was overrun by the British troops, and the inhabitants were obliged to flee into the neighbouring states for safety. The sufferings and losses of her citizens were as great, in proportion to their numbers and wealth, as in any of the states. Since the peace, the progress of the population of this state has been rapid. Its growth in improvement and population, has been checked by the hostile irruptions of the Creek Indians, which have been frequent, and very distressing to the frontier inhabitants. Treaties have been 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and a cessation of hostilities agreed to between the parties; and it is expected that a permanent peace will soon be concluded and ••••••••quillity restored to the state. See Hewett's Hist. S. Carolina and Georgia.

Spanish Dominions.

EAST AND WEST FLORIDA.

Length 600 Miles.	between	25° and 31° N. Lat.
Breadth 130 Miles.	5° and 17° W. Lon. from Philadelphia.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by Georgia; east, by the Atlantic ocean; south, by the Gulf of Mexico▪ west, by the Missisippi; lying in the form of an L.

RIVERS, LAKES AND SPRINGS.] Among the rivers that fall into 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Atlantic, St. John's and Indian rivers are the principal. St. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river rises in or near a large swamp, in the heart of East Flor∣•••••• and pursues a northern course, in a broad, navigable stream, which in several places spreads into broad bays or lakes. Lake 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which is only a dilatation of the river, is a beautiful piece of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, generally about 15 miles broad, and from 15 to 20 feet deep. It is ornamented with several charming islands, one of which is a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 orange grove, interspersed with magnolias and palm trees∣•••••• Long Lake, which is two miles long and four wide, which

communicates with St. John's river by a small creek, is a vast foun∣tain of warm or rather hot mineral water, issuing from a high bank on the river. It boils up with great force, forming immediately a vast circular bason, capacious enough for several shallops to ride in, and runs with rapidity into the river, three or four hundred yards distance. The water is perfectly clear; and the prodigious number and variety of fish in it, though many feet deep, appear as plainly as though lying on a table before your eyes. The water has a disagreea∣ble taste, and smells like bilge water. This river enters into the At∣lantic, north of St. Augustine.

Indian river rises a short distance from the sea coast, and runs from north to south, forming a kind of inland passage for many miles along the coast.

Seguana, Apalachicola, Chatahatchi, Escambia, Mobile, Pascagoula and Pearl rivers, all rise in Georgia, and run southerly into the Gulf of Mexico.

CLIMATE.] Very little different from that of Georgia.

SOIL AND PRODUCTIONS.] There are, in this country, a great variety of soils.—The eastern part of it, near and about St. Augustine, is far the most unfruitful; yet even here two crops of Indian corn a year are produced. The banks of the rivers which water the Flori∣das, and the parts contiguous, are of a superior quality, and well a∣dapted to the culture of rice and corn, while the more interior country, which is high and pleasant, abounds with wood of almost every kind; particularly white and red oak, live oak, laurel magnolia, pine hicco∣ry, cypress, red and white cedar. The live oaks, though not tall, con∣tain a prodigious quantity of timber. The trunk is generally from 12 to 20 feet in circumference, and rises 10 or 12 feet from the earth, and then branches into 4 or 5 great limbs, which grow in nearly a hori∣zontal direction▪ forming a gentle curve. "I have stepped," says Bartram,* 1.74 "above 50 paces, on a straight line, from the trunk of one of these trees to the extremity of the limbs." They are ever green, and the wood almost incorruptible. They bear a great quantity of small a∣corns, which is agreeable food, when roasted, and from which the Indians extract a sweet oil, which they use in cooking homminy and rice.

The laurel magnolia is the most beautiful among the trees of the forest, and is usually 100 feet high, though some are much higher. The trunk is perfectly erect, rising in the form of a beautiful column, and supporting a head like an obtuse cone. The flowers are on the extremities of the branches—are large, white, and expanded like a rose, and are the largest and most complete of any yet known; when fully expanded▪ they are from 6 to 9 inches diameter, and have a most delicious fragrance. The cypress is the largest of the American trees. "I have seen trunks of these trees," says Bartram, "that would meas∣ure 8, 10 and 12 feet in diameter, for 40 and 50 feet straight shaft." The trunks make excellent shingles, boards, and other timber; and, when hollowed, make durable and convenient canoes. "When the planters fell these mighty trees, they raise a stage round them, as high as to reach above the buttresses; on this stage 8 or 10 negroes ascend with their axes, and fall to work round its trunk."

The intervals between the hilly part of this country are extremely rich, and produce spontaneously the fruits and vegetables that are com∣mon

to Georgia and the Carolinas. But this country is rendered val∣••••ble in a peculiar manner, by the extensive ranges for cattle.

CHIEF TOWNS.] ST. AUGUSTINE, the capital of East Florida, is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on the sea coast, latitude 29° 45′—is of an oblong figure, and intersected by four streets, which cut each other at right angles. The town is fortified with bastions, and enclosed with a ditch. It is like∣wise defended by a castle, called Fort St. John, which is well ap∣pointed as to ordnance. The north and south breakers, at the en∣trance of the harbour, form two channels, whose bars have eight feet water.

The principal town in West Florida is PENSACOLA, latitude 30° 22′. It lies along the beach, and, like St. Augustine, is of an oblong form. The water approach to the town, except for small vessels, is obstruct∣ed by a low and sandy shore. The bay, however, on which the town lands, forms a very commodious harbour, and vessels may ride here secure from every wind. The exports from this town, consisting of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, logwood, dying stuff, and silver dollars, amounted, while in the possession of the British, to 63,000l. annually; the average value of ••••ports, for 3 years, from Great Britain, was 97,000l.

HISTORY.] The Floridas have experienced the vicissitudes of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and frequently changed masters, belonging alternately to the French and Spaniards. West Florida, as far east as Perdido river, was owned and occupied by the French; the remainder, and all East Florida by the Spaniards, previous to their being ceded to the English 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the peace of 1763. The English divided this country into East and West Florida. They were ceded by Spain to the English at the peace of 1763. During the last war they were reduced by the arms of his Catholic majesty, and guaranteed to the crown of Spain by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 definitive treaty of 1783.

LOUISIANA.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED by the Missisippi east; by the Gulf of Mexico south; by New Mexico ••••st; and runs indefinitely north. Under the French government Louisiana included both sides of the Missisippi, from its mouth to the ••••mo••s, and back from the river, east and west indefinitely.

RIVERS.] It is intersected by a number of fine rivers, among which are St. Francis, which empties into the Missisippi, at Kappas 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Fort, navigable about 250 or three hundred miles; its course is nearly parallel with the Missisippi, and from 20 to 30 miles distant 〈◊〉〈◊〉 it. The Natchitoches, which empties into the Missisippi above 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Coupee, and the Adayes or Mexicano river, emptying into the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Mexico, and the river Rouge, on which, it is well known, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rich silver mines as any in Mexico. This is supposed to be one principal reason, why the exclusive navigation of the Missisippi has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 so much insisted on by Spain.

CAPITAL.] NEW ORLEANS. It stands on the east side of the Missisippi, 105 miles from its mouth, in latitude 30° 2′ north. In the ••••••ning of the last year it contained about 1100 houses, seven eighths

of which were consumed by fire, in the space of five hours, on the 19th of March, 1788. It is now fast rebuilding. Its advantages for trade are very great. Situated on a noble river, in a fertile and healthy country, within a week's sail of Mexico, by sea, and as near to the British, French and Spanish West India islands, with a moral certain∣ty of its becoming the general receptacle for the produce of that ex∣tensive and valuable country, on the Missisippi and Ohio, these cir∣cumstances are sufficient to ensure its future growth and commercial importance.

RELIGION, GOVERNMENT, &c.] The greater part of the white in∣habitants are Roman Catholics. They are governed by a Viceroy from Spain, and the number of inhabitants is unknown.

CLIMATE, SOIL AND PRODUCE.] Louisiana is agreeably situated between the extremes of heat and cold. Its climate varies as it ex∣tends towards the north. The southern parts, lying within the reach of the refreshing breezes from the sea, are not scorched like those un∣der the same latitudes in Africa; and its northern regions are colder than those of Europe under the same parallels, with a wholesome se∣rene air. To judge of the produce to be expected from the soil of Louisiana, let us turn our eyes to Egypt, Arabia Felix, Persia, India, China and Japan, all lying in corresponding latitudes. Of these, China alone has a tolerable government; and yet it must be acknowl∣edged they all are, or have been, famous for their riches and fertility. From the favourableness of the climate, two annual crops of Indian corn may be produced; and the soil, with little cultivation, would furnish grain of every kind in the greatest abundance. Their timber is as fine as any in the world, and the quantities of live oak, ash, mul∣berry, walnut, cherry, cypress and cedar, are astonishing. The neigh∣bourhood of the Missisippi, besides, furnishes the richest fruits in great variety; the soil is particularly adapted for hemp, flax and to∣bacco; and indigo is at this time a staple commodity, which common∣ly yields the planter three or four cuttings a year. In a word, what∣ever is rich and rare in the most desirable climates in Europe, seems to be the spontaneous production of this delightful country. The Missisippi and the neighbouring lakes, furnish in great plenty several forts of fish, particularly perch, pike, sturgeon and eels.

In the northern part of Louisiana, 45 miles below the mouth of the Ohio river, on the west bank of the Missisippi, settlement i•• commencing, conducted by Colonel Morgan of New Jersey, under the patronage of the Spanish king. The spot on which the city in proposed to be built is called New Madrid, after the capital of Spain, and is in north latitude 36° 30′.

The limits of the new city of Madrid, are to extend four miles south, and two miles west from the river; so as to cross a beautiful, liv∣ing▪ deep lake, of the purest spring water one hundred yards wide, and several miles in length, emptying itself, by a constant rapid narrow stream, through the center of the city. The banks of this lake, which is called St. Ann••s, are high, beautiful, and pleasant; the wa∣ter deep, clear, and sweet; the bottom a clear sand, free from woods, shrubs, or other vegetables, and well stored with fish. On each side of this delightful lake, streets are to be laid out, 100 feet wide, and a road to be continued round it, of the same breadth; and the streets are directed to be preserved forever, for the health and pleasure of the

citizens. A street 120 feet wide, on the banks of the Missisippi, is laid out; and the trees are directed to be preserved for the same pur∣pose. Twelve acres, in a central part of the city, are to be reserved in like manner, to be ornamented, regulated, and improved by the magistracy of the city for public walks; and 40 half acre lots for oth∣er public uses; and one lot of twelve acres for the King's use.

New Madrid, from its local situation and adventitious privileges, is in prospect of being the great emporium of the western country, un∣less the free navigation of the Missisippi should be opened to the United States. And even should this desired event take place, which probably will not without a rupture with Spain, this must be a place of great trade. For here will naturally center the immense quanti∣ties of produce that will be borne down the Illinois, the Missisippi, the Ohio, and their various branches; and if the carriers can find as good a market for their cargoes here, as at New Orleans or the West Indies, and can procure the articles they desire, they will gladly save themselves the difficulties and dangers of navigating the long Missi∣sippi.

The country in the vicinity of this intended city is represented as excellent, in many parts beyond description. The natural growth consists of mulberry, locust, sassafras, walnut, hiccory, oak, ash, dog wood, &c. with one or more grape vines running up almost every 〈◊〉〈◊〉; the grapes yield, from experiment, good red wine in plenty, and with little labour. In some of the low grounds grow large cypress trees. The country is interspersed with prairies and now and then a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 patch of 100, and some of 1000 acres. These prairies have 〈◊〉〈◊〉 trees on them, but are fertile in grass, flowering plants, strawber∣ries, and, when cultivated produce, good crops of wheat, barley, In∣dian corn, flax, hemp and tobacco, and are easily tilled. The climate is said to be favourable for health and to the culture of fruits of vari∣ous kinds, and particularly for garden vegetables. Iron and lead 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and salt springs, it is asserted, are found in such plenty as to af∣ford and abundant supply of these necessary articles. The banks of the Missisippi, for many leagues in extent, commencing about 20 miles above the mouth of Ohio, are a continued chain of lime stone. A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tract of high, rich, level land, S. W. W. and N. W. of New Madrid, about 25 miles wide, extends quite to the river St. Francis.

It has been supposed by some that all settlers who go beyond the Missisippi, will be forever lost to the United States. There is, I be∣lieve, little danger of this, provided they are not provoked to with∣draw their friendship. The emigrants will be made up of the citizens of the United States. They will carry along with them their man∣•••••• and customs, their habits of government, religion and education; and as they are to be indulged with religious freedom, and with the privilege of making their own laws, and of conducting education up∣on their own plans, these American habits will undoubtedly be cher∣ished. If so they will be Americans in fact, though nominally the subjects of Spain.

It is true Spain will draw a revenue from them, but in return they will enjoy peculiar commercial advantages, the benefit of which will be experienced by the United States, and perhaps be an ample com∣pensation for the loss of so many citizens as may migrate thither. In 〈◊〉〈◊〉, this settlement, if conducted with judgment and prudence, may

be mutually serviceable both to Spain and the United States. It may prevent jealousies—lessen national prejudices—promote religious tol∣eration—preserve harmony, and be a medium of trade reciprocally advantageous.

Besides, it is well known that empire has been travelling from east to west. Probably her last and broadest seat will be America. Here the sciences and the arts of civilized life are to receive their highest improvements. Here civil and religious liberty are to flourish, un∣checked by the cruel hand of civil or ecclesiastical tyranny. Here genius, aided by all the improvements of former ages, is to be ex∣erted in humanizing mankind, in expanding and enriching their minds with religious and philosophical knowledge, and in planning and executing a form of government, which shall involve all the excel∣lencies of former governments, with as few of their defects as is con∣sistent with the imperfection of human affairs, and which shall be calculated to protect and unite, in a manner consistent with the natural rights of mankind, the largest empire that ever existed. El∣evated with these prospects, which are not merely the visions of fancy, we cannot but anticipate the period, as not 〈◊〉〈◊〉 distant, when the American Empire will comprehend millions of souls west of the Missisippi. Judging upon probable grounds, the Missisippi was never designed as the western boundary of the American empire. The God of nature never intended that some of the best part of his earth should be inhabited by the subjects of a monarch 4000 miles from them. And may we not venture to predict, that, when the rights of mankind shall be more fully known, (and the knowledge of them is fast increasing both in Europe and America) the power of European potentates will be confined to Europe, and their present. American dominions become, like the United States, free, sovereign and inde∣pendent empires.

It seems to depend on a timely adoption of a wise and liberal poli∣cy on the part of Spain, whether or not there shall be a speedy revo∣lution in her American colonies. It is asserted by the best inform∣ed on the subject, that there are not a hundred Spanish families in all Louisiana and West Florida; the bulk of the inhabitants are French people, who are inimical to the Spaniards, and emigrants from the United States, and a few English, Scots, Dutch and Irish. This was the case in 1791; and as all emigrations to this country have since been, and will probably in future be from the United States, and these emigrations are numerous, the time will soon come, when the Anglo Americans in this country will far exceed the number of all other nations.

The wretched and wicked policy of New Orleans, unless changed, will hasten a revolution in the Spanish colonies. So long as the governor can dictate laws and dispense with them at his pleasure, and create monopolies in trade for his own and his favourites' advan∣tage, as is now the case, there can be no stability in the commerce of this place. The exclusive right, even of supplying the market with fresh beef, pork, veal and mutton is monopolized. No farmer or planter is allowed to kill his own beef, swine, calf or sheep, and send it to market; he must sell it to the King's butcher, as he is called, at the price he is pleased to give; and this man retails it out at a cer∣tain price agreed upon by the governor, in just such pieces as he

thinks proper, through a window or grate. Ask for a roasting piece, and he will give you a shin or brisket of beef; point to the piece you want, and he will tell you it is engaged to your superior. From sim∣ilar conduct, turkies now sell for four or five dollars a piece, which, under the French government, were in abundance for half a dollar. The monopol•••• of flour is, if possible, on still a worse footing for the inhabitant—〈◊〉〈◊〉 the tobacco inspection yet more discouraging to the planter. The governor, or the crown, as it is called, must have an undefined advantage in every thing. Hence all are ripe for a revolu∣tion the moment one shall offer with prospect of being supported, whether it shall come from the United States, England, France, or in∣ternally from the inhabitants.

It is said to be the fixed resolution of the British ministry, to seize on New Orleans, in the first instance, in case of a rupture with Spain, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a necessary prelude to an attack on the Spanish possessions in the West Indies and on the main—It has been their policy uniformly, and orders have been given accordingly at different times. For this purpose every bend of the river, every bay and harbour on the coast, have been surveyed and founded with the utmost exactness, and all of them are better known to the British than to the Spaniards them∣selves.

Whilst the United States were engaged in the revolution war a∣gainst England, the Spaniards attacked and possessed themselves of all the English posts and settlements on the Missisippi, from the Iber∣ville up to the Yazoos river, including the Natchez country; and by virtue of this conquest are now peopling and governing an extent three degrees north of the United States' south boundary, claiming the ex∣clusive navigation of the other. This alone will probably be deem∣ed sufficient cause for the United States to unite with any other power against Spain, the first opportunity, as both of right, they conceive, belong to them by treaty. It is asserted that the Kentucky country alone, could, in one week, raise a sufficient force to conquer all the Spanish possessions on the Missisippi; whilst one thousand men would be equal to defend the whole country of New Orleans and Louisiana from any enemy approaching it by sea. The greater 〈◊〉〈◊〉 hostile fleet entering the Missisippi, the greater and more certain would be their destruction if opposed by men of knowledge and reso∣lution.* 1.75

HISTORY.] The Missisippi, on which the fine country of Loui∣siana is situated, was first discovered by Ferdinand de Soto, in 1541. Monsieur de la Salle was the first who traversed it. He, in the year 1682, having passed down to the mouth of the Missisippi, and survey∣ed the adjacent country, returned to Canada, from whence he took passage to France.

From the flattering accounts which he gave of the country, and the consequential advantages that would accrue from settling a colony in those parts, Louis XIV. was induced to establish a company for the purpose. Accordingly a squadron of four vessels, amply provid∣ed with men and provisions, under the command of Monsieur de la Salle, embarked, with an intention to settle near the mouth of the Missisippi. But he unintentionally sailed a hundred leagues to the westward of it, where he attempted to establish a colony; but through the unfavourableness of the climate, most of his men miserably perish∣ed, and he himself was villainously murdered, not long after by two of his own men. Monsieur Ibberville succeeded him in his laudable attempts. He, after two successful voyages, died while preparing for a third. Crozat succeeded him; and in 1712, the King gave him Louisiana. This grant continued but a short time after the death of Louis XIV. In 1763 Louisiana was ceded to the King of Spain to whom it now belongs.

MEXICO OR NEW SPAIN.

SITUATION AND EXTENT.

Length 2100 Miles.	between	9° and 40° N. Lat.
Breadth 1600 Miles.	18° and 50° W. Lon.

BOUNDARIES.] BOUNDED north, by unknown regions; east, by Louisiana, and the Gulf of Mexico; south, by the Isthmus of Darien, which separates it from Terra Fir∣•••••• in South America; west, by the Pacific ocean.

GRAND DIVISIONS.] This vast country is divided as follows:

Grand Divisions.	Audiences.	Provinces.	Chief Towns.
OLD MEXICO.	Galicia,	7	Guadalaxara,
Mexico,	9	MEXICO, N. lat. 19° 26′
Guatimala.	6	Guatimala.* 1.76
NEW MEXICO PROPER.	Apacheira,		ST. FE, N. lat. 36° 30′
Sonora.
CALIFORNIA, on the west, peninsula.	ST. JUAN.

RIVERS, LAKES AND FOUNTAINS.] The land is in great part ab∣rupt and mountainous, covered with thick woods, and watered with large rivers. Some of these run into the Gulf of Mexico, and others into the Pacific ocean. Among the first, are Alvarado, Coat∣zacualco▪ and Tabasco. The Alvarado, has its principal source in the mountains of the Zapotecas, and after making a circuit through the province of Mazaltan▪ and receiving other smaller rivers and streams, is discharged into the Gulf by three navigable mouths, at thirty miles distance from Vera Cruz. The river Coatzacualco, which is also nav∣igable▪ empties into the ocean near the country of Onohualco. The river Tabasco begins its course from the mountains which separate the diocese of Chiapan from that of Guatimala, and afterwards that of Onohualco, where it runs into the sea.

Amongest the rivers which run into the Pacific ocean the principal is the river Guadalaxara▪ or great river. It takes its raise in the moun∣tains of the Valley of Toloccan, waters the country of Tonollan, where at present stands the city of Guadalaxara, the capital of New Gallicia; and after running a course of more than 600 miles, dis∣charges itself into the ocean, in the latitude of 22 degrees.

There are several lakes, which do not less embellish the country than give convenience to the commerce of the people. The lakes of Nicaragua. Chapallan, and Pazquaro, are among the largest. The lakes Tetzcuco and Chalco occupy a great part of the vale of Mexico, which is the finest tract of country in New Spain. The waters of Chalco are sweet, those of Tetzcuco are brackish. A canal unites them. The lower lake, (Tetzcuco) was formerly as much as 20 miles long and 17 broad, and, lying at the bottom of the vale, is the reservoir of all the waters from the surrounding mountains. The city of Mex∣ico stands on an island in this lake. These two lakes, whose circum∣ference was not less than 90 miles, represented the figure of a camel. At present the extent of these lakes is much less, for the Spaniards have diverted into new channels many rivers which formerly ran in∣to them. All the water which is collected there is at first sweet, and becomes salt afterwards, from the nitrous bed of the lake, where it is received. M. De Bomare says, that the salt of the Mexican lake may proceed from the waters of the ocean in the north being filtered through the earth. But this is truly a gross error, because that lake is 180 miles distant from the ocean; besides, the bed of this lake is so elevated, that it has at least one mile of perpendicular height above the level of the sea. The lake of Tocktlan makes a fine prospect, and its banks a most delightful dwelling.

In this country are interspersed many fountains, of different quali∣ties. There are an infinity of nitrous, sulphureous, vitriolic, and al∣luminous

mineral waters, some of which spring out so hot, that in a short time any kind of fruit or animal food is boiled in them. There are also petrifying waters, namely, those of Tehuacan, a city about 1••0 miles S. E. from Mexico; those of the spring of Pucuaro, in the states of the Conte di Miravalles, in the kingdom of Michuacan, and that of a river in the province of the Queleni. With the waters of Pucuaro they make little white smooth stones, not displeasing to the taste; scrapings from which taken in broth, or in gruel made of In∣dian corn, are most powerful diaphoretics, and are used with remark∣able success, in various kinds of fevers. The citizens of Mexico, dur∣ing the time of their kings, supplied themselves with water from the great spring of Chapoltepec, which was conveyed to the city by an aqueduct.

We might here describe the stupendous falls or cascades of several rivers, particularly that in the river Guadalaxara, 15 miles south of that city; and the famous Ponti di Dio, which is a natural bridge thrown over the deep river Atoyaque, 100 miles S. E. of Mexico, over which coaches and carriages conveniently pass.

CLIMATE.] The climate of this extensive country is various. The maritime parts are hot, and for the most part moist and unhealthy. Their heat, which occasions sweat even in January, is owing to the perfect flatness of the coasts compared with the inland country; or from the mountains of sand that gather upon the shore. Lands which are very high, or very near to high mountains, which are perpetually covered with snow, are cold; there has been white frosts and ice, in the dog days. All the other inland parts which are the most populous, enjoy a climate mild and benign, that they neither feel the rigour of winter, nor the heats of summer. No other fire than the sun's rays, is necessary to give warmth in winter; no other relief is wanted in the seasons of heat, than the shade; the same clothing which covers a man in the dog days, defends him in January; and the animals sleep all the year under the open sky.

The mildness and agreeableness of the climate under the torrid zone is the effect of several natural causes, entirely unknown to the ancients, who believed it uninhabitable; and not well understood by some moderns, by whom it is esteemed unfavourable to those who live in it. The purity of the atmosphere, the smaller obliquity of the so∣lar rays, and the longer stay of this luminary upon the horizon in win∣ter, in comparison with other regions farther removed from the equa∣tor, concur to lessen the cold, and to prevent all that horror which disfigures the face of nature in other climes. During that season, a serene sky, and the natural delights of the country are enjoyed; where∣as under the frigid, and even for the most part under the temperate zones, the clouds rob man of the prospect of heaven, and the snow buries the beautiful productions of the earth. No less causes com∣bine to temper the heat of summer. The plentiful showers which fre∣quently water the earth after midday, from April or May, to Septem∣ber or October; the high mountains continually loaded with snow, scattered here and there through the country; the cool winds which breathe from them in that season; and the shorter stay of the sun up∣on the horizon, compared with the circumstances of the temperate zone, transform the summer of those happy countries into a cool and cheerful spring.

But the agreeableness of the climate is counterbalanced by thunder storms, which are frequent in summer, and by earthquakes, which at all seasons are felt, although with less danger than terror.

MOUNTAINS.] The fire kindled in the bowels of the earth by the sulphureous and bituminous materials, has made vents for itself in some of the mountains, or volcanos, from whence flames are often seen to issue, and ashes and smoke. There are five mountains in the district of the Mexican empire, where, at different times, this dreadful phenomenon has been observed.

Pojauhtecal, called by the Spaniards Volcan de Orizaba, began to send forth smoke in the year 1545, and continued to do so for 20 years; but after that, for the space of more than two centuries, there has not been observed the smallest sign of burning. This celebrated moun∣tain, which is of a conical figure, is indisputably the highest land in all Mexico; and, on account of its height, is the first land descried by seamen who are steering that way, at the distance of fifty leagues. It is higher than the peak of Toneriffe. Its top is always covered with snow, and its border adorned with large cedars, pine and other trees, of valuable wood, which make the prospect of it every way beautiful. It is distant from the capital upwards of 90 miles to the eastward.

The Popocatepu and Tztaceihuatl, which lie near each other, 33 miles S. E. from Mexico, are also of a surprising height. Popocate∣pu, for which they have substituted the name Volcan, has a mouth or vent more than half a mile wide, from which in the time of the Mexican kings, it frequently emitted flames; and in the last century many times threw out great quantities of ashes upon the places adja∣cent; but in this century, hardly any smoke has been observed. Tzta∣ceihuatl, or Seirra Nevada, threw out also at some times smoke and ashes. Both mountains have tops always covered with snow, in such quantities, as to supply, with what precipitates on the neighbouring rocks, the cities of Mexico, Gilopoli, Cholula, and the adjoining places, to the distance of forty miles from these mountains, where an incredible quantity is yearly consumed in cooling and congealing liquors.

The mountain Juruyo, situated in the valley of U••echo, is a great curiosity. Before the year 1760, there was nothing of it but a small hill, where there was a sugar plantation. But on the 29th of Sep∣tember, 1760, it burst with furious shocks, and entirely ruined the su∣gar works, and the neighbouring village of Guacana; and from that time has continued to emit fire and burning rocks, which have form∣ed themselves into three high mountains, whose circumference was nearly six miles in 1766; according to the account communicated by the governor of that province, who was an eye witness of the fact. The ashes, at the irruption, were forced to the almost incredible dis∣tance of 150 miles. In the city of Valadolid, 60 miles distant, it rained ashes in such abundance that they were obliged to sweep the yards of the houses two or three times during the day.

Besides these there are others also, which though not burning moun∣tains, are yet of great celebrity for their height.

STONES AND MINERALS.] The mountains of Mexico abound in ores of every kind of metal, and a great variety of fossils. The Mexicans found gold in various parts of their country. They gathered

this precious metal chiefly in grains among the sand of the river. Silver was dug out of the mines of ••lachco, and others; but it was not so much prized by them as it is by other nations. Since the con∣quest, so many silver mines have been discovered in that country, es∣pecially in the provinces which are to the northwest of the capital, it is quite impossible to enumerate them. Of copper they had two forts; one hard, which they used instead of iron to make axes, hatchets, mattocks, and other instruments of war and agriculture; the other flexible, for making of basons, pots and other vessels. Of tin they made money, and lead was sold at market. There are also mines of iron, quicksilver, and in many places mines of sulphur, alum, vitriol, ••••••abar, ochre, and a white earth strongly resembling white lead. Of ••••ber and asphaltum, or bitumen of Judea, there was and still is great abundance on both coasts; amber was used to set in gold for ornaments; asphaltum was employed in certain incense offerings.

With respect to precious stones there were, and still are, diamonds, though few in number; amethysts, cats eyes, turquoises, cornelians, and some green stones resembling emeralds, and not much inferior to them. There are quarries of jasper, and marble of different colours in the mountains of Calpolalpan. The stone Tetzontli is generally of a dark red colour, pretty hard, porous and light, unites most firmly with lime and sand, and is therefore more in demand than any other, for the buildings of the capital, where the foundation is marshy. There are besides, entire mountains of loadstone, and among others one very considerable between Tcoiltylan and Chilapan, in the coun∣try of the Cohuixcas.

PRODUCTIONS.] However plentiful and rich and mineral king∣dom of Mexico may be, the vegetable kingdom is still more various and abundant. The celebrated Dr. Hernandez, the Pliny of New Spain, describes, in his natural history, about twelve hundred plants, natives of that country; but as his description is confined to medicinal plants, he has hardly comprized one half of what provident nature has produced there for the benefit of mankind. With regard to the other vegetables, some are esteemed for their flowers, some for their fruit, some for their leaves, some for their roots, some for their trunk or their wood, and others for their gum▪ resin, oil or juice. Many flowers which embellish the meads, and adorn the gardens of the Mexicans, are worthy to be mentioned (would our limits permit) either on account of the singular beauty of their colours, their exqui∣site fragrance, or the extraordinariness of their form.

The fruits which are original in Mexico, are the pine apple, plums, dates, and a great variety of others. There are also many others that are not original in the country, viz. water melons, apples, peaches, quinces, apricots, pears, pomegranates, figs, black cherries, walnuts, almonds, olives, chesnuts and grapes.

The cocoa nut, vainilla, chia, great pepper, tomati, the pepper of Tabasco, and cotton, are very common with the Mexicans. Wheat, barley, peas, beans and rice, have been successfully cultivated in this country.

With respect to plants which yield profitable resins, gums, oils, or juices, the country of Mexico is singularly fertile. Of the Elastic Cum, the Mexicans make their foot balls, which, though heavy, re∣bound more than those filled with air.

ANIMALS.] The animal kingdom of Mexico, is not very well known. Of the quadrupeds, some are ancient, and some are modern. Those are called modern which were transported from the Canaries and Europe into that country in the sixteenth century. Such are horses, asses, bulls, sheep, goats, hogs, dogs, and cats, which have all multiplied. Of the ancient quadrupeds, by which is meant those that from time immemorial have been in that country; some were common to both the continents of Europe and America, some peculiar to the new world, others natives only of the kingdom of Mexico. The ancient quadrupeds common to Mexico and the old continents are, lions, tygers, wild cats, bears, wolves, foxes, the common stage and white stags, bucks, wild goats, badgers, pole cats, weazles, mar∣tins, squirrels, rabbits, hares, otters, and rats. There are many other kinds of animals in this country, too numerous to mention.

BIRDS OF MEXICO.] Their prodigious number, their variety, and many valuable qualities, have occasioned some authors to observe that, as Africa is the country of beasts, so Mexico is the country of birds. It is said there are two hundred species peculiar to that kingdom. There are a prodigious number of geese; at least, twenty species of ducks; several kinds of herons; with vast numbers of swans, water rails, divers, king fishers, pelicans, and others. The multitude of ducks is sometimes so great, as quite to cover the fields, and to appear at a distance like flocks of sheep. The pelican is re∣markable in assisting the sick or wounded of its own species, a cir∣cumstance which the Americans sometimes take advantage of, to procure fish without trouble. They take a live pelican, break its wing, and after tying it to a tree, conceal themselves in the neighbour∣hood; there they watch the coming of the other pelicans with their provisions, and as soon as they see these throw up the fish from their pouch, run and seize them, and after leaving a little for the captive bird, they carry off the rest.

In the other classes of birds, some are valuable on account of their flesh, some for their plumage, and some for their song; while others engage our attention by their extraordinary instinct, or some other remarkable quality: Of birds which afford a wholesome and agreea∣ble food, there are more than seventy species. There are 35 species of Mexican birds that are superlatively beautiful. The talking birds, or those which imitate the human voice, are to be found in equal abun∣dance in this country; of these the parrot holds the first place.

FISH.] The fish common to both oceans are, whales, dolphins, sword fish, saw fish, tiburones, manitis, mantas, porpoises, bonat••••, cod, mullets, thornbacks, barbels, flying fish, shad, lobsters, soles, and many others, together with several species of tortoises, polypus, crabs, spunges, &c. The Mexican gulf, besides those already mentioned, affords sturgeons, pike, congers, cuttle fish, anchovies, carp, eels, nau∣tiluses, turbot, &c. In the Pacific ocean, besides those common to the two seas, there are salmon, tunnies, sea scorpions, herrings, and others. In the lakes and rivers are three or four kinds of white fish, carp, mullet, trout, barbels, eels, and many others.

Shells have been found in prodigious numbers, and of great variety, and some of them of extraordinary beauty, especially those of the Pacific ocean. Pearls also have been fished, at different times, along all the coasts of that ocean.

GOVERNMENT AND RELIGION.] The civil government of Mexico is administered by tribunals, called audiences. In these courts the viceroy of the King of Spain presides. His employment is the greatest trust and power his Catholic Majesty has at his disposal, and is perhaps the richest government entrusted to any subject in the world. The vice∣roy continues in office three years.

The clergy are extremely numerous in Mexico. The priests, ••••nks and nuns of all orders, make a fifth part of the white inhabit∣ants, both here and in other parts of Spanish America.

CHIEF TOWNS AND COMMERCE.] Mexico is the oldest city in A∣merica of which we have any account. The Abbe Clavigero, who is our authority for the preceding account of this country, dates its foundation 〈◊〉〈◊〉 far back as 1325. It is situated in the charming vale of Mexico, on several small islands, in lake Tetzcuco, in N. lat. 19° 26′ and 276° 34′ W. long. from Ferro. This vale is surrounded with lofty and ver∣••••••t mountains, and formerly contained no less than 40 eminent cities, besides villages and hamlets. The city is subject to frequent inunda∣••••••••s, as is easily accounted for from its local situation, the lake in which it stands being the reservoir of the waters flowing from the neighbouring mountains.

Concerning the ancient population of this city there are various opinions. The historians most to be relied on say that it was near∣ly nine miles in circumference, and contained upwards of 60,000 houses, containing each from 4 to 10 inhabitants. Some historians ••••kon 120 000 and some 130,000 houses. By a late accurate enu∣meration, made by the magistrates and priests, it appears that the pres∣ent number of inhabitants exceeds 200,000. We may form some 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of its populou••ness from the quantity of pulque* 1.77 and tobacco which are daily consumed in it, ascertained from the custom house ••••••ks February 23, 1775. Every day upwards of 190,000 pounds of pulque are carried into the city, which is almost solely consumed by the Indians and mulattoes, who drink this beverage. The tax upon it amounts annually to about 280,000 crowns. The daily consump∣tion of tobacco is reckoned at 1250 crowns.

The greatest curiosity in the city of Mexico is their floating gar∣dens. When the Mexicans, about the year 1325, were subdued by the Colhuan and Tepanecan nations, and confined to the small islands in the ••••ke, having no land to cultivate, they were taught by necessity to form moveable gardens, which floated on the lake. Their construc∣tion is very simple. They lake willows and the roots of marsh plants, and other materials which are light, and twist them together, and so firmly unite them as to form a fort of platform, which is capable of supporting the earth of the garden. Upon this foundation they lay the light bushes which float on the lake, and over them spread the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and dirt which they draw up from the bottom of the lake. Their regular figure is quadrangular; their length and breadth vari∣ous, but generally about 8 rods long and 3 wide; and their elevation from the surface of the water is less than a foot. These were the first fields that the Mexicans owned after the foundation of Mexico;

there they first cultivated the maize, great pepper, and other plants nec∣essary for their support. From the industry of the people these fields soon became numerous. At present they cultivate flowers and every sort of garden herbs upon them. Every day of the year, at sunrise, innu∣merable vessels or boats, loaded with various kinds of flowers and herbs which are cultivated in these gardens, are seen arriving by the canal at the great market place of Mexico. All plants thrive in them surprisingly; the mud of the lake makes a very rich soil, which requires no water from the clouds. In the largest gardens there is commonly a little tree, and a little hut to shelter the cultivator, and defend him from the rain or the sun. When the owner of a garden, or the Chinampa, as he is called, wishes to change his situation, to g••t out of a bad neighbourhood, or to come nearer to his family, he gets into his little boat, and, by his own strength alone, if the garden is small, or with the assistance of others, if it is large, conducts it wherever he pleases, with the little tree and hut upon it. That part of the island where these floating gardens are, is a place of delightful recreation, where the senses receive the highest possible gratifica∣tion.

The buildings, which are of stone, are convenient, and the public edifices, especially the churches, are magnificent, and the city has the appearance of immense wealth.

The trade of Mexico consists of three great branches, which extend over the whole world. It carries on a traffic with Eu∣rope, by La Vera Cruz, situated on the Gulf of Mexico, or North Sea; with the East Indies, by Acapulco o•• the South Sea, 210 miles S. W. of Mexico; and with South America, by the same port. These two sea ports, Vera Cruz and Acapulco, are admirably well sit∣uated for the commercial purposes to which they were applied. It is by means of the former that Mexico pours her wealth over the whole world; and receives in return the numberless luxuries and necessaries, which Europe affords her. To this port the fleet from Cadiz, called the Flota, consisting of three men of war, as a convoy, and 14 la•••••• merchant ships, annually arrives about the beginning of November. Its cargo consists of almost every commodity and manufacture of Eu∣rope; and there are few nations but have more concern in it than th•••• Spaniards, who send out little else except wine and oil. The profit of these, with the freight and commission to the merchants, and duty 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the king, is all the advantage which Spain derives from the Ameri∣can commerce. When all the goods are landed and disposed of at La Vera Cruz, the fleet takes in the plate, precious stones, and other commodities for Europe. Some time in May they are ready to ••••∣part. From La Vera Cruz they sail to the Havannah, in the Isle of Cuba, which is the rendezvous where they meet the galleons, anoth∣er fleet which carries on the trade of Terra Firma by Carthage•••• and of Peru by Panama and Porto Bello. When all are collected 〈◊〉〈◊〉 provided with a convoy necessary for their safety, they steer for Old Spain.

Acapulco is the sea port, by which the communication is kept 〈◊〉〈◊〉 between the different parts of the Spanish empire in America and the East Indies. About the month of December, the great galleon, at∣tended by▪ a large ship as a convoy▪ which make the only communi∣cation between the Philippines and Mexico, annually arrive here.

The cargoes of these ships, (for the convoy, though in a clandestine man∣ner, likewise carries goods) consist of all the rich commodities and manu∣factures of the east. At the same time the annual ship from Lima, the capital of Peru, comes in, and is computed to bring not less than two ••••••••ions of pieces of eight in silver, besides quicksilver, and other valu∣able commodities, to be laid out in the purchase of the galeons cargoes. Several other ships, from different parts of Chili and Peru, meet upon the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 occasion. A great fair, in which the commodities of all parts of the world are bartered for one another, lasts thirty days. The galeon them ••••••••ares for her voyage, loaded with silver and such European goods 〈◊〉〈◊〉 have been thought necessary. The Spaniards, though this trade be 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on entirely through their hands, and in the very heart of their ••••••••ions, are comparatively but small gainers by it. For as they al∣•••••• the Dutch, Great Britain, and other commercial states, to fur∣•••••• the greater part of the cargo of the flota, so the Spanish inhab∣itants of the Philippines, tainted with the indolence which ruined 〈◊〉〈◊〉 European ancestors, permit the Chinese merchants to furnish the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the cargo of the galeon. Notwithstanding what has 〈◊〉〈◊〉 said of Vera Cruz, and Acapulco, the city of Mexico, the capi∣•••••• of the empire, ought to be considered as the center of commerce 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this part of the world; for here the principal merchants reside, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the greatest part of the business is negociated. The East India 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from Acapulco, and the European from Vera Cruz, also pass 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this city. Hither all the gold and silver come to be coined, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the king's fifth is deposited, and here are wrought all those 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ornaments in plate which are every year sent into Europe.

HISTORY.] The empire of Mexico was subdued by Cortes in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 year 1521. Montezuma was at that time emperor of Mexico. In 〈◊〉〈◊〉 course of the war, he was treacherously taken by Cortes, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as a prisoner. During the imprisonment of Montezuma, Cor∣tes and his army had made repeated attacks on his subjects, but with∣•••••• success. Cortes was now determined as his last resource to try 〈◊〉〈◊〉 effect the interposition of Montezuma might have to soothe or 〈◊〉〈◊〉 his subjects. This unfortunate prince, at the mercy of the ••••cherous Spaniards, and reduced to the sad necessity of becoming 〈◊〉〈◊〉 instrument of his own disgrace, and of the slavery of his sub∣•••••• advanced to the battlements in his royal robes, in all the pomp which he used to appear on solemn occasions. At fight of their ••••reign, whom they had long been accustomed to honour, and al∣•••••• to revere as a god, the weapons dropped from their hands, ev∣•••••• tongue was silent, all bowed their heads, and many prostrated themselves on the ground. Montezuma addressed them with every ••••••ent that could mitigate their rage, or persuade them from hostil∣••••••. When he ended his discourse, a sullen murmur of disapproba∣•••• ••an through the crowd; to this succeeded reproaches and threats; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 their fury rising in a moment, they violently poured in whole 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of arrows and vollics of stones upon their unhappy monarch; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the arrows struck him in his body, which with the blow of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on his temple, put an end to his life. Guatimozin succeeded ••••••••uma, and maintained a vigorous opposition against the assaults 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cortes. But he, like his predecessor, after a noble defence, was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to submit. Previous to this, being aware of his impending fate, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ordered that all his treasures should be thrown into the lake.

While a prisoner, on suspicion of his having concealed his treasure, he was put to the torture, which was done by laying him on burning coals; but he bore whatever the refined cruelty of his tormentors could inflict, with the invincible fortitude of an American warrior. One of his chief favourites, his fellow sufferer, being overcome by the violence of the anguish, turned a dejected eye towards his master, which seemed to implore his permission to reveal all that he knew.—But the high spirited prince▪ darted on him a look of authority, mingled with scorn, and checked his weakness by asking, 'Am I repos∣ing on a bed of flowers?' Overawed by the reproach, he persevered in dutiful silence, and expired. Cortes, ashamed of the scene so horrid, rescued the royal victim from the hands of his torturers, and prolong∣ed a life for new indignities and sufferings. Cortes died in Spain, in the year 1547, in the 62d year of his age. Envied by his contempo∣raries, and ill requited by the court which he served, he has been ad∣mired and celebrated by succeeding ages. By his own desire he was carried to Mexico, and buried there.

Cortes, the great conqueror of Mexico, discovered the extensive peninsula of California in the year 1536, after enduring incredible hardships, and encountering dangers of almost every species. During a long period it continued to be so little frequented, that even its form was unknown, and in most maps it was represented as an island. Sir Francis Drake was the first who took possession of it in 1578, and his right was confirmed by the principal king or chief in the whole country.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Dr. Foulke, in a discourse which he lately read before the American Philosophical Society.
• * 1.2

  According to an accurate estimate lately made, it appears that no less than 77,0••••, News papers 〈…〉〈…〉 weekly, in the American States, which, in a year, would amount to 〈…〉〈…〉 each would make 160,000 dollars.
• * 1.3

  The reformation was begun by Martin Luther, a native of Saxony, born in the year ••••••3. He was educated in the Roman Catholic religion, and was an Augustin Friar, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in 1517, having written ninety five Theses against the Pope's indulgencies, he exhib∣•••••• them to public view on the church door at Wirtenburg, in Saxony, and thus began the reformation in Germany. In 1528, the reformed religion was introduced into ••••∣•••••••• by Zuinglius, Oecolampaoius, and others.

  The year following, the Diet of the German Empire assembled at Spire, and issued a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 against the reformation. Against this decree, the Elector of Saxony, George, Marquis of Bran••enburg, Ernest, and Francis, Duke of Lunenburg, the Landgrave of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the Count of Anhalt, who were joined by several of the cities, publicly rea•• their Protest, and in this way, acquired for themselves and their successors down to the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 time, the name of Protestants.

  Calvin, another celebrated reformer, was born at Noyon, in France, in the year 1••0••. The improved upon Luther's plan—expunged many of the Romish ceremonies which he had indulged—entertained different ideas concerning some of the great doctrines of Co••••t∣ianit••, and set the Protestant, at a greater remove from the Roman Catholic religion. The followers of Luther have been distinguished by the name of Lutherans; and the fol∣lowers of Calvin by the name of Calvinists.

  Such was the rapid growth of the Protestant interest, that in 156••, only 46 years after the commencement of the reformation by Luther, there were in France 2150 assem•••••• of Protestants.
• * 1.4

  The following is an authentic copy of this contract.—"In the name of God Amen: We whose Names are under-written, the Loyal Subjects of our dread Sovereign Lord, King James, by the grace of God, of Great-Britain, France and Ireland, King, Defender of the Faith, &c.

  "Having undertaken, for the Glory of God, and the advancement of the Christian Faith and honour of our King and country, a Voyage to Plant the first Colony in the Northern parts of Virginia, D••, by these Present, solemnly and mutually, in the Presence of God, and one of another, Covenant and C••moi••e ourselves together unto a Civil Body Politic, for our better Ordering and Preservation, and Furtherance of the Ends aforesaid; and by virtue h••••e to enact, constitute and frame such just and equal laws, Ordinan∣ces, Acts, Constitutions and Offices from Time to Time, as shall be thought most meet and convenient for the General 〈…〉〈…〉 of the Colony; unto which we Promise all due Submission and Obedience: In witness whereof we have hereunder subscribed our names at Cape C••d, the 11th of November, in the Year of the Reign of our Sovereign Lord King James, of England, France, and Ireland, the Eighteenth, and of Scotland the Fifty∣fourth, Anno Domini, 1620."

  This instrument was signed by 24 heads of families, with the number in their respective 〈…〉〈…〉, and 17 single men, making in the whole 〈◊〉〈◊〉 souls.
• * 1.5

  The seat of Masassoit was at 〈…〉〈…〉 river, which empties into 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.6

  See page 115.
• * 1.7

  General Bayley and Col. Thomas Johnson, enterprized the first 〈…〉〈…〉 part of the country, about the year 1762. At this period there was no 〈…〉〈…〉 inhabitant for 70 miles down the river, nor for as many miles eastward. It 〈…〉〈…〉 inhabited by thriving farmers.
• * 1.8

  Though out of place, the information not being received early enough to be inserted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 its proper head, I cannot refrain from communicating the following curious and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 information.

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 river St. Lawrence, at Montreal, is about 3 miles wide. There is an Island near 〈◊〉〈◊〉 middle of the river, opposite the city, at the lower end of which is a mill, with 3 pair of 〈◊〉〈◊〉, all kept in motion at the same time, with one wheel. The works are said to here 〈◊〉〈◊〉 £12,000 sterling. A large mound of stone, &c. built out into the river, stops a suf∣••••••ing of water to keep the mill in perpetual motion. And what is very curious, at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of this mound or dam, vessels pass against the stream, while the mill is in mo∣••••••. Perhaps there is not another mill of the king in the world.
• * 1.9

  ••••••elyn's voyage to New England, p. 135.
• * 1.10

  'This computation was made by the Rev. Dr. Cutler. Subsequent observations and ••••••••ations have induced the author to believe the computation of his ingenious friends too 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and he is perloaded, that whenever the mountain can be measured with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 precision, it will be found to exceed ten thousand feet, of perpendicular altitude 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the level of the ocean.'
• * 1.11

  See Dr. Belknap's Hist. N. Hampshire, Vol. III. p. 39.
• * 1.12

  ••••••knap's Hist. Vol. III. page 2••1.
• * 1.13

  Dr. 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.14

  Dr. Belknap▪
• * 1.15

  What river is referred to under the name of St. Croix, in the treaty of 1783, is at pre∣sent a subject of dispute, between Great Britain and the United States. The French, ac∣cording to their mode of taking possession, always fixed a cross in every river they came to. Almost every river on the coast they discovered, has in turn been called La P••vi••rede St. Croix.

  "There are three rivers that empty themselves into the Bay of passamaqu••••••, the east∣almost always called by the native Indians and French, St. Croix, and the 〈…〉〈…〉. Before the commencement of the 〈…〉〈…〉, and several others, to explore the Bay of Pa••samaqua••dy, to examine the na∣tives, and to find out which was the true river St. Croix. They 〈◊〉〈◊〉 accordingly, and reported it to be the eastern most river, 〈…〉〈…〉 and of their 〈◊〉〈◊〉. At the forming of the treaty of peace▪ the commissioners had Mitchell's maps; and in fixing the boundary between that part of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, now called New Brunswick, and the commonwealth of Massachusetts, they conducted it to be the river land down by 〈◊〉〈◊〉. After the peace, the British subjects of Nova Scotia, took possession of all the lands, be∣tween St. Croix and 〈…〉〈…〉 which tract is said to be nearly as large as the state of New Hampshire, and now 〈…〉〈…〉 the same, asserting that Schoodiat is the 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.16

  See Massachusetts Magazine for March, 1791.
• * 1.17

  See page 232.
• * 1.18

  The 〈…〉〈…〉 〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.19

  In three years, ending 1791, 80 persons died, 19 of whom were upwards of 60 year old; to were upwards of 70; 4 upwards of So, and one 90.
• § 1.20

  See Note page 116.
• * 1.21

  This name to be altered when any generous Benefactor arises, who by his liberal do∣nation shall entitle himself to the honour of giving the college a name.
• * 1.22

  M••g. B. 7. P. 17.
• * 1.23

  General Green.
• * 1.24

  An Indian name, signifying Over the Mountain.
• * 1.25

  Accessus. A. D.	Presidents.	Exitus. A. D.
  1701	Abraham Pie••son,	1707
  1719	Timothy Cutler, S. T. D.	1722
  1726	El sha Williams,	1739
  1739	Thomas Clap,	1766
  1777	Ezra Stiles, S. T. D. L. L. D.
• † 1.26

  Its Connecticut, horses, horned cattle, cultivated and uncultivated land, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, shipping, all sorts of riding carriages, clocks and watches, silver plate and money at interest, are rateable estate. All males between sixteen and sev∣enty years of age, unless exempted by law, are subjects of taxation.
• * 1.27

  See Hopkinson's Works, lately published in Philadelphia.
• * 1.28

  Douglass Sum. Vol. II. P. 161.
• * 1.29

  See Winthrop's Journal, P. 303,305.
• * 1.30

  Acts. v Chap.
• * 1.31

  Would it not answer many valuable purposes, if the gentlemen, who are annually appointed to preach the election sermons, would furnish a sketch of the history of the state for the current year, to be published at the close of their sermons? Such a sketch, which might easily be made, would render election sermons much more valuable. They would then be a very authen∣tic despositum of facts for future historians of the state—they would be more gener∣ally and more eagerly purchased and read—they would serve to disseminate im∣portant knowledge, that of the internal affairs of the state, which every citizen ought to know, and might, if judiciously executed, operate as a check upon party spirit, and upon ambitious and designing men.

  The Rev. Mr. Benjamin Trumbull of North Haven, has for several years, with indefatigable industry, been making collections for a history of Connecti∣cut. His abilities as a writer, and his accuracy as a historian, the public already know. It is hoped the public will shortly be favoured with his history. Through his indulgence in permitting me to select from his manuscripts, I am enabled to publish many of the above facts.
• * 1.32

  Dr. Mitchill,
• † 1.33

  Dr. Rush.
• * 1.34

  The foregoing remarks are grounded on the authorities of Dr. Rush and Dr. Mitchill, who have published the result of their enquiries in Mr. Carey's Mukum, Vols. 6th and 7th.
• * 1.35

  Mr. M. L. Woolsey of Plattsburgh. To this ingenious gentleman, the author is indebted for much valuable information concerning Clinton county.
• * 1.36

  Massachusetts Magazine for Nov. 1792.
• * 1.37

  Accessus.	Presidents.	••xitus.
  1746	Rev. Jonathan Dickinson,	1747
  1748	Rev. Aaron Burr,	1757
  1758	Rev. Jonathan Edwards,	175••
  1758	Rev. Samuel Davies,	1760
  1761	Rev. Samuel ••••••ley, D. D.	1766
  176••	Rev. John Withenpoo••, D. D.
• * 1.38

  Their former church, which was very elegant, was burnt in 1780, by a re∣fugee, who was a native, and an inhabitant of Elizabethtown.
• † 1.39

  A very large proportion of the v••cant lands in the state are in this coun∣ty, (Northumberland) to the amount of about eight millions of acres.
• * 1.40

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 Jefferson's Notes on Virginia Appendix No. II.
• * 1.41

  One of these houses is for those Quakers who took up arms in desence of their ••••••••try, in the late war, contrary to the established principles of the Friends. They call themselves Free Quakers.
• † 1.42

  This is the oldest church, in or near the city, and ha•• lately been annexed to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Episcopal order.
• * 1.43

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 debt was due from the crown to Mr. Penn, a part of which he 〈◊〉〈◊〉 on condition he obtained his grant. This, whatever benev∣•••••• are held out to the world, must have been a principal consider▪ 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the king in making the grant.
• * 1.44

  See Dr. Franklin's historical review of the constitution and govern•••••• of Pennsylvania, page 16.
• † 1.45

  Two instances of a secession of members from the assembly, with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 views, have taken place since the revolution, and seem to have been 〈◊〉〈◊〉 from the example in 1689.
• * 1.46

  The tribes who inhabit this country are the Piantias, on both sides the Missisippi—the Casquerasquias, on the Illinois—the Plankashaws and other tribes on the Wabash—the Shawanese, on the Scoita—the Delawares—the Miamis—the Quiscons, Mascontens, Sakies, Sioux, Mekekouakis—the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, Powtowatamis, Messaques, Ottawas, Chiqewas and Wiandots. The whole amounting to the above number.
• † 1.47

  A Gentleman who has visited this country supposes this account is a little too highly embellished. He acknowledges that it is a very fine country, but thinks that there are other parts of the western unsettled country which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 at least as many if not more advantages, than the tract abovementioned.
• * 1.48

  A gentleman of much observation, and a great traveller in this 〈…〉〈…〉 it of 〈…〉〈…〉 communication or route, is chimerical.
• * 1.49

  In point of size, the towns in the United States may be ranked in this or∣••••—Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Baltimore, Charlesion, &c. In point 〈◊〉〈◊〉 New York, Philadelphia, Boston, Charleston, Ba•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 &c.
• * 1.50

  See Universal Asylum or Columbian Magazine for March, 1792, which contains a plan of the city. Also the Massachusetts Magazine for May, 179••, which contains the same.
• * 1.51

  In some of the eastern states the legislature is called the General court. In 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the southern, the General court is the Supreme Judicial Court.

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 George Calvert, lord Baltimore, the founder of Maryland, born in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 was educated at Oxford university—was knighted in 1617, by James I. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 two years after was appointed one of the principal secretaries of state, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be discharged with great industry and fidelity, and was rewarded by the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with a pension of a thousand pounds a year. Having enjoyed this office 〈◊〉〈◊〉 five years, he resigned it in 1624, freely owning to his majesty, that he become a Roman Catholic. This honest confession so affected the king, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 continued him privy counsellor during his reign, and in 1625, created 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the name of Sir George Calvert, of Danbywiske in Yorkshire, knight) 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Baltimore, in the county of Longford, in Ieland. While he was ••••••tary, he obtained a patent of the Province of Ava••on in Newfoundland, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 he built an house, and spent 25,000l. in advancing this new plantation; ••••••ding it exposed to the French, was obliged at last to abandon it.

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 this he came over to Virginia, and having taken a view of the country 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to England, and obtained from Charles I. who was his friend, a pa∣•••••• to him and his heirs, for Maryland. He died in London, April 15, 1642. ••••ough he was a Roman Catholic yet he kept himself sincere and disengag∣•••••• all interests; and was the only statesman, that, being engaged to a de∣•••••• party, managed his business, with that great respect for all sides, that all ••••••new him applauded him; and none who had any thing to do with him ••••••ained of him." He was a man of great abilities and candor. Judge 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and lord Baltimore, though agreed in the public design of foreign ••••••••ions, differed in the manner of managing them. The former was for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the original inhabitants, the latter for converting them—The one 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vicious and profligate, the other the sober and virtuous, to the plan∣••••••—one was for present profit, the other for reasonable expectation, wish∣•••• have but few governors, and those not interested merchants, but disin∣•••••• gentlemen—granting liberties with great caution—and leaving every 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to provide for himself by his own industry, and not out of a common 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.52

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 a copy of this patent in Hazard's Historical Collections, page 327.
• † 1.53

  See Carey's Museum, Vol. 6. Page 403.
• * 1.54

  In the following description of this state the Author has made a free use of Mr. Jefferson's celebrated 'Notes on Virginia.'
• * 1.55

  A lock is a bason placed lengthwise in a river or canal, lined with walls of masonary on each side, and terminated by two gates, placed where there is a cascade or natural fall of the country; and so constructed that the bason being filled with water by an upper sluice, to the level of the waters above, a vessel may ascend through the upper gate; or the water in the lock being reduced to the level of the water at the bottom of the cascade, the vessel may ascend through the lower gate; for when the waters are brought to a level on either side, the gate on that side may be easily opened. But as the lower gate is ••••••ned in proportion to the depth of water it supports when the perpendicular height of the water exceeds twelve or thirteen feet, more locks than one become necessary. Thus if the fall be 17 feet, two locks are required, each having 8 feet fall; and if the fall be 26 feet three locks are necessary, each having 8 feet 8 inches fall. The side walls of the locks ought to be very strong. Where the natural foundation is bad they should be founded on piles, and platforms of ••ood: they should likewise slope outwards, in order to resist the pressure of the earth from behind.
• * 1.56

  The author has been disappointed in receiving an account of the present state of the Virginia canals and improvements.
• * 1.57

  General Lincoln.
• † 1.58

  General Lincoln.
• * 1.59

  Don Ulloa mentions a break, similar to this, in the province of Angar••••••y in South America. It is from 16 to 22 feet wide, 111 deep, and of 1¾ miles continuance, English measure. Its breadth at top is not sensibly greater that at bottom.
• * 1.60

  It is asserted as an undoubted fact, by a number of gentlemen well acquainted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 this town, that, in 1781, 'one child only born in it had arrived to manhood, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a••••••pple.'
• * 1.61

  Smith brings down the history of Virginia no farther than this period. A List of the governors since has not been received.
• * 1.62

  This county, it is to be remembered, has since been divided, and subdi∣vided.
• * 1.63

  The charter limits of North Carolina are a line, beginning on the sea side, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 stake, at or near the mouth of a little river, (being the southern ex∣••••••y of Brunswick county) and running thence a northwest course through 〈◊〉〈◊〉 boundary house, in lat. 33° 56′ to lat. 35°, and on that parallel west as far ••••••••••tioned in the charter of King Charles II. to the original proprietors 〈◊〉〈◊〉, viz. to the South Sea. Their northern line begins on the sea 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in lat. 36° 30′, and runs due west to the termination of the southern line. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 strikes the Missisippi 15 miles below the mouth of the Ohio. These 〈◊〉〈◊〉 were ascertained and confirmed agreeably to an order of George II. in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in the year—. Great Britain, by the treaty of 1763, which was made 〈◊〉〈◊〉 France and Spain, surrendered her claim to all the territory westward of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Missisippi, and those nations by the same treaty granted to Great Britain the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••••igation of the Missisippi. By the treaty of 1783, between Spain and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Britain, his Catholic majesty expressly confirms the former treaty of 1763, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 such parts as are there excepted; consequently he confirms to Great Brit∣ain the navigation of the Missisippi; and Great Britain, on her part, yields the United States her entire right to the navigation of the Missisippi. But 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••pain now claims the exclusive navigation of the Missisippi, which she 〈◊〉〈◊〉 formerly surrendered, it is very probable that the United States, to whom 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carolina has ceded her western territory, may claim the lands on the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 side of the Missisippi, which were within the original charter bounds of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 state.
• * 1.64

  In September 1791, near one third part of this town was consumed by fire.
• * 1.65

  About seven and a half millions of acres of this tract, only has been yet purchased by the Indians.
• * 1.66

  See Ramsay's Revol. South Carolina, vol. II. page 181.
• * 1.67

  See page 607, note.
• * 1.68

  It is worthy of remark that the tide uniformly rises considerably higher in the night than in the day; often from 10 to 12 inches. The fact is certain 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the ••••••se is unknown.
• * 1.69

  But the nature of the soil more particularly described under this head in the descrip∣tion of Georgia.
• * 1.70

  Various causes have rendered it expedient to divide this extensive terri∣tory: In 1728, North Carolina was erected into a separate province. In 1732, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 II. granted to certain trustees therein mentioned, and to their succes∣••••••, a charter of all that part of Carolina, lying between the most northern stream of Savannah river; along the sea coast, to the most southern stream of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 river 〈◊〉〈◊〉 westward, from the heads of these rivers, respectively in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••i••es to the South Sea, inclusively, with all islands within 20 leagues of the same.

  In 1762, the governor of South Carolina, conceiving that the lands lying 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Alatamaha river belonged to South Carolina, granted several tracts of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Upon complaint being made by the government of Georgia, of this supposed encroachment on their territory, his majesty issued a proclamation in 1768, annexing to Georgia all the lands lying between the rivers. Alatamaha and St. Mary's, but did not by this annul the Carolina grants. The bounda∣•••• line, dividing the two provinces (now states) of South Carolina and Georgia, had long been the subject of controversy; the former claiming the lands lying between the North Carolina line, and a line to run due west from the month of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Keowee rivers; consequently that that spot was the head of ••a∣•••••• river; the latter contended that the source of Keowee river, was to be considered as the head of Savannah river.

  For the purpose of settling this controversy, commissioners were 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in April, 1787, by the contending states—vested with full powers to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the controverted boundary, which they fixed as follows:

  'The most northern branch o•• stream of the river Savannah, from the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 mouth of such stream, to the fork or confluence of the rivers now called Tugu∣lo and Keowee, and from thence the most northern branch or stream of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 said river Tugulo, till it intersects the northern boundary line of South Caro∣lina, if the said branch of Tugulo extends so far north, reserving all the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 lands in the said rivers Savannah and Tugulo to Georgia—but if the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 branch of stream of Tugulo does not extend to the north boundary line 〈◊〉〈◊〉 South Carolina, then a west line to the Missisippi to be drawn from the head spring or source of the said branch of Tugulo river, which extends to the high∣est northern latitude, shall forever hereafter form the fer••arnting limit and boundary between the states of South Carolina and Georgia.'

  It is supposed, in the map of this state, that the most northern branch of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Tugulo river, intersects the northern boundary of South Carolina, which 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be tact, brings the state to a point in latitude 35°, and about & 35' west longi∣tude from Philadelphia, but it is not yet ascertained whether this ••ill he the case. If it shall be found that the most northern source of the Tugulo does 〈◊〉〈◊〉 extend to latitude 35°, then South Carolina, or the United States by her nes••∣signment, will claim a strip of country extending from the meridian western the Missisippi, in ••adth from the most northern source of the Tugulo to latitude 35°, unless the treaties subsisting between the United States and the Creek ••••∣dians shall interfere and bound them as they do Georgia.

  It ought to be here noted, that South Carolina, in the forementioned ••••••caty with Georgia, gave up a claim which it had till when retained, to the lands south of the Alatamaha, as a return to Georgia for agreeing that the boundary be∣tween the two states should be the most northern branch of the Tugulo, in∣stead of the Keowee, as had been originally insisted on by the state of Georgia. This confirms to the state of South Carolina a very rich tract of country, which had been reserved by that state for the officers and soldiers of the law army.
• * 1.71

  Pronounced O••tamawhaw.
• * 1.72

  Bartram's Travels.
• * 1.73

  General M'Gillivray, the celebrated Chief of the Creeks, is a half blooded Indian, his mother being a woman of high rank in the Creek nation. He was so highly esteemed among them, that they in a formal manner elected him their sove∣reign, and vested him with considerable powers. He has several sisters married to l••••nding men among the Creeks. This gentleman would gladly have remained a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Untied States; but having served under the British during the late war, his property in Georgia, which was considerable, was confiscated. This cir∣cumstance induced him to retire among his friends the Creeks, since which he has been in active and zealous partizan in their interests and politics.
• * 1.74

  Travels, page 85.
• * 1.75

  The following extract of a letter from a gentleman at New Orleans, dated September, 1790, contains much useful information, in confirmation of the above.

  When I left you and my other friends in Baltimore, last year, I promised to write to you by every opportunity, and to communicate to you every in∣formation which I could derive from my excursion to the Ohio, down that beautiful stream, during my stay at Kentucky and the western posts, my visit to the Illinois and the different settlements on the Missisippi, from thence downward to New Orleans.

  As I have devoted more than twelve months in making this tour, with the determination to judge for myself, and give you and my other friends in∣formation to be depended upon, regarding the climate, soil, natural produc∣tions, population, and other advantages and disadvantages, which you may depend on finding in the country I have passed through, I cannot, within the narrow bounds of this letter, comply with my intention, and your wish, but I must beg of you to rest satisfied with what follows:

  Nearly opposite to Louisville is a stockade fort, garrisoned by two com∣panies of the Ist United States regiment. What use this post is of, I never could learn—It is a mere hospital in the summer season, and the grave of brave men, who might be usefully employed elsewhere. Port Harmar is as remark∣ably healthful; so is the New England settlement at Muskingum; and I think the Miami settlement will be healthful when the people have the comforts of good living about them; at present they are the poorest among the poor em∣igrants to this country, and not the best managers. Below the falls, on the west side, is a miserable settlement, called Clarksville, frequently flooded, and composed of people who cannot better themselves at present, or I suppose they would not continue here. From hence I made an excursion by land 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Post Vincent, distant about 100 miles: The fort here is garrisoned by two companies, at great expense, but little use.—Not liking the country on account of the many hostile neighbouring Indians, I hastened out of it, and went with a party of Frenchmen to Kaskaskias, in the Illinois country, and visited Prairit des Rochers, St. Philip's, Bel••e Fontaine, and Kahokia; from whence making up a party to pursue some hostile Kukapoos, and steering due east, we fell on the head waters of the Kaskaskia river, which we crossed some dis∣tance—This is a delightful country ••—On our return to Kahokia, I crossed over to St. Louis, on the Spanish side, but I did not proceed far into the country; what I did see I did not like, and therefore bought a canoe and went down the Missisippi to St. Genevieve and the Saline—Not being pleased with these places, nor the country around, I embraced the company of some French hunters and traders going towards the St. Francis river, in a southwest direction from St. Genevieve—After travelling thirty miles nearly, I came to a sweet country; here meeting with some Shawanese Indians going to I' Ance la Graise and New Madrid, I made them a small present, and engaged them to escort me there, which they did through a country fine and beautiful be∣yond description; variegated by small hills, beautiful timber, and extensive plains of luxuriant soil. Here the Spaniards are building a handsome fort, to encourage the settlement by Americans, on a plan of Col. Morgan's, of New Jersey; which, had it been pursued, as proposed by him, would have made this the first in all the western country; but they have deviated from it, so much as to discourage the settlement, and many have left it. The banks of the Missisippi overflow above and below the town, but the country back from the river is incomparably beautiful and fine. I made a tour back to the river St. Francis, distant about 28 or 30 miles, and returned by another rout•• more southward, to my great satisfaction. Expressing to some of the people at New Madrid my surprise at Col. S***'s account of this country, I was told that he never went 100 yards back from the river, either on the Ohio or Missisippi, except once, and that was at 1' Ance la Graise, where a horse was provided for him, and he rude 15 or 20 miles, and returned so enraptured with the country, that he would not listen to the proposed settlement of New Madrid being fixed at any other place; and he actually applied to Col. Mor∣gan for forty surveys, most of which were executed; and be entered into ob∣ligations for settlement thereof; but the Col. refusing to grant him 300 acres of the town lots, for a farm, as it would be injurious to other applicants of equal merit, S*** swore he would do every thing in his power to injure Mor∣gan and the settlement, which it seems he has endeavoured to do, to the ruin, however, of his own reputation. I am satisfied that the failure of this settle∣ment is only to a narrow policy in the Spanish government, or to a de∣••iation from their first plan, and not from the causes represented by its ene∣mies. This is the country, of all others, I have seen, which I would wish to settle in, had Col. Morgan's plan been adopted, or carried into execution; and thousands among the best people of the western country would already have been settled here. Why it was not, I know not; but I am told jealousy of his success was the cause.

  After continuing two months in this delightful country, I proceeded to the Natchez, which has already become a considerable settlement, and is now under the government of Don Gayoso, a man greatly beloved; but the Span∣ish government, though I think it liberal at present, will not long agree with American ideas of liberty and justice; and a revolution is now in embryo, which a small matter will blow to a flame; and New Orleans itself will be at the mercy of new subjects it joined by a handful of the Kentucky people.
• * 1.76

  This city was swallowed up by an earthquake, June 7th, 1773, when 8,000 families instantly perished. New Guatimala is well inhabited.
• * 1.77

  Pulque is the usual wine or beer of the Mexicans, made of the fermented 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Mague••. This liquor will not keep but one day, and therefore that i•• made is daily consumed.